The URL can be used to link to this page

2025-06-03 City Council PacketAgenda Edmonds City Council REGULAR MEETING COUNCIL CHAMBERS 250 5TH AVE NORTH, EDMONDS, WA 98020 JUNE 3, 2025, 6:00 PM Edmonds City Council Agenda June 3, 2025 Page 1 REGULAR COUNCIL MEETINGS ARE STREAMED LIVE ON THE COUNCIL MEETING WEBPAGE, COMCAST CHANNEL 21, AND ZIPLY CHANNEL 39. TO ATTEND VIRTUALLY, CLICK ON OR PASTE THE FOLLOWING ZOOM MEETING LINK INTO A WEB BROWSER USING A COMPUTER OR SMART PHONE: HTTPS://ZOOM.US/J/95798484261 BY PHONE: +1 253 215 8782 WEBINAR ID: 957 9848 4261 1. CALL TO ORDER/FLAG SALUTE 2. LAND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT WE ACKNOWLEDGE THE ORIGINAL INHABITANTS OF THIS PLACE, THE SDOHOBSH (SNOHOMISH) PEOPLE AND THEIR SUCCESSORS THE TULALIP TRIBES, WHO SINCE TIME IMMEMORIAL HAVE HUNTED, FISHED, GATHERED, AND TAKEN CARE OF THESE LANDS. WE RESPECT THEIR SOVEREIGNTY, THEIR RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION, AND WE HONOR THEIR SACRED SPIRITUAL CONNECTION WITH THE LAND AND WATER. 3. ROLL CALL 4. APPROVAL OF THE AGENDA 5. PRESENTATIONS 1. LGBTQ+ Pride Month Proclamation (5 min) 2. Mayor's Finance Update (10 min) 6. AUDIENCE COMMENTS THIS IS AN OPPORTUNITY TO COMMENT REGARDING ANY MATTER NOT LISTED ON THE AGENDA AS CLOSED RECORD REVIEW OR AS A PUBLIC HEARING. SPEAKERS ARE LIMITED TO THREE MINUTES. PLEASE STATE CLEARLY YOUR NAME AND CITY OF RESIDENCE. IF USING A COMPUTER OR SMART PHONE, RAISE A VIRTUAL HAND TO BE RECOGNIZED. IF USING A DIAL- UP PHONE, PRESS *9 TO RAISE A HAND. WHEN PROMPTED, PRESS *6 TO UNMUTE. 7. RECEIVED FOR FILING 1. April 2025 Monthly Financial Report (0 min) 2. Written Public Comments (0 min) Edmonds City Council Agenda June 3, 2025 Page 2 8. APPROVAL OF THE CONSENT AGENDA 1. Approval of Council Committee W Minutes May 20, 2025 2. Approval of Council Special Meeting Minutes May 20, 2025 3pm 3. Approval of Council Special Meeting Minutes May 20, 2025 630pm 4. Approval of claim checks and wire payments. 5. Fleet Business Policy 9. PUBLIC HEARING 1. 2026-2031 Six-Year Transportation Improvement Program (45 min) 10. COUNCIL BUSINESS 1. Extension of Neighborhood Centers and Hubs Interim Ordinance (5 min) 2. Middle Housing Development Code Update: Draft Review (40 min) 3. Design Review Code Update: Draft Review (PLN2024-0009) (40 min) 4. Draft Resolution Expressing Operational Budget Impacts for 2026 (20 min) 5. City Budget Scenario Discussion (40 min) 11. COUNCIL COMMENTS 12. MAYOR'S COMMENTS ADJOURNMENT 9:00 PM City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 LGBTQ+ Pride Month Proclamation Staff Lead: Mayor Rosen Department: Mayor's Office Preparer: Beckie Peterson Background/History Pride month is an annual celebration of the many contributions made by the LGBTQ+ community to history, society and cultures worldwide. It is celebrated throughout the month of June in commemoration of its roots in the Stonewall Riots of June 1969. Staff Recommendation No action, reference only. Narrative Pride Month both honors the movement for LGBTQ+ rights and celebrates LGBTQ+ culture. Attachments: Proclamation June 3 2025 LGBTQ+ Pride Month 5.1 Packet Pg. 3 5.1.a Packet Pg. 4 At t a c h m e n t : P r o c l a m a t i o n J u n e 3 2 0 2 5 L G B T Q + P r i d e M o n t h ( L G B T Q + P r i d e M o n t h P r o c l a m a t i o n ) City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 Mayor's Finance Update Staff Lead: Mayor Rosen Department: Mayor's Office Preparer: Beckie Peterson Background/History On July 2, 2024 the council voted to have a Mayor Update as an ongoing item on all regular meeting agendas. This was in response to a recommendation from the Mayor's Blue Ribbon Panel. Staff Recommendation No action, informational Narrative The Mayor, or another member of the administration, will answer questions about City finances that have been requested by council in advance and will also share actions related to the fiscal emergency that have transpired since the last update. When there is nothing new to report, this agenda item will be the opportunity to share that there is nothing new to report. 5.2 Packet Pg. 5 City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 April 2025 Monthly Financial Report Staff Lead: Richard Gould Department: Administrative Services Preparer: Sarah Mager Background/History N/A Staff Recommendation Received for Filing Narrative April 2025 Monthly Financial Report Attachments: Complete April 2025 Monthly Financial Report - new version - updated 7.1 Packet Pg. 6 CITY OF EDMONDS April 2025 FINANCIAL REPORT FY 2025 April April 30, 2025 7.1.a Packet Pg. 7 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 1 2025 April Report - Fund Financial Status Analysis I am presenting the Mayor and Council with a new and modified version of monthly financial reports starting with April’s. I am combining reports I used prior to arriving at the City of Edmonds with some of the current reports you use. In some cases, I am modifying some of the City’s to change the focus from a lower level to a broader view as befits the Council level of oversight. I am including the City’s version so we can discuss the changes to compare them with. I will provide you with changes and deletions from the prior reports: • Page 3 reports will be deleted as this information is presented in summary form on the Summary Revenue and Expenditure reports found on pages 4, 5, 9, 10, 12 & 13 of the new reports. I am also taking the emphasis off of budget forecasting by prior year’s trends as it is not a reliable data point, especially for expenditures. Revenues, we have so little if any control over so forecasting here is almost irrelevant. I prefer to focus on the % of budget spent and manage by working with the other Directors. • Page 4 is modified and reported in the new format on page 6. In addition, we are comparing it to prior years by the same date (April 30th here). • Page 5 will be included in a chart that tracks Water and Sewer utility taxes in the same way as the other significant revenues (by prior years to date). This is on pages 7 and 8 of the new format. • Page 6 Charges for Services will be included in the same way as utility taxes. This is included in the new format on page 7. • Page 7 is now on page 5 of the new format. • pages 8 – 15 will be deleted as they are reports only relevant to departmental staff managing. You can track them in a report that is in the new format on pages 5, 12, & 13. These General Fund expenditures are managed daily by department heads, deputies and managers. They are usually reported to Council at a budgetary level or on a budget amendment. They certainly do not need to be tracked by graph and forecast. • Page 16 is an odd combination of two funds that I am not even certain are tracking the most significant data points. So, it is being deleted, and the Real Estate Excise Tax is presented on page 8 of the new report and the Technology Rental Fund expenses is included in the report on page 10 of the new format. • Pages 17 – 20 (old format) are deleted and tracked in the reports on pages 4, 9, & 10 of the new format. • Page 21 & 22 (Investment Portfolio) are now on pages 16 & 17 of the new format. • The new format now includes reports that track Salaries and Benefits on pages 11 – 14. • The debt summary is also a new addition and included on page 15. • The Cash Flow Report has been modified (rolled up) and is on page 18 (the last page) of the new format. 7.1.a Packet Pg. 8 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 2 2025 April Report - Fund Financial Status Analysis The following analysis concerns the April-2025 financial report. This analysis provides a summary of financial activity through April 30th. This report is unaudited, and fund balances do not reflect the final figures as those will be ready once City staff completes the Annual Comprehensive Financial Report for 2024. We do not anticipate any significant changes, so this report does provide a fair representation of all financial activity in the City of Edmonds for 2025, year to date. The total fund balance has increased by $4.5m as of April 30th. In the 2025 budget the City was projected to see a decrease in fund balance of $14.5m (prior to the May budget amendment). Looking at the “All Funds Financial” summary statement you can see that the most significant reasons for this current $4.5m difference can be found in the General Fund ($5.5m). Single significant impacts are seen in interfund loan proceeds of $6m & the April receipt of property taxes (nearly $6.6m). The “All Revenue Summary” shows that the City is over budget in revenues received by almost 4%. Though the City is struggling with some understaffed departments (finance/police/parks/facilities/public works) we, the staff have been able to positively manage the 2025 budget as the “All Expenditure Summary” shows coming in at 3% under budget. The following comments highlight other significant activity in 2025: • Interest Income continues to grow as the year-to-date amount of $937,609 is an increase of 7% from last year at this time. • Labor costs as of April 30th YTD (year to date) is tracking down from last year but this is most likely due to the staff cuts implemented at year end with a smaller impact for in year staff reductions as well. This gap should increase as the year progresses due to the cumulative trend of these budget cuts. • Revenues & Expenditures are trending in a positive manner, early (one-third of the year). This is impacted by the interfund loan (General & Utility Funds) & property taxes received in April. Remember that the interfund loan impacts both revenue (General Fund) and expenditures (Water and Storm). Another significant impact is the annual payment to WCIA of $2.4m in January. Considering these impacts, the fact that total expenditures are 3% under budget represents how well City Staff are managing their budgets. • Significant revenue trends are provided in the trend analysis reports that we have included with the main revenue/expenses budget in the actual report. The main revenues that we have prepared for these trend analyses reports for include: (1) property taxes (1.8% growth); (2) sales taxes (1.4% growth); (3) real estate excise taxes (up .6%); (4) Utilities taxes are up by (Water 8%) and (Sewer 10%); (5) Charges for services are up by 5% . The thought process was that this would give a good indication of how the economy of Edmonds was trending. • The 2025 budget was amended in the May Budget Amendment approved by City Council on May 6th. These changes will be addressed in the May reports. Overall, the City of Edmond’s General Fund is in a year of transition. Losing over 10% of staffing and replacing 4- directors makes this even more of a challenge. The first third of the year is trending well. Now the focus is on rebuilding fund balance while ensuring that we serve the public and key stakeholders to the best of our professional abilities. Finance has presented you with a new version of your monthly financial reports. The hope being that the key financial indicators will be the focus such as building reserves and that you will not waste you valuable time trying to manage the day to day business that is best left to staff to care for. Thank you. Richard A. Gould Finance Director 7.1.a Packet Pg. 9 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 3 MONTHLY HIGHLIGHTS GENERAL FUND HIGHLIGHTS • Sales tax is up $52,140 from this point last year but is $(156,817) under the cumulative budget forecast. • Real Estate Excise Tax is up $5,065 from this point last year and is $99,279 above the cumulative budget forecast. • Gas Utility Tax is up $100,706 from this point last year and is $128,455 above the cumulative budget forecast. This is not t he result of a timing difference. • Electric Utility Tax is up $82,880 from this point last year but is $860 above the cumulative budget forecast. • General Fund Interfund Loan – All $6M of the approved $6M interfund loan from the Utilities to the General Fund has been utilized. Interest to be charged to the General Fund for this loan in 2025 totals $87,439 to date. Sales Tax Property Tax EMS Tax Other Taxes Actual 3,828,276 5,372,024 2,053,776 3,257,092 Budget 12,577,229 11,532,000 4,404,000 8,626,694 - 2,000,000 4,000,000 6,000,000 8,000,000 10,000,000 12,000,000 14,000,000 Ax i s T i t l e General Fund Tax Revenue (2025 YTD) General Fund - 2025 Revenue Summary Cumulative Monthly Monthly YTD Variance Budget Trend Budget Trend Actuals Actuals % January 2,868,450$ 2,868,450$ 8,440,886$ 8,440,886$ 194.27% February 6,651,200 3,782,750 4,084,345 12,525,231 88.32% March 10,928,283 4,277,083 4,030,405 16,555,636 51.49% April 21,229,431 10,301,147 8,751,684 25,307,320 19.21% May 26,482,939 5,253,508 6,262,636 31,569,957 19.21% June 29,566,922 3,083,984 3,676,376 35,246,332 19.21% July 32,993,890 3,426,968 4,085,242 39,331,574 19.21% August 36,723,536 3,729,646 4,446,061 43,777,636 19.21% September 40,339,368 3,615,832 4,310,385 48,088,020 19.21% October 50,386,766 10,047,398 11,977,369 60,065,389 19.21% November 55,203,122 4,816,356 5,741,513 65,806,903 19.21% December 59,044,690 3,841,568 4,579,482 70,386,384 19.21% 59,044,690$ *General Fund revenues reflect the full $6M interfund loan from the Utilities. *The monthly budget trend column is based on a two year trend. 0 5,000,000 10,000,000 15,000,000 20,000,000 25,000,000 30,000,000 35,000,000 40,000,000 45,000,000 50,000,000 55,000,000 60,000,000 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC General Fund Current Year Budget Prior Year 7.1.a Packet Pg. 10 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 4 City of Edmonds All Funds Financial Summary As of April 30, 2025 Fund Beginning Fund Balance* Revenues / Sources Expenditures / Uses Revenues less Expenditures Ending Fund Balance Cash Balance Governmental 001 General Fund 456,459 25,307,320 19,807,499 5,499,822 5,956,281 2,672,786 009 LEOFF Medical Insurance Reserve 14,518 110,000 125,438 (15,438) (920) 4,003 012 Contingency Reserve 2,228,672 - - - 2,228,672 2,228,672 014 Historic Sub-Fund 4,559 - - - 4,559 4,559 016 Building Maintenance 2,388,791 26,540 3,517 23,023 2,411,814 2,403,557 017 Marsh Restoration 858,895 - - - 858,895 861,616 018 Homeless Response 200,000 - 29,435 (29,435) 170,565 170,565 019 Opioid Response 456,556 - - - 456,556 456,556 Total General Funds 6,608,450 25,443,860 19,965,889 5,477,972 12,086,422 8,802,314 Special Revenue Funds 104 Drug Enforcement 47,288 1,022 - 1,022 48,310 47,785 111 Street 111,429 780,879 778,616 2,262 113,691 8,470 112 Street Construction 3,838,299 907,705 666,827 240,878 4,079,177 2,943,911 117 Municipal Arts 667,957 88,999 29,871 59,128 727,085 713,739 120 Hotel / Motel 187,994 35,860 18,434 17,425 205,419 161,968 121 Employee Parking 37,906 10,082 - 10,082 47,988 21,820 122 Youth Scholarship 20,475 692 150 542 21,017 20,788 123 Tourism Promotion 153,857 14,014 3,490 10,524 164,381 152,714 125 REET 2 2,461,968 503,765 157,662 346,103 2,808,071 2,783,968 126 REET 1 4,585,455 549,723 56,379 493,345 5,078,800 5,007,203 127 Gifts Catalog 2,992,002 87,019 136,398 (49,380) 2,942,622 2,902,047 130 Cemetery Maintenance 131,126 77,645 82,745 (5,099) 126,027 122,055 137 Cemetery Trust 1,253,220 35,066 - 35,066 1,288,286 1,272,706 138 Sister City 17,697 380 - 380 18,077 17,834 140 Business Improvement 36,195 39,862 24,599 15,263 51,458 49,301 141 Affordable Housing 380,915 19,584 - 19,584 400,499 392,102 142 Edmonds Rescue 36,123 1,667 - 1,667 37,790 2,500 143 Tree Fund 135,116 296,574 223 296,351 431,467 428,288 Capital Projects 243,001 87,749 - 87,749 330,750 322,829 Debt Service 350 - - - 350 - Enterprise Funds 411 Combined Utility Operation 147,210 48,925 - 48,925 196,135 87,252 421 Water Utility 19,611,386 3,889,580 5,863,698 (1,974,117) 17,637,269 17,455,990 422 Storm Water Utility 10,987,172 3,164,072 4,613,078 (1,449,007) 9,538,165 8,846,003 423 Sewer / Wastewater Treatment Plant 15,149,200 6,073,106 5,348,827 724,279 15,873,479 16,042,477 424 Bond Reserve Fund 21,097 116 - 116 21,213 116 Internal Service Funds 511 Equipment Rental 5,493,201 1,225,177 973,202 251,975 5,745,176 5,574,902 512 Technology Rental 941,751 809,108 991,447 (182,338) 759,413 744,413 All Funds 76,297,840 44,192,231 39,711,535 4,480,696 80,778,536 74,925,493 *All Beginning Fund Balance amounts are preliminary until the completion of the 2024 Financial Statements 7.1.a Packet Pg. 11 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 5 INSTRUMENT TYPE PURCHASE DATE PURCHASE PRICE YIELD TO MATURITY MATURITY DATE ANNUALIZED INTEREST FHLB 11/10/2022 $ 969,524.00 4.820%7/28/2025 $ 46,731.06 US Treasury Note 11/10/2022 964,597.00 4.500%8/15/2025 43,406.87 FFCB 6/23/2023 1,982,692.00 4.500%12/8/2025 89,221.14 First Financial - Waterfront Center 3/26/2020 245,000.00 2.490%12/27/2025 6,100.50 Farmer Mac 4/21/2023 1,994,172.00 4.060%2/2/2026 80,963.38 FHLMC 10/5/2023 993,661.24 5.050%7/22/2026 50,179.89 Farmer Mac 10/5/2023 2,057,309.31 4.910%11/17/2026 101,013.89 First Financial - ECA 11/1/2018 2,803,516.08 3.000%11/15/2027 84,105.48 SUB TOTAL 12,010,471.63$ 501,722.21$ Average Yield to Maturity 4.177% State Investment Pool (LGIP)51,012,001.43$ 4.39330%2,241,110.26$ 51,012,001.43$ TOTAL INVESTMENTS 63,022,473.06$ INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS PERCENTAGE AMOUNT State Investment Pool (LGIP)80.94%51,012,001.43$ FHLB 1.54%969,524.00 US Treasury Note 1.53%964,597.00 FFCB 3.15%1,982,692.00 First Financial - Waterfront Center 0.39%245,000.00 Farmer Mac 3.16%1,994,172.00 FHLMC 1.58%993,661.24 Farmer Mac 3.26%2,057,309.31 First Financial - ECA 4.45%2,803,516.08 TOTAL INVESTMENTS 100.00%63,022,473.06$ CASH IN BANK US BANK - TREASURY ACCOUNT 13,827,392.09$ NET CASH IN BANK 13,827,392.09$ TOTAL CASH 76,849,865.15$ TREASURER REPORT RECONCILIATION 74,925,492.72$ 811 - Payroll (1,924,372.41)$ VARIANCE 0.02$ 2025 CASH, LGIP & INVESTMENT BALANCES April 30, 2025 PORTFOLIO DIVERSIFICATION April 30, 2025 7.1.a Packet Pg. 12 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 6 GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENT EXPENSE SUMMARY Title 2025 Adopted Budget 4/30/2024 Expenditures 4/30/2025 Expenditures Amount Remaining % Spent CITY COUNCIL 449,896$ 165,561$ 166,728$ 283,168$ 37% OFFICE OF MAYOR 475,286 142,364 149,523 325,763 31% HUMAN RESOURCES 925,799 432,481 312,698 613,101 34% MUNICIPAL COURT 2,080,531 559,198 574,022 1,506,509 28% ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES 2,317,233 914,151 770,225 1,547,008 33% CITY ATTORNEY 1,233,810 328,640 257,114 976,696 21% NON-DEPARTMENTAL 14,545,560 1,962,932 6,178,520 8,367,040 42% POLICE SERVICES 19,085,126 5,355,290 6,029,499 13,055,627 32% SATELLITE OFFICE 20,208 50,392 10,717 9,491 53% COMMUNITY SERVICES/ECONOMIC DEV.1,021,236 347,490 376,968 644,268 37% PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT 3,706,635 1,234,470 1,167,962 2,538,673 32% HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAM 170,358 84,078 52,155 118,203 31% PARKS & RECREATION 5,123,673 1,898,998 1,618,247 3,505,426 32% PUBLIC WORKS 4,602,273 1,395,881 1,259,209 3,343,064 27% FACILITIES MAINTENANCE 2,630,143 988,445 883,911 1,746,232 34% 58,387,767$ 15,860,371$ 19,807,499$ 38,580,268$ 34% EXPENDITURES - GENERAL FUND - BY DEPARTMENT IN SUMMARY CITY OF EDMONDS 7.1.a Packet Pg. 13 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 7 MAJOR REVENUE SUMMARY Property Tax 2024 total property tax collections were 4.17 % higher than 2023 total collections. This is a sign of multiple indicators such as assessed valuation and possibly new construction along with the 1% allowable on property tax increases. Through April 2025, we are 1.8% up from where property tax collections were during this point in 2024. The timing of recording property tax revenues changed in 2023 to be recorded in the month that they were for versus the month that the payment was received. This is the reason for the diffe rence between the years 2021-2022, and 2023-2025. $1,255,496 $1,244,908 $6,845,227 $7,296,367 $7,425,800 - 1,000,000.00 2,000,000.00 3,000,000.00 4,000,000.00 5,000,000.00 6,000,000.00 7,000,000.00 8,000,000.00 9,000,000.00 10,000,000.00 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Property Tax Revenues (January through April) Sales Tax In the next chart, sales tax is up 1.38% from this point in time in 2024. This is down from last year when it grew at a rate of 4.28% at this point. $2,452,585 $2,636,953 $2,691,601 $3,041,781 $3,469,412 $3,621,184 $3,776,135 $3,828,276 - 500,000.00 1,000,000.00 1,500,000.00 2,000,000.00 2,500,000.00 3,000,000.00 3,500,000.00 4,000,000.00 4,500,000.00 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Sales Tax Revenues (January through April) 7.1.a Packet Pg. 14 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 8 MAJOR REVENUE SUMMARY Charges for Services $2,003,614 $1,310,907 $1,582,690 $2,978,711 $3,117,723 - 500,000.00 1,000,000.00 1,500,000.00 2,000,000.00 2,500,000.00 3,000,000.00 3,500,000.00 4,000,000.00 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Charges for Services Revenues (January through April) Water Utility Tax $273,016 $268,813 $279,282 $307,977 $331,227 - 100,000.00 200,000.00 300,000.00 400,000.00 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Water Utility Tax Revenues (January through April) 7.1.a Packet Pg. 15 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 9 MAJOR REVENUE SUMMARY Sewer Utility Tax $297,593 $318,219 $333,172 $372,818 $409,742 - 100,000.00 200,000.00 300,000.00 400,000.00 500,000.00 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Sewer Utility Tax Revenues (January through April) Real Estate Excise Tax Real Estate Excise Taxes (REET) are collected from all real estate transactions. The utilization of this revenue is restrict ed to capital projects and projects identified in the capital facilities plan. Real Estate Excise Tax is up .57% from this point in time last year. $1,478,072 $923,535 $745,931 $891,375 $896,441 - 500,000.00 1,000,000.00 1,500,000.00 2,000,000.00 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Real Estate Excise Taxes (January through April) 7.1.a Packet Pg. 16 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 10 ALL REVENUE SUMMARY The table below shows the current revenue received for 2025. The City received 37% of all budgeted revenues through April. Fund No.Title 2025 Adopted Budget 4/30/2024 Revenues 4/30/2025 Revenues Amount Remaining % Received 001 GENERAL FUND 59,044,690$ 19,226,965$ 25,307,320$ 33,737,370$ 43% 009 LEOFF-MEDICAL INS. RESERVE 275,000 - 110,000 165,000 40% 012 CONTINGENCY RESERVE FUND - - - - 0% 016 BUILDING MAINTENANCE FUND 100,340 37,073 26,540 73,800 26% 017 MARSH RESTORATION & PRESERVATION FUND - 300 - - 0% 019 EDMONDS OPIOID RESPONSE FUND 50,000 143,391 - 50,000 0% 104 DRUG ENFORCEMENT FUND 4,790 1,118 1,022 3,768 21% 111 STREET FUND 2,440,000 479,198 780,879 1,659,121 32% 112 COMBINED STREET CONST/IMPROVE 4,619,540 2,045,120 907,705 3,711,835 20% 117 MUNICIPAL ARTS ACQUIS. FUND 297,560 30,089 88,999 208,561 30% 120 HOTEL/MOTEL TAX REVENUE FUND 129,500 35,426 35,860 93,640 28% 121 EMPLOYEE PARKING PERMIT FUND 55,340 13,378 10,082 45,258 18% 122 YOUTH SCHOLARSHIP FUND 2,410 488 692 1,718 29% 123 TOURISM PROMOTIONAL FUND/ARTS 49,230 14,248 14,014 35,216 28% 125 REAL ESTATE EXCISE TAX 2 1,648,620 504,192 503,765 1,144,855 31% 126 REAL ESTATE EXCISE TAX 1 1,780,420 557,153 549,723 1,230,697 31% 127 GIFTS CATALOG FUND 345,580 237,769 87,019 258,561 25% 130 CEMETERY MAINTENANCE/IMPROVEMT 197,780 61,740 77,645 120,135 39% 136 PARKS TRUST FUND - - - - 0% 137 CEMETERY MAINTENANCE TRUST FD 101,090 39,536 35,066 66,024 35% 138 SISTER CITY COMMISSION 11,310 2,916 380 10,930 3% 140 BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT 79,209 44,102 39,862 39,347 50% 141 AFFORDABLE AND SUPPORTIVE HOUSING FUND 65,000 19,441 19,584 45,416 30% 142 EDMONDS RESCUE PLAN FUND - 3,669,835 1,667 (1,667) 0% 143 TREE FUND 83,502 10,159 296,574 (213,072) 355% 231 2012 LT GO DEBT SERVICE FUND 305,870 350 - 305,870 0% 332 PARKS CAPITAL CONSTRUCTION FUND 209,450 56,668 87,749 121,701 42% 411 COMBINED UTILITY OPERATION - 51,415 48,925 (48,925) 0% 421 WATER UTILITY FUND 11,863,672 3,662,988 3,889,580 7,974,092 33% 422 STORM UTILITY FUND 9,494,779 2,755,771 3,164,072 6,330,707 33% 423 SEWER/WWTP UTILITY FUND 19,329,568 6,697,115 6,073,106 13,256,462 31% 424 BOND RESERVE FUND 1,174,920 9,213 116 1,174,804 0% 511 EQUIPMENT RENTAL FUND 2,421,990 920,452 1,225,177 1,196,813 51% 512 TECHNOLOGY RENTAL FUND 2,505,723 726,268 809,108 1,696,615 32% 118,686,883$ 42,053,877$ 44,192,231$ 74,494,652$ 37% CITY OF EDMONDS REVENUES BY FUND - SUMMARY 7.1.a Packet Pg. 17 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 11 ALL EXPENDITURE SUMMARY Through April, we are 33% of the year complete. Fund No.Title 2025 Adopted Budget 4/30/2024 Expenditures 4/30/2025 Expenditures Amount Remaining % Spent 001 GENERAL FUND 58,387,767$ 15,860,371$ 19,807,499$ 38,580,268$ 34% 009 LEOFF-MEDICAL INS. RESERVE 317,500 137,208 125,438 192,062 40% 011 RISK MANAGEMENT RESERVE FUND - - - - 0% 014 HISTORIC PRESERVATION GIFT FUND 5,700 4,385 - 5,700 0% 016 BUILDING MAINTENANCE FUND 550,000 631,095 3,517 546,483 1% 017 MARSH RESTORATION & PRESERVATION FUND 29,000 - - 29,000 0% 018 EDMONDS HOMELESSNESS RESPONSE FUND 188,100 - 29,435 158,665 16% 019 EDMONDS OPIOID RESPONSE FUND 400,000 - - 400,000 0% 104 DRUG ENFORCEMENT FUND 20,000 - - 20,000 0% 111 STREET FUND 2,639,871 899,895 778,616 1,861,255 29% 112 COMBINED STREET CONST/IMPROVE 4,094,740 1,134,131 666,827 3,427,913 16% 117 MUNICIPAL ARTS ACQUIS. FUND 245,400 6,395 29,871 215,529 12% 120 HOTEL/MOTEL TAX REVENUE FUND 194,000 32,103 18,434 175,566 10% 121 EMPLOYEE PARKING PERMIT FUND 31,770 - - 31,770 0% 122 YOUTH SCHOLARSHIP FUND 3,000 150 150 2,850 5% 123 TOURISM PROMOTIONAL FUND/ARTS 37,500 5,500 3,490 34,010 9% 125 REAL ESTATE EXCISE TAX 2 1,946,465 211,119 157,662 1,788,803 8% 126 REAL ESTATE EXCISE TAX 1 2,552,330 133,240 56,379 2,495,951 2% 127 GIFTS CATALOG FUND 638,936 122,924 136,398 502,538 21% 130 CEMETERY MAINTENANCE/IMPROVEMT 329,009 72,085 82,745 246,264 25% 136 PARKS TRUST FUND - - - - 0% 137 CEMETERY MAINTENANCE TRUST FUND 375,000 - - 375,000 0% 138 SISTER CITY COMMISSION 7,400 80 - 7,400 0% 140 BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT 84,445 21,563 24,599 59,846 29% 142 EDMONDS RESCUE PLAN FUND - 3,668,168 - - 0% 143 TREE FUND - 102 223 (223) 0% 231 2012 LT GO DEBT SERVICE FUND 305,870 - - 305,870 0% 332 PARKS CAPITAL CONSTRUCTION FUND - 921 - - 0% 421 WATER UTILITY FUND 22,315,347 2,384,486 5,863,698 16,451,649 26% 422 STORM UTILITY FUND 12,323,172 1,560,446 4,613,078 7,710,094 37% 423 SEWER/WWTP UTILITY FUND 19,597,163 5,222,885 5,348,827 14,248,336 27% 424 BOND RESERVE FUND 1,149,400 - - 1,149,400 0% 511 EQUIPMENT RENTAL FUND 1,907,356 703,679 973,202 934,154 51% 512 TECHNOLOGY RENTAL FUND 2,530,572 726,999 991,447 1,539,125 39% 133,206,813$ 33,539,931$ 39,711,535$ 93,495,278$ 30% CITY OF EDMONDS EXPENDITURES BY FUND - SUMMARY 7.1.a Packet Pg. 18 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 12 SALARIES AND BENEFITS SUMMARY Below is a comparison of the total staff labor related costs (salaries and benefits) for 2019 through 2025. $9,676,450 $9,939,693 $10,294,650 $10,676,319 $13,978,686 $14,098,699 $13,805,668 - 4,000,000.00 8,000,000.00 12,000,000.00 16,000,000.00 20,000,000.00 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 YTD 2025 Salaries & Benefits (January through April) 7.1.a Packet Pg. 19 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 13 Page 1 of 3 Title 2025 Adopted Budget 4/30/2024 Expenditures 4/30/2025 Expenditures Amount Remaining % Spent CITY COUNCIL SALARIES AND WAGES 251,769$ 83,008$ 86,037$ 165,732$ 34% OVERTIME - - - - 0% BENEFITS 131,722 42,918 62,289 69,433 47% 383,491$ 125,925$ 148,326$ 235,165$ 39% OFFICE OF MAYOR SALARIES AND WAGES 282,385$ 94,691$ 87,022$ 195,363$ 31% OVERTIME - - - - 0% BENEFITS 72,679 25,117 23,565 49,114 32% 355,064$ 119,808$ 110,587$ 244,477$ 31% HUMAN RESOURCES SALARIES AND WAGES 558,361$ 209,787$ 183,350$ 375,011$ 33% OVERTIME - - - - 0% BENEFITS 204,951 80,907 66,467 138,484 32% 763,312$ 290,694$ 249,817$ 513,495$ 33% MUNICIPAL COURT SALARIES AND WAGES 1,338,754$ 342,804$ 350,175$ 988,579$ 26% OVERTIME 10,000 1,255 1,615 8,385 16% BENEFITS 412,631 113,078 110,353 302,278 27% 1,761,385$ 457,138$ 462,144$ 1,299,241$ 26% ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES SALARIES AND WAGES 1,519,517$ 568,457$ 523,528$ 995,989$ 34% OVERTIME 8,000 5,653 2,671 5,329 33% BENEFITS 519,941 172,967 162,303 357,638 31% 2,047,458$ 747,077$ 688,502$ 1,358,956$ 34% NON-DEPARTMENTAL SALARIES AND WAGES (1,250,000)$ -$ -$ (1,250,000)$ 0% OVERTIME - - - - 0% BENEFITS 71,983 24,202 66,325 5,658 92% (1,178,017)$ 24,202$ 66,325$ (1,244,342)$ -6% POLICE SERVICES SALARIES AND WAGES 10,082,548$ 2,995,640$ 3,282,033$ 6,800,515$ 33% OVERTIME 1,030,751 332,427 159,810 870,941 16% HOLIDAY BUYBACK 372,950 - 2,697 370,253 1% BENEFITS 3,431,052 1,212,243 1,172,128 2,258,924 34% 14,917,301$ 4,540,309$ 4,616,668$ 10,300,633$ 31% SATELLITE OFFICE SALARIES AND WAGES (22,365)$ 15,228$ -$ (22,365)$ 0% OVERTIME - - - - 0% BENEFITS 22,665 10,474 - 22,665 0% 300$ 25,702$ -$ 300$ 0% COMMUNITY SERVICES/ECON DEV. SALARIES AND WAGES 567,188$ 224,354$ 246,838$ 320,350$ 44% OVERTIME - 214 2,910 (2,910) 0% BENEFITS 175,270 64,242 72,940 102,330 42% 742,458$ 288,809$ 322,688$ 419,770$ 43% PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SALARIES AND WAGES 2,147,170$ 666,331$ 701,067$ 1,446,103$ 33% OVERTIME - - - - 0% BENEFITS 828,384 246,947 235,023 593,361 28% 2,975,554$ 913,278$ 936,091$ 2,039,463$ 31% HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAM SALARIES AND WAGES $ 132,413 $ 40,812 $ 40,265 $ 92,148 30% OVERTIME - - - - 0% BENEFITS 36,225 11,535 11,158 25,067 31% $ 168,638 $ 52,347 $ 51,423 $ 117,215 30% CITY OF EDMONDS EXPENDITURES - GENERAL FUND - BY DEPARTMENT IN DETAIL 7.1.a Packet Pg. 20 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 14 Page 2 of 3 PARKS & RECREATION SALARIES AND WAGES 2,462,812$ 1,025,615$ 832,819$ 1,629,993$ 34% OVERTIME 10,000 - 667 9,333 7% BENEFITS 998,001 394,242 317,472 680,529 32% 3,470,813$ 1,419,857$ 1,150,958$ 2,319,855$ 33% PUBLIC WORKS ADMINISTRATION SALARIES AND WAGES 518,816$ 186,244$ 116,229$ 402,587$ 22% OVERTIME - - - - 0% BENEFITS 183,992 58,411 45,895 138,097 25% 702,808$ 244,655$ 162,124$ 540,684$ 23% FACILITIES MAINTENANCE SALARIES AND WAGES 1,081,573$ 387,811$ 376,242$ 705,331$ 35% OVERTIME 8,500 1,576 1,909 6,591 22% BENEFITS 455,950 154,778 149,990 305,960 33% 1,546,023$ 544,165$ 528,141$ 1,017,882$ 34% ENGINEERING SALARIES AND WAGES 2,463,816$ 712,313$ 682,052$ 1,781,764$ 28% OVERTIME 5,000 148 1 4,999 0% BENEFITS 899,319 260,870 250,430 648,889 28% 3,368,135$ 973,331$ 932,483$ 2,435,652$ 28% TOTAL GENERAL FUND EXPENDITURES 32,024,723$ 10,767,297$ 10,426,278$ 21,598,445$ 33% CITY OF EDMONDS EXPENDITURES - GENERAL FUND - BY DEPARTMENT IN DETAIL 7.1.a Packet Pg. 21 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 15 Page 3 of 3 LEOFF-MEDICAL INS. RESERVE (009) BENEFITS 167,000$ 81,386$ 66,561$ 100,439$ 40% 167,000$ 81,386$ 66,561$ 100,439$ 40% STREET FUND (111) SALARIES AND WAGES 972,443$ 322,021$ 222,727$ 749,716$ 23% OVERTIME 40,500 12,951 9,544 30,956 24% BENEFITS 421,007 135,889 97,057 323,950 23% 1,433,950$ 470,861$ 329,327$ 1,104,623$ 23% EMPLOYEE PARKING PERMIT FUND (121) SALARIES AND WAGES 22,805$ -$ -$ 22,805$ 0% OVERTIME - - - - 0% BENEFITS 7,175 - - 7,175 0% 29,980$ -$ -$ 29,980$ 0% REAL ESTATE EXCISE TAX 1 (125) SALARIES AND WAGES -$ -$ 32,824$ (32,824)$ 0% OVERTIME - - - - 0% BENEFITS - - 10,312 (10,312) 0% -$ -$ 43,136$ (43,136)$ 0% GIFTS CATALOG FUND (127) SALARIES AND WAGES 277,502$ 71,712$ 79,596$ 197,906$ 29% OVERTIME - - - - 0% BENEFITS 138,224 35,523 30,512 107,712 22% 415,726$ 107,236$ 110,108$ 305,618$ 26% CEMETERY MAINTENANCE/IMPROVEMENT (130) SALARIES AND WAGES 191,973$ 41,587$ 42,691$ 149,282$ 22% OVERTIME 3,500 467 521 2,979 15% BENEFITS 71,241 13,478 17,787 53,454 25% 266,714$ 55,533$ 60,999$ 205,715$ 23% WATER FUND (421) SALARIES AND WAGES 1,149,201$ 286,007$ 340,025$ 809,176$ 30% OVERTIME 31,500 11,958 12,189 19,311 39% BENEFITS 513,903 136,072 155,419 358,484 30% 1,694,604$ 434,038$ 507,634$ 1,186,970$ 30% STORM FUND (422) SALARIES AND WAGES 1,025,402$ 319,032$ 307,109$ 718,293$ 30% OVERTIME 28,552 2,827 10,520 18,032 37% BENEFITS 422,674 119,545 143,139 279,535 34% 1,476,628$ 441,405$ 460,769$ 1,015,859$ 31% SEWER FUND (423) SALARIES AND WAGES 3,181,470$ 861,472$ 907,973$ 2,273,497$ 29% OVERTIME 156,250 75,264 64,979 91,271 42% BENEFITS 1,212,132 325,970 349,468 862,664 29% 4,549,852$ 1,262,707$ 1,322,419$ 3,227,433$ 29% EQUIPMENT RENTAL FUND (511) SALARIES AND WAGES 445,385$ 142,886$ 151,150$ 294,235$ 34% OVERTIME 5,000 1,260 - 5,000 0% BENEFITS 157,041 50,071 51,782 105,259 33% 607,426$ 194,217$ 202,932$ 404,494$ 33% TECHNOLOGY RENTAL FUND (512) SALARIES AND WAGES 654,096$ 207,439$ 202,093$ 452,003$ 31% OVERTIME - 662 243 (243) 0% BENEFITS 239,191 75,920 73,169 166,022 31% 893,287$ 284,020$ 275,505$ 617,782$ 31% TOTAL ALL FUND EXPENDITURES 43,559,890 14,098,699 13,805,668 29,754,222 32% CITY OF EDMONDS EXPENDITURES - NON- GENERAL FUND - BY FUND IN DETAIL 7.1.a Packet Pg. 22 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 16 DEBT SUMMARY 2024 Outstanding Fund 001 Fund 111 Fund 112 Fund 126 Fund 421 Fund 422 Fund 423 PFD 2012 LTGO 630,000.00 630,000.00 2019 LTGO 2,860,000.00 2,860,000.00 2021 LTGO (A)9,825,000.00 3,560,000.00 1,325,000.00 3,008,999.00 1,437,013.00 493,988.00 2021 LTGO (B)2,345,000.00 2,345,000.00 2015 Revenue Bond 13,570,000.00 4,108,216.00 2,712,971.00 6,748,813.00 2020 Revenue Bond 13,875,000.00 13,875,000.00 2024 Revenue Bond 19,990,000.00 11,755,000.00 2,765,000.00 5,470,000.00 PWTFL 05-691-015 72,295.00 72,295.00 PWTFL 06-692-012 65,763.00 65,763.00 DOE L1400002 327,957.00 327,957.00 Sno Co Loan #03-2016 413,390.00 413,390.00 2016 (2007 Refinance) Chase Bank 679,515.00 117,827.00 9,105.00 53,002.00 6,116.00 223,289.00 270,176.00 64,653,920.00 3,677,827.00 9,105.00 65,763.00 4,868,002.00 18,878,331.00 7,551,663.00 27,258,229.00 2,345,000.00 Total Debt Outstanding 64,653,920.00 Below are details of the Interfund Loans from Funds 421 and 422 to the General Fund in 2025. We have utilized all $6m of the loans. Month Beginning Balance Loan Draws Total Balance Interest Rate (%)Monthly Interest Remaining Balance to borrow 2025-01 - 3,500,000 3,500,000 4.45%12,981 - 2025-02 3,500,000 3,500,000 4.43%12,914 - 2025-03 3,500,000 - 3,500,000 4.40%12,832 - 2025-04 3,500,000 - 3,500,000 4.39%12,814 - 2025-05 3,500,000 - 3,500,000 - - 2025-06 3,500,000 - 3,500,000 - - 2025-07 3,500,000 - 3,500,000 - - 2025-08 3,500,000 - 3,500,000 - - 2025-09 3,500,000 - 3,500,000 - - 2025-10 3,500,000 - 3,500,000 - - 2025-11 3,500,000 - 3,500,000 - - 2025-12 3,500,000 - 3,500,000 - - 51,540 Fund 421 Month Beginning Balance Loan Draws Total Balance Interest Rate (%)Monthly Interest Remaining Balance to borrow 2025-01 - 2,253,084 2,253,084 4.45%8,356 246,916 2025-02 2,253,084 246,916 2,500,000 4.43%9,224 - 2025-03 2,500,000 - 2,500,000 4.40%9,165 - 2025-04 2,500,000 2,500,000 4.39%9,153 - 2025-05 2,500,000 - 2,500,000 - - 2025-06 2,500,000 - 2,500,000 - - 2025-07 2,500,000 - 2,500,000 - - 2025-08 2,500,000 - 2,500,000 - - 2025-09 2,500,000 - 2,500,000 - - 2025-10 2,500,000 - 2,500,000 - - 2025-11 2,500,000 - 2,500,000 - - 2025-12 2,500,000 - 2,500,000 - - 35,899 Fund 422 7.1.a Packet Pg. 23 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 17 INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO SUMMARY Years Agency/Investment Purchase to Par Market Maturity Coupon Issuer Type Price Maturity Value Value Date Rate FHLB Bonds 969,524 0.24 1,000,000 998,184 07/28/25 3.600% US Treasury Note Note 964,597 0.29 1,000,000 996,438 08/15/25 3.125% FFCB Bonds 1,982,692 0.61 2,000,000 1,999,156 12/08/25 4.125% First Financial - Waterfront Center CD 245,000 0.66 245,000 245,000 12/27/25 2.469% Farmer Mac Bonds 1,994,172 0.76 2,000,000 1,996,134 02/02/26 3.950% FHLMC Bonds 993,661 1.23 1,115,000 1,073,391 07/22/26 0.830% Farmer Mac Bonds 2,057,309 1.55 2,305,000 2,211,673 11/17/26 1.150% First Financial - ECA CD 2,803,516 2.55 2,803,516 2,803,516 11/15/27 2.956% TOTAL SECURITIES 12,010,472 0.99 12,468,516 12,323,492 Washington State Local Gov't Investment Pool 51,012,001 51,012,001 Demand 4.39% TOTAL PORTFOLIO 63,480,518$ 63,335,494$ As of April 30, 2025 City of Edmonds Investment Portfolio Detail Farmer Mac, 35% First Financial - CD, 24% FFCB, 16% FHLB, 8% FHLMC, 9% US Treasury Note, 8% Issuer Diversification Checking, $13.83 , 18% State LGIP, $51.01 , 66% CD's , $3.05 , 4% Note, $1.00 , 1% Bonds , $8.42 , 11% Cash and Investment Balances (in $ Millions) 7.1.a Packet Pg. 24 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) 18 INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO SUMMARY $1,236,875 $947,931 $950,684 $1,091,709 $1,683,872 $3,044,847 $937,609 $- $500,000 $1,000,000 $1,500,000 $2,000,000 $2,500,000 $3,000,000 $3,500,000 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 YTD 2025 Annual Interest Income 407,109 347,193 452,868 317,581 342,828 873,142 937,609 - 100,000 200,000 300,000 400,000 500,000 600,000 700,000 800,000 900,000 1,000,000 1,100,000 1,200,000 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 YTD 2025 Interest Income (January through April) 7.1.a Packet Pg. 25 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t ) City of Edmonds 2025 General Fund (001) Cash Flow Report (with ACTUALS) Difference Revenues Jan Actual Feb Actual Mar Actual Apr Actual May Forecast Jun Forecast Jul Forecast Aug Forecast Sep Forecast Oct Forecast Nov Forecast Dec Forecast Total Budget inc / (dec) 8,440,886 4,084,345 4,030,405 8,751,684 4,585,691 3,320,959 2,632,381 3,219,020 3,312,128 9,187,485 3,706,331 3,403,115 58,674,430 59,483,807 (809,377) - - - - - - - - - - - - - Expenditures Jan Actual Feb Actual Mar Actual Apr Actual May Forecast Jun Forecast Jul Forecast Aug Forecast Sep Forecast Oct Forecast Nov Forecast Dec Forecast Total Budget Balance 5,519,627 4,435,492 5,352,719 4,499,661 4,521,472 4,285,904 3,884,362 4,615,128 4,735,848 4,912,498 5,388,095 6,108,532 58,259,338 58,273,815 (14,477) - - - - - - - - - - - - Net Revenue/(Expenditures) 2,921,259 (351,147) (1,322,314) 4,252,023 64,219 (964,945) (1,251,981) (1,396,108) (1,423,720) 4,274,987 (1,681,764) (2,705,417) 415,093 1,209,992 (794,899) Changes in AR 78,894 (26,848) 29,632 (7,574) Changes in AP (263,145) 45,484 136,501 (91,664) Changes in Cash/Petty Cash 100 Cash Balance 8,694 (323,817) (1,479,998) 2,672,786 2,737,005 1,772,060 520,079 (876,029) (2,299,749) 1,975,238 293,474 (2,411,943) 7.1.a Packet Pg. 26 At t a c h m e n t : C o m p l e t e A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y F i n a n c i a l R e p o r t - n e w v e r s i o n - u p d a t e d ( A p r i l 2 0 2 5 M o n t h l y City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 Written Public Comments Staff Lead: City Council Department: City Council Preparer: Beckie Peterson Background/History N/A Staff Recommendation Acknowledge receipt of written public comments. Narrative Public comments submitted to the web form for public comments <https://www.edmondswa.gov/publiccomment> between May 1, 2025 and May 28, 2025. Attachments: Public Comment June 3, 2025 7.2 Packet Pg. 27 Edmonds City Council Public Comments – June 3, 2025 Online Form 2025-05-27 03:32 PM(MST) was submitted by Guest on 5/27/2025 6:32:26 PM (GMT-07:00) US/Arizona FirstName Jeanna LastName Holtz Email CityOfResidence Edmonds AgendaTopic sidewalk on Walnut St between 6th and 7th Comments Please consider re-prioritizing a complete sidewalk on the south side of Walnut between 6th and 7th for enhanced public safety. Why? 1. increased vehicle and foot traffic in both directions 2. increased a) speeding downhill (west) on Walnut. 3. Increased failure to stop at the intersections and poor visibility/line of sight at Walnut and 7th and Walnut and 6th (note that 6th avenue splits on Walnut, creating 2 separate intersections). 4. About one half of the block has a sidewalk on the south side of the street already. 5. A a new home under construction will need to install a sidewalk on its lot. This new sidewalk will not connect to the the partial sidewalk that exists on the block. It makes sense to complete a sidewalk on one side of this busy street now! Thanks. Online Form 2025-05-27 05:27 PM(MST) was submitted by Guest on 5/27/2025 8:27:25 PM (GMT-07:00) US/Arizona FirstName Randi LastName Leonetti Email CityOfResidence Edmonds AgendaTopic Transportation plan, adding sidewalk to South side Walnut Street between 6th Ave South and 7th Ave South Comments Walnut Street between 6th Ave South and 7th Ave South is a dangerous street to walk due to lack of side walks. There is no side walk on North side of the street and a partial side walk on the South side of the street. If cars are parked on both sides, pedestrian's need to walk in the street between 6th and 7th . Even though Walnut Street is not mapped as an Arterial, it is used heavily by traffic between 9th Ave and downtown Edmonds. Between 6th and 7th it is the only place without sidewalks between 3rd Ave and 7.2.a Packet Pg. 28 At t a c h m e n t : P u b l i c C o m m e n t J u n e 3 , 2 0 2 5 ( W r i t t e n P u b l i c C o m m e n t s ) Edmonds City Council Public Comments – June 3, 2025 9th Ave. There is no traffic calming, even a center line strip on Walnut Street. It would be tragic if another person has to die on Walnut Street. During festivals and city gatherings at Francis Anderson, Downtown Edmonds and Civic field parking is full on both sides of the street making it even more dangerous due to the amount of people. The Halloween activities in downtown Edmonds, many children are in danger of being hit by a car on this section of road due to no side walks. Our street was on the list of TIP projects and recently found out our project was removed. The lack of safety of Edmonds residents on a daily basis on this stretch of road is troubling. Walkers and runners use this road daily and are in danger of getting hit by cars as there is no place for pedestrians to go except in the middle of the street when cars are parked. Many cars are parked on both sides on a daily basis. Thank you for your consideration . Online Form 2025-05-27 06:04 PM(MST) was submitted by Guest on 5/27/2025 9:04:27 PM (GMT-07:00) US/Arizona FirstName Noal LastName Leonetti Email CityOfResidence Seattle, WA AgendaTopic Walnut Street Sidewalk Comments My parents live on the south side of Walnut Street (where I grew up), between 6th ave and 7th ave. This road is too wide, and many cars speed down to get to the ferry. However, there are no sidewalks, and walking as a pedestrian on this stretch of road on the way to the Francis Anderson Center or the bus stop has always felt dangerous due to the low visibility walking up the hill to 7th. My family heard that this project was taken off of the Transportation Improvement Plan list, and would like it to be put back on. We understand the financial problems the city is facing at the moment, but we do not want this important project forgotten, and never finish. We request that this project be put back on the TIP list, to make sure that this project is a priority for the future, even if it does not happen soon. 7.2.a Packet Pg. 29 At t a c h m e n t : P u b l i c C o m m e n t J u n e 3 , 2 0 2 5 ( W r i t t e n P u b l i c C o m m e n t s ) City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 Approval of Council Committee W Minutes May 20, 2025 Staff Lead: Council Department: City Clerk's Office Preparer: Scott Passey Background/History N/A Recommendation Approval of Council Meeting minutes as part of the Consent Agenda. Narrative N/A Attachments: 2025-05-20 Council Committee W Minutes Draft 8.1 Packet Pg. 30 Minutes COUNCIL COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE MEETING May 20, 2025 Elected Officials Present Staff Present Council President Tibbott (Chair) Councilmember Dotsch Councilmember Paine Councilmember Chen Councilmember Eck Councilmember Olson Councilmember Nand Angie Feser, PRHS Director Rob English, City Engineer Betrand Hauss, Transportation Engineer Phil Williams, Interim PW Director Richard Gould, Finance Director Todd Tatum, CCED Director Scott Passey, City Clerk 1. CALL TO ORDER The Edmonds City Council Committee of the Whole meeting was called to order virtually and in the City Council Conference Room, 121 – 5th Avenue North, Edmonds, at 6:00 pm by Council President Tibbott. 2. COMMITTEE BUSINESS 1. South County Fire RFA Annexation Implementation Jeff Taraday, City Attorney, explained that the Pre-Annexation Interlocal Agreement related to Station 17 requires council approval of additional amendments in the following areas: • Fire Code Official Services • Fee Schedule for Fire Marshall Agreement • Shared infrastructure in Station 17 Council questions and feedback focused on the proposed amendments as well as the appointment process for the City’s RFA representative. Committee recommendation: Consent Agenda 2. 2026-2031 Six-Year Transportation Improvement Program Rob English, City Engineer, and Bertrand Hauss, Transportation Engineer, outlined the projects, grants, and timelines associated with the draft 2026-2031 Transportation Improvement Program; a public hearing is proposed for June 3, 2025. Council questions and feedback focused on removed projects, the prioritization process, Dayton Street lighting, traffic safety, scoring criteria, wildlife vegetation, and TBD revenues for pavement management. Committee recommendation: For information only 8.1.a Packet Pg. 31 At t a c h m e n t : 2 0 2 5 - 0 5 - 2 0 C o u n c i l C o m m i t t e e W M i n u t e s D r a f t ( A p p r o v a l o f C o u n c i l C o m m i t t e e W M i n u t e s M a y 2 0 , 2 0 2 5 ) 5/20/2025 Committee of the Whole Minutes, Page 2 3. April 2025 Monthly Financial Report Richard Gould, Finance Director, highlighted aspects of the April 2025 Month Financial Report, his approach to revenue forecasting, and financing. Council questions and feedback related to fund balance and investment strategies. Committee recommendation: For information only, Received for Filing 4. City Budget Scenario Discussion Mayor Rosen and department directors shared the specific cuts and level of services changes that would occur under Budget Scenario #3, the No Levy/Failed Levy scenario. Council questions and feedback focused on the following: • Potential reductions in parks, recreation, police, Community, Culture & Economic Development, Public Works, facilities, and streets • Interfund borrowing/financing • Grant funding • Revenue generation • Use of Interns/volunteers • Contracting/outsourcing Committee recommendation: ADJOURNMENT The meeting was adjourned at 8:56 pm. 8.1.a Packet Pg. 32 At t a c h m e n t : 2 0 2 5 - 0 5 - 2 0 C o u n c i l C o m m i t t e e W M i n u t e s D r a f t ( A p p r o v a l o f C o u n c i l C o m m i t t e e W M i n u t e s M a y 2 0 , 2 0 2 5 ) City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 Approval of Council Special Meeting Minutes May 20, 2025 3pm Staff Lead: Council Department: City Clerk's Office Preparer: Scott Passey Background/History N/A Recommendation Approval of Council Meeting minutes as part of the Consent Agenda. Narrative N/A Attachments: 2025-05-22 Council Special Minutes 3pm Draft 8.2 Packet Pg. 33 Edmonds City Council Special Meeting Minutes May 22, 2025 Page 1 EDMONDS CITY COUNCIL SPECIAL MEETING ACTION MINUTES May 22, 2025 ELECTED OFFICIALS PRESENT Will Chen, Councilmember Neil Tibbott, Council President Vivian Olson, Councilmember Susan Paine, Councilmember Mike Rosen, Mayor STAFF PRESENT Scott Passey, City Clerk 1. INTRODUCTION/ PRESENTATION ON EDMONDS FISCAL FUTURE, CITY BUDGET AND REVENUES The Edmonds City Council Special meeting was called to order virtually and in the Brackett Room of City Hall, 121 – 5th Avenue North, Edmonds, at 3:00 pm by Mayor Rosen. Mayor Rosen and Council President Tibbott gave a presentation on the Fiscal Future of Edmonds and outlined revenue sources and options for funding city government at various levels. 2. QUESTIONS AND COMMENTS FROM THE PUBLIC ATTENDING TOWN HALL IN BRACKETT ROOM WITH POTENTIAL RESPONSES FROM THE COUNCILMEMBERS PRESENT 1. Adel Sefrioui, Edmonds, commented on the need to find new revenue sources and the Keep Edmonds Vibrant community survey. 2. Jim Ogonowski, Edmonds, emphasized the need to find alternate revenues before considering whether the city should propose a property tax increase. 3. Joan Longstaff, Edmonds, commented on the Edmonds Cemetery Board and the loss of Frances Anderson Center revenue if that building is sold. 4. Elise Hill, Edmonds, discussed parking revenue considerations and potential impacts of closing city facilities. Mayor and Council responses addressed alternate funding sources; economic development strategies; potential sale of city properties to pay down debt and restore reserves; increased permit fees, rents, and fines; public safety tax revenues; revenue-generating parking programs; market rental rates; sales tax revenue sharing; business license fees; leveraging Edmonds’ unique attributes; and short vs. long-term revenue strategies. ADJOURNMENT The meeting was adjourned at 3:48 pm. 8.2.a Packet Pg. 34 At t a c h m e n t : 2 0 2 5 - 0 5 - 2 2 C o u n c i l S p e c i a l M i n u t e s 3 p m D r a f t ( A p p r o v a l o f C o u n c i l S p e c i a l M e e t i n g M i n u t e s M a y 2 0 , 2 0 2 5 3 p m ) City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 Approval of Council Special Meeting Minutes May 20, 2025 630pm Staff Lead: Council Department: City Clerk's Office Preparer: Scott Passey Background/History N/A Recommendation Approval of Council Meeting minutes as part of the Consent Agenda. Narrative N/A Attachments: 2025-05-22 Council Special Minutes 630pm Draft 8.3 Packet Pg. 35 Edmonds City Council Special Meeting Minutes May 22, 2025 Page 1 EDMONDS CITY COUNCIL SPECIAL MEETING ACTION MINUTES May 22, 2025 ELECTED OFFICIALS PRESENT Chris Eck, Councilmember Neil Tibbott, Council President Vivian Olson, Councilmember Jenna Nand, Councilmember Mike Rosen, Mayor STAFF PRESENT Beckie Peterson, Exec. Assistant to the Mayor Todd Tatum, CCED Director 1. INTRODUCTION/ PRESENTATION ON EDMONDS FISCAL FUTURE, CITY BUDGET AND REVENUES The Edmonds City Council Special meeting was called to order virtually and in the Brackett Room of City Hall, 121 – 5th Avenue North, Edmonds, at 6:30 pm by Mayor Rosen. Mayor Rosen and Council President Tibbott provided a presentation on the Fiscal Future of Edmonds and outlined revenue sources and options for funding city government at various levels. 2. QUESTIONS AND COMMENTS FROM THE PUBLIC ATTENDING TOWN HALL IN BRACKETT ROOM WITH POTENTIAL RESPONSES FROM THE COUNCILMEMBERS PRESENT 1. Melinda Goforth, Edmonds, expressed support for expansion of red-light cameras and other revenue ideas because property tax increases are not sustainable. 2. Christina Nagle, Edmonds, requested information on the potential levy amount, funding priorities, and whether funds would be earmarked for Hwy 99. 3. Trisha asked why the city is not focusing on economic development revenues and why parks and police are being cut but not administration. 4. Kevin Harris, Edmonds, inquired about the ripple effects of federal and state policies on Edmonds, the RFA transport funds issue, and the prospects of AI efficiencies on city operations. 5. Erika Barnett, Edmonds, said she would submit information on AI solutions that could be adopted immediately with minimal cost. 6. Bill Krepick, Woodway, said the city failed to do due diligence with the RFA annexation and a levy may not pass due to higher property taxes. 7. Chelsea Rudd, Edmonds, asked if there’s a realistic timeframe for moving from crisis to stable to thriving. 8.3.a Packet Pg. 36 At t a c h m e n t : 2 0 2 5 - 0 5 - 2 2 C o u n c i l S p e c i a l M i n u t e s 6 3 0 p m D r a f t ( A p p r o v a l o f C o u n c i l S p e c i a l M e e t i n g M i n u t e s M a y 2 0 , 2 0 2 5 6 3 0 p m ) Edmonds City Council Special Meeting Minutes May 22, 2025 Page 2 8. Eric Nagle, Edmonds, asked the city to quantify what we lose if the levy fails and to investigate potential disadvantages to AI. strategies; potential sale of city properties to pay down debt and restore reserves; increased permit fees, rents, and fines; public safety tax revenues; revenue-generating parking programs; market rental rates; sales tax revenue sharing; business license fees; leveraging Edmonds’ unique attributes; and short vs. long-term revenue strategies. Mayor, staff, and Council responses addressed red light camera revenues; budget priorities; Hwy 99 constituents and Economic Development Commission ideas; the city’s destination marketing budget; potential impacts of federal and state policies; treasury and monetary policy; efforts to reconcile RFA transport funds; AI use; and the need for two draft budgets reflecting both levy success and failure. ADJOURNMENT The meeting was adjourned at 7:50 pm. 8.3.a Packet Pg. 37 At t a c h m e n t : 2 0 2 5 - 0 5 - 2 2 C o u n c i l S p e c i a l M i n u t e s 6 3 0 p m D r a f t ( A p p r o v a l o f C o u n c i l S p e c i a l M e e t i n g M i n u t e s M a y 2 0 , 2 0 2 5 6 3 0 p m ) City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 Approval of claim checks and wire payments. Staff Lead: Richard Gould Department: Administrative Services Preparer: Lori Palmer Background/History Approval of claim checks #267456 through #267505 dated May 28, 2025 for $208,483.99 and wire payments of $664.42. Staff Recommendation Approval of claim checks and wire payments. Narrative The Council President shall be designated as the auditing committee for the city council. The council president shall review the documentation supporting claims paid and review for approval by the city council at its next regular public meeting all checks or warrants issued in payment of any claim, demand or voucher. A list of each claim, demand or voucher approved and each check or warrant issued indicating the check or warrant number, the amount paid and the vendor or payee shall be filed in the city council office for review by individual councilmembers prior to each regularly scheduled public meeting. Attachments: positive pay 05-28-2025 Agenda 8.4 Packet Pg. 38 5/28/2025 11:20:04AM Positive Pay Listing City of Edmonds apPosPay Page: 1 Document group:MMcCreary Vendor Code & Name Check #Check Date Amount 070322 A&A LANGUAGE SERVICES INC 267456 710.005/28/2025 065052 AARD PEST CONTROL 267457 251.955/28/2025 001528 AM TEST INC 267458 320.005/28/2025 078237 ARIAS, ADRIAN 267459 130.005/28/2025 001801 AUTOMATIC WILBERT VAULT CO 267460 2,106.005/28/2025 079747 BLUE COAST ENGINEERING LLC 267461 15,190.405/28/2025 075874 BULGER SAFE & LOCK 267462 238.365/28/2025 073029 CANON FINANCIAL SERVICES 267463 991.255/28/2025 079872 CENTER FOR HUMAN SERVICES 267464 2,300.005/28/2025 073249 CG ENGINEERING, PLLC 267465 1,647.505/28/2025 069457 CITY OF EDMONDS 267466 1,102.505/28/2025 019215 CITY OF LYNNWOOD 267467 84,614.005/28/2025 006200 DAILY JOURNAL OF COMMERCE 267468 858.605/28/2025 073823 DAVID EVANS & ASSOC INC 267469 22,327.565/28/2025 076610 EDMONDS HERO HARDWARE 267470 43.075/28/2025 008705 EDMONDS WATER DIVISION 267471 17,763.355/28/2025 075200 EDUARDO ZALDIBAR 267472 406.255/28/2025 008812 ELECTRONIC BUSINESS MACHINES 267473 190.725/28/2025 009350 EVERETT DAILY HERALD 267474 347.445/28/2025 075673 FARMER, MARIA 267475 520.005/28/2025 079181 GREENWOOD HEATING & AC 267476 79.205/28/2025 078272 HARRINGTON, SHEILA ANNE 267477 130.005/28/2025 072647 HERRERA ENVIRONMENTAL 267478 25,403.535/28/2025 069733 ICONIX WATERWORKS INC 267479 7,849.935/28/2025 015270 JCI JONES CHEMICALS INC 267480 8,390.605/28/2025 072422 JE HORTON INTERPRETING SVCS 267481 260.005/28/2025 065528 JOHNSON, PATRICK 267482 444.185/28/2025 079868 KAUR, GURPREET 267483 130.005/28/2025 016850 KUKER RANKEN INC 267484 27.655/28/2025 075149 LIM, VANNARA 267485 130.005/28/2025 074263 LYNNWOOD WINSUPPLY CO 267486 1,131.755/28/2025 020039 MCMASTER-CARR SUPPLY CO 267487 55.905/28/2025 069923 MOTION INDUSTRIES INC 267488 713.115/28/2025 018950 NAPA AUTO PARTS 267489 37.125/28/2025 024302 NELSON-REISNER 267490 26.325/28/2025 075542 NORTHWEST LANDSCAPE SUPPLY 267491 192.455/28/2025 063750 ORCA PACIFIC INC 267492 2,568.445/28/2025 064951 OTIS ELEVATOR CO 267493 138.135/28/2025 079020 PRECISION LANGUAGE SERVICES 267494 650.005/28/2025 064769 ROMAINE ELECTRIC 267495 261.695/28/2025 079607 ROMERO, STACEY F 267496 292.505/28/2025 079871 SINGH, MANPREET 267497 130.005/28/2025 075543 SNO CO PUBLIC DEFENDER ASSOC 267498 1,142.005/28/2025 037375 SNO CO PUD NO 1 267499 2,865.095/28/2025 079583 TRIMBLE, BREANNA 267500 370.505/28/2025 076946 TSERENDAVAA, ARIUNTULGA 267501 220.005/28/2025 071549 UNIVAR SOLUTIONS USA INC 267502 2,529.235/28/2025 068973 VEHRS, TERRY 267503 109.605/28/2025 069751 VESTIS 267504 98.705/28/2025 063008 WSDOT 267505 47.425/28/2025 Page: 1 8.4.a Packet Pg. 39 At t a c h m e n t : p o s i t i v e p a y 0 5 - 2 8 - 2 0 2 5 A g e n d a ( A p p r o v a l o f c l a i m c h e c k s a n d w i r e p a y m e n t s . ) 5/28/2025 11:20:04AM Positive Pay Listing City of Edmonds apPosPay Page: 2 Document group:MMcCreary Total count: 50 GrandTotal: 208,483.99 Page: 2 8.4.a Packet Pg. 40 At t a c h m e n t : p o s i t i v e p a y 0 5 - 2 8 - 2 0 2 5 A g e n d a ( A p p r o v a l o f c l a i m c h e c k s a n d w i r e p a y m e n t s . ) City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 Fleet Business Policy Staff Lead: Phil Williams Department: Public Works & Utilities Preparer: Royce Napolitino Background/History In Edmonds City Code 3.05, the Fleet operations and capital budget was established as a special fund to be known and designated as the Equipment Rental Fund. The Equipment Rental Fund is used as a revolving fund to be expended for salaries, wages, and expenses required for the repair, replacement, purchase, and operation of all City vehicles and equipment in its fleet. A reasonable rates rental schedule is affixed for each department's use of the City's fleet and budgeted annually as maintenance, operation and replacement costs. The Fleet Maintenance Division consists of one (1) fleet manager and three (3) maintenance mechanics. The division provides preventative maintenance, repairs, and procurement of the City's fleet assets. Currently, the City's fleet includes 230 vehicles and pieces of equipment in its inventory. Approved for Consent Agenda during City Council Committee B, May 20, 2025 Staff Recommendation On the City Councils' Consent Agenda, approve and adopt the first edition of the City of Edmonds Fleet Business Policy. Narrative The Fleet Business Policy is used to establish uniform policies and procedures for the operation of City vehicles and equipment, applicable to all City departments, Offices, Employees, and Elected Officials; and to establish reasonable assurance that each City employee who operates a City vehicle/equipment does so in a safe, law abiding, and cost-effective manner. The Fleet Business Policy was prepared with the City of Edmonds current practices, priorities, and needs of our customers in mind. This policy reflects years of standard operating procedures in effective management, maintenance, repair, acquisition, and surplus of fleet assets. This is the first edition of this policy with considerations made to encompass all fleet business. Attachments: Fleet Business Policy_May2025 8.5 Packet Pg. 41 2025 FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Effective June 1, 2025 8.5.a Packet Pg. 42 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 1 | P a g e Prepared by: City of Edmonds Fleet Division Carl Rugg, Fleet Manager 8.5.a Packet Pg. 43 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY • Introduction………………………………..…………………………………………..……1 o Purpose and Scope o Definitions • Fleet Services………………………….……..……………………………………….……4 a. Equipment Rental Fund (Edmonds City Code 3.05) b. Vehicle Maintenance c. Vehicle Damage & Mechanical Deficiencies d. Vehicle Breakdowns and Repairs e. Vehicle Modifications • Use of Fleet Vehicles…………………….………………………....……..............……..9 A. User Department Responsibilities B. Operator Responsibilities C. Pre-Trip / Pre-Operation Responsibilities D. Safety Guidelines E. Fueling • Commercial Driver Responsibilities……….…………………..……………………...16 • Accident & Property Damage Procedures……………..………………...….…….…19 A. Accident Reporting B. Property Damage Reporting • Purchasing & Surplus……………………….……………….………….……..…….….22 A. Vehicle Acquisition B. Vehicle Disposal • Vehicle Assignment….………………………….…………………………………...…..24 A. Take Home Vehicle Policy • Fleet Electrification and Carbon Reduction Initiative….………………….…….....28 • Acknowledgement………………………………………………………………………..30 • Appendices…….………………………..……………….…………….………...………..31 I. Employee Operations Training Certificate II. Permission to Ride Hold Harmless Agreement Waiver III. Accident/Damage to Property Report form IV. Drug and Alcohol Testing Policies and Procedures V. Vehicle Addition Request VI. Take-Home Vehicle Procedures Take-Home Vehicle Assignment Authorization Request Take-Home Vehicle Trip Log 8.5.a Packet Pg. 44 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 1 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION I. PURPOSE AND SCOPE The Fleet Business Policy is used to establish uniform policies and procedures for the operation of City vehicles and equipment, applicable to all City departments, Offices, Employees, and Elected Officials; and to establish reasonable assurance that each City employee who operates a City vehicle/equipment does so in a safe, law abiding, and cost- effective manner. The Fleet Business Policy is a working document that will be modified and updated to reflect the City of Edmonds practices, priorities, and needs of our customers. This policy reflects years of standard operating procedures in effective management, maintenance, repair, acquisition, and surplus of fleet assets. II. DEFINITIONS Airbag deployment area: The space withing a vehicle where an airbag is designed to inflate and deploy during a collision or accident. Alternative fuel conversions: The modification of vehicles or machinery originally designed to run on conventional fuels (like gasoline or diesel) so that it can use alternative fuels such as electricity, natural gas, or propane. Assigned take-home vehicle: A city-owned vehicle that is used by a city employee for city business and for regularly commuting to and from the employee's home and work site(s). Business mileage: The mileage driven by an employee while conducting official city business. Business mileage does not include an employee's commute to and from their home to their work site(s). Call out: A directive to an employee to report to a work site during an off-duty time or day, to respond to an emergency that requires an immediate response to protect life and/or property. Commercial Driver’s License (CDL): A specialized driver's license required to operate certain types of commercial vehicles, such as trucks, buses, and other large or heavy vehicles. The CDL ensures that the driver has met specific qualifications and safety standards to safely operate these vehicles, which are often used for business purposes like transporting goods or passengers Defensive Driver’s Training: Formalized training aimed at teaching drivers to anticipate and respond to potential hazards on the road in a way that reduces the likelihood of accidents. The goal of defensive driving is to improve a driver's ability to react to unexpected situations, stay safe under various driving conditions, and avoid accidents through proactive strategies. Driving Abstract: An official document, also known as a driving record or motor vehicle record, that provides a summary of a person’s driving history. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 45 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 2 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Economic benefit/cost calculation: The difference between the cost to reimburse an employee for conducting city business in their private vehicle, per section 9.4 of the City Personnel Policy or its successor, and the cost to provide an employee with an assigned take-home vehicle to commute to and from their work site(s). Electric vehicle: A type of vehicle that is powered entirely or primarily by electricity, rather than by traditional internal combustion engines which run on gasoline or diesel. Emergency response: When an employee has a primary responsibility to respond immediately to protect life and/or property. Equipment Rental Fund: A revolving fund also known as the 511 Fund, for the salaries, wages, and operations required for the repair, replacement, purchase, and operation of equipment, and for the purchase of equipment, materials and supplies to be used in the administration and operation of the fund. Fleet Vehicles and Equipment: Any Fleet asset, generally with a purchase price in excess of $5,000, that Public Works, through 511 B Fund, collects replacement payments from User Departments. The City, through Fund 511, owns all Fleet Vehicles and Equipment. Hybrid vehicle: A type of vehicle that combines an internal combustion engine, usually powered by gasoline, with an electric motor and a battery. Internal combustion engine (ICE): A type of engine in which fuel, usually gasoline or diesel, is burned inside the engine itself to produce energy. Idle: The state of a vehicle when the engine is running but not in motion. Occasional overnight vehicle use: When an employee takes a city-owned vehicle home after attending night meetings or other city business activities that occur outside of an employee's normally-scheduled work hours. Occasional overnight usage of a city-owned vehicle shall mean no more than twelve (12) times per quarter on average. Odometer/hour meter: The device in a vehicle or equipment that records the distance traveled or amount of time a machine or engine has been in operation. Operator: The employee responsible for controlling or driving a vehicle or operating machinery or equipment. Risk Management: The City of Edmonds is a member of WCIA’s Risk Pool. The Human Resources Department oversees and serves as the contact for the City’s Risk Management program. Service Life: The estimated life of ownership determined by Fleet, with input from the User Department, based on average annual mileage accumulation, vehicle application, manufacturers recommendations, technological relevance, and User Department needs. Service life will be used to determine the User Department’s annual 511 B Fund contributions. Shop Rate: The hourly rate calculated using mechanics’ salaries plus shop overhead costs divided by the number of billable hours for the mechanics in the annual budget cycle. This is the hourly rate charged to all User Departments for maintenance and repair of Fleet Vehicles and Equipment. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 46 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 3 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Special equipment vehicle: A city-owned vehicle manufactured for special applications or a vehicle equipped or outfitted with tools or devices for specific job applications. Communication access, such as car radio, telephone, and similar devices, shall not be considered special equipment for the purpose of this policy. Traffic Violations: A violation of law or policy governing the operation of a motor vehicle. Violations can range from minor infractions to serious offenses, including but not limited to speeding, running a red light or stop sign, seatbelt violations, and driving under the influence. User Department: Refers to the City department or agency that utilizes Fleet vehicles, equipment, and/or services. Vehicle Damage: Any harm or deterioration that occurs to a vehicle's body, structure, or mechanical systems as a result of accidents, collisions, wear and tear, or other external factors. Damage can affect both the cosmetic appearance of the vehicle (such as dents, scratches, or broken windows) and its functional components (such as the engine, transmission, or suspension). Vehicle Maintenance: Also referred to as preventative or scheduled maintenance, includes the regular care and serving of a vehicle involving a series of scheduled checks, repairs, and replacements of various parts and systems in the vehicle to prevent breakdowns, improve performance, and extend the vehicle’s service life. Vehicle Modifications: Changes or alterations made to a vehicle after it has been manufactured, typically to improve its performance, appearance, comfort, or functionality. Modifications can be done for personal preference, to meet specific needs, or to enhance a vehicle's capabilities. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 47 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 4 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Police 24% Water/Sewer 20% Street/Storm 24% Fleet 3% Parks 15% Engineering 5% Planning/Building 3% Facilities 6% Fleet Asset Distribution Police Water/Sewer Street/Storm Fleet Parks Engineering Planning/Building Facilities Chapter 2 FLEET SERVICES Fleet (Equipment Rental) is a division of Public Works. The mission of the Public Works Department is, “We are here to serve you.” Within Fleet, we support the mission of Public Works through respect, collaboration, excellence, and efficiency. Fleet implements these practices through preventative maintenance, repairs, and procurement of Fleet assets. Fleet interfaces with every City department and must maintain strong lines of communication with all its customers that we serve. Fleet is a customer-centered, internal service operation. We provide a wide range of services to all our customers. They include, but are not limited to: • Maintenance and repair services including preventative, corrective, and emergency. • Asset management services including vehicle acquisition, new vehicle up-fitting, retired vehicle disposal, asset replacement scheduling, and vehicle specific modifications. • Vehicle specification writing to meet customer needs. • Fleet fueling services. The City owns and operates 230 vehicles and equipment in its Fleet. The following chart depicts the distribution of fleet assets throughout each User Department. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 48 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 5 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY I. EQUIPMENT RENTAL FUND The Fleet Division was established by Edmonds City Code 3.05 through the establishment of a special fund, known as the “equipment rental fund” or “511 fund,” to be used as a revolving fund for the salaries, wages, and operations required for the repair, replacement, purchase, and operation of equipment, and for the purchase of equipment, materials and supplies to be used in the administration and operation of the fund. The equipment rental fund shall be administered by the Finance Director under the direction of the Mayor. All Fleet equipment of all offices and departments of the City of Edmonds shall be transferred to the equipment rental fund, without charge. Money may be placed in the fund from time to time by the City Council. Use of the Fund The City of Edmonds shall purchase and sell all equipment by the use of such fund, subject to the laws governing the purchase and sale of property. Such equipment shall be rented for the use of the various offices and departments of the City and may be rented by the City to other governmental agencies. Proceeds & Purchases The proceeds received by the City from the sale or rental of such equipment shall be placed in the equipment rental fund, and the purchase price of any such equipment or rental payments made by the City shall be made from monies available in the fund. Schedule There shall be paid monthly into the equipment rental fund out of the monies available to the department using any such equipment, which has not been purchased by that department for its own use, out of its own funds, reasonable rental charges fixed annually by the City Council by approval of a schedule submitted by the Finance Director as a part of budget adoption. The schedule shall be sufficient to cover the maintenance, operation and replacement of said equipment as set forth in ECC 3.05.010; the rental charges shall be reviewed annually in order to provide for current and foreseeable needs of the equipment rental fund. Accounts & Records There shall be kept, by those directed by the Finance Director, such books, accounts and records as are necessary to control and report the financial operations of the equipment rental fund, and shall further subdivide the cash account thereof into two separately designated accounts as follows: A. Account “A,” which shall be the “current operating account” into which shall be placed those portions of the charges made to the various departments or offices of the City of Edmonds, in accordance with the provisions of ECC 3.05.070 hereof, which are specifically billed to provide sufficient monies to pay the salaries and wages, materials, overhead and other costs necessary to operate and maintain all property rented thereto. There shall also be placed 8.5.a Packet Pg. 49 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 6 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY into Account “A” monies which may from time to time be specifically available thereto by action of the City Council. B. Account “B,” which shall be the “equipment reserve account” into which shall be placed those portions of the charges made to the various departments or offices of the City, in accordance with the provisions of ECC 3.05.070 thereof, which are specifically billed to provide sufficient monies, having first taken into consideration the necessary operating and maintenance costs billed under the preceding subsection A, to pay the costs of purchasing new equipment and replacing used equipment as required to carry out the purpose of the equipment rental fund. There shall also be placed in the Account “B” monies which are derived from the direct sale of any equipment or other capital assets of the fund and any monies made specifically available thereto by action of the City Council. Withdrawals & Expenditures Any withdrawals or expenditures from the equipment rental fund shall be made only in the following manner: A. Expenditures from Account “A” shall be made only upon duly approved payrolls and vouchers of the City of Edmonds for the purposes hereinbefore ascribed to said account. B. Expenditures from Account “B” shall be made only upon duly approved vouchers of the city for the purposes hereinbefore ascribed to said account. Retention of Monies All monies in the equipment rental fund shall be retained there from year to year and shall not be transferred to any other fund or expended for any other purpose. However, due to the outsourcing of the City’s fire services in January 2010, all monies associated with equipment and vehicles owned by the former City of Edmonds Fire Department may be transferred to other funds at the discretion of the City Council. https://edmonds.municipal.codes/ECC/3.05 II. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE Maintenance is an investment that will pay dividends in the form of improved reliability, durability, safety, and resale value. Scheduled Maintenance A ‘next due service’ maintenance reminder sticker is placed in the upper left corner of the windshield in all vehicles. Contact the Fleet shop when service is due. Contact information and Fleet maintenance shop address is printed on the service reminder sticker for your reference. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 50 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 7 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY “SERVICE DUE” IS NOTED ON THE WINDSHIELD REMINDER AS MILES/HOURS. THE VEHICLE IS DUE FOR SERVICE BASED ON WHICHEVER COMES FIRST, THE MILES/HOURS OR THE DATE. Most modern vehicles are equipped with a built-in service reminder illuminated on the instrument cluster of the vehicle. This can be displayed in the form of % remaining before due, or an amber “SERVICE DUE” light. The factory service intervals are not what determines the Fleet’s preventative maintenance schedule. You must rely on the maintenance reminder sticker on the windshield supplied by Fleet. If you receive notice that a vehicle/equipment is due for service, follow the instructions provided to get the vehicle/equipment to the Fleet shop. All Operators and User Departments are required to comply with an order to surrender vehicles/equipment to the Fleet Division for maintenance and/or repair. Operators must make arrangements for transportation to and from the shop when dropping off or picking up vehicles. Fleet does not provide transportation or loaner vehicles. III. VEHICLE DAMAGE AND MECHANICAL DEFICIENCIES The Fleet Division sustains the City’s vehicle and equipment operations by restoring a vehicle’s functionality and safety when it has been impacted by accidents, wear and tear, or other issues. Services include the unscheduled maintenance, outside of preventative care, for repairs as a result of damage and/or mechanical defect. Report damage immediately to your supervisor AND the Fleet shop. Do not operate a vehicle or equipment that has a mechanical problem, or any warning lights illuminated (example: “Check Engine”, “SRS”, “ABS”, “Tire Pressure”, etc.). Operating vehicles or equipment that are damaged may pose a safety risk. Contact the Fleet shop immediately. At the discretion of Fleet staff, the vehicle or equipment may be taken out of service for repairs. Do not operate any vehicle or equipment that has an “OUT OF SERVICE” tag until repaired and approved by Fleet staff. IV. VEHICLE BREAKDOWNS AND REPAIRS City of Edmonds Fleet Division provides a dependable and well-maintained fleet of vehicles and equipment for City use. However, at times mechanical breakdowns will occur. The following outlines what to do in the event of a breakdown or need for repair. BREAKDOWNS If a City vehicle or equipment breaks down during Fleet business hours (Monday through Thursday 6:00 AM-3:30 PM and Friday 6:30 AM-3:00 PM), call the Fleet shop for instructions. City of Edmonds Fleet Shop 7110 210th Street SW Edmonds, WA 98026 (425) 771-0233 8.5.a Packet Pg. 51 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 8 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Carl Rugg, Fleet Manager (425) 218-0027 For vehicle and equipment breakdowns on weekends, holidays, and after hours, call the Fleet Manager to facilitate immediate repairs. If the vehicle/equipment is safe to operate, take it to the Fleet maintenance shop for repair. If you are unsure whether the vehicle/equipment is safe to operate, call the Fleet shop or Fleet Manager. If a vehicle or equipment is determined to be unsafe to drive, do not operate. Safely move off the road and out of traffic if possible. During Fleet shop hours call the number shown above. During off hours call R&R Star Towing at (425) 778-9557. If you have a flat tire in a City vehicle, call the Fleet shop for assistance. If the flat occurs after hours, most City vehicles are equipped with an adequate spare tire and a service jack. If you feel comfortable changing the tire yourself, do so in a safe manner. If a City vehicle breaks down outside Edmonds city limits, call the Fleet shop for instructions. REPAIRS Repair requests can be submitted by scanning the QR code located on the inside driver’s door panel or send an email to fleet@edmondswa.gov. If the QR code is missing or damaged, please notify Fleet to replace. Requests for repairs can also be made during Fleet business hours by calling or visiting the Fleet shop for assistance. City of Edmonds Fleet Shop 7110 210th Street SW Edmonds, WA 98026 (425) 771-0233 V. VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS No modifications of any kind are permitted to City vehicles or equipment unless performed or approved by Fleet. Installation of accessory equipment shall be performed only by Fleet’s repair shop, or Fleet’s authorized vendors. Improper installation of accessory equipment can result in serious injury or death in a collision. Employees shall not add or install any personal equipment of any kind into/onto any City vehicle or equipment. This includes but is not limited to audio devices, interior consoles or organizers, toolboxes or carriers, or any decals, bumper stickers, or decorative items. Modifications and/or installations may only be made by, or under the supervision of, the Fleet shop. Modifications shall be approved by the User Department Director and Fleet Manager, and by Risk Management when required, prior to commencing work. City vehicles and equipment are required by RCW 46.08.065 and Snohomish County Code (SCC) 3.08 to have identifying markings. The agency and department or division name must appear on both sides of the vehicle/equipment. A fleet asset number is also 8.5.a Packet Pg. 52 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 9 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY required. User Departments and Operators must ensure their vehicles/equipment are in compliance. License plates and identifying markings shall be maintained in a clearly visible and unobstructed manner. Only Edmonds Police may adopt department-specific identifying markings. Chapter 3 USE OF FLEET VEHICLES City vehicles will be assigned to those User Departments that have a demonstrated need for them. Employees needing transportation for City business may use vehicles assigned to their department or those made available, as needed. When no City vehicles are available, or when family members will accompany the employee, employees may use their own vehicles for business purposes, with the approval of their User Department Director or their designee. City vehicles and equipment are for official City business only and shall not be for personal use, even if that personal use does not result in additional costs to the City of Edmonds. Examples of prohibited use of City vehicles includes: • Any use for personal purposes other than commuting which has not been authorized. • Transport of cargo that has no relation to the performance of official state business. • Attaching personal property or applying decals to City vehicles not authorized by Fleet. • Non-city employee “passengers” not on city business or specifically approved for travel by your User Department Director. When operating any City owned or rented vehicle or equipment, that vehicle/equipment is considered a workplace and such operation is subject to all applicable state and federal laws, rules, and regulations, City of Edmonds ordinances, and Executive orders. Non-City employees are prohibited from operating City vehicles and equipment, with the exception of authorized vendors performing work under an approved contract with Fleet Services. Driving Outside Washington State: City vehicles may not be driven outside of Washington State without express authorization by a User Department Director or designee. • USER DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES Each User Department Director, or their designee, is required to adhere to and enforce this Fleet Business Policy. User Department Directors shall ensure that employees read and acknowledge receipt of this policy. The User Department Director or designee shall require employees annually to provide proof of a current driver’s license, and/or current valid commercial driver’s license (CDL) endorsement when required and keep the individual driver’s files up to date. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 53 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 10 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY The User Department Director or designee is responsible for ensuring employees are trained on all vehicles and equipment prior to use to ensure proper operation and safety procedures are followed. The User Department Director or designee is responsible for the record keeping and documentation of vehicle and equipment training for each employee. See City of Edmonds Operator Training Certification (Appendix A) for required training documentation. User Departments must retain copies of training records and may provide copies to Human Resources and Fleet. The User Department Director or designee must investigate and respond to citizen complaints about employee use of Edmonds City vehicles and equipment, and if substantiated, enforce the applicable policy or offense that was committed with a suitable corrective action. City vehicles are not exempt from tolling, or from any requirements for occupying special purpose lanes. User Departments are responsible for any and all tolls and passes, such as a “Good-to-Go” pass, when conducting City business. User Departments shall determine the business need for such passes. The User Department Director or designee is responsible for ensuring all vehicles have, at a minimum, the normal preventative (scheduled) maintenance performed as required by the Fleet maintenance schedule as to not void warranty coverage. When requested by the Fleet Division, all City vehicles must be surrendered for maintenance and repair services. • OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES Only City of Edmonds employees with a current valid Washington State Driver’s License, and/or current valid commercial driver’s license (CDL) endorsement when required, are eligible to operate City vehicles and equipment. Employees may not operate any vehicle without prior approval of their supervisor. As a pre-qualification for operating City vehicles and equipment, employees may be required to furnish a current (within the last 30 days) Driver’s Abstract, which shows any history of driving violations. Poor driving records, as determined by the City, may be disqualified from employment with the City in positions requiring driving. Employees approved to operate a City vehicle are required to inform their supervisor immediately of any changes that may affect either their legal or physical ability to drive or their continued insurability. Employees are not permitted, under any circumstances, to operate a City vehicle, or a personal vehicle for City business, when any physical or mental impairment causes the employee to be unable to drive safely. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to, circumstances in which the employee is temporarily unable to operate a vehicle safely or legally because of injury, illness, or medication. Operators are responsible for completing the City of Edmonds Operator Training Certificate (Appendix A) for each required piece of equipment or specialty vehicle prior to use to ensure proper operation and safety procedures are followed. When a City vehicle is not available, employees may use their own vehicles for business purposes with prior approval of a supervisor. Auto liability coverage follows the vehicle. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 54 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 11 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Therefore, the employee’s personal auto insurance is primary, and WCIA’s liability coverage is excess. Therefore, employees who operate personal vehicles for City business should obtain and maintain auto liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage and any other required coverage determined by the employee’s personal auto insurance agent or broker. It is the employee's responsibility to report any traffic violations incurred in the course of conducting City business to your direct supervisor. Additionally, employees are to report any traffic violations incurred outside of work that could impact the status of your Washington State Driver’s License or commercial driver’s license (CDL). Fines for traffic violations incurred by individual Operators of City vehicles such as school zone, red light camera infractions, or general speeding tickets, are the responsibility of the employee and will be paid by the employee. Employees are responsible for fines associated with any toll violations and/or any unpaid tolls resulting from their City vehicle use outside of normal city business. Non-employee, non-business passengers are prohibited from riding in City vehicles without prior approval. Non-employee, non-business passengers are prohibited from riding in the employee’s personal vehicle, without prior approval, when the vehicle is being used for City business. City employees may transport other persons in City vehicles only when in the course of City business. Commuting between home and work is not City business. Transporting persons for purposes of commuting is prohibited. Transporting non-city employees including family members while not conducting official city business will require the individual to sign a Permission to Ride Hold Harmless Agreement Waiver (Appendix B) prior to riding in a city vehicle. Permission to Ride Hold Harmless Agreement Waivers must be submitted to Risk Management in accordance with records retention policies. Transporting pets in City vehicles is prohibited. Employees who operate City vehicles and equipment are responsible for the possession and care of said vehicle/equipment, are required to follow all traffic laws and must comply with all sections of this policy at all times. Employees are prohibited from operating City vehicles/equipment or personal vehicles on City business when impaired (i.e. under the influence) by alcohol, drugs, prescription or over-the-counter drugs, or other substances that can cause impairment. City vehicles/equipment and employees are visible to the public. Employees shall display good driver behavior, courtesy, and respect, and obey all traffic laws at all times. Remember, you are a representative of the City of Edmonds, and as such, you are required to operate your vehicle/equipment in a safe, courteous, professional manner. City vehicles and equipment shall be maintained in a clean and orderly fashion, free of trash and debris. Vehicles and equipment, such as pickup trucks with open cargo areas, shall be kept free of trash and debris that could blow out of, or fall from the 8.5.a Packet Pg. 55 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 12 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY vehicle/equipment. All loads and/or cargo shall be properly secured and covered, as applicable. There is a carwash station located at the Public Works facility for your convenience. It is equipped with hoses, carwash soap, buckets, brushes, vacuums, window cleaner, multipurpose cleaner, paper towels, and garbage bins. Fleet also has available garbage bags for the interior of the vehicles that will be provided upon request. If any of the carwash materials are missing, broken, damaged, or insufficient, please notify the Fleet Manager. Employees are responsible for notifying their supervisor or the Fleet Division of any mechanical problem with a vehicle they have driven. In an effort to conserve fuel and reduce greenhouse gas emissions, City vehicles/equipment powered with an internal combustion engine (ICE) shall not idle for more than three (3) minutes. Authorized exceptions include: emergency vehicles (when required for lighting); operation of auxiliary equipment (PTO, power inverters, etc.) used to perform essential job functions; in the performance of maintenance by Fleet staff; and when required by manufacturer specifications. Abusive or negligent use of a vehicle or equipment may be grounds for disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. City employees who violate any portion of this policy may be subject to discipline. • PRE-TRIP/PRE-OPERATION RESPONSIBILITIES Operators are responsible for ensuring safe operability of City vehicles and equipment prior to operating. Prior to operating any City vehicle/equipment, Operators shall perform a pre-trip visual inspection of the vehicle/equipment. Note any damage and deficiencies (cracked or broken windshield, windshield wipers, flat/low or damaged tires, nonworking lights, etc.) Ensure that items in cargo area are secured. Verify the presence of vehicle registration, insurance, and safety equipment (fire extinguisher, first aid kit). Immediately report damage, deficiencies, or missing items to the Fleet Shop. Operators should periodically check oil, coolant and washer fluid levels. Prior to starting the vehicle/equipment, Operators shall check and properly adjust mirrors, seat position, and steering wheel for maximum visibility and comfort. Operators of commercial vehicles/equipment are required to perform a complete pre-trip walk-around inspection in conformance with DOT standards. Operators should also perform a post-trip inspection and note any deficiencies, damage, etc. and bring those to the attention of the Fleet shop. In addition to pre-operation inspections, equipment Operators are required to perform any required daily maintenance (greasing, etc.). 8.5.a Packet Pg. 56 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 13 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY For guidance on conducting pre-trip/pre-operation inspections and maintenance, contact the Fleet Shop. • SAFETY GUIDELINES The safety of employees, the general public, and fleet vehicles/equipment is a top priority. These safety guidelines, expectations, and responsibilities for all employees who operate City vehicles are to reduce the risk of accidents, improve vehicle maintenance and ensure compliance with relevant laws and regulations. SEATBELTS / HEADLIGHTS / AIRBAGS Driver and passenger(s) seat belts shall be worn at all times when operating vehicles. When so equipped, equipment Operators are required to wear seat belts when operating City equipment. Immediately report any malfunctioning seat belt/restraint system to the Fleet shop and do not operate the vehicle/equipment if a malfunction exists. When operating City vehicles or equipment, drivers are required to turn on headlights or to utilize daytime driving lights if equipped. Airbag deployment areas shall be maintained in an unobstructed manner. Serious injury or death may occur if items are stored in a manner which interferes with air bag deployment. If unsure of the air bag deployment area, consult the Fleet shop. CELL PHONES / ELECTRONIC DEVICES Distracted driving is a leading cause of vehicle collisions involving serious injuries and/or fatalities. Employees are required to comply with the requirements below and of this policy. Handheld mobile devices and laptop computers shall not be used while operating City vehicles/equipment. Employees are required to comply with state and local law regarding the operation of these devices. Hands-free mobile phones may be used to receive or place official City business and/or emergency calls only, and only when the use is of short duration and does not distract the driver/operator. The driver should pull to the shoulder, out of traffic, before placing a call. If the use of any mobile or other device is found to be a contributing factor in a collision, or is used in violation of the law, the employee may be subject to disciplinary action and/or directed to complete Defensive Driving Training. CARGO Interior cargo shall be properly secured so as to not become a hazard in a collision. Any vehicle/equipment that carries tools, supplies, and/or equipment shall be inspected by Fleet staff. If items are identified as potential hazards, the vehicle/equipment will be 8.5.a Packet Pg. 57 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 14 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY removed from service until the deficiency is corrected. Unsecured items in the interior of a vehicle or equipment can cause serious injury or death in a collision. All exterior cargo and loads in pickup trucks, flatbeds, dump trucks, haulers, etc. shall be properly secured and/or covered in conformance with applicable laws. Any tickets or penalties received for improperly secured loads are the financial responsibility of the employee/operator. Passenger vehicles are not suitable for transporting cargo. All cargo is to be contained within an area that isolates it from the occupant(s) in the event of a collision, such as trunk, pickup bed, or behind a cargo bulkhead. SMOKING/TOBACCO USE Smoking, including the use of E-cigarettes and vaping devices, and tobacco use of any kind, is prohibited in City vehicles and equipment. • FUELING The City of Edmonds has a fueling station for City vehicles and equipment located at Public Works, 7110 210th Street SW, Edmonds, WA 98026. Fueling station hours are 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Every city vehicle is equipped with an automated gate access key in the windshield that will allow access to the Public Works fueling site. The Fleet Division is responsible for maintaining the fueling station and managing Operator access. Fuel keys for vehicles and equipment are issued by Fleet. Operators must be authorized by Fleet and will use their Driver ID (commonly referred to as PIN) at the card-lock fueling station. The Driver ID is the employee’s 4-Digit employee ID number. Fueling Procedures: 1. Prior to fueling, note the vehicle/equipment’s odometer or hour meter reading and turn off the engine. 2. Identify the correct fuel type and select the appropriate pump before activating the pump. A. Pump 1 – Diesel B. Pump 2 – Regular Unleaded C. Pump 3 – Regular Unleaded D. Pump 4 – Propane 3. Locate the fuel card reader to activate the fuel pumps. 4. Enter employee ID number. 5. Insert the fuel chip key attached to the vehicle/equipment key. 6. Follow all screen prompts displayed on the fuel card reader. Enter correct odometer or hour meter readings using only whole numbers – PLEASE DO NOT RECORD TENTHS OF A MILE. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 58 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 15 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY 7. When transaction is authorized, fuel the vehicle/equipment. If fueling hasn’t commenced promptly, the pump will reset. There is a 5-minute delay before a new transaction can be authorized. Employees shall NEVER store their employee ID and vehicle chip-key together. Employee ID must be kept confidential and never shared with other employees. Violations of card use and/or theft of fuel will be investigated by law enforcement and prosecuted under law. Contact Fleet Division for any problem with automated fuel pump operation or errors, card and/or driver ID assignment, issuance, use or loss. For after-hours fueling problems, call the Fleet Manager directly at (425) 218-0027. Fueling needs for out-of-town business can be achieved by requesting an alternative fuel card from the Fleet Manager. Fueling cards are available for Pacific Pride and Conoco/Phillips/76 gas station locations. Any and all transactions require submission of transaction receipts when returning the temporary fuel card to the Fleet Manager upon your return. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 59 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 16 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Chapter 4 COMMERCIAL DRIVER RESPONSIBILITIES City of Edmonds employees who are required to possess a commercial driver’s license endorsement (CDL), and who must have a current valid medical certificate as a requirement of their job, are responsible to comply with all Operators Responsibilities noted above and the requirements below. Since their job involves operating heavy vehicles and/or equipment, they must meet the additional CDL responsibilities spelled out in PART II of the “CITY DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES” (Appendix D). CDL Driver Guidance All city employees, whose job descriptions require a CDL, are subject to Washington State CDL requirements as defined by WAC 308-100-010 (“Vehicles requiring a commercial driver's license for their operation”). The director of the department of licensing hereby finds that the following vehicles require special operating skills by the drivers of those vehicles: (1) Single vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 26,001 pounds or more; (2) Any combination of vehicles where: (a) The vehicle being driven has a GVWR of 26,001 pounds or more; or (b) The vehicle being towed has a GVWR of 10,001 pounds or more and the gross combination weight rating (GCWR) of the vehicles is 26,001 pounds or more; (3) Vehicles designed to transport sixteen or more passengers, including the driver; (4) Vehicles used in the transportation of hazardous materials that requires the vehicle to be identified with a placard under 49 C.F.R., part 172, subpart F; and (5) All public school buses, regardless of capacity. All persons driving such vehicles, other than those exempt under RCW 46.25.050, must have a commercial driver's license with the proper classification(s) and endorsements. As used in this section, "gross vehicle weight rating" has the meaning defined by RCW 46.25.010(12). Where not covered by Department of Transportation Federal Motor Carriers Safety Administration, employees subject to the CDL program requirements are also subject to Testing Policies and Procedures set forth in the City’s Personnel Policies. Employee-required DOT alcohol and drug testing includes: Pre-employment; Random; Post-Accident; Reasonable suspicion/cause/Return to Duty; and Follow-up. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 60 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 17 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY All DOT employee-required testing is paid for by City of Edmonds except for employee- requested split specimen testing following a verified positive drug test result, and alcohol and drug test required under an employee return-to-duty and self-pay follow-up program. Daily CDL Equipment Pre-Trip Walk-Arounds and documentation of deficiencies are required of all CDL drivers. CDL Employees are responsible for maintaining a current CDL endorsement from Washington State Department of Licensing (DOL) that is valid for the class of vehicle/equipment they operate as a required part of their job, and for maintaining a current valid Medical Certificate (medical card). Employees will be reimbursed for the cost of renewal of a mandatory CDL, as required by the employee’s position. The employee must submit receipt and expense reimbursement form to obtain reimbursement. Any cost associated in proving employee’s citizenship, as required by DOL, is the responsibility of the employee, and is not reimbursable by the City. CDL Suspension/Revocation An Employee’s CDL may be suspended or revoked by Washington State DOL for: a. Conviction in court for driving a motor vehicle under the influence of drugs or alcohol; b. Deferred prosecution (D.U.I. conviction); c. Driving a Commercial Motor Vehicle (CMV) with a blood alcohol content of 0.04 or more; d. Arrest for driving a non-commercial vehicle with a blood alcohol content of 0.08 or more; e. Refusing to submit to a breath of blood test while driving any motor vehicle; f. Using any motor vehicle in the commission of a felony; g. Causing a fatality through the negligent operation of a commercial vehicle; h. Committing two (2) or more of the violations above, in separate incidents; i. Testing positive on a DOT test for alcohol or drugs; j. Driving a CMV while under an out-of-service order; k. Committing railroad crossing violations while operating a commercial motor vehicle; l. Being reported as an imminent hazard by the Federal Motor Carriers Safety Administration (FMCSA); m. Committing two (2) or more serious traffic offenses within three (3) years, in separate incidents, in any vehicle; and 8.5.a Packet Pg. 61 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 18 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY n. Using any motor vehicle in the commission of a felony, or possession with intent to manufacture, distribute, or dispense a controlled substance. An employee’s CDL may also be at risk if they: a. Use legally dispensed medications without first consulting with a qualified physician for instructions regarding proper dosage and possible adverse interactions while performing safety-sensitive duties; b. Consume or are under the influence of alcohol within four hours prior to reporting for work. (An employee tested for alcohol whose test indicated an alcohol level greater than 0.02 but less than 0.04 is removed from their workplace on unpaid administrative leave for a minimum of 24 hours following administration of the test.) A. NOTE: Driving under the influence includes use of any drug, including marijuana, which might impair a driver’s ability to safely operate a CMV. c. Contaminate, tamper with or alter any drug or alcohol test specimen; and d. Use alcohol within eight hours following an accident, or until he/she takes a post- accident alcohol test; and e. Refuse to comply with the treatment and follow-up recommendations of a Substance Abuse Professional or recognized treatment (in/outpatient) facility. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 62 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 19 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Chapter 5 ACCIDENT & PROPERTY DAMAGE PROCEDURES I. ACCIDENT REPORTING In case of an accident involving a city vehicle or equipment, regardless of how serious, employees are required to immediately notify their supervisor and complete the City’s Accident/Damage to Property Report form (Appendix C). A supplemental accident report form provided by WCIA is in the glove compartment with vehicle registration and proof of insurance. This tri-fold document is to assist with completing the City Accident/Damage to Property Report form (Appendix C) and does not need to be collected. The completed Accident/Damage to Property Report form (Appendix C), and any attachments, are to be submitted to your supervisor, the Fleet Manager, and Risk Management within 48 hours of the accident. If the accident occurs within the public right-of-way, involves a citizen owned vehicle, or results in bodily injury, call 911 for law enforcement assistance. Do not give any statements or discuss who is responsible for the accident with anyone other than law enforcement authorities. Employees are expected to cooperate fully with authorities in the event of an accident. Complete the State of Washington Motor Vehicle Collision Report if required by law enforcement. Include the case number on the City of Edmonds Accident/Damage to Property Report form (Appendix C). If the accident involves a fatality, or bodily injury requiring the hospitalization of one or more employees, promptly notify Risk Management. Accidents that result in death or inpatient hospitalization must be reported to Washington’s Department of Labor & Industries (1-800-4BE-SAFE) within 8 hours. Do not move equipment involved in an accident that resulted in death or inpatient hospitalization until a representative from Department of Labor and Industries investigates, unless it is necessary to remove victims or prevent further injury or incidents. When completing the City of Edmonds Accident/Damage to City Property Report form (Appendix C): • Record the date, time and location of the accident; names and addresses of occupants of other vehicle(s); description and license numbers of other vehicles(s) involved; the name of the driver's insurance company and policy number; and the names and addresses and telephone numbers of any witnesses. • Take pictures of all vehicles involved showing any damage and the physical surroundings, when possible, to include with the accident report. • On the Accident/Damage to Property Report form (Appendix C), describe how the accident happened. Note weather conditions, traffic conditions. • Note the Police authority and case number if law enforcement is called. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 63 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 20 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY • Submit the completed Accident/Damage to Property Report form (Appendix C) as follows: one copy each to the Fleet Manager, your supervisor, and Risk Management. The Supervisor shall investigate the accident and complete the Supervisor’s section of the Accident/Damage to Property Report form (Appendix C). Both reports will be submitted to the Safety Committee. In the next city-wide Safety Committee meeting, the Committee shall review the redacted reports and make recommendations. Risk Management maintains accident report records in compliance with current records retention policies. An employee who is involved in an accident while driving a vehicle for City business may be subject to the City’s Drug and Alcohol Testing Policies and Procedures (Appendix D). For all employees who are not required to have a CDL, if the accident results in: (1) a fatality; or (2) bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or (3) one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage requiring the vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other vehicle; AND (1) The employee caused or contributed to the accident and there is reasonable possibility that drugs or alcohol could have contributed to the accident. For Employees with a CDL, if involved in an accident with a commercial vehicle on a public road or right-of-way which results in: (1) a fatality; or (2) the driver receives a citation under state or local law for a moving violation AND (1) there is bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or (2) one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage requiring the vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other vehicle; After an accident, employees are responsible for contacting their immediate supervisor or other management personnel. Supervisors are responsible for determining if the accident qualifies the driver for post-accident testing and should escort the employee to the collection site if possible. If a drug and alcohol test is required, contact Human Resources to facilitate the testing process. Testing is conducted at the following location: Concentra Medical Center 8.5.a Packet Pg. 64 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 21 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY 4320 196th Street SW Lynnwood, WA 98036-6773 (425) 774-8758 If the above conditions are met, the employee must make themself available for post- accident testing as soon as possible. Post-accident testing for alcohol should occur within two hours if possible but may not exceed eight hours. Testing for drugs should occur within 32 hours. If an employee is unable to provide consent to testing due to their medical condition, the supervisor will document the reasons why the employee was not tested. If testing is not completed within the required time following an accident, the supervisor will document in writing why the tests were not administered. An employee who does not comply with the post-accident testing will be considered to have refused testing and will be subject to disciplinary action. Employees that caused or contributed to a motor vehicle accident will be required to complete Defensive Driver’s Training within 6 months of the date of the accident. A certificate of completion, or other form of documentation, must be submitted to the Human Resources Department to record course completion. Recommended training may be found through www.wciapool.org training resources. Defensive Driving Basics is reasonable for first incident. https://wcia.localgovu.com/courses/defensive-driving-basics/?lms_source=search II. PROPERTY DAMAGE REPORTING In the event of ANY damage occurring to a citizen’s vehicle or property that results indirectly from a City vehicle/equipment, complete a City of Edmonds Accident/Damage to Property Report form (Appendix C) within 24 hours and distribute copies to your supervisor, Fleet Manager, and Risk Management. If a City vehicle is damaged due to theft or a break-in that may result in an insurance claim, law enforcement must be notified, and a police report must be obtained to process the insurance claim. Repairs of damaged vehicles or equipment can only be completed by the Fleet Division after receiving the appropriate accident report forms. No repairs can be performed prior to receiving the Accident/Damage to Property Report form (Appendix C). 8.5.a Packet Pg. 65 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 22 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Chapter 6 PURCHASING AND SURPLUS The Fleet Division supports the acquisition of safe, reliable, cost-effective vehicles and equipment to support the City’s ongoing business needs with responsible stewardship of the City’s investment. A. VEHICLE ACQUISITION All vehicle and equipment purchases require User Department Director, Mayor, and Council approval. All vehicle and equipment purchases will only be executed and finalized by the Fleet Manager. The Fleet Manager is responsible for the vendor selection, communications, quote collection, purchase order submission, and final invoice processing for all vehicle and equipment purchases. All purchases must adhere to federal, state, and local requirements. Purchases must be made in accordance with the Purchasing Policies and may be made through Washington DES contracts, nationwide contracts, interlocal agreements, 3 quote minimum requirements or through a bid process. No language throughout this policy shall override the requirements outlined in the City’s current Purchasing Policies. New Vehicle and Equipment Additions New vehicle and equipment addition requests (Appendix E) must be presented for review to the Fleet Manager, prior to submitting the request for approval. The Mayor (or designee) is authorized to approve the purchase of new vehicles and equipment with a value of less than $250,000 per purchase, provided funds specific to the equipment or vehicle have been budgeted by the City Council. The Fleet Manager and User Department Director or their designee will collaborate to determine the best suitable vehicle and equipment to satisfy the needs of the User Department while establishing accurate purchase and outfitting cost estimates. All vehicle and equipment specifications will be established and agreed upon between the Fleet Manager and User Department Director or their designee, prior to submitting the purchase request. New vehicle or equipment addition requests will be submitted by the User Department Director or their designee after the specifications and price estimates have been determined and agreed upon by the Fleet Manager and User Department Director or their designee. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 66 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 23 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY It is the responsibility of the requesting User Department to identify a funding source for new vehicle or equipment additions. If approved, the funds will be transferred from the identified funding source into the 511 B-Fund prior to any purchases. Scheduled Vehicle and Equipment Replacements Each vehicle or piece of equipment has a service life. The Fleet Division will determine, with input from the User Department, the service life based on the purpose of the equipment, the manufacturer’s recommendation, customer needs, and technological relevance. The 511 B-Fund schedules the life cycle of every vehicle and equipment under the supervision of the Fleet Division. The Fleet Manager will evaluate the age, condition, and mileage of every vehicle and equipment annually to determine the scheduled replacement needs. Any vehicle or equipment determined to need replacing, will be presented to the Public Works Director, Mayor, and Council during the budget process in the form of a decision package. If approved by Council, the funds from the 511 B-Fund will be made available and spending authority granted to the Fleet Manager to complete the purchase. Scheduled replacements must meet the following criteria. • Vehicle/Equipment is fully funded through the 511 B-Fund • Age or mileage have reached or exceeded the expected life cycle • Condition or function no longer satisfies the User Department needs Regardless of purchasing price, any vehicle or equipment with an established replacement in 511 B-Fund requires proper approval procedures and must meet current City of Edmonds’ Purchasing Policies’ requirements. B. VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT DISPOSAL Once a vehicle or equipment is replaced, that vehicle will not remain in the fleet inventory and must be decommissioned for surplus. If a User Department deems it necessary to maintain ownership of a replaced vehicle or equipment, a Vehicle Addition Request form (Appendix E) must be completed and approved by the Fleet Manager, User Department Director, Finance Director, and Mayor. Following the City’s Purchasing Policies, the Mayor is granted the authority to approve the surplus of Fleet vehicles and equipment. The Fleet Manager shall recommend to the Public Works Director and Mayor to surplus vehicles and equipment that have been replaced or no longer fit the needs of a User Department. If approved, the Fleet Manager shall request the title and release of interest from the City Clerk to process the disposal. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 67 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 24 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY All vehicles and equipment subject to surplus must be offered to the public through open auction platforms or sold to other governmental agencies, such as neighboring municipalities through interlocal agreements. Chapter 7 VEHICLE ASSIGNMENT City equipment and vehicle use shall be managed with priority given to meeting the business needs of each department, and to safety, cost-effectiveness, fuel conservation, and reduction of greenhouse gas emissions. Take home vehicle assignments will be determined and allocated by User Department Directors or their designee. All take home vehicle assignments must comply with the City’s Take Home Vehicle Policy. Employees who are assigned a vehicle for daily use are responsible for the care and upkeep of that vehicle. Vehicles shall be washed as needed. The interior of the vehicle shall be kept clean, neat and orderly. Trash and clutter shall be removed daily. Employees who are assigned vehicles are responsible for checking vital fluids on a regular basis. Please refer to Section III, Use of Fleet Vehicles, Subsection C Pre- trip/Pre-Operation Responsibilities for additional requirements. Consult the Fleet Division for guidance on routine maintenance. A. TAKE HOME VEHICLE POLICY Purpose This policy establishes requirements for authorizing employees to take city-owned vehicles home to travel between their home and work site(s). The City’s intent is to limit the number of take-home vehicle assignments to employees who have a primary responsibility to respond to emergency situations to protect life and property or when there is a demonstrated economic benefit to the city. Applicability and Audience This policy applies to all qualifying employees who meet the vehicle authorization requirements under section IV. Policy 1. Organization ▪ The Fleet Division of the City of Edmonds shall manage and administer the take-home vehicle program. ▪ All City departments with take-home vehicle assignments shall designate a Take-Home Vehicle Coordinator, who shall have the responsibility for ensuring the User Department’s compliance with this policy and the procedures outlined in Appendix F. The User Department Director or their designee shall designate the Take Home Vehicle Coordinator. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 68 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 25 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY B. Take-home vehicle authorization requirements A. Managers shall evaluate and authorize or deny take-home vehicle assignment requests. If approved, the Manager shall forward the requests to the User Department Director or their designee for final approval. B. User Department Directors or their designees shall review, approve, and certify that employee requests for take-home vehicles meet the applicable City Take-Home Vehicle Policy or collective bargaining agreement requirements. Such approval shall be consistent with the criteria set forth in this policy and comply with the administrative procedures outlined in Take-Home Vehicle Procedures, or a collective bargaining agreement, if applicable. C. Take-home vehicle assignments must meet at least one of the following criteria as outlined in the City Fleet Policy– Use of City Vehicles to Commute. 1. Emergency response. Take-home vehicles may be assigned to employees with emergency response duties if they consistently meet the criteria listed below and provide supporting documentation: i. Employee has primary responsibility to respond to emergency situations that require immediate response to protect life or property; and ii. Employee responds to emergency call outs at least twelve (12) times per quarter; and iii. Employee cannot effectively respond to emergencies using alternative forms of transportation; and iv. Employee cannot effectively respond to emergencies by picking up a city- owned assigned vehicle at a designated site. 2. Special equipment. Take-home vehicles may be assigned to employees with specially equipped vehicles if they consistently meet the criteria below and provide supporting documentation: 1. Employee needs specialized equipment or a special equipment vehicle to perform city work outside of an employee’s normal workday; and 2. Employee has the primary responsibility to respond to emergency call outs. 3. Economic benefit. Take-home vehicles may be assigned to employees if the private vehicle mileage reimbursement costs are consistently greater than the commuting costs for an assigned city vehicle with overnight vehicle usage, and they provide the supporting documentation listed below: a. Documentation of the economic benefit calculation, which calculation must be provided and recalculated on at least an annual basis; and b. Documentation of why an employee cannot use alternative forms of transportation or pick up a city vehicle at a designated parking area. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 69 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 26 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY D. If an exemption is present for represented employees whose collective bargaining agreements specifically provide for take-home vehicle assignments, Take-Home Vehicle Coordinators citing such language shall provide a detailed explanation of how the contract language applies and if/how it meets or supplants any of the take- home vehicle assignment criteria cited above. If an exemption is cited per a CBA, the request must also be reviewed by the Human Resources Department to verify accuracy of the CBA language. III. Occasional overnight use requirements User Department Directors or their designees must pre-approve occasional overnight vehicle use for their employees. The administration of occasional overnight vehicle use shall comply with applicable IRS rules and the administrative procedures outlined in Take-Home Vehicle Procedures. IV. Usage and taxable reporting requirements Commuting in a city-owned vehicle, whether assigned or occasional use, is a taxable benefit for the employee. The administration of taxable benefits for employees shall comply with the current version of the Internal Revenue Service’s (IRS) Publication 15-B, Employers Tax Guide to Fringe Benefits or its successor. i. Employees shall not use their assigned take-home vehicle for personal business, except for commuting. ii. Employees shall not allow any non-city employee to operate their take-home vehicle unless there is written permission by their User Department Director or their designee. iii. Employees with assigned take-home vehicles shall document and report their monthly trips, business mileage, commute mileage, and emergency call outs as outlined in the administrative procedures in Take-Home Vehicle Procedures. iv. Telework situations: i. For employees who are assigned to telework full-time, any necessary trip to a work site shall be considered business mileage. ii. For employees who are assigned to telework part-time and report to a work site part-time, the trips to the work site shall be considered commute mileage. V. Recordkeeping and reauthorization requirements 1. The Fleet Division shall maintain an up-to-date list of all active take- home vehicle assignments. 2. Take-Home Vehicle Coordinators shall notify the Fleet Division within 30 days of a new take home vehicle assignment. 3. Take-Home Vehicle Coordinators shall notify the Fleet Division immediately when an employee’s take home vehicle assignment has ended. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 70 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 27 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY 4. User Department Directors or their designees shall reevaluate and reauthorize take-home vehicle assignments on a semi-annual basis consistent with the administrative procedures outlined in Take-Home Vehicle Procedures (Appendix F). Implementation Plan A. Once approved by City Council, this policy becomes effective for all City employees the date that it is signed by the Mayor. B. User Department Directors or their designees are responsible for communicating this policy to the management structure within their respective agencies and other appropriate parties. C. User Department Directors or their designees are required to develop and implement procedures to ensure that: i. The directives in this policy and the attached administrative procedures are followed by the employees under their supervision. ii. There is a process for approving employee’s use of take-home vehicles that provides for close review and monitoring of such use. Maintenance A. This policy will be maintained by the Fleet Division. B. This policy will be reevaluated every (5) years after its effective date or as often as necessary to keep the policy up to date with changes in operations and best risk management practices. A new, revised, or renewed policy will be initiated by the Fleet Division after the evaluation period. Consequences for Noncompliance A. Any violation of this policy may result in the removal of take-home vehicle assignment, driving privileges, or discipline. B. Failure to provide mileage trip logs by the 10th of each month may result in the suspension of the employee’s fuel card. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 71 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 28 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Chapter 8 FLEET ELECTRIFICATION AND CARBON REDUCTION In 2011, the City started a carbon reduction program that involved alternative fuel conversions and hybrid vehicle replacements. The program was developed to address the City’s goals to reduce fossil fuel use and greenhouse gas emissions to meet operational needs with energy efficient vehicles. Today the City operates 36 propane powered vehicles. These vehicles are in the Public Works, Parks, and Police departments. Per Executive Order 13-48A regarding climate change and the City’s Sustainable Operations Action Plan, Fleet Services will “right-size” vehicles, equipment and their powertrains for each application; purchase alternative-fuel compatible vehicles and equipment, including electric and/or hybrid electric technology when practicable and feasible; and will utilize alternative fuels to the extent practicable and fiscally responsible. Vehicle acquisitions will be prioritized as follows: (1) all-electric power, (2) hybrid-electric, (3) internal-combustion engine (ICE). Environmental Improvements Between October of 2012 and January 2013 Fleet converted 15 police patrol cars and one street department crew truck to Bi-fuel propane. At this time, the City already had 5 hybrid and 2 electric cars. Since then, we have added 9 more electric cars, 11 hybrids, and converted 19 more work trucks to propane. The User Departments that have these trucks are Street, Storm, Water, Sewer, Facilities, and Parks. The City now has a total of 39 propane, 11 EV, and 16 hybrid/electric vehicles out of 120 on the road. Ranging from large trucks to small cars. That’s 51% of the over the road vehicles running on hybrid, electric, or alternative fuels. On the police patrol cars, the City reached return on investment on the propane conversions at 2 ½ years on a 5 year/120K mile life cycle. The cost of propane averages around $2 less per gallon than gasoline. The City also received $154,751 in federal alternative fuel credits since the program began. The City currently use 3,000 gallons of propane, 3,000 gallons of gasoline, and 1,000 gallons of diesel per month on average. Since the beginning of the propane program, the City displaced 265,650 gallons of gasoline and put 793,725 less pounds of Co2 into the air. Propane also produces 40% less NOx and 75% less carbon monoxide than gasoline. The City will continue to purchase electric, hybrid and vehicles that can be converted to propane when possible. Green Fleet Timeline B. Step one, in 2010 we purchased 4 Toyota Prius Hybrids. C. Step two, in 2012 we purchased 2 EV Nissan Leafs and converted 16 vehicles to propane. D. Step three, 2013-2023, when it is time to replace a vehicle we will replace it with an EV, Hybrid, or convert it to propane if we can and if it makes sense to do so. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 72 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 29 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY We have purchased 3 Hybrid and 2 EV vehicles in 2024 and converted 5 more trucks to propane. Currently we have: A. 16 Hybrid vehicles B. 11 EV vehicles C. 39 propane powered vehicles No Idling Policy In an effort to conserve fuel and reduce greenhouse gas emissions, City vehicles/equipment powered with an internal combustion engine (ICE) shall not idle for more than three (3) minutes. Authorized exceptions include: emergency vehicles (when required for lighting); operation of auxiliary equipment (PTO, power inverters, etc.) used to perform essential job functions; in the performance of maintenance by Fleet staff; and when required by manufacturer specifications. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 73 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 30 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The purpose of this Fleet Business Policy is to establish uniform policies and procedures for the operation of City vehicles and equipment. It is the intent of this policy to ensure the safe, efficient, and responsible use of City vehicles and equipment. I t is essential that all employees who may operate a City vehicle fully understand and adhere to these policies. This acknowledgement page serves as confirmation that you have read and understood the Fleet Business Policy and agree to follow it’s guidelines. I, the undersigned, hereby acknowledge that I have received, read, and understood the City of Edmonds’ Fleet Business Policy. I understand the expectations and responsibilities outlined in the policy and agree to comply with the guidelines set forth to ensure the safety, efficiency, and compliance of fleet operations. _________________________________________ ______________________ EMPLOYEE NAME EMPLOYEE ID _________________________________________ ______________________ SIGNATURE DATE 8.5.a Packet Pg. 74 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 31 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Chapter 9 APPENDICES A. Employee Operations Training Certificate B. Permission to Ride Hold Harmless Agreement Waiver C. Accident/Damage to Property Report form D. City Drug and Alcohol Test Procedures E. Vehicle Addition Request F. Take-Home Vehicle Procedures G. Take-Home Vehicle Assignment Authorization Request H. Take-Home Vehicle Trip Log 8.5.a Packet Pg. 75 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 32 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY APPENDIX A City of Edmonds EMPLOYEE OPERATIONS TRAINING CERTIFICATION The following is to be completed by a Division Manager. Operator Name: Date of Hire: Job Classification: Department & Division: Number of vehicles and/or equipment to be trained on: Description of vehicles and/or equipment to be trained on: The following is to be reviewed with and initialed by the Fleet Manager. 1. Review of Operators Training Manual Initials 2. Review of safety & equipment check-out procedures. Initials The following is to be completed by the Training Operator & Equipment Supervisor. 1. Training hours completed: 2. Driving or skill test completed I, the undersigned, have completed the above orientation and training program. ______________________________________________ _________________ Operator Signature Date hours date initials hours date initials hours date initials hours date initials hours date initials Date initials 8.5.a Packet Pg. 76 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 33 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY APPENDIX B City of Edmonds REQUEST FOR PERMISSION TO RIDE / ASSUMPTION OF RISKS AND WAIVER I, _______________________________________ (“participant”), request permission to ride as a passenger in a vehicle owned by the City of Edmonds. No payment has been requested, given, or will be given to the City of Edmonds or its agents should permission be granted. I acknowledge that any permission granted to me creates no employment or agency relationship and may be revoked at any time for any reason without prior notice. I understand that this activity may involve uncertainty, unpredictability, and the risk of serious injury and/or death. I further understand that my participation in this activity is only made possible by my willingness to assume the risks which may be involved. Should permission be granted, I will be riding totally at my own risk and I am willing to assume all risks involved, including the risk of serious injury and/or death. I have been advised via this document that the City of Edmonds does not provide Uninsured, Underinsured, Med Pay or Personal Injury Protection insurance coverage. PARTICIPANT WAIVER OF LEGAL LIABILITY BASED UPON THE INFORMATION ABOVE, and in consideration for granting my voluntary request to ride as a passenger in a vehicle owned by the City of Edmonds, and being fully aware of the risks involved, I hereby release and hold harmless the City of Edmonds and its officials, employees, volunteers and agents and agree to waive any right of recovery that I may have to bring a claim or lawsuit against the City of Edmonds for any property damage, bodily injury, death or other harmful consequences occurring to me in any way arising out of my voluntary participation in the activity. I authorize any necessary emergency medical treatment that might be required for me in the event of my physical injury and/or accident to me while participating in this activity. YES [___] NO [___] (Initial)________ Participant Printed Name: ____________________________________________ Signed: ______________________________________ Date: ________________________ Witnessed: __________________________________ Date: ________________________ (City of Edmonds Personnel Only) If passenger is under 18: PARENT/LEGAL GUARDIAN WAIVER OF LEGAL LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY I/We, _____________________________________________, and _____________________________________________ (if applicable), am/are the parent(s) or legal guardian(s) of participant,____________________________________________ (print full name of child), and agree to the following: 8.5.a Packet Pg. 77 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 34 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY I/We am/are aware of and expressly assume all of the various risks of serious injury and/or death associated with the participant’s participation in all phases of this activity. Initial ____ Initial ____ In consideration for granting this voluntary request to ride, and being fully aware of all of the risks, I/We hereby release the City of Edmonds and its officials, employees, volunteers and agents, and agree to waive any right of recovery that I/We may have, including the right to bring a legal claim, cause of action, or lawsuit for any bodily injury, death or other harmful consequences in any way arising out of the participant’s participation in the activity. I/We understand that this release extends to all claims for ordinary negligence of any kind and every nature, known, unknown, suspected or unsuspected, in any way arising out of or related to participation in the activity. I/We have been advised via this document that the City of Edmonds does not provide Uninsured, Underinsured, Med Pay or Personal Injury Protection insurance coverage. Initial ____ Initial ____ I/We authorize any necessary emergency medical treatment that might be required for this child in the event of physical injury and/or accident to this child while participating in this activity. YES [___] NO [___] (Initial)________ I/WE HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS DOCUMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND IT: Parent/Legal Guardian Printed Name: ____________________________________________ Signed: ______________________________________ Date: ________________________ Parent/Legal Guardian Printed Name: ____________________________________________ Signed: ______________________________________ Date: ________________________ 8.5.a Packet Pg. 78 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 35 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY APPENDIX C CITY OF EDMONDS ACCIDENT / DAMAGE REPORT DIRECTIONS: This report should be completed whenever a City employee is involved in an accident, which injures someone and/or damages a vehicle or property. Name: Job Title: Department: Supervisor’s Name: Length of Service: Date of Birth: Type of Accident: Personal Injury Vehicle Property Other Explain “Other” Date/Time of Accident: Exact Location: Describe the accident, how it occurred, and resulting conditions: Witnesses: (provide names & how to contact information) Number of work days missed because of accident: 8.5.a Packet Pg. 79 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 36 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Date of Probable Return: If another vehicle/property/person was involved, provide name, address, phone number, and/or vehicle license plate number. What personal protective gear was available and used when the accident occurred? Describe the environmental conditions (weather, road conditions, vision obstructions, etc.) present when the accident occurred. I hereby certify that the above information is a true and accurate statement of the accident. Employee Signature: Date: SUPERVISOR’S REPORT Please attach any additional reports (Police, Medical, or Damage estimates). Add any additional facts, corrections, or omissions that were not stated by the employee who completed the front side of this accident report. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 80 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 37 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY What are your recommendations for the disposition of this accident? If referred to the Department’s Accident Review Committee or Risk Manager, what actions does the supervisor recommend? Other Comments: I hereby certify that the above information is a true and accurate to the best of my knowledge. Supervisor Signature: Date: Department Director’s Comments (if any): Initials Date Referred to: Department Safety Committee Department Director Risk Management Office Human Resources Office 8.5.a Packet Pg. 81 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 38 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY APPENDIX D Drug and Alcohol Testing Policies and Procedures Introduction The City of Edmonds has adopted a substance abuse policy as part of the Personnel Policies that establishes that any employee may be required to submit to alcohol or controlled substance testing for reasons described in this policy. The City reserves the right to designate certain positions as “safety sensitive,” which may require pre-employment drug screening and random drug testing. Additionally, drug and alcohol testing policies and procedures are required by the U.S. Department of Transportation for employees who are required to have a Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) to perform their job. This document has three parts: 1) Policies that apply to employees who are not required to have a CDL (non-CDL employees) 2) Policies that apply to employees who are required to have a CDL; and 3) Procedures applicable to all employees. PART I: POLICIES THAT APPLY TO ALL EMPLOYEES WHO ARE NOT REQUIRED TO HAVE A CDL (NON-CDL EMPLOYEES) Policy The City of Edmonds is committed to protecting the health, safety and well-being of its employees and all individuals who come into contact with our employees and workplace. In addition, we strive to create and maintain a productive and efficient work environment in which all employees have an opportunity to thrive and be successful. Recognizing that drug and alcohol use and abuse can pose a serious threat to these goals, the City of Edmonds is committed to providing a drug and alcohol-free workplace for all of its employees. Definitions Drugs: For purposes of Part I of this policy, “drugs” refers to any illegal substance or controlled substance as defined by the federal Controlled Substances Act, taken without a valid prescription, including but not limited to: marijuana (THC), cocaine, opiates, synthetic opiates, phencyclidine (PCP), and amphetamines. Alcohol: “Alcohol” means ethyl alcohol, the intoxicating agent in alcoholic beverages, or other low molecular weight alcohols, including methyl or isopropyl alcohol. Medical Review Officer (MRO): The Medical Review Officer is the licensed physician responsible for receiving and interpreting laboratory results from the urine drug tests. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 82 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 39 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Reasonable Suspicion: Reasonable suspicion is based on specific personal observations that a City of Edmonds Human Resource representative or a supervisor can describe and document (using a Reasonable Suspicion Testing and Documentation Form) regarding an employee’s appearance, behavior, speech, breath odor, or other factors that indicate the employee may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Substance Abuse Professional (SAP): A Substance Abuse Professional is a licensed physician, a licensed or certified psychologist, social worker, employee assistance professional, or addiction counselor (certified by the National Association of Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Counselors Certification Commission) with knowledge of and clinical experience in the diagnosis and treatment of alcohol and drug-related disorders. Drug and Alcohol Testing Tests The City of Edmonds may test any employee or applicant for drugs or alcohol as set forth in this policy. This includes urine drug testing and evidential breath alcohol testing. Alcohol and drug testing required by this policy is a mandatory condition of employment. Refusing to submit to such tests constitutes a violation of City policy and will result in termination of employment (or, for an applicant, withdrawal of the conditional job offer.) Reasonable Suspicion Whenever a City of Edmonds Human Resource representative, or a supervisor has reasonable suspicion (described and documented using a Reasonable Suspicion Testing and Documentation Form) suggesting that the employee is under the influence of alcohol or drugs, the employee shall submit to a reasonable suspicion drug and/or alcohol test. Only supervisors who have been trained in detecting the symptoms of alcohol misuse or drug use and who have directly observed behaviors, appearance or physical symptoms can subject an employee to reasonable suspicion testing. Supervisors should complete a Documentation Form and, if possible, have the form signed by a witness. If a supervisor has reasonable suspicion to believe that an employee who is on duty, about to go on duty, or just completed duty is under any influence of drugs or alcohol, the supervisor will remove the employee from duty immediately. The employee will be advised of the reasons for reasonable suspicion and will be transported to the collection site by the supervisor for testing. If a reasonable suspicion alcohol test is not conducted within two hours of determination that it is necessary, the supervisor will prepare and maintain documentation of the reasons why it did not occur within that time frame Post-Accident An employee who is involved in an accident while driving a vehicle for City business will be required to submit to a drug and alcohol test if the accident: (a) results in (1) a fatality; (2) bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or (3) one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage requiring the vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other vehicle; and 8.5.a Packet Pg. 83 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 40 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY (b) the employee caused or contributed to the accident and there is reasonable possibility that drugs or alcohol could have contributed to the accident. After an accident, employees are responsible for contacting their immediate supervisor or other management personnel. If the above conditions are met, the employee must make himself or herself available for post-accident testing as soon as possible. Post-accident testing for alcohol should occur within two hours if possible, but may not exceed eight hours. Testing for drugs should occur within 32 hours. An employee who does not comply with the post-accident testing will be considered to have refused testing and will be subject to disciplinary action. An employee in a post-accident situation should cooperate with law enforcement personnel investigating the scene. Supervisors are responsible for determining if the accident qualifies the driver for post-accident testing and should escort the employee to the collection site if possible. If an employee is unable to provide consent to testing due to their medical condition, the supervisor will document the reasons why the employee was not tested. If testing is not completed within the required time following an accident, the supervisor will document in writing why the tests were not administered. Return to Duty Employees who have violated this policy but are allowed to return to work must test negative prior to being released for duty. A return-to-duty test following alcohol misuse may not exceed an alcohol concentration of 0.02. Follow Up An employee who is referred for assistance related to alcohol misuse and/or use of drugs may be subject to unannounced follow-up testing for a period not to exceed twenty-four (24) months as directed by a Substance Abuse Professional. The number and frequency of follow-up testing will be determined by the Substance Abuse Professional but will not be less than six (6) tests in the first twelve (12) months following the employee’s return to duty. Prohibited Conduct The City of Edmonds strictly prohibits the following: A. Reporting to work or remaining on duty under the influence of alcohol or drugs. B. Testing positive for alcohol or drugs. An alcohol concentration of 0.02 or higher is considered a positive test. C. The use, possession, manufacture, distribution, dispensing, transfer or trafficking of alcohol or drugs and their paraphernalia in any amount or any manner on City premises, in City vehicles, or while on duty at any time. D. Operating a City vehicle within four (4) hours after consuming any amount of alcohol. An on-call employee who consumes any amount of alcohol within four (4) 8.5.a Packet Pg. 84 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 41 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY hours of being called in must acknowledge the use of alcohol and may not report for duty. E. The unauthorized use or distribution of prescription drugs on City premises, in City vehicles, or while on duty at any time. • The use of any legally obtained drug (prescription or over-the-counter) when such use adversely affects an employee’s job performance, their safety or the safety of others, or any combination thereof. F. Violations of this policy. Employees who are taking medically prescribed or over-the-counter drugs should notify their supervisor if the medication may cause a direct threat by impairing job performance of safety- sensitive functions. Employees are prohibited from distributing, possessing, or reporting to work under the influence of marijuana under all circumstances, including where the employee has a medical prescription or a medical marijuana green card. Any employee found in violation of the above stated prohibitions will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination. Refusal to Submit An employee may not refuse to submit to a post-accident, reasonable suspicion, or follow-up alcohol or drug test as directed by this policy. A refusal is treated as though the test, if taken, was positive. An employee may not tamper with, adulterate, alter, substitute or otherwise obstruct any testing process required under this policy. Tampering, adulteration, substitution, or other interference with the collection and testing process are considered a refusal to test. CONSEQUENCES OF ENGAGING IN PROHIBITED CONDUCT Employees are subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination (and as specified in the Personnel Policies) for violating this policy. All employees, regardless of disciplinary action, will be advised of resources available for assistance with drug or alcohol misuse. Employees who violate this policy but whose employment is not terminated will not be permitted to return to work unless the employee: 1. has been evaluated by a SAP; and 2. if recommended by a SAP, has properly followed any rehabilitation prescribed; and 3. has had a post-treatment evaluation by the original SAP and is released to return to work; and, 4. has a verified negative return-to-duty test. A return to duty test following alcohol misuse may not exceed an alcohol concentration of 0.02. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 85 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 42 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY An employee who successfully returns to work will be subject to follow-up random testing as recommended by the SAP with a minimum of six (6) such unscheduled tests within the first twelve (12) months of returning to duty. PART II: POLICIES THAT APPLY TO EMPLOYEES WITH COMMERCIAL DRIVER’S LICENSES Purpose The purpose of this part of this policy is to establish compliance with the Federal Motor Carriers Safety Administration regulations requiring drug and alcohol testing for Commercial Driver’s License holders. Regulations issued by the United States Department of Transportation mandate urine drug and evidential breath alcohol testing for employees in safety sensitive positions, including those who are required to hold certain Commercial Driver’s Licenses. These regulations may be found in 49 CFR Part 40 and Part 382 of the U.S. Code. This policy sets forth the City of Edmonds alcohol and drug testing program and the testing and reporting requirements as required by those regulations. Application Part II applies to all employees of the City who are required to have and maintain a Commercial Driver’s License in order to perform the duties of their job. Policy The City has a significant interest in the health and safety of its employees and the citizens of the City of Edmonds. In furtherance of that interest, it is the policy of the City to take those steps necessary to ensure that its employees perform their duties and responsibilities free of the influence of drugs and alcohol. Employees are encouraged to seek confidential counseling on problems associated with alcohol and drug abuse through the Employee Assistance Program. There will be mandatory drug and alcohol testing for employees and job applicants as outlined in this part of this policy. Definitions Commercial Vehicle: A commercial vehicle is one that either: 1) has a gross vehicle weight of over 26,000 pounds (including combined weight if towed unit weighs over 10,000 pounds); 2) is designed to transport 16 or more persons, including the driver; or 3) is used to transport hazardous materials. Driver: All employees whose positions may involve driving a commercial vehicle and which require the possession of a Commercial Driver’s License. Drugs: For the purposes of this policy, in accordance with the applicable federal regulations for Commercial Driver’s License holders, “drugs” refers to the following five substances: marijuana (THC), cocaine, opiates, phencyclidine (PCP), and amphetamines. Nothing in this policy shall preclude the City from requesting testing for additional illegal or controlled substances taken without a valid prescription, including but not limited to synthetic opiates. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 86 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 43 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Follow Up: An employee who is referred for assistance related to alcohol misuse and/or use of drugs may be subject to unannounced follow-up testing for a period not to exceed sixty (60) months as directed by a Substance Abuse Professional. The number and frequency of follow-up testing will be determined by the Substance Abuse Professional, but will not be less than six (6) tests in the first twelve (12) months following the employee’s return to duty. Medical Review Officer (MRO): The Medical Review Officer is the licensed physician responsible for receiving and interpreting laboratory results from the urine drug tests. Pre-Employment: After receiving a conditional offer of employment, applicants whose position requires a CDL are required to submit to, and successfully pass, a drug test. Reasonable Suspicion: Reasonable suspicion is based on specific personal observations that a City of Edmonds Human Resource representative or a supervisor can describe and document (using a Reasonable Suspicion Testing and Documentation Form) regarding an employee’s current appearance, behavior, speech and breath odor or other factors that suggests the employee is under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Return to Duty: Employees who have violated this policy and who under the discipline policy are allowed to return to work, must test negative prior to being released for duty. A return to duty test following alcohol misuse may not exceed an alcohol concentration of 0.02. Safety Sensitive Position: For purposes of this part (Part II) of this policy, these are positions that require a Commercial Driver’s License. Substance Abuse Professional (SAP): A Substance Abuse Professional is a licensed physician, or a licensed or certified psychologist, social worker, employee assistance professional, or addiction counselor (certified by the National Association of Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Counselors Certification Commission) with knowledge of and clinical experience in the diagnosis and treatment of alcohol and drug-related disorders. The SAP is responsible for evaluating employees with positive test results. Prohibited Conduct The following conduct regarding alcohol and drug use or abuse is prohibited: A. Alcohol 1. An employee may not report for or remain on duty requiring the performance of duties covered under this policy while having an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater. 2. An employee may not possess or use alcohol while on duty or while operating a City vehicle. 3. An employee may not operate a commercial vehicle within four (4) hours after consuming alcohol. An on-call employee who consumes alcohol within four (4) hours of being called in must acknowledge the use of alcohol and may not report for duty. B. Drugs 8.5.a Packet Pg. 87 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 44 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Reporting for duty or remaining on duty when the employee has used a drug or drugs is strictly prohibited, as defined with these adopted policies. C. Use of Prescription Medication Except for medical marijuana, use of prescription medication or over-the-counter medication pursuant to instructions of a physician who has advised the employee that the substance does not adversely affect the employee’s ability to safely operate a commercial vehicle is not a violation of this policy. Employees who are taking a prescription or over-the-counter medication that may impair their ability to perform their duties safely and effectively must inform their supervisor and may be required to provide written notice from their physician or pharmacist with respect to the effects of such substances and their ability to safely and effectively perform their job. Employees are prohibited from distributing, possessing, or reporting to work under the influence of marijuana even if the employee has a medical marijuana prescription or medical marijuana green card. D. Refusal to Submit to a Required Test An employee may not refuse to submit to a post-accident, random, reasonable suspicion, or follow-up alcohol or drug test as directed by this part of this policy. A refusal is treated as though the test, if taken, was positive. E. Positive Drug Test An employee may not report for duty or remain on duty requiring the performance of duties covered under this policy if the employee tests positive for drugs or alcohol. F. Tampering with a Required Test An employee may not tamper with, adulterate, alter, substitute or otherwise obstruct any testing process required under this policy. Tampering, adulteration, substitution, or other interference with the collection and testing process are considered a refusal to test. Testing 1. Pre-employment Drug Testing All individuals who are covered by this part of this policy must pass a drug test as a post- offer condition of employment. 2. Reasonable Suspicion Testing Employees subject to this part of this policy shall submit to a drug and/or alcohol test when the City reasonably suspects that this policy may have been or is presently being violated. A referral for testing will be based on contemporaneous, articulated observations. Only supervisors who have been trained in detecting the symptoms of alcohol misuse or drug use and who have directly observed behaviors, appearance or physical symptoms can subject an employee to reasonable suspicion testing. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 88 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 45 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Alcohol testing for reasonable suspicion may only be conducted just before, during or after an employee operates a commercial vehicle. If removed from duty based on reasonable suspicion of alcohol use and an alcohol test is not administered within eight hours, the employee will not be allowed to perform or continue to perform covered functions until: a) an alcohol test is administered and the driver’s breath alcohol concentration measures less than 0.02; or b) Twenty-four (24) hours have elapsed following the determination that there is reasonable suspicion to believe that the employee has violated this policy concerning the use of alcohol. 3. Post-Accident Testing All employees covered by Part II of this policy will be subject to post-accident testing if they are involved in an accident with a commercial vehicle on a public road or right-of-way which results in: a) A fatality OR b) The driver receives a citation under state or local law for a moving violation AND i. there is bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene OR ii. one or more motor vehicles incurs disabling damage requiring the vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other vehicle. Post-accident testing for alcohol should occur within two hours if possible, but may not exceed eight hours. Testing for drugs should occur within thirty-two (32) hours. After an accident, employees are responsible for contacting the immediate supervisor or other management personnel and remaining readily available for testing. An employee who does not comply with the post-accident testing will be considered to have refused testing and will be subject to disciplinary action. An employee in a post -accident situation should cooperate with law enforcement personnel investigating the scene. Supervisors are responsible for determining if the accident qualifies the driver for post- accident testing and should escort the employee to the collection site if possible. If an employee is unable to provide consent to testing due to a medical condition, the supervisor will document the reasons why the employee was not tested. If testing is not completed within the required time following an accident, the supervisor will document in writing why the tests were not administered. 4. Random Testing Employees covered by these procedures have been included in the AWC Drug and Alcohol Testing Consortium pool. This pool contains all eligible individuals from all of the consortium members. The pool database is managed by HealthForce Partners and is updated monthly as changes in personnel occur. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 89 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 46 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY The annual random testing rate required under federal regulations is fifty (50) percent of the pool of employees covered by this policy for drug testing and ten (10) percent of the pool for alcohol testing. This means that if the pool contains 1,000 members, there will be at least 500 random drug tests and at least 100 random alcohol tests conducted throughout the year. HealthForce Partners uses a software program to randomly select individuals for random testing on a monthly basis. Some individuals will be selected for drug testing and others will be selected for both drug and alcohol testing. Employees selected for random testing will be scheduled for a test by the Designated Employer Representative at some time during the month that the name was selected. Employees selected for alcohol testing may only be tested just before, during or after driving a commercial vehicle. Employees will not be notified until just prior to the testing. Upon notification of selection for random testing, the employee will receive an Employee Notification of Scheduled Drug and/or Alcohol Test letter from the Designated Employer Representative. The employee will be asked to sign this letter and a Testing Consent form. The employee must present the Employee Notification of Scheduled Drug and/or Alcohol Test letter at the collection site along with picture identification at the time of testing. A copy of all of the forms will be retained by the City. After notification, the employee must proceed immediately and directly to the collection site for testing. If an employee scheduled for an alcohol test receives a confirmed test result with a breath alcohol level of 0.02 or above and is unaccompanied at the collection site, a supervisor will be called to the site to transport the employee. Refusing to submit to a test will be considered the same as a positive test result and will subject the employee to the same consequences as receiving a positive test result. 5. Return to Duty Testing Employees who have violated Part II of this policy, including those who have tested positive on a drug or alcohol test, and who are allowed to return to work, must test negative prior to being released for duty. A return to duty test following alcohol misuse may not exceed an alcohol concentration of 0.02. 6. Follow-up Testing An employee who is referred for assistance related to alcohol misuse and/or use of drugs is subject to unannounced follow-up testing for a period not to exceed sixty (60) months as directed by a Substance Abuse Professional. The number and frequency of follow-up testing will be determined by the Substance Abuse Professional, but will not be less than six (6) tests in the first twelve (12) months following the employee’s return to duty. 7. Split Sample Testing 8.5.a Packet Pg. 90 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 47 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Employees who test positive for drugs may request a second test of the remaining portion of the split sample within 72 hours of notification of a positive test result by the Medical Review Officer. Refusal To Take An Alcohol Or Drug Test No employee shall refuse to submit to an alcohol or drug test as directed under this policy. A refusal to submit shall include, but is not limited to: a. a failure to provide adequate breath for testing without a valid medical explanation; b. failure to provide adequate urine for drug testing without a valid medical explanation; c. engaging in conduct that obstructs the testing process; d. failure to appear for a test; e. failure to remain at the testing site until the testing process is completed; f. failure to permit the monitoring of the provision of a specimen as directed by the collector; g. failure to take a second test as directed by the collector; h. tampering with a urine sample; i. failure to complete all required forms and documents. Refusal to submit to a test shall be considered the same as a positive test result. Securing Information From Previous Employers If a person is to be hired into a position subject to this part of this policy and during the previous two (2) years has worked as a driver of a commercial vehicle, that person must authorize a request of all employers of the driver within the past two (2) years to release information on the following: a. Positive alcohol or drug tests b. Refusal to be tested The City will make a good faith effort to obtain and review the information from prior employers within twenty-eight (28) days of the person performing safety sensitive duties for the first time. Applicants are directed to disclose to the City any positive federal drug tests taken for entities other than bona fide employers within the previous two years. If the City obtains information that indicates either a positive test or that a refusal to be tested occurred within the past two (2) years, that person will not be permitted to drive commercial vehicles unless subsequent information indicates that an evaluation by a Substance Abuse Professional (SAP) was made, return to duty testing was administered, and the individual remains in compliance with the return to duty provisions outlined by the original SAP. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 91 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 48 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Confidentiality and Record Retention All records related to drug and alcohol testing will be maintained in a secure location with controlled access. These records will be kept separate from records pertaining to all other employees. Consequences of Engaging in Prohibited Conduct or Positive Drug or Alcohol Tests a. Discipline An employee will be subject to appropriate disciplinary action as specified in the Personnel Policies up to and including termination from employment if: 1. the employee tests positive for a drug or drugs; 2. results from an alcohol test indicate a breath alcohol level of 0.04 or greater; and/or, 3. the employee has engaged in prohibited conduct as outlined in the Personnel Policies. All employees, regardless of disciplinary action taken, will be advised of resources available to the employee in evaluating or resolving problems associated with drug use or alcohol misuse. b. Positive Test Result and/or Engaging in Prohibited Conduct The following provisions apply to employees who are not terminated for violating this policy: If an employee tests positive for drugs or has an alcohol test that indicates a breath alcohol level of 0.02 or greater from a random, reasonable suspicion or post-accident test, or engages in prohibited conduct as outlined in the Personnel Policies, the employee will be immediately removed from duties requiring the driving of a commercial vehicle. The employee will not be permitted to return to work unless he/she: 1. has been evaluated by a qualified Substance Abuse Professional; and, 2. if recommended by a Substance Abuse Professional, has properly followed any rehabilitation prescribed; and, 3. has had a post-treatment evaluation by the original SAP; and, 4. has a verified negative result on a return-to-duty alcohol (<0.02) and/or drug test. Upon completion of a recommended rehabilitation program and successful return to work, an employee will be subject to follow-up random testing for up to sixty (60) months as recommended by the Substance Abuse Professional, with a minimum of six (6) such unscheduled tests within the first twelve (12) months of returning to duty. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 92 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 49 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Employee Assistance Program/Voluntary Referral The City supports employees who voluntarily seek assistance with alcohol or drug abuse. Employees are encouraged to seek treatment voluntarily and to utilize the Employee Assistance Program described in Part III. Any employee who comes forth and notifies the City of alcohol or drug abuse problems will be given the assistance extended to employees with any other illness. Any such program, however, may not interfere with the tests required by these rules. For example, a driver may not identify himself/herself as unfit to drive after having been notified of a random or reasonable suspicion test and expect to avoid the consequences for a positive test or a refusal to test. In addition, voluntarily seeking assistance does not excuse any failure to comply with all of the provisions of this part of this policy or other policies of the City. Sick leave, vacation leave or leave of absence without pay may be granted for treatment and rehabilitation as with other illnesses. Insurance coverage for treatment will be provided to the extent of individual coverage. Confidentiality of information will be maintained as much as possible at all times. PART III: POLICIES APPLICABLE TO ALL EMPLOYEES Resources • Designated Employer Representative (DER) The Human Resources Manager has been designated by the City to answer questions about the program and program materials and may provide employees with resource materials or referral assistance. • Employee Assistance Program The City offers an Employee Assistance Program (EAP) designed to assist employees and their families who are experiencing personal or job-related problems. The EAP is available to employees who need assistance in dealing with a substance abuse problem. Employees are encouraged to contact the EAP for assistance in early detection of substance abuse problems and referral for treatment programs. All EAP services are confidential and at no cost to the employee. Employees who would like information on benefits of the Employee Assistance Program should contact the Human Resources Department. • Testing, Evaluation and Referral Services The City has joined the Association of Washington Cities (AWC) Drug and Alcohol Testing Consortium for the administration of this program. The AWC Consortium has contracted with HealthForce Partners to conduct the random testing services, provide the testing laboratory facilities, arrange the testing collection sites, and provide the Medical Review Officer (MRO) functions. The services of a Substance Abuse Professional (SAP) are also available for employees with positive test results. Drug and Alcohol Testing Collection Sites: 8.5.a Packet Pg. 93 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 50 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY CarePlus Medical Center 14330 Aurora Avenue N Shoreline, WA 98133 206.365.0220 Swedish/Stevens (after hours testing) PacLab 21601 76th Ave. W Edmonds, WA 98026 (425) 640-4179 Testing Laboratory, as approved by the US Substance Abuse & Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA): LabCorp 1229 Madison Street, Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98104 (206) 386.2661 Medical Review Officer DrugFree Business MRO Services Dee McGonigle, MD 18912 North Creek Parkway, Suite 202 Bothell, WA 98011 (866) 448-0651 Substance Abuse Professional Compsych 1.800.570.9315 Compsych will refer caller to a Substance Abuse Professional in the local area. Testing Procedures • Pre-Employment Testing Following a conditional offer of employment, prospective employees will be tested for the presence of drugs if being hired into a job requiring a CDL, or as determined by the City. Current employees who are transferring from a position that does not require a Commercial Driver’s License to a position that does require one, will be tested for the presence of drugs prior to performing duties that require driving or operating a commercial vehicle. A positive drug test result for an employment candidate will result in the City rescinding the conditional offer of employment. The individual will only be eligible to re-apply for a position covered by these procedures after six (6) months. Proof of compliance with USDOT return-to-duty regulations will be required. A positive drug test result for an employee seeking to transfer to a position requiring the driving of a commercial vehicle 8.5.a Packet Pg. 94 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 51 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY will result in denial of the transfer and the employee will be subject to discipline as described in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Policy. B. Random Testing 1. After Hours Testing If the need for testing occurs outside of the normal hours of operation of the designated collection site, a supervisor or manager will be responsible for following the procedures established by HealthForce Partners for such occurrences. 2. Dilute Specimens If a test is reported to the City with a result of “Negative Dilute”, the City will require the employee to take another test immediately in the following circumstances: for pre-employment, return to duty, reasonable cause, and follow up. The result of the recollection shall become the official test of record. Testing Costs and Compensation A. Testing Costs 1. The City will pay for the following alcohol and or initial drug tests: a. Random testing b. Reasonable suspicion testing c. Post-accident testing d. Pre-employment e. Follow-up testing f. Return to duty testing 2. Employees are responsible for the costs associated with the following tests: a. Split sample re-tests made at the employee’s request Split sample testing will be initiated by the MRO immediately upon the request of the donor without regard to which party will ultimately be responsible for payment. However, the City will pursue reimbursement from the donor if the split test reconfirms the original positive result. 3. Substance Abuse Professional and rehabilitation costs will be the responsibility of the employee. B. Pay Status 8.5.a Packet Pg. 95 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 52 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY 1. For Time Spent Testing Employees will be compensated for time spent to report to the testing facility and be tested for the following alcohol and/or initial drug tests: a. Random testing b. Reasonable suspicion testing c. Post-accident testing d. Follow-up testing 2. Waiting for Results Employees who have been asked to submit to a reasonable suspicion drug test will be placed on paid leave pending the outcome of the test results. Such employees are eligible to use accrued vacation or sick leave during this time. If the test result is negative, the time will be paid and any sick or vacation leave used will be credited. 3. Waiting to Return to Duty An employee who receives a positive drug test or who tests 0.02 or greater on an alcohol test is not allowed to return to work until all of the applicable requirements are met as outlined in the above policies. Such employee may use accrued vacation or sick leave during this absence Testing Methods 1. Drug Testing Drug testing requires donors to provide a urine specimen of at least 45 ml to be tested. The specimen will be sent to LabCorp, a laboratory certified by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMSHA) to conduct screening and confirmation tests according to the protocols identified in the Department of Transportation Rules. All test results will be reviewed by the Medical Review Officer (MRO). 2. Alcohol Testing Alcohol testing will be conducted using an approved evidential breath testing (EBT) device operated by a trained breath alcohol technician (BAT) at the collection site. Training and Education The City will provide all affected employees with copies of the Drug and Alcohol Testing Policy and other information as may be required by the federal regulations. Each employee must sign a receipt upon having been provided the above referenced information. Managers and supervisors designated to determine whether reasonable suspicion exists to require an employee to undergo alcohol or drug testing will receive at least sixty (60) minutes of 8.5.a Packet Pg. 96 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 53 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY training on alcohol and sixty (60) additional minutes of training on drug abuse. The training will cover the physical, behavioral, speech and performance indicators of probable alcohol misuse and use of controlled substances. Policy Modifications The City reserves the right to amend this policy as required by changes to Federal law, State law, accepted industry practice, or for minor administrative modifications. Employees will be notified in writing of any changes made that affect them. A current copy of this policy will be kept in the office of the Drug Enforcement Representative and is to be incorporated as Appendix B to the City of Edmonds Personnel Policies. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 97 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 54 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY APPENDIX E City of Edmonds VEHICLE ADDITION REQUEST FORM PART I REQUEST DETAILS Date Transferred: Model Year: Make: Model: Value: VIN #: License #: Department: Equipment: Fixed Asset #: Current Department: New Department: New A – Fund Rates: New B – Fund Rates: Remaining B – Fund Money: B – Fund Money Assigned to: Life Expectancy: Justification: PART II APPROVALS Fleet Manager: Department Director: Finance Director: Mayor: 8.5.a Packet Pg. 98 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 55 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY APPENDIX F City of Edmonds TAKE-HOME VEHICLE PROCEDURES PROCEDURE FREQUENCY STEPS DOCUMENT RETENTION A. Take-home vehicle assignment authorization Ongoing, as needed 1. Employee will complete the Take- Home Vehicle Authorization Request Form with the required supplemental documentation and submit it to their supervisor for consideration. 2. Supervisor will review the request and approve or deny the request. If approved, the supervisor will send the request to the department director (or their designee) for consideration. 3. Department director will review the request and approve or deny the request. 4. If approved, the employee is granted the take-home vehicle assignment for a period of six (6) months. Sample economic benefit calculation: a. Cost per mile for this class of vehicle from Fleet Services: $ b. Cost of Commute Miles: (A) x (2022 Commute Miles): $ c. Cost of Business Miles: ($0.59 per mile) x (2022 Business Miles): $ d. Economic benefit (cost) to the City of this vehicle’s use: (C) – (B): $ Fleet Division will maintain a central repository of all active take-home vehicle authorizations. Each department will maintain copies of the active take-home vehicle authorizations for the employees under their supervision in accordance with records retention policies. Each department will designate a Take-Home Vehicle Coordinator responsible for their record keeping and communication with the Fleet Division Manager. B. Trip logs Monthly 1. Each employee with a take-home vehicle assignment will complete a monthly trip log. Employees must use the trip log provided by the Fleet Division, unless they propose a different method of tracking their trip data that is approved in advance by the Fleet Division. 2. Trip Log Instructions: Employee will enter their trip data each day on the log. Employee will total their number of trips, their daily commute mileage, their business mileage, and their total mileage. Employee will record the number and nature of emergency call outs in the columns provided, if Fleet Division will maintain copies of the trip logs for one (1) year. Each department will maintain the trip logs for the employees under their supervision in accordance with records retention policies. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 99 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 56 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY applicable. The employee and their supervisor will sign the trip log each month to affirm its accuracy. 3. Employee will submit their monthly trip log to their supervisor no later than the 5th work day after the end of each month. 4. Take-Home Vehicle Coordinators will send a copy of each employee’s trip log to the Fleet Division by the 10th of each month. C. Assignment recertification Semi-annually Authorization periods: • Oct 1 - March 31 • April 1 - Sept 30 1. In the spring and fall of each year, the Fleet Division will prompt department directors to review their list of active take-home vehicle assignments to either: (1) reaffirm their employee(s) still meet the take-home vehicle criteria or applicable exemptions; or (2) relinquish take-home vehicle assignments from their employee(s). 2. Procedure A must be completed again if: a. The active form on file is over a year old. b. The employee’s residence / home address changed. c. The employee’s work site or position title changed. d. The employee’s assigned vehicle number changed. e. The employee’s take-home vehicle justification changed. Fleet Division will maintain a list of active take-home vehicle assignments by department. Recertification approval documentation will be retained for two (2) years. D. Ending or expiring take- home vehicle assignments Ongoing, as needed 1. Take-Home Vehicle Coordinators will notify the Fleet Division immediately in writing when a take-home vehicle assignment has ended, or the employee is no longer employed by the City. 2. Fleet Division will confirm the receipt of the change and remove the employee from the list of active take- home vehicle assignments. Expired take-home vehicle authorization forms will be held by the Fleet Division for two (2) years. Each department will maintain copies of the expired take-home vehicle authorizations for the employees under their supervision in accordance with records retention policies E. Occasional overnight vehicle use Ongoing, as needed 1. Employee will submit requests for occasional overnight vehicle use to their department director or designee in writing for pre- approval. 2. Employee will log all occasional overnight trips and submit their logs to their Take- Home Vehicle Each department will maintain occasional use approvals and the associated logs for the employees under their supervision in accordance with records retention policies. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 100 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 57 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY Coordinator. 3. Take-Home Vehicle Coordinators will maintain a consolidated log of all occasional overnight use trips for the employees in their department or division. If an employee’s overnight vehicle use exceeds twelve (12) trips per quarter, and their usage is projected to continue, the employee must complete Procedure A to be considered for the assignment of take-home vehicle. 8.5.a Packet Pg. 101 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 58 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY APPENDIX G City of Edmonds Take-Home Vehicle Assignment Authorization Request Employee name: Position title: Vehicle number: Department: Primary work site: Division: Estimated daily commute miles: Section: Estimated daily business miles: City & city of residence: Justification for out of city residence (if applicable): Number of emergency call outs in previous 6 months (if applicable): Start date for this request: Union Contract: Collective bargaining agreements (CBA) may provide general language for department director’s to approve take-home vehicle assignments. If citing a CBA, attach all required documentation and the administrative procedures in Attachment A. Pursuant to the City Fleet Policy, take-home vehicle assignments must meet at least one of the following criteria. Please select one (1) criteria and attach all required documentation and the administrative procedures in Attachment A. 1. Emergency Response: The employee has the primary responsibility to respond to emergency situations, which require immediate response to protect life or property and the employee is called out at least 12 times per quarter. A. Special Equipment: The employee has primary responsibility to respond to emergency situations, which require immediate response to protect life or property and the employee needs a special vehicle and/or carries specialized equipment. A. Economic Benefit: There is an economic benefit to the City. This means the cost to reimburse the employee for private vehicle mileage is consistently greater than the cost to provide a take-home vehicle. Taking a city-owned vehicle home generates a tax liability. If your request for a take-home vehicle assignment is approved, you are required to check with your payroll administrator to determine your liability. I have read and understand the City of Edmonds Take-Home Vehicle Policy. I certify my request meets the requirements. Requestor’s signature Date Department Director or designee Date Fleet Department Manager Date 8.5.a Packet Pg. 102 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) 59 | P a g e CITY OF EDMONDS FLEET BUSINESS POLICY APPENDIX H City of Edmonds Take-Home Vehicle Trip Log Employee Signature Date Supervisor Signature Date a) Commute mileage: The mileage to commute to and from your home and your work site. b) Business mileage: The mileage to conduct official city business. Business mileage does not include the commute to and from your home and your work site. c) Total mileage: The sum of your commute mileage and business mileage. d) Call out: A directive to report to a work site during an off-duty time or day, to respond to an emergency that requires an immediate response to protect life and/or property. Send one copy to your department’s Take-Home Vehicle Coordinator no later than 5 work days after the end of each month. Send copy of the log to Fleet Department by the 10th of each month. Daily Trip Mileage Emergency Call Outs (if applicable) Day of Month Commute Miles Busines s Miles Total Miles # of trips Call Out (Yes/No) Time of Call Out Nature of Emergency 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Total* 8.5.a Packet Pg. 103 At t a c h m e n t : F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y _ M a y 2 0 2 5 ( F l e e t B u s i n e s s P o l i c y ) City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 2026-2031 Six-Year Transportation Improvement Program Staff Lead: Mike DeLilla/Bertrand Hauss Department: Engineering Preparer: Emiko Rodarte Background/History On May 20, 2025, staff presented this item to the Committee of the Whole. Staff Recommendation Forward item to June 10, 2025 regular City Council meeting for presentation. Narrative The Six-Year Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) is a transportation planning document that identifies funded, partially funded, and unfunded projects that are planned or needed over the next six calendar years. The TIP also identifies the expenditures and secured or reasonably expected revenues for each of the projects included in the TIP. The City’s practice in preparing the TIP each year has been to keep it financially constrained the first 3 years (2026-2028), but not the last 3 years (2029-2031). RCW 35.77.010 requires each city to update and adopt their TIP prior to July 1st. A copy of the adopted TIP will be submitted to Puget Sound Regional Council, Washington State Department of Transportation, and adjacent jurisdictions following City Council approval. The priority of transportation projects were updated as part of the 2024 Transportation Plan Update. Some of the projects in the TIP are shown as funded through secured or unsecured Federal/State grants, as well as local funds. Due to a shortfall in transportation funding, a number of unsecured State and Federal transportation grants have been programmed to fund projects beginning in 2029. Most transportation grants are competitive, and the success of how many grants are secured in the future will depend on other transportation needs and funding requests in the region. Projects not identified in this document may not be eligible for Federal/State funding. A staff presentation is scheduled for the June 10, 2025 City Council meeting. Attachments: Attachment 1 - Resolution Attachment 2 - TIP Attachment 3 - Project Map Attachment 4 - presentation 9.1 Packet Pg. 104 - 1 - RESOLUTION NO. ______ A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF EDMONDS, WASHINGTON, APPROVING THE 2026-2031 TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM (TIP) AND DIRECTING FILING OF THE ADOPTED PROGRAM WITH THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION. WHEREAS, RCW 35.77.010 and 36.81.121 require that each city and town is required to adopt a Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) and file a copy of such adopted program with the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT); and WHEREAS, the TIP identifies all planned projects over the next 6 years, along with the appropriate funding source; now, therefore, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF EDMONDS, WASHINGTON, HEREBY RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. The Transportation Improvement Program is hereby adopted pursuant to the requirements of RCW 35.77.010 and 36.81.121 to be effective on June 11th, 2025 and to continue in full force and effect until amended. A copy of such Transportation Imp rovement Program for the years 2026 to 2031 is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated by this reference as fully as if herein set forth. Section 2. The City Clerk is hereby requested and directed to file a certified copy of the Transportation Improvement Program with the Washington State Department of Transportation. 9.1.a Packet Pg. 105 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - R e s o l u t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t P r o g r a m ) - 2 - RESOLVED this ___ day of ________________, 2025. APPROVED: MAYOR, MIKE ROSEN ATTEST/AUTHENTICATED: CITY CLERK, SCOTT PASSEY FILED WITH THE CITY CLERK: PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL: RESOLUTION NO. 9.1.a Packet Pg. 106 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - R e s o l u t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t P r o g r a m ) City of Edmonds Six-Year Transportation Improvement Program (2026-2031) Project (2026-2031) Phase(s) Total Cost New Projects (not included in 2024-2029 TIP) Project with Secured Grant in 2023 & 2024 Preservation/Maintenance Projects 1. Annual Street Preservation Grind pavement, overlay, chip seal, microsurfacing, Possible Grant Engineering $750,000 (Federal, unsecured) $750,000 Program and slurry seal & & $8,919,000 (Fund 125, Fund 126) $824,000 $1,410,000 $1,415,000 $1,690,000 $1,750,000 $1,830,000 Local Funds Construction $10,501,000 (Local, unidentified) $2,126,000 $1,485,000 $1,620,000 $1,690,000 $1,750,000 $1,830,000 2. 76th Ave. W from Grind pavement, 2" overlay, and curb ramp upgrades Secured Grant $750,000 (Federal, secured) $750,000 Hwy 99 to 220th St. SW & Construction $0 (State) Local Funds $355,000 (Local, Fund 125, Fund 126) $150,000 $205,000 3. Olympic View Dr. Overlay from Grind pavement, overlay Secured Grant $700,000 (Federal, secured) $700,000 196th St. SW to Talbot Rd curb ramps uprades, and vaned grates catch basin upgrades & Construction $0 (State) Local Funds $600,000 (Local, Fund 125, Fund 126) $600,000 4. Citywide Signal Upgrade traffic signal elements and Engineering $0 (Federal) Improvements improve technology Local Funds & $0 (State) Construction $180,000 (Local, Fund 126) $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 5. Puget Dr. @ OVD Signal Upgrades Upgrade traffic signal Possible grant Engineering $311,000 (Federal, unsecured) $50,000 $275,000 & & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $311,000 (Local) $50,000 $275,000 6. 100th Ave. W @ 238th St. SW Rebuild traffic signal system Engineering $0 (Federal) Signal Upgrades with new signal mast arms and Possible Grant & $996,000 (State, unsecured) $175,000 $821,000 new vehicle detection Construction $0 (Local) 7. Main St. @ 3rd Signal Upgrades Upgrade traffic signal Possible grant Engineering $377,000 (Federal, unsecured) $52,000 $210,000 & & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $147,000 (Local, unidentifiedl) $52,000 $210,000 TOTAL $4,280,000 $3,075,000 $4,020,000 $3,685,000 $5,755,000 $4,110,000 Safety / Capacity Projects 8. SR-99 Revitalization Project (from 244th St. SW to 238th St. SW)Installation of planter strip, bike lane, lighting upgrades, utility upgrades (including conversion of Secured Grant, Design, ROW, $0 (Federal) Stage 3 (out of total of 9 Stages along Hwy 99)overhead utility lines to underground), capacity improvements at Hwy 99 @ 238th St SW $0 (Federal, unsecured) (additional northbound left turn lane). WSDOT funds, and $25,956,000 (State, secured) $2,854,000 $3,502,000 $10,000,000 $9,600,000 & $0 (State, unsecured) Local Funds Construction $0 (Local) 9. SR-99 Revitalization Project from 224th St. SW to 220th St. SW Installation of planter strip, bike lane, lighting upgrades, utility upgrades (including conversion of Secured Grant Design, $7,472,000 (Federal, secured) $1,845,000 $2,127,000 $3,500,000 Stage 4 (out of total of 9 Stages of Hwy 99)overhead utility lines to underground), capacity improvements at Hwy 99 @ 220th St SW $23,100,000 (Federal, unsecured) $11,000,000 $12,100,000 (additional left turn lane for northbound, southbound, and westbound movements) $0 (State, secured) Possible Grant $0 (Local, Fund 421) ROW, and $0 (Local Fund 423) & $0 (Local, unidentified) $0 (Local , Fund 125 / Fund 126) Local Funds Construction $3,013,000 (Local, Traffic Impact Fees) $540,000 $2,473,000 10. SR-104 ITS Adaptive System Install ITS Adaptive System along SR-104 from Secured Grants, Engineering, $93,000 (Federal, secured) $93,000 236th St. SW to 226th St. SW Possible Grants, $3,460,000 (Federal, unsecured) $3,460,000 & & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $310,000 (Local) $22,000 $540,000 11. 76th Ave. W ITS Adaptive System Install ITS Adaptive System along 76th Ave. W from Possible Grants Engineering, $0 (State) 220th St. SW to 206th St. SW & & $1,588,000 (Federal, unsecured) $238,000 $1,350,000 Local Funds Construction $1,588,000 (Local, unidentified) $238,000 $1,350,000 12. SR-99 Revitalization Project from 220h St. SW to 216th St. SW Installation of planter strip,bike lane, lighting upgrades, utility upgrades (including conversion of Possible Grant $2,250,000 (Federal, unsecured) $500,000 $750,000 $1,000,000 Stage 9 (out of total of 9 Stages along Hwy 99)overhead utility lianes to underground), and signal improvements at Hwy 99 @ 216th St. SW. & Design $0 (State) Local Funds $2,250,000 (Local, unidentified) $500,000 $750,000 $1,000,000 13. SR-99 Revitalization Project from 238th St. SW to 234th St. SW Installation of planter strip,bike lane, lighting upgrades, and utility upgrades (including Possible Grant $500,000 (Federal, unsecured)$500,000 Stage 6 (out of total of 9 Stages along Hwy 99)conversion of overhead utility lines to underground) & Design $0 (State) Local Funds $500,000 (Local, unidentified)$500,000 14. 76th Ave. W @ 220th St. SW Intersection Re-design intersection to reduce intersection delay and Secured Grant, Design, $5,000,000 (Federal, unsecured) $5,000,000 Improvements improve level of service (LOS). Sidewalk widening, bike lane extension and various utility $3,243,000 (Federal,secured) $225,000 $1,085,000 $1,933,000 improvements (including conversion of overhead utility Possible Grant, & ROW, & $520,000 (Local, Fund 421) $10,000 $10,000 $500,000 lines to underground) are also included in the project. $120,000 (Local, Fund 422) $10,000 $10,000 $100,000 Local Funds Construction $2,006,000 (Local, traffic impact fees) $55,000 $149,000 $302,000 $1,500,000 15. 84th Ave. W from 238th St. SW to 212th St. SW Widen roadway to add northbound and southbound left turn lanes at key intersections (220th St. Possible grant,& Design $1,437,500 (Federal, unsecured) $250,000 $437,500 $750,000 SW and 228th St. SW), bike lanes, and sidewalks. & $0 (State) Local Funds ROW $4,287,500 (Local, unidentified) $750,000 $1,312,500 $2,225,000 16. Main St. @ 9th Ave. Installation of traffic signal or mini-roundabout. Possible grant Engineering $750,000 (Federal, unsecured) $120,000 $625,000 & & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $750,000 (Local, Traffic Impact Fees) $120,000 $625,000 17. Westgate / SR-104 @ 100th Ave. W Provide safety improvements within proximity to the intersection by providing better access Possible Grants Engineering, $5,000,000 (Federal, unsecured) $750,000 $1,250,000 $3,000,000 management on all approaches and add extension of bike lanes to the intersection for both . & ROW & $0 (State) Intersection Access Management and Bicycle Improvements northbound and southbound movements.Local Funds Construction $0 (Local) TOTAL $5,654,000 $9,356,000 $15,735,000 $35,166,000 $20,550,000 $8,975,000 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 2027 2028 2029 2030 20312026Project Name Purpose Grant Opportunity Source(s)Priority HIGH HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM HIGH HIGH Page 1 9.1.b Packet Pg. 107 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - T I P ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t P r o g r a m ) City of Edmonds Six-Year Transportation Improvement Program (2026-2031) Project (2026-2031) Phase(s) Total Cost 2027 2028 2029 2030 20312026Project Name Purpose Grant Opportunity Source(s)Priority Active Transportation Projects 18. Multi-Use path on 9th Ave. N / Caspers St. / Puget Dr. Install multi-use path along 9th Ave. N from 3rd Ave. N to Olympic View Dr.Possible Grant Engineering $9,500,000 (Federal, unsecured) $600,000 $600,000 $8,300,000 from 3rd Ave. N to Olympic View Dr. & ROW, & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $2,500,000 (Local, unidentified) $600,000 $600,000 $1,300,000 19. Multi-use path on SR-104 from Sunset Ave. to Install multi-use path on SR-104 from Sunset Ave. to 100th Ave. W Possible Grant Engineering $27,700,000 (Federal, unsecured) $1,850,000 $1,850,000 $24,000,000 100th Ave. W & ROW, & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $700,000 (Local, unidentified) $350,000 $350,000 20. Multi-use path on 212th St. SW from 74th Ave. W Install multi-use path on 212th St. SW from 74th Ave. W to SR-99 Possible Grant Engineering $5,250,000 (Federal, unsecured) $450,000 $4,800,000 to SR-99 & ROW, & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $450,000 (Local, unidentified) $450,000 21. 240th St. SW / 78th Ave. W Walkway Install sidewalk on 240th St. SW / 78th Ave, W from Hwy 99 to 236th St. SW Possible Grant Engineering $0 (Federal) from Hwy 99 to 236th St. SW & & $7,360,000 (State, unsecured) $700,000 $6,660,000 Local Funds Construction $1,040,000 (Local, unidentified) $1,040,000 22. Bike lanes along Main St from Increase roadway width and install eastbound bike lane Possible Grant Engineering $8,100,000 (Federal, unsecured) $750,000 $750,000 $6,600,000 Ferry Terminal to 6th Ave. along Main St from Ferry Terminal to 6th Ave. & & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $1,500,000 (Local, unidentified) $750,000 $750,000 23. Bike lanes along 9th Ave. N from Main St. to `Restripe and install bike lanes on 9th Ave. N from Main St. to Caspers St.Possible Grant Engineering $0 (Federal) Caspers St. & & $148,000 (State, unsecured) $30,000 $118,000 Local Funds Construction $148,000 (Local, unidentified) $30,000 $118,000 24. Bike lanes along Main St. from 9th Ave. to Restripe Main St. from 9th Ave. N to 84th Ave with bike lanes on both sides of the street Possible Grant Engineering $539,000 (Federal, unsecured)$539,000 Five Corners / 84th Ave. N & & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $84,000 (Local, unidentified)$84,000 25. Bike lanes along 238th St. SW with roadway widening from Increase roadway width and install bike lanes on both sides Possible Grant Engineering $491,000 (Federal, unsecured) $491,000 SR-104 to 84th Ave. W of 238th St .SW from SR-104 to 84th Ave. W. & & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $77,000 (Local, unidentified) $77,000 26. Bike Lanes along 76th Ave. W from Restripe and install bike lanes along 76th Ave. W from Hwy 99 to 220th St. SW Possible Grant Engineering $105,000 (Federal, unsecured) $15,000 $90,000 Hwy 99 to 220th St. SW & & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $105,000 (Local, unidentified) $15,000 $90,000 27. Maplewood Walkway from Main St. to Install sidewalk on Maplewood St. from Main St. to 200th St. SW,Engineering $4,818,000 (Federal, unsecured) $723,000 $4,095,000 200th St. SW creating connection to Maplewood Elementary and Yost Park.Possible Grant & $0 (State) Construction $0 (Local) 28. 80th Ave. W Walkway from Install sidewalk on 80th Ave. W from 212th St. SW to 206th St. SW, Engineering $3,081,000 (Federal, unsecured) $231,000 $231,000 $2,619,000 212th St. SW to 206th St. SW creating connections to Chase Lake and College Place Possible Grant & $0 (State) Elementary Schools. Construction $0 (Local) 29. 232nd St. SW Walkway from 100th Ave. W to Install sidewalk on one side of 232nd St. SW Possible Grant Engineering $2,250,000 (Federal, unsecured) $340,000 $1,910,000 SR-104 & & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $2,250,000 (Local, unidentified) $340,000 $1,910,000 30. 236th St. SW Walkway from Hwy 99 to Provide sidewalk on one side of 236th St. SW Possible Grant Engineering $1,191,000 (Federal, unsecured) $400,000 $1,800,000 76th Ave. W & & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $0 (Local) 31. 236th St. SW Walkway from 84th Ave. W to 94th Ave. W Provide sidewalk on one side of 236th St. SW Possible Grant Engineering $1,492,000 (Federal, unsecured) $225,000 $1,267,000 & & $0 (State) Local Funds Construction $1,492,000 (Local, unidentified) $225,000 $1,267,000 32. 84th Ave. W Walkway from 238th St. SW to Provide sidewalk on east side of 84th Ave. W and on the west side of the street $0 (Federal) 234th St. SW from intersections to Community Transit bus stops. Possible Grant Design $2,387,000 (State, unsecured) $375,000 $230,000 $1,782,000 & & $35,000 (Local, Fund 421) $5,000 $5,000 $25,000 Local Funds Construction $525,000 (Local, Fund 422) $37,500 $37,500 $450,000 $0 (Local ) 33. 218th St. SW Walkway Install sidewalk along missing link. Possible Grant Engineering $3,330,000 (Federal, unsecured) $270,000 $3,060,000 & & $0 (State) from 76th Ave. W to 84th Ave. W Local Funds Construction $270,000 (Local, unidentified) $270,000 34. Maple St. Walkway from Install sidewalk along missing link. Possible Grant Engineering $0 (Federal) & & $500,000 (State, unsecured) $75,000 $425,000 8th Ave. to 9th Ave. Local Funds Construction $500,000 (Local, unidentified) $75,000 $425,000 35. 88th Ave. W Walkway Install sidewalk along missing link. Possible Grant Engineering $0 (Federal) from 200th St. SW to 196th St. SW & & $1,150,000 (State, unsecured) $160,000 $990,000 Local Funds Construction $1,150,000 (Local, unidentified) $160,000 $990,000 36. SR-104 / Pine St Walkway: SR-104 from mid-block crossing Complete sidewalk missing links to improve pedestrian safety Engineering $0 (Federal) ~ 400' north of Pine St. to Pine St. and Pine St. from and connectivity to Edmonds Transit Station. Possible Grant & $3,276,000 (Sound Transit, unsecured) $273,000 $273,000 $2,730,000 SR-104 to 9th Ave. S Construction $0 (Local) 37. SR-104 @ 76th Ave. W Non-motorized Install ADA curb ramps, extend bike lanes, and complete signal Possible Grant Engineering, $0 (Federal) Transportation Improvements modifications in order to improve non-motorized transportation safety & ROW, and $2,570,000 (State, unsecured) $435,000 $500,000 $1,635,000 or alternative feasibility study (west SR-104 @ 76th Ave. signal /owned by Shoreline) Local Funds Construction $0 (Local) 38. 4th Ave. Corridor Enhancements Create corridor improvements to encourage pedestrian Possible Grant Engineering $17,510,000 (Federal, unsecured) $1,030,000 $10,300,000 $6,180,000 Walkway activity along 4th Ave. N from Main St. to & & $0 (State) 3rd Ave. N (from Downtown retail to Edmonds Center for the Arts) Local Funds Construction $0 (Loca, unidentified) MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM MEDIUM n/a Page 2 9.1.b Packet Pg. 108 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - T I P ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t P r o g r a m ) City of Edmonds Six-Year Transportation Improvement Program (2026-2031) Project (2026-2031) Phase(s) Total Cost 2027 2028 2029 2030 20312026Project Name Purpose Grant Opportunity Source(s)Priority 39. 7th Ave. Curb Ramp upgrades Upgrades of all non-compliant ADA curb ramps Secured Grant Engineering $0 (Federal from Main St. to Caspers St./ SR-524 and improvements to mid-block pedestrian crossing leading to & & $333,000 (State, secured) $333,000 Civic Park. Local Funds Construction $92,000 (Local) $92,000 40. Pedestrian Safety Program Complete pedestrian safety improvements at pedestrian crossings Engineering $0 (Federal) such as RRFB's, Flashing LED's at stop signs, and signage. Local funds & $0 (State) Construction $120,000 (Local, unidentified) $20,000 $20,000 $20,000 $20,000 $20,000 $20,000 41. Citywide Lighting Improvements Install street light poles at various locations throughout the City Engineering $580,000 (Federal, secured) $580,000 in order.to address serious injury collisions. Secured Grant & $0 (State) Construction $0 (Local) TOTAL $1,025,000 $20,000 $20,000 $4,519,500 $38,151,500 $67,714,000 Traffic Calming / Non-motorized Transportation Safety Projects 42. Traffic Calming Program / Traffic circles, speed cushions, Engineering $0 (Federal) Non-Motorized Transportation radar feedback signs, bulb-outs, etc. Local Funds only & $0 (State) Safety Construction $248,000 (Local, Fund 126) $80,000 $80,000 $22,000 $22,000 $22,000 $22,000 43. Interurban Trail SR-104 Overpass Feasibility Study for the additional of an active transportation bridge above SR-104 (connecting Possible $0 (Federal) Interurban Trail between Edmonds and City of Shoreline) Grant Study $400,000 (State, unsecured) $400,000 $0 (Local) TOTAL $80,000 $80,000 $22,000 $422,000 $22,000 $22,000 Ferry / Waterfront Projects 44 Ferry Storage Improvements from Provide additional ferry storage area closer to the Ferry Terminal Engineering $415,000 (Federal, unsecured) $415,000 Dayton St. to Pine St.(through striping revisions / C-Curb addition) Possible Grant & $0 (State) Construction $0 (Local) TOTAL $0 $0 $0 $415,000 $0 $0 Traffic Planning Projects 45.Ciitywide ADA Transition Plan Complete a compliance evaluation of all existing ADA $0 (Federal) curb ramps, sidewalk, City Buildings, and Park Facilities as well as long range plan Local Funds Only Planning $0 (State) on how to address all those deficiencies. $455,000 (Local, unidentified) $455,000 46. Pavement Rating Analyze the pavement condition of all arterial, collector, $0 (Federal) Study and local streets to determine the stretches to be repaved Local Funds Only Planning $0 (State) as part of future annual overlays.$100,000 (Local / Fund 125 / Fund 126) $50,000 $50,000 47. Safety Action Plan Complete the City's Safety Action Plan, identifying all high accident locations throughout the City and Secured Grant $40,000 (Federal, secured) $40,000 establishment of priority project ranking based on set of criterias in order to make and Planning $0 (State) the City eligible for up-coming Safe Streets for All (SS4A) grant opportunity. Local Funds $10,000 (Local) $10,000 48. Transportation Plan Update Update Transportation Plan (current Plan was completed in 2024) $0 (Federal) Local Funds Only Planning $0 (State) $400,000 (Local)$400,000 TOTAL $50,000 $0 $50,000 $455,000 $0 $450,000 Total $243,476,000 $11,089,000 $12,531,000 $19,847,000 $51,032,500 $68,800,500 $80,176,000 Project Name Purpose 228th St. SW Corridor improvements from Widen roadway to add two-way left turn lane along stretch or Total Federal $3,483,000 $3,212,000 $6,183,000 $28,318,000 $46,517,500 $60,408,000 Hwy. 99 to 95th Pl. W left turn lanes at specific intersections. Total Federal (Secured)$3,483,000 $3,212,000 $6,183,000 $0 $0 $0 SR 524 (196th St. SW) @ Design intersection improvements and addition of guardrail on Total Federal (Unsecured)$0 $0 $0 $28,318,000 $46,517,500 $60,408,000 88th Ave W. Intersection the west side of intersection due to 12' vertical drop (grade. SR-104 @ 95th Pl. W Provide C-Curb with left turn channelization Total State $3,187,000 $3,502,000 $10,000,000 $11,715,000 $8,564,000 $4,832,000 Intersection Improvements for access management. Total State (Secured)$3,187,000 $3,502,000 $10,000,000 $9,600,000 $0 $0 SR-104 @ 238th St. SW Install traffic signal and other Total State (Unsecured)$0 $0 $0 $2,115,000 $8,564,000 $4,832,000 Intersection Improvements intersection improvements. Walnut St. Walkway from 6th Ave. S to 7th Ave. S Install sidewalk on south side of Walnut St. from Sound Transit (unsecured)$0 $0 $0 $435,000 $500,000 $1,635,000 6th Ave. S to 7th Ave. S 80th Ave. W Walkway from Install sidewalk on 80th Ave. W from 188th St. SW to Olympic View Dr.Total Local Fund $4,419,000 $5,817,000 $3,664,000 $10,564,500 $13,219,000 $13,301,000 188th St. SW to Olympic View Dr.creating connections to Seaview Elementary School Total Local (Fund 112)$642,000 $0 $0 $50,000 $275,000 $400,000 95th Pl. SW Walkway from Install sidewalk on 95th Pl. W from Total Local (Fund 125 / Fund 126) $1,534,000 $1,670,000 $1,722,000 $1,742,000 $1,802,000 $1,932,000 224th St. SW to 220th St. SW 224th St. SW to 220th St. SW to improve pedestrian safety. Toal Local (Fund 421)$10,000 $10,000 $0 $505,000 $5,000 $25,000 216th St. SW Walkway from Hwy. 99 Install 300' sidewalk on the north side of 216th St. SW Total Local (Fund 422)$10,000 $10,000 $0 $137,500 $37,500 $450,000 to 72nd Ave. W from Hwy. 99 to 72nd Ave. W Total Local (Fund 423)$0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 236th St. SW Walkway Install sidewalk on one side of 236th St. SW from SR-104 to 97th Pl. W Total Local (Traffic Impact Fees)$595,000 $2,622,000 $302,000 $1,500,000 $0 $0 from SR-104 to 97th Pl. W Total Local (General Fund)$0 $0 $50,000 $0 $0 $50,000 Green Streets - 236th St. SW Walkway from 84th Ave. W to Hwy 99 Install sidewalks on both sides of the street, increased vegetation, Low Impact Design (LID) approaches Total Local (unidentified)$2,146,000 $1,505,000 $1,640,000 $6,805,000 $11,787,000 $12,719,000 for water quality and infiltration with permeable pavements and bioretention cells, detention system for flow control, pedestrian curb ramps, lighting and a raised mid-block pedestrian crossing. ADA Curb Ramps Improvements Construct Citywide ADA compliant curb ramps where facilities don't exist nor meet current standards. Downtown Lighting Improvements Install additional street lights on both sides of Dayton St. (cobra heads combined with pedestrian lights) and other locations within proximity to Edmonds Transit Station. Waterfront Emergency Response Study Complete study to determine best solutions to address Waterfront Emergency Response Removed projects from previous TIP (2024-2029 TIP) n/a n/a MEDIUM n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Page 3 9.1.b Packet Pg. 109 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - T I P ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t P r o g r a m ) 2026-2031 Transportation Improvement Program New Projects Map Maintenance Safety/Capacity Multi Use Path Bike Lane Walkway Ferry Related Studies 9.1.c Packet Pg. 110 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - P r o j e c t M a p ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t P r o g r a m ) 6-Year Transportation Improvement Program 2026-2031 June 3rd, 2025 Public Hearing Bertrand Hauss, Transportation Engineer 9.1.d Packet Pg. 111 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t Introduction I.Construction projects in 2025 II. Scheduled construction projects (2026 / 2027) III.Other projects in 2026-2031 TIP IV.Summary recently secured grants V. Next Steps Q & A 9.1.d Packet Pg. 112 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t •Revised Code of Washington (RCW) requires that each city update their TIP by July 1st (RCW 35.77.010). •Document contains all significant transportation projects that a City possibly plans to undertake in the next six years (for all modes of transportation). •City of Edmonds policy: TIP financially constrained first three years. •Federal Grants, State Grants, and Local funds are programmed as revenue source(s) for TIP projects. •2026-2031 TIP consistent with recently adopted 2024 Transportation Plan (public outreach / Committee / Council approval). o Most HIGH Priority projects and certain MEDIUM Priority projects in Transportation Plan have been added to TIP / some projects have been removed since identified as lower priority projects Introduction 9.1.d Packet Pg. 113 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t I. Construction Projects in 2025 Annual Overlay Program (Project #1) Project Description Approximately 3.4 lane miles of variable depth overlay along local and collector streets Schedule Construction: June through July 2025 Funding •Local funds •Fund 125 & 126 $1,600,000 •Utility Funds $200,000 Annual Funding Goal $3,200,000 per year 9.1.d Packet Pg. 114 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t Main St. Overlay from 6th Ave. to 8th Ave. Project Description •Overlay of Main St. from 6th Ave. to 8th Ave. with ADA curb ramp upgrades, bulb-outs, and stormwater treatment. Schedule Design 2023-2024 Construction 2024-2025 Construction Funding •Federal Grant $675,000 •TIB Grant $494,000 •Local Funds •Fund 125 & 126 $716,000 9.1.d Packet Pg. 115 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t 2025 Pedestrian Safety Program (Project #40) Schedule Construction Summer 2025 Funding •Local funds •Fund 125 & 126 $97,000 Project Description Installation of flashing LED’s around STOP Sign facing northbound movement (Main St. @ 5th Ave.) / reflective panels around STOP sign and speed limit sign posts / additional flashing LED’s 9.1.d Packet Pg. 116 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t 2025 Traffic Calming Program (Project #42) Schedule Construction Fall 2025 Funding Local funds Fund 126 $127,000 Project Description Installation of traffic calming devices along certain stretches (based on evaluation results) 9.1.d Packet Pg. 117 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t II. Construction Projects in 2026 / 2027 Olympic View Dr. Overlay from 196th St. SW to Talbot Rd. (Project #3) Schedule •Design 2025 •Construction 2026 Construction Funding •Secured Federal Grant $700,000 •Local funds •Fund 126 $200,000 Project Description •Overlay with ADA curb ramps upgrades 9.1.d Packet Pg. 118 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t 7th Ave. N from Main St. to Caspers St. Curb Ramp Upgrades (Project # 39) Schedule •Design 2025 •Construction 2026 Construction Funding •Secured TIB Grant $333,000 •Local Funds •Fund 125 & 126 $92,000 Project Description Upgrade all curb ramps along this stretch of 7th Ave. N and enhance at mid-block pedestrian crossing accessing Civic Park 9.1.d Packet Pg. 119 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t Citywide Lighting Improvements (Project #41) Schedule •Design 2025 •Construction 2026 Project Funding •Secured Federal HSIP Grant $700,000 Project Description •Add light poles at intersections / mid-block crossings 9.1.d Packet Pg. 120 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t Other Projects in 2026-2031 TIP Corridor Improvements •84th Ave. W from 238th St. SW to 212 St. SW (Project #15) 2029-2031 •SR-99 Revitalization from 244th to 238th Stage 3 (Project #8) 2022-2029 •SR-99 Revitalization from 220th to 224th Stage 4 (Project #9) 2022-2030 •SR-99 Revitalization from 220th to 216th Stage 9 (Project #12) 2029-2031 •SR-104 Adaptive System from 236th to 226th (Project #10) 2029-2031 •76th Ave. Adaptive System from 220th St. to 206th St. (Project #11) 2029-2031 Signal Upgrades •Puget Dr. @ OVD (Project #5) 2029-2030 •238th St. SW @ 100th Ave. W (Project #6) 2029-2030 •Main St. @ 3rd Ave. (Project # 7) 2030-2031 9.1.d Packet Pg. 121 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t III. Other Projects in 2026-2031 TIP Intersection Improvements •76th Ave. W @ 220th St. SW (Project #14) 2021-2029 •Main St. @ 9th Ave. (Project #16) 2029-2031 9.1.d Packet Pg. 122 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t Other Projects in 2026-2031 TIP Active Transportation Projects •84th Ave. W Walkway from 238th to 234th (Project #32) 2024-2031 •Multi-use path 9th Ave. N from 3rd Ave. N to OVD (Project #18) 2029-2031 •Multi-use path SR-104 from Sunset Ave to 100th Ave. W (Project 19) 2029-2031 •240th St. Walkway from Hwy 99 to 236th St. SW (Project #21) 2029-2030 •SR-104 @ 100th St. Bicycle Improvements (Project #17) 2029-2031 •SR-104 / Pine St. Sidewalk (Project #36) 2029-2031 •Interurban Trail SR-104 Overpass (Project #43) 2029 •236th St. SW from 84th Ave. to Hwy 99 (Project #31) 2029-2030 •Walkway projects within proximity to schools / parks o Maplewood Dr. Walkway (Project #27) 2029-2031 o 80th Ave. Walkway from 212nd St. SW to 206th St. SW (Project #28) 2029-2031 9.1.d Packet Pg. 123 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t 9.1.d Packet Pg. 124 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t Other Projects/Planning Documents •Safety Action Plan •Pavement Rating Study •ADA Transition Plan •Transportation Plan Update Other Projects in 2026-2031 TIP 9.1.d Packet Pg. 125 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t IV. Summary of secured transportation grants (between 2020 and 2024) Project Name Grant Program Phase Amount Secured Award Date Main St. Overlay from 6th to 8th STP / Federal Design / Construction $750,000 Dec-20 SR-104 ITS Adaptive System (Project #10)CMAQ / Federal Design $354,560 Dec-20 2020 Total $1,104,560 Hwy 99 Revitalization from 220th St. SW to 224th St. SW (Stage 4 / Project #9) CMAQ / Federal Design $1,580,000 Apr-21 2021 Total $1,580,000 9.1.d Packet Pg. 126 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t Summary of secured transportation grants (between 2021 and 2024) Project Name Grant Program Phase Amount Secured Award Date Hwy 99 Revitalization from 244th St. SW to 210th ST. SW (Project #10) State Funds (through Move Ahead WA) Design / ROW / Construction for specific stages $22,500,000 Apr-22 OVD Overlay from 196th to Talbot (Project #3)STP / Federal Construction $700,000 Nov-22 Hwy 99 Revitalization from 220th St. SW to 224th St. SW (Stage 4 / Project #9) STP / Federal ROW $2,597,500 Nov-22 2022 Total $25,797,500 Safety Action Plan (Project #47)SS4A Planning $300,000 June-24 Citywide Lighting Improvements (Project #41)HSIP Design / Construction $700,000 Sep-24 76th Ave. W Overlay from Hwy 99 to 220th St. SW (Project #2) STBG / Federal Construction 750,000 Oct-24 76th Ave @ 220th St Intersection Improvements (Project #14)CMAQ / Federal ROW $2,798,000 Oct-24 7th Ave. N Curb Ramps (Project #39)TIB Construction $379,600 Nov-24 2024 Total $4,927,600 9.1.d Packet Pg. 127 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t TOTAL SECURED TRANSPORTATION GRANTS / APPROPRIATIONS OVER LAST 5 YEARS (from 2020 – 2024) $33,500,000 9.1.d Packet Pg. 128 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t $3,800,000 $840,000 $2,038,000 $950,000 $25,000 FUNDING SOURCES FOR TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS IN 2025 Grant Fund 125 Fund 126 Utility Funds Impact Fees 9.1.d Packet Pg. 129 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t V. Next Steps •June 3rd Public Hearing •June 10th Council Meeting for Final Approval 9.1.d Packet Pg. 130 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t Questions ????? 9.1.d Packet Pg. 131 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t Pedestrian LOS map 9.1.d Packet Pg. 132 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t Bicycle LOS map 9.1.d Packet Pg. 133 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t Vehicle LOS 9.1.d Packet Pg. 134 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - p r e s e n t a t i o n ( 2 0 2 6 - 2 0 3 1 S i x - Y e a r T r a n s p o r t a t i o n I m p r o v e m e n t City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 Extension of Neighborhood Centers and Hubs Interim Ordinance Staff Lead: Mike Clugston Department: Planning Division Preparer: Michael Clugston Background/History City Council adopted the existing interim zoning code for Neighborhood Centers and Hubs on January 14, 2025 (Ordinance 4382 attached). The required public hearing for the interim code was held on January 28, 2025, with no comments received. Since that time, staff has been working with stakeholders to create permanent code for the Neighborhood Center and Hub (NCH) areas with the goal of adopting those permanent codes before the interim ordinance was set to expire on July 21, 2025. Unfortunately, due to limited resources and the need to juggle multiple competing code update deadlines, the NCH code schedule had to be pushed out slightly. Staff Recommendation No action is required tonight. Review the proposed extension of the interim NCH ordinance. A public hearing on the extension will be scheduled for June 24 and the ordinance can be adopted on the consent agenda at a subsequent meeting (for interim ordinance extensions, the ordinance must adopted after the public hearing). Narrative The following touches are tentatively scheduled for the Planning Board and City Council to complete this code update: Planning Board May 28 - Continued discussion of draft NCH zoning code June 11 - Public hearing and discussion June 25 - Additional discussion/revisions July 9 - Recommendation to Council City Council July 8 - Reintroduction to the Centers and Hubs concept July 15 - Discussion of Planning Board recommendation and draft code July 22 - Public hearing August 4 - Additional discussion/revisions 10.1 Packet Pg. 135 August 12 - Proposed adoption of permanent NCH code August 19 - (if needed) This set of meetings will allow sufficient time to conduct thorough reviews of the proposed zoning code, take public testimony, and adopt a permanent ordinance for Neighborhood Centers and Hubs that replaces the interim code in Ordinance 4382 prior to summer break in late August. Attachments: Ordinance 4382 - Interim Neighborhood Center and Hubs Code 2025-05-28 interim ordinance extension for centers and hubs 10.1 Packet Pg. 136 10.1.a Packet Pg. 137 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 138 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 139 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 140 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 141 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 142 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 143 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 144 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 145 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 146 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 147 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 148 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 149 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 10.1.a Packet Pg. 150 At t a c h m e n t : O r d i n a n c e 4 3 8 2 - I n t e r i m N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r a n d H u b s C o d e ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF EDMONDS, WASHINGTON, EXTENDING FOR ANOTHER 60 DAYS THE INTERIM DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR NEIGHBORHOOD CENTERS AND HUBS THAT WERE ADOPTED WITH ORDINANCE 4382. WHEREAS, on January 14, 2025, the Edmonds city council adopted Ordinance 4382, which adopted interim regulations for neighborhood centers and hubs and codified those interim regulations in chapter 16.120 ECDC; and WHEREAS, Ordinance 4382 is scheduled to expire on July 21, 2025; and WHEREAS, due to the large number of items required to be considered by the city’s planning board this year, and also due to short staffing in the planning and development department, additional time will be needed before the city is able to replace the interim regulations with permanent regulations; and WHEREAS, city staff has proposed a sixty (60) day extension of Ordinance 4382; and WHEREAS, a public hearing on the proposed extension was held on June 24, 2025; and WHEREAS, the city council finds that an additional sixty (60) would give the planning board and the council adequate time to review and consider the permanent regulations on this subject; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF EDMONDS, WASHINGTON, DO ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. The above recitals are hereby adopted as the city council’s findings of fact to justify the extension of Ordinance 4382. Section 2. The effective period for Ordinance 4382 shall be extended for sixty (60) days beyond the original sunset date. 10.1.b Packet Pg. 151 At t a c h m e n t : 2 0 2 5 - 0 5 - 2 8 i n t e r i m o r d i n a n c e e x t e n s i o n f o r c e n t e r s a n d h u b s ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) Section 3. Severability. If any section, subsection, clause, sentence, or phrase of this ordinance should be held invalid or unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. Section 4. Effective Date. This ordinance being an exercise of a power specifically delegated to the City legislative body, is not subject to referendum and shall take effect five (5) days after passage and publication of an approved summary thereof consisting of the title. APPROVED: MAYOR MIKE ROSEN ATTEST/AUTHENTICATED: CITY CLERK, SCOTT PASSEY APPROVED AS TO FORM: OFFICE OF THE CITY ATTORNEY: BY JEFF TARADAY FILED WITH THE CITY CLERK: PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL: PUBLISHED: EFFECTIVE DATE: ORDINANCE NO. 10.1.b Packet Pg. 152 At t a c h m e n t : 2 0 2 5 - 0 5 - 2 8 i n t e r i m o r d i n a n c e e x t e n s i o n f o r c e n t e r s a n d h u b s ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) 3 SUMMARY OF ORDINANCE NO. __________ of the City of Edmonds, Washington On the ____ day of ___________, 2025, the City Council of the City of Edmonds, passed Ordinance No. _____________. A summary of the content of said ordinance, consisting of the title, provides as follows: AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF EDMONDS, WASHINGTON, EXTENDING FOR ANOTHER 60 DAYS THE INTERIM DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR NEIGHBORHOOD CENTERS AND HUBS THAT WERE ADOPTED WITH ORDINANCE 4382. . The full text of this Ordinance will be mailed upon request. DATED this _____ day of ________________, 2025. CITY CLERK, SCOTT PASSEY 4840-7251-8158, v. 1 10.1.b Packet Pg. 153 At t a c h m e n t : 2 0 2 5 - 0 5 - 2 8 i n t e r i m o r d i n a n c e e x t e n s i o n f o r c e n t e r s a n d h u b s ( E x t e n s i o n o f N e i g h b o r h o o d C e n t e r s a n d H u b s I n t e r i m O r d i n a n c e ) City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 Middle Housing Development Code Update: Draft Review Staff Lead: Brad Shipley Department: Planning Division Preparer: Brad Shipley Narrative The City of Edmonds is updating its zoning regulations to comply with HB 1110, which requires cities of Edmonds’ size to allow middle housing in areas traditionally limited to single-family development. This legislation supports statewide goals for increasing housing supply, expanding affordability, and promoting housing diversity. Over the past several months, staff have worked with the Planning Board and community members to draft middle housing code provisions that not only meet the letter of the law but also reflect the community's priorities. The Planning Board formally transmitted its recommendation to City Council on May 21, 2025 (Attachment 1). The recommendation reflects six months of deliberation, input from more than 200 residents, and review of best practices from the Washington State Department of Commerce. Staff Recommendation No action is required. This meeting is an opportunity for City Council to provide feedback and direction to staff on the draft code in preparation for a public hearing on June 10. Narrative The Planning Board’s recommendation took a “minimum compliance” strategy, which adopts the necessary code changes required under HB 1110 while maintaining Edmonds’ established height, setback, and lot coverage standards wherever possible. This approach reflects extensive public feedback in favor of modest, context-sensitive change. In addition to the Planning Board’s recommendations, staff will present a summary of additional minor code amendments necessary for consistency on June 3. These include updates to references related to the former Single-Family Residential (RS) zoning designation, expansion of impact fee use categories to include middle housing types, and other minor changes. Key Elements of the Planning Board Recommendation New Zoning Framework: Consolidation of RS zones into a single Low-Density Residential (LDR) zone with three context-sensitive overlays or subdistricts based on lot size (Small, Medium, Large). Allowed Middle Housing Types: Six of the nine possible middle housing types were selected for 10.2 Packet Pg. 154 inclusion: · Duplex and Stacked Duplex · Triplex · Fourplex · Cottage Housing · Courtyard Apartments Unit Density Standards: The recommendation allows: · Two units per lot (duplexes) citywide; · Up to four units (fourplex) within ¼ mile of a major transit stop; · Up to four units (fourplex) on any lot if at least one unit is affordable; Affordability Incentives: A bonus incentive is provided for cottage housing--up to six units on a lot in the LDR-Large subdistrict, if at least three of the units meet affordability criteria. Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs): ADUs are counted toward unit density and are only permitted in conjunction with detached single-family homes. ADUs may not be part of middle housing developments. Lot Coverage: Up to 45% structural lot coverage is allowed for 3-4 unit projects to support livable unit sizes and better site design. Additional Topics for Council Consideration: 1. Frontage Types. While not included in the formal recommendation, a limited set of private frontage standards (e.g., covered porches, building orientation) remain in the draft code for potential inclusion. These elements could improve neighborhood compatibility and pedestrian orientation but require further refinement. Planning Board generally agreed with the concept, but did not have enough time to fully vet draft frontages. 2. Administrative Capacity. Implementing and monitoring affordability incentives will require additional resources. The Board recommends Council consider staffing and funding needs to support long-term compliance tracking (50+ years) and program success. Next Steps: · June 3 - Additional code review and Q/A · June 10 - Public hearing · June 17 - Additional discussion and final revisions · June 24 - Ordinance adoption with code and zoning map Attachments: Attachment 1 - Planning Board Recommendation Middle Housing Attachment 2- Draft Middle Housing Code_Redline Attachment 3- Draft Middle Housing Code_Clean Version Attachment 4 - Draft LDR Zoning Map 10.2 Packet Pg. 155 Planning Board Recommendation: Middle Housing Code Update May 21, 2025 To: Mayor Rosen and Edmonds City Council From: Edmonds Planning Board Subject: Middle Housing Code Update Recommendation Purpose: This memo outlines the Planning Board’s (PB) recommendation for updating the development code to allow middle housing, in compliance with HB 1110 (2023/24) before the state-mandated deadline of June 30, 2025. The legislation requires cities to revise local zoning code to allow for a broader range of housing types in areas traditionally zoned for single-family development. Context: Most homes in Edmonds are currently located in RS zones and consist of primarily single- family detached dwellings. HB 1110 mandates cities like Edmonds to expand housing options by permitting a range of 'middle housing' types. The legislation does not require specific housing unit targets but rather outlines development thresholds and housing types that cities must accommodate. The Planning Board determined that the city would be complying by:  Defining allowable zoning densities, and  Selecting and allowing at least six of the nine middle housing types. Community feedback received during this process strongly supported preserving the existing aesthetic feel of Edmonds. Many residents favored a ‘minimal compliance’ approach—supporting only those changes required by state law, while retaining current 10.2.a Packet Pg. 156 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n M i d d l e H o u s i n g ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) PLANNING BOARD RECOMMENDATION: MIDDLE HOUSING CODE UPDATE 2 | P a g e heights, setbacks and lot coverage standards. Townhouses were especially unpopular among respondents who cited poor examples from nearby jurisdictions. The Planning Board also recognizes that, over the past six months, Edmonds residents have been asked to engage with a significant amount of change—from local elections and the RFA vote to the Comprehensive Plan update and multiple rounds of code revisions. This volume of overlapping initiatives has made it more challenging for the community to absorb and respond to each issue. With that in mind, the Board approached its recommendation with a strong focus on clarity, balance, and responsiveness to the concerns expressed. This recommendation reflects the input received from more than 200 community members through public comments at the April 23 Public Hearing, May 1 Open House, written comments and ongoing Planning Board discussions. Process: The Planning Board reviewed and considered a range of resources (see Additional Resources section) for developing its recommendations, including:  HB 1110: Middle Housing legislation.  Preliminary and revised drafts of ECDC Title 16.  Washington State Department of Commerce’s Middle Housing Objective Design Standard Detailed Toolkit (June 2023).  City staƯ presentations on the 2025 Development Code Update and Design Review: Key Issues (Feb 26, 2025, March 26, 2025).  Planning Board’s Public Hearing on middle housing (April 23, 2025).  Neighborhood Centers and Hubs and Middle Housing Open House (May 1, 2025). Key Decisions: 1. New Zoning Framework The Planning Board supports reorganizing the current RS zone into a single Low-Density Residential (LDR) zone, with three overlays (see Low-Density Residential Overlays Summary Table (draft ECDC 16.20.015(C)):  LDR-Small Lot  LDR-Medium lot  LDR-Large Lot 10.2.a Packet Pg. 157 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n M i d d l e H o u s i n g ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) PLANNING BOARD RECOMMENDATION: MIDDLE HOUSING CODE UPDATE 3 | P a g e Considerations: The proposed overlays are intended to tailor site development standards to areas with diƯering topography, lot size, location, and existing development patterns. During discussions, the Planning Board also considered an LDR–Walkable (LDR-W) overlay as a tool to require sidewalk improvements in targeted areas—particularly along arterial streets and near mixed-use centers—where walkability is both desirable and needed. However, requiring sidewalk improvements as a condition of development must be applied consistently to both single-family and middle housing, according to state law. This means that even a new single-family home could trigger sidewalk requirements. As such, the Board felt it was important to limit any such requirements to very specific locations where the infrastructure need is greatest, rather than apply them broadly. The LDR-W overlay would have also allowed townhouses—a housing type that fits more comfortably within the context of walkable, mixed-use areas. However, due to the concept being outside the immediate scope of Phase II (which is focused on state compliance) and confusion from the public regarding its intent, the Planning Board ultimately chose not to advance the overlay in our recommendation. 2. Allowed Unit Density Consistent with state law and approved by the Planning Board with a 5-1 vote, the proposed base unit density limit is:  Up to two units per lot, and  Up to four units per lot on all lots within one-quarter mile walking distance of a major transit stop1; and  Up to four units per lot if at least one unit on the lot is aƯordable housing meeting specific requirements. Considerations: In reaching their recommendation, the Planning Board considered alternative approaches, including a flat density allowance of three units per lot—with up to four units permitted within one-quarter mile of a major transit stop. While this option would have reduced administrative complexity by removing the need to track long-term compliance with the aƯordability component, Board members generally agreed that supporting aƯordable housing is a central goal of the Comprehensive Plan. 1 Major transit stop” means: (a) A stop on a high capacity transportation system funded or expanded under the provisions of chapter 81.104 RCW; (b) Commuter rail stops; (c) Stops on rail or fixed guideway systems; or (d) Stops on bus rapid transit routes, including those stops that are under construction. 10.2.a Packet Pg. 158 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n M i d d l e H o u s i n g ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) PLANNING BOARD RECOMMENDATION: MIDDLE HOUSING CODE UPDATE 4 | P a g e As such, they felt it was important to retain the aƯordability incentive as part of the updated code. The Planning Board acknowledges that implementing this policy will require sta Ư capacity to administer and monitor compliance over time. Given the City's current budget constraints, the Board recommends that City Council consider the need for additional staƯing and funding to support an eƯective and accountable aƯordable housing program. This program will likely require a greater level of involvement than the City’s existing MFTE (Multi-Family Tax Exemption) program. 3. Middle Housing Types The Planning Board unanimously voted to select the following six middle housing types :  Duplex  Stacked Duplex  Triplex  Fourplex  Cottage Housing  Courtyard Apartments Considerations: Townhouses were excluded from the list of permitted middle housing types due to strong public opposition and the design challenges they present in the context of infill development. From an urban design perspective, townhouses can be diƯicult to integrate into neighborhoods characterized by lower-scale, detached housing. This is especially true in areas with long, narrow lots—common in many parts of Edmonds—where townhouse configurations can lead to awkward site layouts, limited open space, and poor orientation. It’s also important to clarify that not all middle housing types are allowed in all areas. The Low-Density Residential Overlays Summary Table (ECDC 16.20.015(C)) identifies where specific housing types are permitted based on lot size and context. Some forms—such as cottage housing and courtyard apartments—are generally only feasible on larger lots due to their site planning needs. To help illustrate this point, the attached Lot Coverage and Unit Density Worksheet provides simplified examples showing how lot size, setbacks, and lot coverage constraints aƯect the buildable area. The examples highlight the challenges of fitting certain middle housing types on smaller lots, particularly when trying to ensure livable unit sizes and functional site layouts. 4. Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs) and Unit Density Planning Board unanimously voted to count ADUs towards unit density—a decision left to local choice under the state law. 10.2.a Packet Pg. 159 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n M i d d l e H o u s i n g ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) PLANNING BOARD RECOMMENDATION: MIDDLE HOUSING CODE UPDATE 5 | P a g e Considerations: The Planning Board approached accessory dwelling units (ADUs) through the lens of their historical role—as accessory to a primary single-family home. This perspective also guided how middle housing types were considered. Under the recommended code, ADUs are only permitted in conjunction with detached single- family homes and are not allowed as accessory units to middle housing types. A property owner may not simply add a second single-family home to a lot where one already exists. They may add up to two ADUs to the existing home or choose to redevelop the site in a way that meets the definition of a middle housing type. This distinction is deliberate. The intent is to avoid an “ADU loophole” scenario, where two single-family homes are established on a lot and each is supplemented with two ADUs—resulting in six units without meeting aƯordability requirements or triggering appropriate review. If a property owner seeks that level of density, they would need to pursue a qualifying middle housing configuration, such as two duplexes, and meet either the aƯordability requirement or proximity-to-transit criteria. In short, single-family use remains distinct from middle housing. Allowing the scenario described above would conflict with the spirit of the legislation by enabling higher- density development while bypassing aƯordability provisions and potentially reducing impact fee obligations. 5. Lot Coverage The Board voted 4–2 to allow up to 45% lot coverage (up from 35%) for developments with 3 or 4 units across all LDR overlays, supporting livable unit sizes and functional site design. Considerations: The current code limits residential lot coverage to 35%, which raised concerns about the feasibility of constructing certain middle housing types— particularly on smaller or irregularly shaped lots. The Board was also concerned that the existing standard could result in overly constrained or undersized units. To address this, the Board supported allowing up to 45% lot coverage for developments with three or four units, provided the project meets the density criteria, either being located within one-quarter mile of a major transit stop or including at least one aƯordable unit. This targeted increase is intended to support more livable unit sizes, flexible site design, and better development outcomes without applying blanket increases across all residential projects. Additional details are provided in the attached Lot Coverage and Unit Density Table. 10.2.a Packet Pg. 160 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n M i d d l e H o u s i n g ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) PLANNING BOARD RECOMMENDATION: MIDDLE HOUSING CODE UPDATE 6 | P a g e 6. Density Bonus to Incentivize Cottage Housing The Planning Board voted 4–2 to allow up to six cottage housing units on a single lot within the LDR-L) overlay, provided that at least three of the six units meet the aƯordability requirement. Considerations: This incentive is intended to make cottage housing—a lower-impact, community-oriented housing type—more viable in the current market. Without this bonus, cottage housing is unlikely to be pursued, as it would have to compete with more financially lucrative middle housing types like fourplexes or stacked flats. Planning Board members also discussed how this approach could encourage creative partnerships between for-profit developers and aƯordable housing providers, where the market-rate units are developed by a private entity and the aƯordable units are constructed and managed by a nonprofit or public agency. By allowing a modest increase in unit count only when aƯordability is provided, this incentive supports both housing diversity and long-term community benefit Recommendation: Considering community feedback, the requirements of HB 1110, and the importance of aligning with Edmonds' long-standing values, the Planning Board recommends that City Council:  Adopt the proposed Middle Housing code update to ensure timely compliance with state law, understanding that further refinements may be addressed during Phase III code updates.  Preserve neighborhood character by retaining existing height and setback standards.  Permit increased lot coverage selectively for 3–4-unit developments, to support livable, functional housing types.  Allow six middle housing types—duplex, stacked duplex, triplex, fourplex, cottage housing, and courtyard apartments—while excluding townhouses based on design and compatibility concerns. Townhouses are still allowed in existing RM and other mixed-use zones.  Implement the new LDR zoning framework with contextual overlays to tailor development standards to local conditions and neighborhood patterns. 10.2.a Packet Pg. 161 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n M i d d l e H o u s i n g ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) PLANNING BOARD RECOMMENDATION: MIDDLE HOUSING CODE UPDATE 7 | P a g e This recommendation reflects a balanced approach—expanding housing options in a way that supports aƯordability, fits Edmonds’ character, and meets state requirements. Additional Considerations: Due to limited time and state-mandated adoption deadlines, the Planning Board was unable to fully explore several design topics that warrant further consideration. One of these was the use of prescribed frontage types to improve the relationship between private development and public space—particularly at the sidewalk. Frontage Types While the Board supported the concept of using frontage types to enhance pedestrian- oriented design, they ultimately voted not to include them in the Phase II recommendation. However, the draft code included the frontage types for Council’s further consideration. There was general agreement on their potential value, but not enough time to fully evaluate how they would apply across building types, zoning overlays, interact with setbacks, or respond to diƯerent site conditions. However, removing them entirely from the draft may require adjustments to other parts of the draft code and would impact on the overall regulatory structure. Thus, the Board recommends the following interim guidance: Interim guidance: To maintain momentum and minimize delays, if a pared down version of frontage types is retained, the Planning Board recommends including the following concepts in the draft ordinance:  Covered porches and building frontages shall not project into required front or side setbacks beyond clearly defined limits.  All primary entries should include a private frontage type, with flexibility (location, type, and size) based on site context. These adjustments provide a balanced interim approach while allowing for more refined frontage standards to be developed in Phase III. Considerations: The existing development code allows uncovered porches and decks to project up to 4 feet into front setbacks (ECDC 16.20.040(C)) The draft code expands frontage standards in the following ways, drawing from the Objective Design Standards Toolkit:  8-foot covered porch projections: Adapted from the Toolkit, this provision should be evaluated for its functional role and whether such depth is necessary in all contexts. 10.2.a Packet Pg. 162 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n M i d d l e H o u s i n g ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) PLANNING BOARD RECOMMENDATION: MIDDLE HOUSING CODE UPDATE 8 | P a g e  6-foot building projections (engaged porches): Based on Toolkit illustrations, these can be modified. This frontage may be appropriate in select cases—such as internally oriented cottage housing units facing a shared open space, where no setback encroachment occurs.  Required private frontage types at primary entries (draft code subsection 16.20.055.B.2): Establishes a baseline design expectation but could benefit from flexibility depending on site conditions. Concerns raised included:  Unvetted setback encroachments: Expanded porch and building projections may exceed what’s appropriate in certain contexts and were not fully analyzed. Limited flexibility on busy streets: Requiring street-facing entries may not be ideal for all locations. A possible solution is to apply the requirement only when the building is within a certain distance of the public right-of-way and clearly visible from the street.  Practical access concerns: Mandating orientation could limit convenient access for families, deliveries, or residents with mobility challenges—especially if secondary entries are not feasible. Additional Resources: User Guide for Middle Housing Model Ordinances (PDF) Model Ordinance for cities 25,000 and over (PDF) Middle Housing Objective Design Standard Detailed Toolkit (PDF) 10.2.a Packet Pg. 163 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n M i d d l e H o u s i n g ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) PLANNING BOARD RECOMMENDATION: MIDDLE HOUSING CODE UPDATE 9 | P a g e Attachment A: Lot Coverage and Unit Density Worksheet 10.2.a Packet Pg. 164 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n M i d d l e H o u s i n g ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Lot Area (sq. ft.)Lot Coverage One Unit Two Units Three Units Four Units Five Units Six Units 35%2,100 1,050 700 525 420 350 45%2,700 1,350 900 675 540 450 35%2,800 1,400 933 700 560 467 45%3,600 1,800 1,200 900 720 600 35%4,200 2,100 1,400 1,050 840 700 45%5,400 2,700 1,800 1,350 1,080 900 35%7,000 3,500 2,333 1,750 1,400 1,167 45%9,000 4,500 3,000 2,250 1,800 1,500 Max. Average Unit Footprint Based on Density 6,000 8,000 12,000 20,000 This simplified table illustrates the feasibility of developing middle housing types under current site development standards. It assumes the proposed minimum lot area for parent lots and applies lot coverage limits of 35% and 45%. All diagrams are drawn to scale to help visualize how setbacks, lot area, and lot coverage influence the buildable area on a typical lot. The table divides the total buildable area by the number of units to estimate a hypothetical average unit footprint under maximum buildout conditions. Note: This worksheet provides conceptual unit footprints under ideal site conditions. Actual development feasibility may vary depending on open space, parking, and critical area constraints. Lot Coverage and Unit Density Worksheet Visualizing Feasibility of Middle Housing Types Based on Proposed Lot Coverage Standards of 35% and 45% 10.2.a Packet Pg. 165 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n M i d d l e H o u s i n g ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Se t b a c k A r e a 45 % L o t C o v e r a g e Bu i l d a b l e A r e a 35 % L o t C o v e r a g e 6, 0 0 0 s f . L o t 8, 0 0 0 s f . L o t 12 , 0 0 0 s f . L o t 20 , 0 0 0 s f . L o t 10.2.a Packet Pg. 166 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 - P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n M i d d l e H o u s i n g ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Title 16 ZONE DISTRICTS Chapters: 16.00 Zone Districts – Preface and Purpose 16.10 Residential Zones – Purposes 16.20 RS – Single-FamilyLDR – Low Density Residential 16.30 RM – Multiple Residential 16.40 Business and Commercial Zones – Purposes 16.43 BD – Downtown Business 16.45 BN – Neighborhood Business 16.50 BC – Community Business 16.53 BP – Planned Business 16.55 CW – Commercial Waterfront 16.60 CG – General Commercial Zone 16.62 MU – Medical Use Zone 16.65 OS – Open Space 16.70 MR – Marine Resource 16.75 MP – Master Plan Hillside Mixed-Use Zone 16.77 OR – Office-Residential 16.80 P – Public Use 16.100 Firdale Village Mixed-Use Zoning Criteria 16.110 WMU – Westgate Mixed-Use Zone District 10.2.b Packet Pg. 167 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 16.00 ZONE DISTRICTS – PREFACE AND PURPOSE Sections: 16.00.000 Title. 16.00.010 Purposes. 16.00.020 Applicable to other titles. 16.00.030 Repealed. 16.00.000 Title. ECDC Titles 16 and 17 may be referred to as the zoning ordinance. 16.00.010 Purposes. In addition to the purposes stated in the city’s comprehensive plan, the zoning ordinance shall have the following purposes: A. To assist in the implementation of the adopted comprehensive plan for the physical development of the city by regulating and providing for existing uses and planning for the future as specified in the comprehensive plan; and B. To protect the character and the social and economic stability of residential, commercial, industrial, public, and other uses within the city, and to ensure the orderly and beneficial development of those uses by: 1. Preserving and retaining appropriate areas for each type of use; 2. Preventing encroachment into these areas by incompatible uses; and 3. By regulating the use of individual parcels of land to prevent unreasonable detrimental effects of nearby uses. [Ord. 3240 § 1, 1999]. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 168 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.00.020 Applicable to other titles. All uses in every zone district are subject to the general zoning regulations of ECDC Title 17 and to applicable regulations and policies contained in other titles of the community development code. 16.00.030 Adult motion picture theaters, etc., prohibited. Repealed by Ord. 3117. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 169 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 16.10 RESIDENTIAL ZONES – PURPOSES Sections: 16.10.000 Purposes. 16.10.000 Purposes. The general purposes of the residential, or R,LDR (Low-Density Residential) and RM (Multi- Family Residential), zones are: A. To provide for areas of residential uses at a range of densities consistent with public health and safety and the adopted comprehensive plan; B. Any growth or development should strive to preserve for itself and its neighbors the following values: 1. Light (including direct sunlight), 2. Privacy, 3. Views, open spaces, shorelines and other natural features, 4. Freedom from air, water, noise and visual pollution; C. To provide for community facilities which complement residential areas and benefit from a residential environment; D. To minimize traffic congestion and avoid the overloading of utilities by relating the size and density of new buildings to the land around them, the capacity of nearby streets, and the availability of utilities; 10.2.b Packet Pg. 170 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) E. To protect residential uses from hazards and nuisances, such as fire, explosion, noxious fumes and noise, odor, dust, dirt, smoke, vibration, heat, glare, and heavy truck traffic, which may result from other, more intense, land uses. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 171 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 16.20 RS – SINGLE-FAMILYLDR – LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL Sections: 16.20.000 PurposesPurpose. 16.20.010 Uses. 16.20.020 Subdistricts. 16.20.030 Table of site development standards. 16.20.040 Site development exceptions. 16.20.045 Site development standards – Single-family master plan. 16.20.050 Site development standards – Accessory dwelling units. 16.20.060 Site development standards – Accessory buildings. 16.20.005 General provisions. 16.20.010 Applicability 16.20.015 Overlays. 16.20.020 Unit density and affordable housing. 16.20.025 Uses. 16.20.030 Dimensional standards. 16.20.035 Site development standards. 16.20.040 Design standards. 16.20.045 Parking standards. 16.20.050 Building standards. 16.20.055 Frontage types. 16.20.060 Site development standards – accessory dwellings. 16.20.065 Site development standards – accessory buildings and structures. 16.20.070 Infrastructure standards. 16.20.080 Severability. 16.20.090 Authority to make necessary corrections. 16.20.000 PurposesPurpose. The RSLDR zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for residential zones of ECDC 16.00.010 and 16.10.000: 10.2.b Packet Pg. 172 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) A. Provide land use, development, design, and other standards for middle housing developed on all lots zoned predominantly for residential use. 16.20.005 General provisions. A. Nothing in this ordinance prohibits the city from permitting detached single-family residences. B. Nothing in this ordinance prohibits the city from requiring any development, including middle housing development, to provide affordable housing, either on-site or through an in- lieu payment, nor limit the city's ability to expand or modify the requirements of an existing affordable housing program enacted under RCW 36.70A.540. C. Nothing in this ordinance requires the issuance of a building permit if other federal, state, and local requirements for a building permit are not met. D. Nothing in this ordinance affects or modifies the responsibilities of the city to plan for or provide “urban governmental services” as defined in RCW 36.70A.030. E. The city shall not approve a building permit for middle housing without compliance with the adequate water supply requirements of RCW 19.27.097. F. The city shall not require through development regulations any standards for middle housing that are more restrictive than those required for detached single-family residences but may apply any objective development regulations that are required for detached single- family residences, including, but not limited to, set-back, lot coverage, stormwater, clearing, and tree canopy and retention requirements. G. The same development permit and environmental review processes shall apply to middle housing that apply to detached single-family residences, unless otherwise required by state law including, but not limited to, shoreline regulations under chapter 90.58 RCW, building codes under chapter 19.27 RCW, energy codes under chapter 19.27A RCW, or electrical codes under chapter 19.28 RCW. H. Conflicts. In the event of a conflict between this ordinance and other development regulations applicable to middle housing, the standards of this ordinance control except that, this subsection shall not apply to shoreline regulations under Chapter 90.58.RCW. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 173 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) A. To reserve and regulate areas primarily for family living in single-family dwellings; B. To provide for additional nonresidential uses which complement and are compatible with single-family dwelling use. [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. 16.20.010 Applicability. A. The provisions of this ordinance shall apply to all lots zoned predominantly for residential use, unless otherwise noted. B. The provisions of this ordinance do not apply to: 1. Portions of a lot, parcel, or tract designated with critical areas designated under RCW 36.70A.170 or their buffers as required by RCW 36.70A.170, except for critical aquifer recharge areas where a single-family detached house is an allowed use provided that any requirements to maintain aquifer recharge are met. 2. A lot that was created through "unit lot subdivisions," "condominium subdivisions," or similar methods of creating individual ownership units within middle housing developments, provided the parent lot as a whole complies with applicable minimum lot size requirements, dimensional standards, and density limitations. 16.20.015 Overlays. A. Purpose. 1. This section provides three overlays for the LDR zone that organizes the zone to provide site development for areas which differ in topography, location, and existing development factors. These overlays are known as Low-Density Residential – Small Lot (LDR-S), Low- Density Residential – Medium Lot (LDR-M), and Low-Density Residential – Large Lot (LDR-L) Each overlay has a different set of site development characteristics. B. Applicability. 1. This section establishes overlay zones for the Low-Density Residential zone, as mapped on the City of Edmonds Zoning Map. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 174 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2. The overlay zones are generally described in the summary tables found in 16.20.015(C) and further defined in 16.20.020 ECDC through 16.20.065 ECDC. C. Low-density residential overlays summary table. LDR – Small Lot LDR – Medium Lot LDR – Large Lot Intent: Walkable neighborhood environment with access to transit and mixed uses. Short blocks with some alley access. Small -to- medium building footprints. Intent: Neighborhoods have diverse characteristics, many within walking distance of a neighborhood center or hub. Small-to-medium building footprints. Intent: Neighborhoods are mostly auto oriented and typically not serviced by transit. Small-to-large building footprints. Environmentally sensitive areas are prevalent. General Characteristics (see subsection 16.20.030(D) ECDC for site development standards) Typical lot 6,000-7,500 sf. Typical lot 8,000-11,500 sf. Typical lot 12,000-20,000 sf Up to 2.5 stories Up to 2.5 stories Up to 2.5 stories Small setbacks Medium setbacks Large setbacks Walkable neighborhood Some walkable neighborhoods Further from amenities Near mixed uses Near mixed uses Environmentally sensitive areas Allowed Building Types (see Section 16.20.020 ECDC for unit density requirements) Detached House Detached House Detached House Accessory Dwelling Unit Accessory Dwelling Unit Accessory Dwelling Unit Duplex, side-by-side Duplex, side-by-side Duplex, side-by-side Stacked Flat Stacked Flat Stacked Flat Triplex Triplex Triplex Fourplex Fourplex Fourplex Cottage Housing Cottage Housing Courtyard Apartments Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Engaged Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Porch Projecting Porch Projecting Dooryard Dooryard Dooryard Stoop Stoop Stoop Common Entry Commented [BS1]: Block model illustrations are being revised to reflect selected building types. Commented [BS2]: Frontage types were not included in the Planning Board’s formal recommendation due to time constraints and the complexity of fully evaluating their application across different contexts. However, the draft code retains example frontage types for City Council’s reference, should Council wish to adopt a simplified version to help preserve the intended regulatory framework. For additional context and discussion on this topic, please see the “Additional Considerations” section of the Planning Board’s recommendation. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 175 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.020 Unit density and affordable housing. A. The permitted unit density on all lots zoned predominantly for residential use is: 1. Two units per lot, unless zoning permitting higher densities or intensities applies. 2. Four units per lot on all lots within one-quarter mile walking distance of a major transit stop, unless zoning permitting higher densities or intensities applies. 3. Four units per lot if at least one unit on the lot is affordable housing meeting the requirements of subsections (D) through (H) below, unless zoning permitting higher densities or intensities applies. 4. For cottage housing development within the LDR-L overlay, six units per lot if at least three units on the lot are affordable housing meeting the requirements of subsections (D) through (H) below. B. The density standards of subsection (A) shall not authorize subdivision of any lot below the minimum lot area established for the underlying zone. However, this restriction does not prohibit "unit lot subdivisions," "condominium subdivisions," or similar methods of creating individual ownership units within middle housing developments, provided the parent lot complies with applicable minimum lot size requirements, dimensional standards, and density limitations. C. Accessory dwelling units count as units for the purposes of this section. D. Dwelling units that qualify as affordable housing shall have costs, including utilities other than telephone, that do not exceed 30 percent of the monthly income of a household whose income does not exceed the following percentages of median household income adjusted for household size, for the county where the household is located, as reported by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development: 1. Rental housing: 60 percent. 2. Owner-occupied housing: 80 percent. E. The units shall be maintained as affordable for a term of at least 50 years, and the property shall satisfy that commitment and all required affordability and income eligibility conditions. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 176 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) F. The applicant shall record a covenant or deed restriction that ensures the continuing rental or ownership of units subject to these affordability requirements consistent with the conditions in chapter 84.14 RCW for a period of no less than 50 years. G. The covenant or deed restriction shall address criteria and policies to maintain public benefit if the property is converted to a use other than that which continues to provide for permanently affordable housing. H. The units dedicated as affordable housing shall: 1. Be provided in a range of sizes comparable to other units in the development. 2. The number of bedrooms in affordable units shall be in the same proportion as the number of bedrooms in units within the entire development. 3. Generally, be distributed throughout the development and have substantially the same functionality as the other units in the development. 16.20.025 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. A. 1. The following uses are permitted on all lots zoned predominantly for residential use, unless zoning permitting higher densities or intensities than those listed in ECDC 16.20.020(A) applies: 1. Primary Uses: a. Single-family dwelling unitsdwellings; b. 2. Middle housing types; c. Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020; d. 3. Primary schools subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); 10.2.b Packet Pg. 177 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) e. 4. Local public facilities that are planned, designated, and sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; f. 5. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. 2. B. Permitted Secondary Uses. a. 1. Foster homes; b. 2. Accessory dwelling units, subject to the requirements of ECDC 16.20.050060; c. 3. Home occupation, subject to the requirements of Chapter 20.20 ECDC; d. 4. The renting of rooms without separate kitchens to one or more persons; e. 5. The following accessory buildings: i. a. Fallout shelters, ii. b. Private greenhouses covering no more than five percent of the site, iii. c. Private stables, iv. d. Private parking for no more than five cars, v. e. Private swimming pools and other private recreational facilities; f. 6. Private residential docks or piers; g. 7. Family day care in a residential home; h. 8. Commuter parking lots that contain less than 10 designated parking spaces in conjunction with a church, school, or local public facility allowed or conditionally permitted in this zone. Any additionally designated parking spaces that increase the total number of spaces in a commuter parking lot to 10 or more shall subject the entire commuter parking lot to a conditional use permit as specified in subsection (D)(4) of this section, including commuter 10.2.b Packet Pg. 178 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) parking lots that are located upon more than one lot as specified in ECDC 21.15.075; i. 9. Bed and breakfasts, as in ECDC 20.23.020(A)(1). 3. C. Primary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. a. 1. High schools, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); b. 2. Local public facilities that are not planned, designated, and sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to ECDC 17.100.050; c. 3. Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. 4. D. Secondary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. a. 1. Preschools; b. 2. Amateur radio transmitting antennas; c. 3. Commuter parking lots with 10 or more designated parking spaces in conjunction with a church, school, or local public facility allowed or conditionally permitted in this zone; and 5. 4. Bed and breakfasts, as in ECDC 20.23.020(A)(2). [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4333 § 6 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 3988 § 7, 2015; Ord. 3900 § 4, 2012; Ord. 3702 § 1, 2008; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 179 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.020 Subdistricts. There are established seven subdistricts of the RS zone in order to provide site development standards for areas which differ in topography, location, existing development and other factors. These subdistricts shall be known as the RS-6 zone, the RS-8 zone, the RS-10 zone, the RS-12 zone, the RSW-12 zone, the RS-20 zone, and the RS-MP zone. 16.20.030 Site development standards. A. Applicability. 1. Development regulations applicable to middle housing shall not be more restrictive than those required for detached single-family residences. This includes, but is not limited to, the following types of dimensional standards: building height, setbacks, lot coverage, floor area ratio, lot area and lot dimension, impervious surface, open space, and landscaped area standards. B. Density. Lot area requirements and unit density shall comply with ECDC 16.20.020(A). C. Units per structure. Minimum and maximum numbers of dwelling units per structure for middle housing are provided by the definitions of middle housing types in Title 21 ECDC. D. Site development standards table. [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 180 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.030 Table of site development standards. LDR – S LDR – M LDR – L Parent Lot Area Minimum 6,000 sf. 8,000 sf. 12,000 sf. Lot Width 60’ 70’ 80’ Sub District Minimum Lot Area (Sq. Ft.) Lot Coverage Maximum Density1 Minimum Lot Width Minimum Street Setback Minimum Side Setback Minimum Rear Setback For developments containing one or two units: Maximum Heightlot coverage is 35% of the total lot area. For developments containing three or more units: Maximum lot coverage is 45% of the total lot area. Maximum Coverage (%) Minimum Parking Spaces2 RS-20 20,000 2.2Street Setback1, 2 100'20’ 25'25’ 35'3 & 10'25’ 25' 25' 35% 2 RS-12Side Setback 12,0005’ 3.7.5’ 80'10’ 25' 10' 25' 25' 35% 2 RSW-124Rear Setback 12,00015’ 3.715’ —25’ 15' 10' 35' 25' 35% 2 RS-10Rear Setback (alley) 10,0005’ 4.45’ 75'5’ 25' 10' 20' 25' 35% 2 Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells 10.2.b Packet Pg. 181 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) RS-8Height Maximum 8,00025’ 5.525’ 70'25’ 25' 7- 1/2' 15' 25' 35% 2 RS-6 6,000 7.3 60' 20' 5' 15' 25' 35% 2 RS-MP5 12,0005 3.75 80'5 25'5 10'5 25'5 25' 35% 2 1 Density means “dwelling units per acre” determined by dividing the total lot area by the density allowed by the underlying zoning; the number of lots or units permitted shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. 2 See Chapter 17.50 ECDC for specific parking requirements. 3 Thirty-five feet total of both sides, 10 feet minimum on either side. 1. 4 Lots must haveGarages or carports with vehicle access directly from a street shall be set back at least five feet further from the street lot line than the primary façade of the dwelling. 2. Street setback is reduced to 15’ for lots with frontage on the ordinary high water line and a public street or access easement approved by the hearing examiner. 5 “MP” signifies “master plan.” The standards in this section show the standards applicable to development without an approved master plan. Properties in this zone may be developed at a higher urban density lot pattern equivalent to RS-8 but this shall only be permitted in accordance with a duly adopted master plan adopted under the provisions of ECDC 16.20.045. [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. E. 16.20.040 Site development exceptions. A. Average Front Setback. If a block has residential buildings on more than one-half of the lots on the same side of the block, the owner of a lot on that block may use the average of all the setbacks of the existing residential buildings on the same side of the street as the minimum required front setback for the lot. Detached structures such as garages; carports; and uncovered porches, decks, steps and patios less than 30 inches in height, and other uncovered structures less than 30 inches in height shall not be included in the “average front setback” determination. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 182 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) An applicant for such a determination shall provide a drawing which locates the street property line for the entire block, as well as the existing street setbacks of all buildings required to be used for the purpose of calculating the “average front setback.” The drawing shall be prepared and stamped by a land surveyor registered in the state of Washington. 1. B. Eaves and Chimneys. Eaves and chimneys may project into a required setback not more than 30 inches. 2. C. Porches and Decks. Uncovered and unenclosed porches, steps, patios, and decks may project into a required setback not more than one-third of the required setback, or four feet, whichever is less; provided, that they are no more than 30 inches above ground level at any point. D. Reserved. 3. E. Weather Protection. Canopies and awnings may project up five feet into the required setback. 4. Corner Lots. Corner lots have no rear setback; all setbacks other than the street setbacks shall be side setbacks. F. F. Docks, Piers, Floats. 1. 1. Height. The height of a residential dock or pier shall not exceed five feet above the ordinary high water mark. The height of attendant pilings shall not exceed five feet above the ordinary high water mark or that height necessary to provide for temporary emergency protection of floating docks. 2. 2. Length. The length of any residential dock or pier shall not exceed the lesser of 35 feet or the average length of existing docks or piers within 300 feet of the subject dock or pier. 3. 3. Width. The width of any residential dock or pier shall not exceed 25 percent of the lot width when measured parallel to the shoreline. 4. 4. Setbacks. All residential docks or piers shall observe a minimum 10-foot side yard setback from a property line or a storm drainage outfall. Joint use docks or piers may be located on the side property line; provided, that the abutting waterfront property owners shall file a joint use maintenance agreement with the Snohomish County auditor 10.2.b Packet Pg. 183 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) in conjunction with, and as a condition of, the issuance of a building permit. Joint use docks or piers shall observe all other regulations of this subsection. 5. 5. Number. No lot shall have more than one dock or pier or portion thereof located on the lot. 6. 6. Size. No residential dock or pier shall exceed 400 square feet. 7. 7. Floats. Offshore recreational floats are prohibited. 8. 8. Covered Buildings. No covered building shall be allowed on any residential dock or pier. [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 3845 § 5, 2011; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. 16.20.045 Site040 Design standards. A. Applicability. 1. These standards apply to all middle housing types developed with up to six units on a lot. 2. Cottage housing and courtyard apartment standards apply only to those respective building types. 3. For the purposes of this section, “street” includes both public or private street, excluding alleys. 4. These design standards do not apply to the conversion of an existing structure to a middle housing type with up to four attached units, unless the total floor area is increased by more than 50 percent. 5. In the event of a conflict between the design standards in this section and other provisions of this code, the standards of ECDC 16.20.040 shall govern for middle housing development standards – Single-family master plan. B. A. GeneralPurpose. The “purpose of these standards is to: 1. Promote compatibility of middle housing with other residential uses, including single- family – master plan” zone is intended to apply to the area lying houses. 2. De-emphasize garages and driveways as major visual elements along the south street. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 184 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 3. Provide clear and accessible pedestrian routes between buildings and streets. 4. Implement the definitions of cottage housing and courtyard apartments provided by state law. C. Design review. Compliance with middle housing design standards shall be verified during the building permit review process and is not subject to a formal design review process. 1. Cottage housing. a. Open space. Open space shall be provided equal to a minimum 20 percent of the lot size. This may include common open space, private open space, setbacks, critical areas, and other open space. b. Common open space for cottage housing. i. At least one outdoor common open space is required. ii. A minimum of 300 square feet of common open space must be provided per cottage unit. iii. Minimum dimension of 15 feet on any side of SR-104 north of 228th Street SW, where there are . iv. Must be bordered by cottages on at least two sides. v. At least 50% of cottages must abut the common open space and have the primary entrance facing the common open space. vi. Parking areas and vehicular areas shall not qualify as common open space vii. Critical areas and their buffers, including steep slopes, shall not quality as common open space. viii. Common open space shall include: a. At least one canopy or ornamental tree, and b. A designated seating area (e.g., benches, seat walls). c. Entries. All cottages shall feature a roofed porch at least 60 square feet in size with a minimum dimension of five feet on any side with frontage on the common open space. d. Community building. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 185 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) i. A cottage housing development constraints related to access and traffic on SR-104. Development in this zone may be approved at RS-12 standards without an approved master plan. An approved master plan is requiredshall contain no more than one community building. ii. A community building shall have no more than 1,500 square feet of net floor area, excluding attached garages. 2. Courtyard apartments. a. Yard or court. i. At least one yard or court is required. ii. Shall be bordered by attached dwelling units on two or three sides. iii. Shall be a minimum dimension of 15 feet on any side. iv. Parking areas and vehicular areas do not qualify as a yard or court. v. Common open space shall include: a. At least one canopy or ornamental tree, and b. A designated seating area (e.g., benches, seat walls). vi. Private open space such as patios or gardens may be located adjacent to the shared common open space, provided the separation is limited to low-scale features such as hedges, planter beds, or fences no taller than 3 feet, to maintain a visual connection to the shared open space. b. Entries. Courtyard apartments shall feature a covered pedestrian entry, such as a covered porch or recessed entry, with minimum weather protection of three feet by three feet, facing the street or yard or court. c. Pedestrian access. An accessible, paved walkway at least three feet wide shall be provided from the primary entrance of each building to the adjacent sidewalk, or the public right-of-way if no sidewalk exists. The walkway shall meet applicable ADA standards. A shared driveway may be used to meet this requirement if it provides a safe, accessible, and clearly defined pedestrian route. 3. General a. Vehicle access, carports, garages, and driveways. i. For lots abutting an improved alley that meets the city’s standard for width, vehicular access shall be taken from the alley. Lots without access 10.2.b Packet Pg. 186 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) to an improved alley and taking vehicular access from a street shall meet the other standards of subsection (ii)(a) through (c) below. ii. Garages, carports, driveways, and off-street parking areas shall not be located between a building and a street, except when any of the following conditions are met: a. The combined width of all garages, driveways, and off-street parking areas does not exceed a total of 60 percent of the length of the street frontage property line. This standard applies to buildings and not individual units; or b. The garage, driveway, or off-street parking area is separated from the street property line by a dwelling; or c. The garage, driveway, or off-street parking is located more than 100 feet from a street. iii. All garages and carports shall not protrude beyond the front building façade. iv. The total width of all driveway approaches shall not exceed 32 feet per frontage, as measured at the property line. Individual driveway approaches shall not exceed 20 feet in width. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 187 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.045 Parking standards. A. These standards apply to all housing permitted in this chapter, except as noted in subsection (C) of this section. B. Off-street parking for all primary residential uses shall be subject to the following: 1. No off-street parking shall be required within one-half mile walking distance of a major transit stop. 2. A maximum of one off-street parking space per unit shall be required on lots of 6,000 square feet or less, before any "unit lot subdivisions," "condominium subdivisions," or similar methods of creating individual ownership units within middle housing developments. 3. A maximum of two off-street parking spaces per unit shall be required on lots greater than 6,000 square feet before any zero lot line subdivisions or lot splits. C. The provisions of subsection (A) do not apply to: 10.2.b Packet Pg. 188 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 1. Portions of the city for which the Department of Commerce has certified a parking study in accordance with RCW 36.70A.635(7)(a), in which case off- street parking requirement shall be as provided in the certification from the Department of Commerce. 16.20.050 Building standards. A. Purpose. This section provides standards for the development can occur at RS-8 densitiesof individual building types to achieve the intended physical character of each zone, offering housing choices and affordable housing opportunities. B. Criteria for Approving a Master Plan. Properties seeking to develop at RS-6 or RS-8 densities shall be developed according to a master plan (such as through a PRD) that clearly demonstrates the following: 1. That access and lot configurations shall not result in additional curb cuts or unmitigated traffic impacts on SR-104; at a minimum, a traffic study prepared by a traffic engineer approved by the city shall clearly demonstrate this requirement. 2. That the configuration and arrangement of lots within the master plan area provide for setbacks on the perimeter of the proposed development that are compatible with the zoning standards applied to adjoining developed properties. For example, a master plan adjoining developed lots in an RS-MP zone that were developed under RS-12 standards shall have RS-12 setbacks along common property lines, although the lot sizes, widths, and other bulk standards may conform to the higher density lot configuration approved through the master plan. [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. B. 16.20.050 General standards. 1. Building types are used to articulate size, scale, and intensity according to the intent of each overlay zone. 2. Each design site shall have only one primary building type, except as follows, and in compliance with all standards: 10.2.b Packet Pg. 189 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) a. Cottage Housing may consist of up to six individual residential buildings, provided the project meets the criteria for bonus incentive per 16.20.020 ECDC. b. More than one duplex is allowed on a parent lot provided that each unit includes a building entrance to a common open space that is not shared with vehicles. The minimum common open space shall consist of at least 300 square feet per unit with a minimum dimension of 15 feet on any side. 3. Parking may be designed as uncovered, covered, tuck-under, detached garage(s), podium or subterranean, in compliance with the design standards for parking placement. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 190 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) C. The maximum number of units identified for each building type is dependent on the design site being large enough to accommodate the site development and design standards (e.g., parking and open space). New buildings and their improvements are subject to the City’s local standards for Fire Safety and Building Safety. D. Primary Building types. 1. Intent. This section establishes building form standards for each zoning district to support a diverse, well-scaled urban character. These regulations supplement district-specific development standards and guide the design of individual building types to reinforce the intended physical character, expand housing options, and encourage affordability. Where conflicts occur, the more restrictive standard will govern. 2. Applicability. All primary structures in Low-Density Residential (LDR) districts must meet the provisions of this section. Building types are not required for buildings permitted under Chapter 17.100 ECDC Community Facilities. i. Applicants shall select an approved building type aligned with the proposed project and comply with its specific standards. ii. Applicants shall also designate a corresponding frontage type per Section 16.20.055 ECDC. iii. Any permitted use within the zone may occupy any building type. Building type names do not restrict or expand allowed uses as defined in Section 16.20.025 ECDC. iv. Civic and Institutional uses are exempt from these requirements. 3. Number of buildings. Each parent lot must comply with the maximum number of primary buildings permitted under this section’s building type standards and the unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 ECDC. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 191 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 4. Single family dwelling, detached A detached single-family dwelling is a detached building designed for occupancy by one household and limited to one per parent lot. It includes a single mailbox and is served by one electric, gas, and water meter. All living, kitchen, and dining areas within the home are shared and accessed in common by the household. See definition for 'single-family dwelling' in 21.90.080 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Single Family Dwelling, detached Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 1 max. Units per parent lot 1 max. Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.b Packet Pg. 192 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 5. Duplex, side-by-side A duplex (side-by-side) is a residential building containing two attached primary dwelling units, arranged side-by-side configuration. See definition in 21.20.045 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Duplex, side-by-side Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 2 max. Units per parent lot 4 max. * *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.b Packet Pg. 193 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 6. Stacked Flat A stacked flat is a residential building containing up to three attached primary dwelling units, arranged stacked configuration. See definition in 21.20.045 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Stacked Flat Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 4 max.* Units per parent lot 4 max.* *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.b Packet Pg. 194 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 7. Triplex A triplex is a residential building with three attached dwelling units. See definition in 21.100.100 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Triplex Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 3 max.* Units per parent lot 3 max.* *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.b Packet Pg. 195 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 8. Fourplex A fourplex is a residential building containing four attached units. See definition in 21.30.060 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Fourplex Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 4 max.* Units per parent lot 4 max.* *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.b Packet Pg. 196 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 9. Cottage Housing Cottage Housing is a cluster of small, detached homes organized around a shared open space, typically oriented perpendicular to the street. The common courtyard may be partially or fully open to the street and is designed to fit comfortably on medium and large lots within low-density neighborhoods. See definition in 21.15.105 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Cottage Housing Open Space Requirements Minimum 20% of lot area. See Design Standards for Cottage Court in Section 16.20.040(C)(1). Building Dimensions Building Height 20’/25’* Building Width 36’ max. Finished Floor Area, cottage unit 1,000 sf. max. Finished Floor Area, community building 1,500 sf. max. *A single cottage unit may be 25’ provided it is more than 50’ from the public right-of-way. Unit Density Units per building 1 max. Units per parent lot 4/6 max.* *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.b Packet Pg. 197 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 10. Courtyard Apartment A detached, house-scale building that consists of up to four attached units with off access of a shared courtyard. The number of units can vary depending on unit size. See definition in 21.100.100 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Courtyard Apartment Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 4 max.* Units per parent lot 4 max.* *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop Forecourt Commented [BS3]: Waiting on an updated illustration for Courtyard Apartments. Side Court illustration is shown as a placeholder. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 198 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.055 Frontage types. Purpose. This Section provides the standards for private frontages ("frontages"). Private frontages are the components of a building that provide the transition and interface between the public realm (street and sidewalk) and the private realm (setback or building) A. General Standards. 1. The names of the private frontage types indicate their configuration or function and are not intended to limit uses within the associated building. 2. Each building is required to include a private frontage type at each building entry along the front and/or side street or adjacent shared yard space. 3. Accessibility is provided through the allowed private frontage types for each zone. 4. Private frontage types not listed in the Low-Density Residential Overlay Summary Table in 16.20.015(C) are not allowed. 5. Each building may have different private frontage types in compliance with the allowed types in Section 16.20.050 ECDC. 6. In addition to the zone's standards, each private frontage is further refined through these standards to further calibrate the type for its context. Commented [BS4]: Frontage types were not included in the Planning Board’s formal recommendation due to time constraints and the complexity of fully evaluating their application across different contexts. However, the draft code retains example frontage types for City Council’s reference, should Council wish to adopt a simplified version to help preserve the intended regulatory framework. For additional context and discussion on this topic, please see the “Additional Considerations” section of the Planning Board’s recommendation. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 199 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) B. Porch Projecting Frontage Type Standards: Porch Projecting Description The main façade of the building is set back from the front or side street design site line with a covered structure encroaching into the front setback. The resulting setback area may be defined by a fence or hedge to spatially maintain the edge of the street. The Porch may be one or two stories, is open on three sides, with all habitable space located behind the building setback line. Size: Width, Clear 15’ min.* A Depth, Clear 8’ min. B Height, Clear 8’ min. C Stories Two stories max. Finish Level above sidewalk 12” min.** D Pedestrian Access 3’ wide min. E Distance between façade and design site line 15’ min. F * Reduce to 8' min. and maximum 1 story when applied to cottage housing building type ** Shared entries may be set at grade per local and federal accessibility standards. Miscellaneous: Porch shall be open on three sides. Clear glass may be installed between the porch columns. The porch is not required to be covered. The Porch is allowed to encroach into the front and side street setbacks in compliance with Subsection X of the zone. Ramps are required to be integrated along the side of the building to connect with the Projecting Porch. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 200 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) C. Porch Engaged Frontage Type Standards: Porch Engaged Description A portion of the main façade of the building is set back from the front or side street design site line to create an area for a covered structure that projects from the façade that is set back. The Porch may project into the front setback. The resulting setback may be defined by a fence or hedge to spatially maintain the edge of the street. The Porch may be one or two stories and has two adjacent sides that are engaged to the building, while the other two sides are open. Size: Width, Clear 8’ min. A Depth, Clear 8’ min. B Height, Clear 8’ min. C Stories Two stories max. Finish Level above sidewalk 12” min.* D 3’ wide min. E Encroachment area of a building façade: Depth 6’ max. F Width 1/3 min. of overall building facade G Miscellaneous: Up to 20% of the building façade and porch(es) may project into the front setback line for the zone. Porch shall be open on two sides. Clear glass may be installed between the porch columns. The Porch is allowed to encroach into the front and side street setbacks in compliance with Subsection X of the zone. Ramps are required to be integrated along the side of the building to connect with the Engaged Porch. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 201 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) D. Dooryard Frontage Type Standards: Dooryard Description The main façade of the building is set back from the front or side street design site line, which is defined by a low wall or hedge, creating a small private area between the sidewalk and the façade. Each Dooryard is separated from adjacent Dooryards. The Dooryard may be raised or at grade. Size: Depth, Clear 6’ min. A Length 15’ min. B Distance between glazing 4’ max. C Depth of recessed entries 3’ max. D Pedestrian access 3’ wide min. E Finish level above Sidewalk 12” max.* F Height of Dooryard Fence/Wall above Finish Level 36” max. G Encroachment area of a building façade: Depth 6’ max. F Width 1/3 min. of overall building facade G * Shared entries may be set at grade per local and federal accessibility standards. Miscellaneous: Each Dooryard shall provide access to only one ground floor entry. The Dooryard is allowed to encroach into the front and side street setbacks in compliance with Subsection X of the zone. Ramps are required to be integrated along the side of the building to connect with the Dooryard. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 202 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) E. Common Entry Frontage Type Standards: Common Entry Description The main façade of the building is near or set back from the front or side street design site line, with a covered entry within the main façade, providing a transition between the sidewalk and the interior. The entryway leads to a lobby or foyer that provides interior access to units. Size: Depth, Clear 6’ min. A Height to Canopy/Ceiling, Clear 2.5 x Clear Width Max. B Finish level above Sidewalk or connected pedestrian walkway 0” to 30” Max. C Miscellaneous: Entry doors shall be covered and/or recessed to provide shelter from the elements. Gates are not allowed. Entry doors shall face the street. Canopy, where provided, shall be at least as wide as the opening. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 203 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) F. Stoop Frontage Type Standards: Stoop Description The main façade of the building is near the front or side street design site line with steps to an elevated entry. The Stoop is elevated above the sidewalk to provide privacy along the sidewalk-facing rooms. Stairs or ramps from the Stoop may lead directly to the sidewalk or may be parallel to the sidewalk. Size: Width, Clear 4’ min. A Depth, Clear 3’ min. B Height, Clear 8’ min. C Stories One story max. Finish Level above sidewalk 12” min. D Distance between façade and Design Site Line 6’ min. E Miscellaneous: Stairs may be perpendicular or parallel to the building façade. Entry doors shall be covered or recessed to provide shelter from the elements. All doors shall face the street. The Stoop is allowed to encroach into the front and side street setbacks in compliance with Subsection X of the zone. Ramps are required to be integrated along the side of the building to connect with the Stoop. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 204 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.060 Site development standards – Accessory dwelling units. A. General. Accessory dwelling units must meet all of the standards of Chapter 16.20 ECDCthis chapter except as specifically provided in this section. B. DetachedNumber of Units. A detached single-family dwelling unit may have two accessory dwelling units are prohibited in critical aquifer recharge areas as defined in ECDC 23.40.005 until six months after the jurisdiction’s next periodic comprehensive plan update required under RCW 36.70A.130 or June 30, 2025, whichever occurs first. B. Number of Units. A principal dwelling unit may have two in one of the following configurations: one attached and one detached accessory dwelling units in one of the following configurations: one, two attached and one detached accessory dwelling units, or two attacheddetached accessory dwelling units, or two detached accessory dwelling units. This provision does not apply to other housing types, including but not limited to townhouses, duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, or cottage housing. C. Table of ADU Development Standards. Sub DistrictOverlay Maximum ADU Gross Floor Area (Sq. Ft.).)_ Minimum DADU Rear Setback1,2 Maximum DADU Height Minimum Parking Spaces RS-20LDR - L 1,200 25' 24'24’ 040/14 RS-12LDR - M 1,200 25'20'3 24'24’ 040/14 RS-10 1,200 20' 24' 04 RS-8LDR - S 1,000 10'3 24'24’ 040/14 RS-6 1,000 10'3 24' 04 10.2.b Packet Pg. 205 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 1 No rear setbacks are required for detached accessory dwelling units from the rear lot line if that lot line abuts a public alley, regardless of detached accessory dwelling unit size; provided, that separation from overhead electrical facilities and vehicular sight distance requirements can be met. 2 Standard street and side setbacks per ECDC 16.20.030 apply. 3 The normally required rear setback may be reduced to a minimum of five feet for a detached accessory dwelling unit 15 feet in height or less. 4 The first accessory dwelling unit on a lot does not require an additional parking space. A second accessory dwelling unit on a lot requires one additional off-street parking space. D. Types of Building. A manufactured or modular dwelling unit may be used as an accessory dwelling unit. Detached accessory dwelling units are allowed to be created in existing legally permitted buildings, including detached garages. Legal nonconforming buildings converted for use as an accessory dwelling unit must meet the requirements of ECDC 17.40.020(D). E. Driveways. Access to the principal unit and any residential units shall comply with city codes and policies as established by ECDC Title 18. F. Utilities. 1. Utility Access. Occupants of accessory dwelling units and the primary unit must have unrestricted access to utility controls for systems (including water, electricity, and gas) in each respective unit or in a common area. 2. Water. Only one domestic water service and meter is allowed per parcel to serve the principal unit and each accessory dwelling unit. Private submetering on the property is allowed, but the city is not involved with installing or reading the submeter. 3. Sewer. Only one sewer lateral is allowed per parcel to serve the principal unit and each accessory dwelling unit. Separate connections to the main trunk line will not be permitted. 4. Septic System. Refer to Chapter 18.20 ECDC. 5. Storm. Refer to Chapter 18.30 ECDC. 6. Other Utilities. All new or extended utilities must be undergrounded in accordance with ECDC 18.05.010. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 206 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 7. Mailboxes. Additional mailboxes may be added for each permitted unit as approved by the U.S. Postal Service. G. Health and Safety. Accessory dwelling units must comply with all the applicable requirements of the current building codes adopted by ECDC Title 19 and must comply in all respects with the provisions of the Edmonds Community Development Code. Accessory dwelling units willshall be required to have separate ingress/egress from the principal dwelling unit. H. Previously Approved Accessory Dwelling Units. ADUs that were previously approved by the city of Edmonds may continue and are not subject to the standards of this section. If expansion or modification to an approved unit is proposed, the ADU must come into full compliance with the requirements of this section. [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024]. 16.20.060065 Site development standards – Accessory buildings and structures. A. General. Accessory buildings and structures shall meet all of the standards of ECDC 16.20.030 except as specifically provided in this section. B. Height. Height shall be limited to 15 feet, except for amateur radio transmitting antennas and their supporting structures. Garages or other accessory buildings attached by a breezeway, hallway, or other similar connection to the main building which results in a separation exceeding 10 feet in length may not exceed the 15-foot height limit. The separation shall be determined by the minimum distance between the outside walls of the main building and accessory building, exclusive of the connecting structure. C. Rear Setbacks. The normally required rear setback may be reduced to a minimum of five feet for accessory buildings covering less than 600 square feet of the site. D. Satellite Television Antenna. A satellite television antenna which measures greater than one meter or 1.1 yards in diameter shall comply with the following regulations: 1. General. Satellite television antennas must be installed and maintained in compliance with the Uniform Building and Electrical Codes as the same exist or are hereafter amended. A building permit shall be required in order to install any such device. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 207 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2. Setbacks. In all zones subject to the provisions contained herein, a satellite television antenna shall be located only in the rear yard of any lot. In the event that no usable satellite signal can be obtained in the rear lot location or in the event that no rear lot exists as in the case of a corner lot, satellite television antennas shall then be located in the side yard. In the event that a usable satellite signal cannot be obtained in either the rear or side yard, then a roof-mounted location may be approved by the staff; provided, however, that any roof-mounted satellite antenna shall be in a color calculated to blend in with existing roof materials and, in the case of a parabolic, spherical or dish antenna, shall not exceed nine feet in diameter unless otherwise provided for by this section. In no event shall any roof- mounted satellite television antenna exceed the maximum height limitations established by this section. 3. Aesthetic. Satellite television antennas shall be finished in a nongarish, nonreflective color and surface which shall blend into their surroundings. In the case of a parabolic, spherical or dish antenna, said antenna shall be of a mesh construction. No commercial advertising of any kind shall be displayed on the satellite television antenna. 4. Size and Height. Maximum size for a ground-mounted parabolic, spherical or dish antenna shall be 12 feet in diameter. No ground-mounted antenna shall be greater than 15 feet in height unless otherwise approved for waiver as herein provided. The height of roof- mounted satellite television antennas shall not exceed the lesser of the height of the antenna when mounted on a standard base provided by the manufacturer or installer for ordinary operation of the antenna or the height limitation provided by the zoning code. 5. Number. Only one satellite television antenna shall be permitted on any residential lot or parcel of land. In no case shall a satellite television antenna be permitted to be placed on wheels or attached to a portable device for the purpose of relocating the entire antenna on the property in order to circumvent the intentions of this section. E. Amateur Radio Antennas. 1. The following applications for the following approvals shall be processed as a Type II development project permit application (see Chapter 20.01 ECDC): a. Requests to utilize an amateur radio antenna dish which measures greater than one meter or 1.1 yards in diameter; 10.2.b Packet Pg. 208 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) b. Requests to utilize an antenna which: i. i. Would be greater than 12 feet in height above the principal building on a site. The height of the antenna shall be determined by reference to the highest point of the roof of the principal building, exclusive of the chimney or other roof-mounted equipment. The request to locate a 12-foot antenna on a building is limited to buildings whose height conforms to the highest limit of the zone in which the building is located. ii. ii. Would exceed the height limit of the zone when mounted on the ground or on any accessory structure (see subsection (E)(2)(d) of this section). 2. The application shall comply with the following regulations: a. Definition. “Amateur radio antenna” means an antenna, or any combination of a mast or tower plus an attached or mounted antenna, which transmits noncommercial communication signals and is utilized by an operator licensed by the Federal Communications Commission. Guy wires for amateur radio antennas are considered part of the structure for the purpose of meeting development standards. b. General. Amateur radio antennas must be installed and maintained in compliance with the Uniform Building and Electrical Codes, as the same exist or are hereafter amended. A building permit shall be required to install an amateur radio antenna. c. Location. Amateur radio antennas may be ground- or roof-mounted, however, these devices shall: i. i. Be located and constructed in such a manner as to reasonably ensure that, in its fully extended position, it will not fall in or onto adjoining properties; ii. ii. Not be located within any required setback area; and iii. iii. Be retracted in inclement weather posing a hazard to the antenna. d. Height. The height of a ground-mounted tower or roof-top antenna may not exceed the greater of the height limit applicable to the zone or 65 feet when extended by a 10.2.b Packet Pg. 209 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) telescoping or crank-up mechanism unless an applicant obtains a waiver (see subsection (F) of this section). i. i. Only telescoping towers may exceed the height limits established by subsection (E)(1)(b) of this section. Such towers shall comply with the height limit within the applicable zone and may only exceed the height limit of the applicable zone and/or 65-foot height limit when extended and operating and if a waiver has been granted. ii. ii. An antenna located on a nonconforming building or structure which exceeds the height limit of the zone in which it is located shall be limited to height limit of the zone plus 12 feet. e. Aesthetic. To the extent technically feasible and in compliance with safety regulations, specific paint colors may be required to allow the tower to blend better with its setting. F. Technological Impracticality – Request for Waiver. 1. The owner, licensee or adjacent property owner may apply for a waiver if: a. Strict application of the provisions of this zoning code would make it impossible for the owner of a satellite television antenna to receive a usable satellite signal; b. Strict application of the provisions of this zoning code would make it impossible for the holder of any amateur radio license to enjoy the full benefits of an FCC license or FCC protected right; or c. An adjacent property owner or holder of an FCC license or right believes that alternatives exist which are less burdensome to adjacent property owners. 2. The request for waiver shall be reviewed by the hearing examiner as a Type III-A decision and may be granted upon a finding that one of the following sets of criteria have been met: a. Technological Impracticality. i. i. Actual compliance with the existing provisions of the city’s zoning ordinance would prevent the satellite television antenna from receiving a 10.2.b Packet Pg. 210 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) usable satellite signal or prevent an individual from exercising the rights granted to him or her by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) by license, law or FCC regulation; or ii. ii. The alternatives proposed by the property owner or licensee constitute the minimum necessary to permit acquisition of a usable satellite signal by a satellite television antenna or to exercise the rights granted pursuant to a valid FCC license, law or FCC regulation. b. Less Burdensome Alternatives. The hearing examiner is also authorized to consider the application of adjacent property owners for a waiver consistent with the provisions of subsection (F)(1)(c) of this section without the requirement of a finding that a usable satellite signal cannot be acquired when the applicant or adjacent property owner(s) establish that the alternatives proposed by the applicant are less burdensome to the adjacent property owners than the requirements which would otherwise be imposed under this section. For example, adjacent property owners may request alternative or additional screening or the relocation of the antenna on the licensee’s property. In the interactive process described in subsection (F)(3)e of this section, the hearing examiner shall attempt to balance the impact of the tower on the views of adjacent properties, as well as the impacts of alternative screening and relocation in order to equitably distribute any negative impacts among the neighbors while imposing reasonable conditions on the antenna, its location and screening that do not impair the rights granted by the FCC to the licensee. 3c. The process shall be an interactive one in which the hearing examiner works with the licensee to craft conditions which place the minimum possible burden on adjacent property owners while permitting the owner of the satellite antenna or holder of an amateur radio license to fully exercise the rights which he or she has been granted by federal law. For example, the number of antennas and size of the array shall be no greater than that necessary to enjoy full use of the FCC license. Conditions may include but are not limited to requirements for screening and landscaping, review of the color, reflectivity and mass of the proposed satellite television antenna or amateur radio facilities, and other reasonable restrictions. Any restriction shall be consistent with the intent of the city council that a waiver to the antenna owner be granted only when necessary to permit the satellite television antenna to acquire usable satellite signal or to allow the licensee to exercise the rights granted by Federal Communications Commission license after consideration of 10.2.b Packet Pg. 211 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) aesthetic harmony of the community. The process employed should involve the interaction of the licensee or owner and the neighborhood. Certain issues have been preempted by federal law and shall not be considered by the hearing examiner. Such issues include, but are not limited to, the impacts of electromagnetic radiation, the potential interference of the amateur radio facility with electronic devices in the neighborhood and any other matter preempted by federal law or regulation. Impact on view and on the values of neighboring properties may be considered in imposing reasonable conditions but shall not be a basis for denial of a permit to construct the antenna. 4d. The application fee and notification for consideration of the waiver by an owner of a satellite television antenna shall be the same as that provided for processing a variance. No fee shall be charged to the holder of a valid FCC amateur radio license. 5e. In the event that an applicant for waiver is also obligated to undergo architectural design review, the architectural design board shall defer any issues relating to the antenna and/or other amateur radio equipment to the hearing examiner. The hearing examiner may, at his or her discretion, request the architectural design board review and comment regarding required screening and landscaping and its integration into sight and landscaping plans. No additional fee shall be required of the applicant upon such referral. Gf. The provisions of subsections (D), (E) and (F) of this section shall be interpreted in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Communications Commission including but not limited to PRB-1. In the event of ambiguity or conflict with any of the apparent provisions of this section, the provisions of federal regulations shall control. [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 3736 §§ 8, 9, 2009; Ord. 3728 § 3, 2009; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005. Formerly 16.20.050]. 16.20.060 Infrastructure standards. A. Transportation. Regulations for driveways, frontage improvements, alley improvements, and other transportation, public works, and engineering standards shall not be more restrictive for middle housing than for detached single-family residences, except as addressed by this ordinance. B. Lot Access/Road Standards. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 212 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 1. Private driveway access shall be permitted for middle housing development with any number of units when a fire apparatus access road is within 150 feet of all structures on the lot and all portions of the exterior walls of the first story of the buildings, as measured by an approved route around the exterior of the buildings. 2. When a fire apparatus road is not within 150 feet of all structures on the lot, subsection (B)(1) does not apply and one of the following conditions must be met: a. The building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system meeting International Fire Code requirements. b. No more than two units are accessed via the same private driveway. c. Fire apparatus access roads cannot be installed because of location on property, topography, waterways, nonnegotiable grades or other similar conditions, and an approved alternative means of fire protection is provided. 2. Private driveways shall not be required to be wider than 12 feet and shall not be required to have unobstructed vertical clearance more than 13 feet six inches except when it is determined to be in violation of the International Fire Code or other fire, life, and safety standards, such as sight distance requirements. 3. Private driveway access, separate from access to an existing home, shall be permitted unless it is determined to be in violation of the International Fire Code or other fire, life, safety standards, such as site distance requirements. 4. This subsection is not intended to limit the applicability of the adopted International Fire Code, except as otherwise presented in this subsection. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 213 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.080 Severability. If any section, subsection, clause, sentence, or phrase of this ordinance should be held invalid or unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. 16.20.090 Authority to make necessary corrections. The City Clerk and the codifiers of this Ordinance are authorized to make necessary corrections to this Ordinance including, but not limited to, the correction of scrivener’s clerical errors, references, ordinance numbering, section/subsection numbers, and any references thereto. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 214 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Title 21 DEFINITIONS Chapters: 21.00 Definitions – General 21.05 “A” Terms 21.10 “B” Terms 21.15 “C” Terms 21.20 “D” Terms 21.25 “E” Terms 21.30 “F” Terms 21.35 “G” Terms 21.40 “H” Terms 21.45 “I” Terms 21.47 “J” Terms 21.50 “K” Terms 21.55 “L” Terms 21.60 “M” Terms 21.65 “N” Terms 21.75 “O” Terms 21.80 “P” Terms 21.85 “R” Terms 21.90 “S” Terms 21.100 “T” Terms 21.105 “U” Terms 21.110 “V” Terms 21.115 “W” Terms 21.125 “Z” Terms 10.2.b Packet Pg. 215 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 21.00 DEFINITIONS – GENERAL Sections: 21.00.000 General. 21.00.000 General. A. Normal Meanings. For the purpose of the community development code, all words used in the code shall have their normal and customary meanings, unless specifically defined otherwise in this code. B. Rules. 1. Words used in the present tense include the future. 2. The plural includes the singular, and vice versa. 3. The words “shall” and “may not” and “no – may” are mandatory. 4. The word “may” indicates that discretion is allowed. 5. The word “used” includes “designed, intended or arranged” to be used. 6. The masculine gender includes the feminine and vice versa. 7. Distances shall be measured horizontally unless otherwise specified. 8. The word “building” includes a portion of a building or lot. C. Adopted Codes. Where a code or codes have been adopted by reference or incorporation which may contain a definition or definitions conflicting with those set forth in this chapter, for the purpose of that particular referenced or incorporated code, and only that code, the definition therein shall prevail. D. Cross References. Sections which make only cross-reference to another term are not intended to be synonymous with the other term, but are only intended to serve as a finding aid to the other term unless specifically stated to mean the same. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 216 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 21.05 “A” TERMS Sections: 21.05.005 Repealed. 21.05.010 Accessory buildings. 21.05.015 Accessory dwelling unit. 21.05.020 Accessory use. 21.05.021 Adult definitionsAdministrative design review. 21.05.022 Repealed. 21.05.023 RepealedAdult definitions. 21.05.025 Alley. 21.05.030 Animal hospital. 21.05.035 Repealed. 21.05.040 Alteration(s). 21.05.050 Repealed. 21.05.055 Repealed. 21.05.060 Auto wrecking. 21.05.005 Accessory antenna device. Repealed by Ord. 3961. 21.05.010 Accessory buildings. Accessory building means one which is subordinate to the main building, and is incidental to the use of the main building on the same lot. Any building attached by a breezeway, hallway, or other similar connection and otherwise separated by more than 10 feet from the main building shall be considered to be an accessory building. [Ord. 3728 § 1, 2009]. 21.05.015 Accessory dwelling unit. An accessory dwelling unit (ADU) is a subordinate dwelling unit added to, created within, or detached from a principal dwelling unit, providing independent living facilities that include 10.2.b Packet Pg. 217 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation. Accessory dwelling unit does not include recreational vehicles or mobile homes. [Ord. 4360 § 9 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 3294 § 2, 2000]. 21.05.020 Accessory use. Accessory use means a use incidental and subordinate to the use of the main building on the same lot. 21.05.021 Administrative design review. A development permit process whereby an application is reviewed, approved, or denied by the planning and development director or their designee based solely on objective design and development standards without a public hearing, unless such review is otherwise required by state or federal law, or the structure is a designated landmark or historic district established under a local preservation ordinance. A city may utilize public meetings, hearings, or voluntary review boards to consider, recommend, or approve requests for variances from locally established design review standards. 21.05.022 Adult entertainment center. Repealed by Ord. 3117. 21.05.023 Adult definitions. A. Adult Arcade. An adult arcade is a commercial establishment containing individual viewing areas or booths, where, for any form of consideration, including a membership fee, one or more still or motion picture projectors, slide projectors, or other similar image producing machines are used to show films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other visual representations that are distinguished or characterized by a predominant emphasis on matters depicting, describing, or simulating any specified sexual activities or any specified anatomical areas. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 218 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) characterized by a predominant emphasis on matters depicting, describing, or simulating any specified sexual activities or any specified anatomical areas. F. Adult Retail Store. An adult retail store is a commercial establishment such as a bookstore, video store, or novelty shop which as one of its principal business purposes offers for sale or rent, for any form of consideration, any one or more of the following: 1. Books, magazines, periodicals or other printed materials, or photographs, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other visual representations that are distinguished or characterized by a predominant emphasis on matters depicting, describing, or simulating any specified sexual activities or any specified sexual anatomical areas; or 2. Instruments, devices, or paraphernalia that are designed for use in connection with any specified sexual activities. [Ord. 3117 § 7, 1996]. 21.05.022 Adult entertainment center. Repealed by Ord. 3117. 21.05.023 Adult motion picture theater. Repealed by Ord. 3117. 21.05.025 Alley. An alley is a publicly dedicated right-of-way which provides a secondary means of access; the definition of street shall include an alley; provided, however, that an alley shall not be considered a street for the purposes of calculating the setback and front yard requirements. No lot fronting on a street and an alley shall be considered either a corner lot or a lot having two street frontages. [Ord. 2502, 1985]. 21.05.030 Animal hospital. An animal hospital means a building for the medical or surgical treatment of animals or pets, including dog, cat, and veterinary hospitals including the boarding of hospitalized animals but not excluding the boarding of animals not treated medically or surgically. (See also, Domestic Animal.) 10.2.b Packet Pg. 219 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.25.020 Equipment shelter or cabinet. Equipment shelter or cabinet is a room, cabinet or building used to house equipment for utility or service providers (see Title 22, Plates 1 – 4). [Ord. 3099 § 6, 1996]. 21.25.100 Expressive dance. Expressive dance means any dance which, when considered in the context of the entire performance, constitutes an expression of art, theme, story or ideas, but excluding any dance such as, but not limited to, common barroom-type topless dancing which, when considered in the context of the entire performance, is presented primarily as a means of displaying nudity as a sales device or for other commercial exploitation without substantial expression of theme, story or ideas, and the conduct appeals to the prurient interest, depicts sexual conduct in a patently offensive way and lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value. [Ord. 3117 § 8, 1996]. Chapter 21.30 “F” TERMS Sections: 21.30.010 Family. 21.30.014 Farmers’ market. 21.30.020 Fence. 21.30.030 Flag lot. 21.30.032 Flat. 21.30.035 Float, recreational. 21.30.040 Floor area. 21.30.050 Formal subdivision. 21.30.060 Foster home. 21.30.065 Fourplex 21.30.070 Fraternity. 21.30.080 Repealed. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 220 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.30.050 Formal subdivision. (See ECDC 20.75.030.) 21.30.060 Foster home. Foster home means a social service facility licensed by the state as a full-time foster family and described as an agency which regularly provides on a 24-hour basis to one or more individuals, but not more than six individuals. [Ord. 2818 § 3, 1991]. 21.30.065 Fourplex. A residential building containing exactly four attached dwelling units located on a single lot. Units may be arranged side-by-side, stacked vertically, or configured through a combination of these arrangements, sharing common structural elements such as walls, floors, or ceilings. 21.30.070 Fraternity. Fraternity means a building occupied by and maintained exclusively for students affiliated with an academic or professional college or university, or other recognized institution of higher learning and regulated in some part by that institution. 21.30.080 Freestanding sign. Repealed by Ord. 3313. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 221 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) meet current zoning requirements. (See also, Corner Lot, Flag Lot, Interior Lot, and Irregular Lot, and Parent Lot.) [Ord. 3982 § 1, 2014]. 21.55.015 Lot of record. Lot of record means a single tract of land meeting any one of the criteria listed below. A. Platted lots: 1. Any lot whose boundaries were establish in a recorded plat or short plat. 2. Any lot whose boundaries were establish in an unrecorded short plat approved by the city of Edmonds between July 3, 1956, and March 19, 1974 (not all short plats were required to be recorded). 3. Any combination of two or more lots shoring a side lot line as depicted in the following recorded plats: a. City of Edmonds. b. Brackett’s First Addition. c. Gephart’s First Addition. d. Kellogg’s Plat of Edmonds. e. Albert B. Lord’s Grandview Addition. 4. Any lot established by Snohomish County prior to the property’s being annexed into the city of Edmonds and: a. Whose boundaries were established by transfer of ownership before September 12, 1972, and the lot met all zoning and subdivision requirements in effect at the time of its creation. b. Whose boundaries were established between August 19, 1969, and September 12, 1972, by county approved short plat but not recorded with the county auditor’s office. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 222 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 21.60 “M” TERMS Sections: 21.60.002 Repealed. 21.60.004 Repealed. 21.60.005 Major transit stop 21.60.006 Repealed. 21.60.008 Middle housing. 21.60.010 Mobile home. 21.60.020 Mobile home park. 21.60.030 Moorage. 21.60.040 Motel. 21.60.045 Repealed. 21.60.046 Repealed. 21.60.050 Multiple dwelling. 21.60.060 Multiple dwelling units. 21.60.002 Macro facility. Repealed by Ord. 3845. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.60.004 Micro facility. Repealed by Ord. 3845. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.60.006 Mini facility. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.60.005 Major transit stop. (a) A stop on a high-capacity transportation system funded or expanded under the provisions of chapter 81.104 RCW; (b) Commuter rail stops; (c) Stops on rail or fixed guideway systems; or 10.2.b Packet Pg. 223 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) (d) Stops on bus rapid transit routes, including those stops that are under construction. 21.60.008 Middle housing. Buildings that are compatible in scale, form, and character with single-family houses and contain two or more attached, stacked, or clustered homes including duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, townhouses, stacked flats, courtyard apartments, and cottage housing. 21.60.010 Mobile home. Mobile home means a building over 32 feet in length, assembled and transported to a site ready for occupancy, and which is not placed on a permanent foundation and does not meet the provision of the building code for houses. (See also, Trailer.) 21.60.020 Mobile home park. Mobile home park means land where two or more mobile homes are stored or used. (See also, Trailer Park.) 21.60.030 Moorage. Moorage means a place to tie up or anchor a boat. 21.60.040 Motel. Motel means a building containing units which are used as individual sleeping units having their own private toilet facilities and sometimes their own kitchen facilities, designed primarily for the accommodation of transient automobile travelers. Accommodations for trailers are not included. This term includes tourist court, motor lodge, auto court, cabin court, motor hotel, motor inn and similar names. (See also, Hotel.) 10.2.b Packet Pg. 224 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.60.045 Monopole I. Repealed by Ord. 3845. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.60.046 Monopole II. Repealed by Ord. 3845. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.60.050 Multiple dwelling. Multiple dwelling means a building or a group of buildings on the same site containing twofive or more separate dwelling units. (See also, Dwelling Unit.) 21.60.060 Multiple dwelling units. A multiple dwelling unit is a dwelling unit located in a multiple dwelling or within a mixed use development such as a multiple dwelling unit located in a commercial structure as a secondary use under the authority of ECDC 16.50.010(B)(3). [Ord. 2958 § 3, 1993]. Chapter 21.65 “N” TERMS Sections: 21.65.010 Natural open space areas. 21.65.020 Neighborhood park. 21.65.010 Natural open space areas. Natural open space areas mean public recreation areas consisting of open space land left in its natural state and used primarily as a buffer or separation from other urban uses. Depending upon the conditions of the site, the site may or may not be available for public access. In the Puget Sound area, natural open space generally contains heavily forested areas with dense underbrush. In many cases, environmentally sensitive areas are considered as natural open 10.2.b Packet Pg. 225 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) dining area. An outdoor dining area must be located on property outside of the city right-of- way. [Ord. 3871 § 2, 2012]. Chapter 21.80 “P” TERMS Sections: 21.80.005 Parent Lot. 21.80.005010 Parks and recreation special use areas. 21.80.010 Permitted use. 21.80.020 Permit coordinator. 21.80.030 Person. 21.80.040 Pedestrian-bike path. 21.80.050 Petroleum products storage and distributing. 21.80.055 Pier. 21.80.060 Planning advisory board. 21.80.065 Planning official. 21.80.070 Primary use. 21.80.075 Principal dwelling unit. 21.80.080 Private. 21.80.090 Private parking. 21.80.095 Project permit or project permit application. 21.80.100 Repealed. 21.80.103 Public market. 21.80.105 Public meeting. 21.80.005 Parent Lot. The original lot, parcel, or tract of land, as recorded with the County Assessor’s office, prior to subdivision or other division methods such as unit lot subdivisions or condominium plats, from which new unit lots or individually owned units are created. A parent lot must meet all applicable zoning requirements, including minimum lot size, dimensional standards, and density allowances for the underlying zoning district. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 226 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.80.010 Parks and recreation special use areas. Parks and recreation special use areas mean public facilities used for specialized recreational, educational, or community purposes. Special use areas include miscellaneous publicly owned facilities that do not generally meet the classification criteria for neighborhood, community, regional, or waterfront park areas. Special use areas often include various types of indoor facilities. Examples of special use areas in Edmonds include the Meadowdale Clubhouse, Historical Museum, and Frances Anderson Center. Parks and recreation special use areas are a type of local public facilities. [Ord. 3353 § 18, 2001]. 21.80.010 Permitted use. Permitted use means a use not requiring a conditional use permit. (See also, Use.) 21.80.020 Permit coordinator. Permit coordinator means the planning and development director or other person designated by the mayor. [Ord. 4314 § 94 (Exh. A), 2023]. 21.80.030 Person. Person means any person, firm, business, corporation, partnership, or other association or organization, marital community, municipal corporation, special district or governmental agency, and includes the plural such as persons, firms, etc. 21.80.040 Pedestrian-bike path. (See Bike-Pedestrian Path.) 10.2.b Packet Pg. 227 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.80.075 Principal dwelling unit. Principal dwelling unit means a primary housing unit located on the same lot as an accessory dwelling unit. [Ord. 4360 § 9 (Exh. A), 2024]. 21.80.080 Private. Private means for the noncommercial use of the occupant and guests of the occupant. 21.80.090 Private parking. Private parking means parking facilities for the noncommercial use of the occupant and guests of the occupant, including garages and carports. (See also, Off-Street Parking and Commercial Parking Lots.) 21.80.095 Project permit or project permit application. Project permit or project permit application for purposes of the ECDC means any land use or environmental permit or license required by the ECDC for a project action, including but not limited to building permits, subdivisions, binding site plans, planned unit developments, conditional uses, shoreline substantial development permits, site plan review, permits or approvals required by critical areas ordinances, site-specific rezones which do not requireauthorized by a comprehensive plan amendmentor sub-area plan, but excluding the adoption or amendment of a comprehensive plan, subarea plan, or development regulations except as otherwise specifically included in this subsection. [Ord. 4371 § 7 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 3112 § 36, 1996]. 21.80.100 Projecting sign. Repealed by Ord. 3313. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 228 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.90.060 Sidewalk or trail. 21.90.070 Repealed. 21.90.080 Single-family dwelling (unit). 21.90.085 Single-family zones. 21.90.090 Site. 21.90.095 Small animal hospital. 21.90.100 Sorority. 21.90.101 Specified anatomical areas. 21.90.102 Specified sexual activities. 21.90.105 Stacked flat. 21.90.110 Story. 21.90.120 Street. 21.90.130 Street lot line. 21.90.140 Street setback. 21.90.150 Structure. 21.90.160 Structural alterations. 21.90.170 Subdivision. 21.90.006 Satellite television antenna. A satellite television antenna is an apparatus capable of receiving communications from a transmitter or a transmitter relay located in planetary orbit. [Ord. 2526 § 1, 1985. Formerly 21.90.008]. 21.90.008 School. School means public facilities consisting of grounds and facilities primarily used or dedicated for the academic education of students from preschool through the twelfth grade and licensed or accredited pursuant to RCW Title 28A. “Primary schools” are schools used or dedicated for the education of students from preschool through the eighth grade. “High schools” are schools used or dedicated for the academic education of students from ninth grade through the twelfth grade. Schools are considered to include all school buildings, structures, ballfields, stadiums, 10.2.b Packet Pg. 229 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.90.080 Single-family dwelling (unit). Single-family dwelling (and single-family dwelling unit) means a detached building configured as described herein and occupied or intended to be occupied by one familyhousehold, limited to one per lot. A single-family dwelling shall be limited to one mailbox, electric meter, gas meter, and water meter. It will also have common access to and common use of all living, kitchen, and eating areas within the dwelling unit. [Ord. 4360 § 9 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4260 § 5 (Exh. A), 2022]. 21.90.085 Single-family zones. Those zones where single-family detached residences are the predominant land use. 21.90.090 Site. Site, when used in describing an approval or permit process in this code, means the property which is the subject of the approval or permit application. 21.90.095 Small animal hospital. A small animal hospital means a veterinary facility which treats small domestic house pets such as dogs, cats, birds, fish and/or other small exotic animals under 100 pounds. This definition shall not include veterinary facilities which board or breed domestic animals or which treat, board or otherwise house or care for horses, sheep, cattle, pigs or other species of animals which typically weigh over 100 pounds per mature individual. [Ord. 2759 § 3, 1990]. 21.90.100 Sorority. Sorority means the same type of use as a fraternity, particularly for females. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 230 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.90.101 Specified anatomical areas. Specified anatomical areas means and includes any of the following: A. The human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if completely and opaquely covered; or B. Less than completely and opaquely covered human genitals, pubic region, anus, buttocks, or female breast below the top of the areola. [Ord. 3117 § 12, 1996]. 21.90.102 Specified sexual activities. Specified sexual activities means and includes any of the following: A. The caressing, fondling or other erotic touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus, or female breasts; or B. Sex acts, normal or perverted, actual or simulated, including intercourse, oral copulation, or sodomy; or C. Masturbation, actual or simulated; or D. Excretory functions as part of, or in connection with, any of the sexual activities specified in this definition. [Ord. 3117 § 14, 1996]. 21.90.110 Story. Story means that part of a building lying between two floors or between the floor and ceiling of the highest usable level in the building. 21.90.115 Stacked Flat. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 231 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Dwelling units in a residential building of no more than three stories on a residential zoned lot in which each floor may be separately rented or owned. 21.90.120 Street. Street means the public or private right-of-way or access easement which provides vehicle access to five or more lots. [Ord. 3364 § 1, 2001]. 21.90.130 Street lot line. Street lot line means the line or lines along the edge of a street or access right-of-way or easement. Where the official street map shows a proposed right-of-way, the edge of the proposed right-of-way shall be used as the street lot line. If additional right-of-way has been required as provided in ECDC 18.80.010, note 4, and such requirement unreasonably restricts the building footprint established by setback requirements, the city staff may calculate required setbacks for issuance of a building permit by alternatively measuring the setback from the standard street lot line, and not from the new street lot line as increased by a requirement levied under the authority of ECDC 18.80.010, note 4. [Ord. 2713, 1989]. 21.90.140 Street setback. Street setback means the minimum distance required by this code for a building or structure to be set back from the street lot line. [Ord. 3602 § 2, 2006]. 21.90.150 Structure. Structure means a combination of materials constructed and erected permanently on the ground or attached to something having a permanent location on the ground. Not included are residential fences less than six feet in height, retaining walls, rockeries, and similar improvements of a minor character less than three feet in height. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 232 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.90.160 Structural alterations. (See Alterations.) 21.90.170 Subdivision. (See ECDC 20.75.030.) Chapter 21.100 “T” TERMS Sections: 21.100.010 Tavern. 21.100.020 Temporary building or structure. 21.100.030 Through lot. 21.100.040 Townhouse. 21.100.050 Trails. 21.100.060 Trailer. 21.100.070 Trailer park. 21.100.075 Transient accommodation. 21.100.080 Repealed. 21.100.090 Transit center. 21.100.090 Triplex. 21.100.010 Tavern. Tavern means a building where beer and/or wine is served to the public, which holds a class A or B license from the Washington State Liquor Control Board. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 233 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.100.020 Temporary building or structure. Temporary building or structure means a building or structure not having or requiring permanent attachment to the ground or involving structures which have no required permanent attachment to the ground. 21.100.030 Through lot. Through lot means a lot fronting on two streets that is not a corner lot. 21.100.040 TownhouseTownhouses. Townhouse means a multiple dwelling unit meeting the following criteria: A. No dwelling unit overlapping another vertically; B. Common side walls joining units; C. Not more than six dwelling units in one structureBuildings that contain three to six attached single-family dwelling units that extend from foundation to roof and that have a yard or public way on not less than two sides. ; D. Coverage shall not exceed the aggregate coverage of the individual structures as defined in the zoning code. [Ord. 4070 § 3 (Exh. 1), 2017]. 21.100.050 Trails. (See Sidewalks.) 10.2.b Packet Pg. 234 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.100.100 Triplex. A residential building containing exactly three attached dwelling units located on a single lot. Units may be arranged side-by-side, stacked vertically, or configured through a combination of these arrangements, sharing common structural elements such as walls, floors, or ceilings. Each unit must have an independent exterior entrance or be accessed through a shared common entry. Chapter 21.105 “U” TERMS Sections: 21.105.010 Undisturbed soil. 21.105.115 Usable satellite signal. 21.105.020 Use. 21.105.030 Used car lot (or sales). 21.105.040 Unit density. 21.105.010 Undisturbed soil. Undisturbed soil means the condition of the site at the time a building permit application is made to the city, before any site work occurs. However, where the site has been altered by grading, cutting, or filling or similar activities before the application for a building permit, the building official shall make the determination from then available data of the mean elevation of the undisturbed soil. If the undisturbed soil elevation is not readily determined due to demolition of an existing structure, the contours may be reconstructed by the building official to coincide with adjoining topography to determine the undisturbed soil elevations. If the proposed structure occurs where no setbacks are required, the elevation of the surface (sidewalk, alley, or soil) of the property line at or nearest the intersection of the sides of the building height rectangle will be considered undisturbed soil. Where the building official deems it necessary, he shall have the right to require establishment of a datum point from which all height measurements shall be made. 10.2.b Packet Pg. 235 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.105.050 Unit Density. The total number of dwelling units permitted on a lot, including primary dwelling units and all accessory dwelling units (ADUs), regardless of lot size. 21.105.115 Usable satellite signal. A usable satellite signal is a satellite signal which when acquired by the use of a properly installed, maintained, and operated satellite television antenna of a high quality readily available on the public market and when viewed on a conventional television set is at least equal in picture quality to that received from local commercial television stations or by way of cable television. [Ord. 2526 § 2, 1985]. 21.105.020 Use. Use means the purpose land or building or structures now serve or for which they are occupied, maintained, arranged, designed, or intended. (See also, Accessory Use, Conditional Use, Commercial Use, Permitted Use, Primary Use, Private Use, and Secondary Use.) 21.105.030 Used car lot (or sales). Used car lot (and used car sales) means any place outside a building where two or more used automobiles are offered or displayed for sale. Chapter 21.110 “V” TERMS Sections: 10.2.b Packet Pg. 236 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ R e d l i n e ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Title 16 ZONE DISTRICTS Chapters: 16.00 Zone Districts – Preface and Purpose 16.10 Residential Zones – Purposes 16.20 LDR – Low Density Residential 16.30 RM – Multiple Residential 16.40 Business and Commercial Zones – Purposes 16.43 BD – Downtown Business 16.45 BN – Neighborhood Business 16.50 BC – Community Business 16.53 BP – Planned Business 16.55 CW – Commercial Waterfront 16.60 CG – General Commercial Zone 16.62 MU – Medical Use Zone 16.65 OS – Open Space 16.70 MR – Marine Resource 16.75 MP – Master Plan Hillside Mixed-Use Zone 16.77 OR – Office-Residential 16.80 P – Public Use Chapter 16.00 ZONE DISTRICTS – PREFACE AND PURPOSE Sections: 16.00.000 Title. 16.00.010 Purposes. 16.00.020 Applicable to other titles. 16.00.030 Repealed. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 237 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.00.000 Title. ECDC Titles 16 and 17 may be referred to as the zoning ordinance. 16.00.010 Purposes. In addition to the purposes stated in the city’s comprehensive plan, the zoning ordinance shall have the following purposes: A. To assist in the implementation of the adopted comprehensive plan for the physical development of the city by regulating and providing for existing uses and planning for the future as specified in the comprehensive plan; and B. To protect the character and the social and economic stability of residential, commercial, industrial, public, and other uses within the city, and to ensure the orderly and beneficial development of those uses by: 1. Preserving and retaining appropriate areas for each type of use; 2. Preventing encroachment into these areas by incompatible uses; and 3. By regulating the use of individual parcels of land to prevent unreasonable detrimental effects of nearby uses. [Ord. 3240 § 1, 1999]. 16.00.020 Applicable to other titles. All uses in every zone district are subject to the general zoning regulations of ECDC Title 17 and to applicable regulations and policies contained in other titles of the community development code. 16.00.030 Adult motion picture theaters, etc., prohibited. Repealed by Ord. 3117. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 238 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 16.10 RESIDENTIAL ZONES – PURPOSES Sections: 16.10.000 Purposes. 16.10.000 Purposes. The general purposes of the residential, or LDR (Low-Density Residential) and RM (Multi-Family Residential), zones are: A. To provide for areas of residential uses at a range of densities consistent with public health and safety and the adopted comprehensive plan; B. Any growth or development should strive to preserve for itself and its neighbors the following values: 1. Light (including direct sunlight), 2. Privacy, 3. Views, open spaces, shorelines and other natural features, 4. Freedom from air, water, noise and visual pollution; C. To provide for community facilities which complement residential areas and benefit from a residential environment; D. To minimize traffic congestion and avoid the overloading of utilities by relating the size and density of new buildings to the land around them, the capacity of nearby streets, and the availability of utilities; 10.2.c Packet Pg. 239 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) E. To protect residential uses from hazards and nuisances, such as fire, explosion, noxious fumes and noise, odor, dust, dirt, smoke, vibration, heat, glare, and heavy truck traffic, which may result from other, more intense, land uses. Chapter 16.20 LDR – LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL Sections: 16.20.000 Purpose. 16.20.005 General provisions. 16.20.010 Applicability 16.20.015 Overlays. 16.20.020 Unit density and affordable housing. 16.20.025 Uses. 16.20.030 Dimensional standards. 16.20.035 Site development standards. 16.20.040 Design standards. 16.20.045 Parking standards. 16.20.050 Building standards. 16.20.055 Frontage types. 16.20.060 Site development standards – accessory dwellings. 16.20.065 Site development standards – accessory buildings and structures. 16.20.070 Infrastructure standards. 16.20.080 Severability. 16.20.090 Authority to make necessary corrections. 16.20.000 Purpose. The LDR zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for residential zones of ECDC 16.00.010 and 16.10.000: A. Provide land use, development, design, and other standards for middle housing developed on all lots zoned predominantly for residential use. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 240 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.005 General provisions. A. Nothing in this ordinance prohibits the city from permitting detached single-family residences. B. Nothing in this ordinance prohibits the city from requiring any development, including middle housing development, to provide affordable housing, either on-site or through an in- lieu payment, nor limit the city's ability to expand or modify the requirements of an existing affordable housing program enacted under RCW 36.70A.540. C. Nothing in this ordinance requires the issuance of a building permit if other federal, state, and local requirements for a building permit are not met. D. Nothing in this ordinance affects or modifies the responsibilities of the city to plan for or provide “urban governmental services” as defined in RCW 36.70A.030. E. The city shall not approve a building permit for middle housing without compliance with the adequate water supply requirements of RCW 19.27.097. F. The city shall not require through development regulations any standards for middle housing that are more restrictive than those required for detached single-family residences but may apply any objective development regulations that are required for detached single- family residences, including, but not limited to, set-back, lot coverage, stormwater, clearing, and tree canopy and retention requirements. G. The same development permit and environmental review processes shall apply to middle housing that apply to detached single-family residences, unless otherwise required by state law including, but not limited to, shoreline regulations under chapter 90.58 RCW, building codes under chapter 19.27 RCW, energy codes under chapter 19.27A RCW, or electrical codes under chapter 19.28 RCW. H. Conflicts. In the event of a conflict between this ordinance and other development regulations applicable to middle housing, the standards of this ordinance control except that, this subsection shall not apply to shoreline regulations under Chapter 90.58.RCW. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 241 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.010 Applicability. A. The provisions of this ordinance shall apply to all lots zoned predominantly for residential use, unless otherwise noted. B. The provisions of this ordinance do not apply to: 1. Portions of a lot, parcel, or tract designated with critical areas designated under RCW 36.70A.170 or their buffers as required by RCW 36.70A.170, except for critical aquifer recharge areas where a single-family detached house is an allowed use provided that any requirements to maintain aquifer recharge are met. 2. A lot that was created through "unit lot subdivisions," "condominium subdivisions," or similar methods of creating individual ownership units within middle housing developments, provided the parent lot as a whole complies with applicable minimum lot size requirements, dimensional standards, and density limitations. 16.20.015 Overlays. A. Purpose. 1. This section provides three overlays for the LDR zone that organizes the zone to provide site development for areas which differ in topography, location, and existing development factors. These overlays are known as Low-Density Residential – Small Lot (LDR-S), Low- Density Residential – Medium Lot (LDR-M), and Low-Density Residential – Large Lot (LDR-L) Each overlay has a different set of site development characteristics. B. Applicability. 1. This section establishes overlay zones for the Low-Density Residential zone, as mapped on the City of Edmonds Zoning Map. 2. The overlay zones are generally described in the summary tables found in 16.20.015(C) and further defined in 16.20.020 ECDC through 16.20.065 ECDC. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 242 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) C. Low-density residential overlays summary table. LDR – Small Lot LDR – Medium Lot LDR – Large Lot Intent: Walkable neighborhood environment with access to transit and mixed uses. Short blocks with some alley access. Small -to- medium building footprints. Intent: Neighborhoods have diverse characteristics, many within walking distance of a neighborhood center or hub. Small-to-medium building footprints. Intent: Neighborhoods are mostly auto oriented and typically not serviced by transit. Small-to-large building footprints. Environmentally sensitive areas are prevalent. General Characteristics (see subsection 16.20.030(D) ECDC for site development standards) Typical lot 6,000-7,500 sf. Typical lot 8,000-11,500 sf. Typical lot 12,000-20,000 sf Up to 2.5 stories Up to 2.5 stories Up to 2.5 stories Small setbacks Medium setbacks Large setbacks Walkable neighborhood Some walkable neighborhoods Further from amenities Near mixed uses Near mixed uses Environmentally sensitive areas Allowed Building Types (see Section 16.20.020 ECDC for unit density requirements) Detached House Detached House Detached House Accessory Dwelling Unit Accessory Dwelling Unit Accessory Dwelling Unit Duplex, side-by-side Duplex, side-by-side Duplex, side-by-side Stacked Flat Stacked Flat Stacked Flat Triplex Triplex Triplex Fourplex Fourplex Fourplex Cottage Housing Cottage Housing Courtyard Apartments Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Engaged Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Porch Projecting Porch Projecting Dooryard Dooryard Dooryard Stoop Stoop Stoop Common Entry Commented [BS1]: Block model illustrations are being revised to reflect selected building types. Commented [BS2]: Frontage types were not included in the Planning Board’s formal recommendation due to time constraints and the complexity of fully evaluating their application across different contexts. However, the draft code retains example frontage types for City Council’s reference, should Council wish to adopt a simplified version to help preserve the intended regulatory framework. For additional context and discussion on this topic, please see the “Additional Considerations” section of the Planning Board’s recommendation. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 243 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.020 Unit density and affordable housing. A. The permitted unit density on all lots zoned predominantly for residential use is: 1. Two units per lot, unless zoning permitting higher densities or intensities applies. 2. Four units per lot on all lots within one-quarter mile walking distance of a major transit stop, unless zoning permitting higher densities or intensities applies. 3. Four units per lot if at least one unit on the lot is affordable housing meeting the requirements of subsections (D) through (H) below, unless zoning permitting higher densities or intensities applies. 4. For cottage housing development within the LDR-L overlay, six units per lot if at least three units on the lot are affordable housing meeting the requirements of subsections (D) through (H) below. B. The density standards of subsection (A) shall not authorize subdivision of any lot below the minimum lot area established for the underlying zone. However, this restriction does not prohibit "unit lot subdivisions," "condominium subdivisions," or similar methods of creating individual ownership units within middle housing developments, provided the parent lot complies with applicable minimum lot size requirements, dimensional standards, and density limitations. C. Accessory dwelling units count as units for the purposes of this section. D. Dwelling units that qualify as affordable housing shall have costs, including utilities other than telephone, that do not exceed 30 percent of the monthly income of a household whose income does not exceed the following percentages of median household income adjusted for household size, for the county where the household is located, as reported by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development: 1. Rental housing: 60 percent. 2. Owner-occupied housing: 80 percent. E. The units shall be maintained as affordable for a term of at least 50 years, and the property shall satisfy that commitment and all required affordability and income eligibility conditions. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 244 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) F. The applicant shall record a covenant or deed restriction that ensures the continuing rental or ownership of units subject to these affordability requirements consistent with the conditions in chapter 84.14 RCW for a period of no less than 50 years. G. The covenant or deed restriction shall address criteria and policies to maintain public benefit if the property is converted to a use other than that which continues to provide for permanently affordable housing. H. The units dedicated as affordable housing shall: 1. Be provided in a range of sizes comparable to other units in the development. 2. The number of bedrooms in affordable units shall be in the same proportion as the number of bedrooms in units within the entire development. 3. Generally, be distributed throughout the development and have substantially the same functionality as the other units in the development. 16.20.025 Uses. A. The following uses are permitted on all lots zoned predominantly for residential use, unless zoning permitting higher densities or intensities than those listed in ECDC 16.20.020(A) applies: 1. Primary Uses: a. Single-family dwellings; b. Middle housing types; c. Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020; d. Primary schools subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); e. Local public facilities that are planned, designated, and sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; 10.2.c Packet Pg. 245 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) f. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. 2. Permitted Secondary Uses. a. Foster homes; b. Accessory dwelling units, subject to the requirements of ECDC 16.20.060; c. Home occupation, subject to the requirements of Chapter 20.20 ECDC; d. The renting of rooms without separate kitchens to one or more persons; e. The following accessory buildings: i. Fallout shelters, ii. Private greenhouses covering no more than five percent of the site, iii. Private stables, iv. Private parking for no more than five cars, v. Private swimming pools and other private recreational facilities; f. Private residential docks or piers; g. Family day care in a residential home; h. Commuter parking lots that contain less than 10 designated parking spaces in conjunction with a church, school, or local public facility allowed or conditionally permitted in this zone. Any additionally designated parking spaces that increase the total number of spaces in a commuter parking lot to 10 or more shall subject the entire commuter parking lot to a conditional use permit as specified in subsection (D)(4) of this section, including commuter parking lots that are located upon more than one lot as specified in ECDC 21.15.075; i. Bed and breakfasts, as in ECDC 20.23.020(A)(1). 3. Primary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 246 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) a. High schools, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); b. Local public facilities that are not planned, designated, and sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to ECDC 17.100.050; c. Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. 4. Secondary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. a. Preschools; b. Amateur radio transmitting antennas; c. Commuter parking lots with 10 or more designated parking spaces in conjunction with a church, school, or local public facility allowed or conditionally permitted in this zone; and 5. Bed and breakfasts, as in ECDC 20.23.020(A)(2). [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4333 § 6 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 3988 § 7, 2015; Ord. 3900 § 4, 2012; Ord. 3702 § 1, 2008; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. 16.20.030 Site development standards. A. Applicability. 1. Development regulations applicable to middle housing shall not be more restrictive than those required for detached single-family residences. This includes, but is not limited to, the following types of dimensional standards: building height, setbacks, lot coverage, floor area ratio, lot area and lot dimension, impervious surface, open space, and landscaped area standards. B. Density. Lot area requirements and unit density shall comply with ECDC 16.20.020(A). C. Units per structure. Minimum and maximum numbers of dwelling units per structure for middle housing are provided by the definitions of middle housing types in Title 21 ECDC. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 247 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) D. Site development standards table. LDR – S LDR – M LDR – L Parent Lot Area Minimum 6,000 sf. 8,000 sf. 12,000 sf. Lot Width 60’ 70’ 80’ Lot Coverage Maximum For developments containing one or two units: Maximum lot coverage is 35% of the total lot area. For developments containing three or more units: Maximum lot coverage is 45% of the total lot area. Street Setback1, 2 20’ 25’ 25’ Side Setback 5’ 7.5’ 10’ Rear Setback 15’ 15’ 25’ Rear Setback (alley) 5’ 5’ 5’ Height Maximum 25’ 25’ 25’ 1. Garages or carports with vehicle access directly from a street shall be set back at least five feet further from the street lot line than the primary façade of the dwelling. 2. Street setback is reduced to 15’ for lots with frontage on the ordinary high water line and a public street or access easement. E. Site development exceptions. 1. Eaves and Chimneys. Eaves and chimneys may project into a required setback not more than 30 inches. 2. Porches and Decks. Uncovered porches, steps, patios, and decks may project into a required setback not more than one-third of the required setback, or four feet, whichever is less; provided, that they are no more than 30 inches above ground level at any point. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 248 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 3. Weather Protection. Canopies and awnings may project up five feet into the required setback. 4. Corner Lots. Corner lots have no rear setback; all setbacks other than the street setbacks shall be side setbacks. F. Docks, Piers, Floats. 1. Height. The height of a residential dock or pier shall not exceed five feet above the ordinary high water mark. The height of attendant pilings shall not exceed five feet above the ordinary high water mark or that height necessary to provide for temporary emergency protection of floating docks. 2. Length. The length of any residential dock or pier shall not exceed the lesser of 35 feet or the average length of existing docks or piers within 300 feet of the subject dock or pier. 3. Width. The width of any residential dock or pier shall not exceed 25 percent of the lot width when measured parallel to the shoreline. 4. Setbacks. All residential docks or piers shall observe a minimum 10-foot side yard setback from a property line or a storm drainage outfall. Joint use docks or piers may be located on the side property line; provided, that the abutting waterfront property owners shall file a joint use maintenance agreement with the Snohomish County auditor in conjunction with, and as a condition of, the issuance of a building permit. Joint use docks or piers shall observe all other regulations of this subsection. 5. Number. No lot shall have more than one dock or pier or portion thereof located on the lot. 6. Size. No residential dock or pier shall exceed 400 square feet. 7. Floats. Offshore recreational floats are prohibited. 8. Covered Buildings. No covered building shall be allowed on any residential dock or pier. [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 3845 § 5, 2011; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 249 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.040 Design standards. A. Applicability. 1. These standards apply to all middle housing types developed with up to six units on a lot. 2. Cottage housing and courtyard apartment standards apply only to those respective building types. 3. For the purposes of this section, “street” includes both public or private street, excluding alleys. 4. These design standards do not apply to the conversion of an existing structure to a middle housing type with up to four attached units, unless the total floor area is increased by more than 50 percent. 5. In the event of a conflict between the design standards in this section and other provisions of this code, the standards of ECDC 16.20.040 shall govern for middle housing development. B. Purpose. The purpose of these standards is to: 1. Promote compatibility of middle housing with other residential uses, including single- family houses. 2. De-emphasize garages and driveways as major visual elements along the street. 3. Provide clear and accessible pedestrian routes between buildings and streets. 4. Implement the definitions of cottage housing and courtyard apartments provided by state law. C. Design review. Compliance with middle housing design standards shall be verified during the building permit review process and is not subject to a formal design review process. 1. Cottage housing. a. Open space. Open space shall be provided equal to a minimum 20 percent of the lot size. This may include common open space, private open space, setbacks, critical areas, and other open space. b. Common open space for cottage housing. i. At least one outdoor common open space is required. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 250 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) ii. A minimum of 300 square feet of common open space must be provided per cottage unit. iii. Minimum dimension of 15 feet on any side. iv. Must be bordered by cottages on at least two sides. v. At least 50% of cottages must abut the common open space and have the primary entrance facing the common open space. vi. Parking areas and vehicular areas shall not qualify as common open space vii. Critical areas and their buffers, including steep slopes, shall not quality as common open space. viii. Common open space shall include: a. At least one canopy or ornamental tree, and b. A designated seating area (e.g., benches, seat walls). c. Entries. All cottages shall feature a roofed porch at least 60 square feet in size with a minimum dimension of five feet on any side with frontage on the common open space. d. Community building. i. A cottage housing development shall contain no more than one community building. ii. A community building shall have no more than 1,500 square feet of net floor area, excluding attached garages. 2. Courtyard apartments. a. Yard or court. i. At least one yard or court is required. ii. Shall be bordered by attached dwelling units on two or three sides. iii. Shall be a minimum dimension of 15 feet on any side. iv. Parking areas and vehicular areas do not qualify as a yard or court. v. Common open space shall include: a. At least one canopy or ornamental tree, and b. A designated seating area (e.g., benches, seat walls). 10.2.c Packet Pg. 251 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) vi. Private open space such as patios or gardens may be located adjacent to the shared common open space, provided the separation is limited to low-scale features such as hedges, planter beds, or fences no taller than 3 feet, to maintain a visual connection to the shared open space. b. Entries. Courtyard apartments shall feature a covered pedestrian entry, such as a covered porch or recessed entry, with minimum weather protection of three feet by three feet, facing the street or yard or court. c. Pedestrian access. An accessible, paved walkway at least three feet wide shall be provided from the primary entrance of each building to the adjacent sidewalk, or the public right-of-way if no sidewalk exists. The walkway shall meet applicable ADA standards. A shared driveway may be used to meet this requirement if it provides a safe, accessible, and clearly defined pedestrian route. 3. General a. Vehicle access, carports, garages, and driveways. i. For lots abutting an improved alley that meets the city’s standard for width, vehicular access shall be taken from the alley. Lots without access to an improved alley and taking vehicular access from a street shall meet the other standards of subsection (ii)(a) through (c) below. ii. Garages, carports, driveways, and off-street parking areas shall not be located between a building and a street, except when any of the following conditions are met: a. The combined width of all garages, driveways, and off-street parking areas does not exceed a total of 60 percent of the length of the street frontage property line. This standard applies to buildings and not individual units; or b. The garage, driveway, or off-street parking area is separated from the street property line by a dwelling; or c. The garage, driveway, or off-street parking is located more than 100 feet from a street. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 252 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) iii. All garages and carports shall not protrude beyond the front building façade. iv. The total width of all driveway approaches shall not exceed 32 feet per frontage, as measured at the property line. Individual driveway approaches shall not exceed 20 feet in width. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 253 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.045 Parking standards. A. These standards apply to all housing permitted in this chapter, except as noted in subsection (C) of this section. B. Off-street parking for all primary residential uses shall be subject to the following: 1. No off-street parking shall be required within one-half mile walking distance of a major transit stop. 2. A maximum of one off-street parking space per unit shall be required on lots of 6,000 square feet or less, before "unit lot subdivisions," "condominium subdivisions," or similar methods of creating individual ownership units within middle housing developments. 3. A maximum of two off-street parking spaces per unit shall be required on lots greater than 6,000 square feet before any zero lot line subdivisions or lot splits. C. The provisions of subsection (A) do not apply to: 1. Portions of the city for which the Department of Commerce has certified a parking study in accordance with RCW 36.70A.635(7)(a), in which case off- street parking requirement shall be as provided in the certification from the Department of Commerce. 16.20.050 Building standards. A. Purpose. This section provides standards for the development of individual building types to achieve the intended physical character of each zone, offering housing choices and affordable housing opportunities. B. General standards. 1. Building types are used to articulate size, scale, and intensity according to the intent of each overlay zone. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 254 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2. Each design site shall have only one primary building type, except as follows, and in compliance with all standards: a. Cottage Housing may consist of up to six individual residential buildings, provided the project meets the criteria for bonus incentive per 16.20.020 ECDC. b. More than one duplex is allowed on a parent lot provided that each unit includes a building entrance to a common open space that is not shared with vehicles. The minimum common open space shall consist of at least 300 square feet per unit with a minimum dimension of 15 feet on any side. 3. Parking may be designed as uncovered, covered, tuck-under, detached garage(s), podium or subterranean, in compliance with the design standards for parking placement. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 255 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) C. The maximum number of units identified for each building type is dependent on the design site being large enough to accommodate the site development and design standards (e.g., parking and open space). New buildings and their improvements are subject to the City’s local standards for Fire Safety and Building Safety. D. Primary Building types. 1. Intent. This section establishes building form standards for each zoning district to support a diverse, well-scaled urban character. These regulations supplement district-specific development standards and guide the design of individual building types to reinforce the intended physical character, expand housing options, and encourage affordability. Where conflicts occur, the more restrictive standard will govern. 2. Applicability. All primary structures in Low-Density Residential (LDR) districts must meet the provisions of this section. Building types are not required for buildings permitted under Chapter 17.100 ECDC Community Facilities. i. Applicants shall select an approved building type aligned with the proposed project and comply with its specific standards. ii. Applicants shall also designate a corresponding frontage type per Section 16.20.055 ECDC. iii. Any permitted use within the zone may occupy any building type. Building type names do not restrict or expand allowed uses as defined in Section 16.20.025 ECDC. iv. Civic and Institutional uses are exempt from these requirements. 3. Number of buildings. Each parent lot must comply with the maximum number of primary buildings permitted under this section’s building type standards and the unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 ECDC. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 256 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 4. Single family dwelling, detached A detached single-family dwelling is a detached building designed for occupancy by one household and limited to one per parent lot. It includes a single mailbox and is served by one electric, gas, and water meter. All living, kitchen, and dining areas within the home are shared and accessed in common by the household. See definition for 'single-family dwelling' in 21.90.080 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Single Family Dwelling, detached Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 1 max. Units per parent lot 1 max. Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.c Packet Pg. 257 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 5. Duplex, side-by-side A duplex (side-by-side) is a residential building containing two attached primary dwelling units, arranged side-by-side configuration. See definition in 21.20.045 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Duplex, side-by-side Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 2 max. Units per parent lot 4 max. * *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.c Packet Pg. 258 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 6. Stacked Flat A stacked flat is a residential building containing up to three attached primary dwelling units, arranged stacked configuration. See definition in 21.20.045 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Stacked Flat Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 4 max.* Units per parent lot 4 max.* *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.c Packet Pg. 259 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 7. Triplex A triplex is a residential building with three attached dwelling units. See definition in 21.100.100 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Triplex Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 3 max.* Units per parent lot 3 max.* *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.c Packet Pg. 260 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 8. Fourplex A fourplex is a residential building containing four attached units. See definition in 21.30.060 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Fourplex Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 4 max.* Units per parent lot 4 max.* *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.c Packet Pg. 261 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 9. Cottage Housing Cottage Housing is a cluster of small, detached homes organized around a shared open space, typically oriented perpendicular to the street. The common courtyard may be partially or fully open to the street and is designed to fit comfortably on medium and large lots within low-density neighborhoods. See definition in 21.15.105 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Cottage Housing Open Space Requirements Minimum 20% of lot area. See Design Standards for Cottage Court in Section 16.20.040(C)(1). Building Dimensions Building Height 20’/25’* Building Width 36’ max. Finished Floor Area, cottage unit 1,000 sf. max. Finished Floor Area, community building 1,500 sf. max. *A single cottage unit may be 25’ provided it is more than 50’ from the public right-of-way. Unit Density Units per building 1 max. Units per parent lot 4/6 max.* *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop 10.2.c Packet Pg. 262 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 10. Courtyard Apartment A detached, house-scale building that consists of up to four attached units with off access of a shared courtyard. The number of units can vary depending on unit size. See definition in 21.100.100 ECDC. Building Type Standards: Courtyard Apartment Building Dimensions Building Height 25’ max. Unit Density Units per building 4 max.* Units per parent lot 4 max.* *Must meet unit density requirements in Section 16.20.020 Allowed Frontage Types (see Section 16.20.055 ECDC for frontage types) Porch Engaged Porch Projecting Stoop Forecourt Commented [BS3]: Waiting on an updated illustration for Courtyard Apartments. Side Court illustration is shown as a placeholder. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 263 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.055 Frontage types. Purpose. This Section provides the standards for private frontages ("frontages"). Private frontages are the components of a building that provide the transition and interface between the public realm (street and sidewalk) and the private realm (setback or building) A. General Standards. 1. The names of the private frontage types indicate their configuration or function and are not intended to limit uses within the associated building. 2. Each building is required to include a private frontage type at each building entry along the front and/or side street or adjacent shared yard space. 3. Accessibility is provided through the allowed private frontage types for each zone. 4. Private frontage types not listed in the Low-Density Residential Overlay Summary Table in 16.20.015(C) are not allowed. 5. Each building may have different private frontage types in compliance with the allowed types in Section 16.20.050 ECDC. 6. In addition to the zone's standards, each private frontage is further refined through these standards to further calibrate the type for its context. Commented [BS4]: Frontage types were not included in the Planning Board’s formal recommendation due to time constraints and the complexity of fully evaluating their application across different contexts. However, the draft code retains example frontage types for City Council’s reference, should Council wish to adopt a simplified version to help preserve the intended regulatory framework. For additional context and discussion on this topic, please see the “Additional Considerations” section of the Planning Board’s recommendation. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 264 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) B. Porch Projecting Frontage Type Standards: Porch Projecting Description The main façade of the building is set back from the front or side street design site line with a covered structure encroaching into the front setback. The resulting setback area may be defined by a fence or hedge to spatially maintain the edge of the street. The Porch may be one or two stories, is open on three sides, with all habitable space located behind the building setback line. Size: Width, Clear 15’ min.* A Depth, Clear 8’ min. B Height, Clear 8’ min. C Stories Two stories max. Finish Level above sidewalk 12” min.** D Pedestrian Access 3’ wide min. E Distance between façade and design site line 15’ min. F * Reduce to 8' min. and maximum 1 story when applied to cottage housing building type ** Shared entries may be set at grade per local and federal accessibility standards. Miscellaneous: Porch shall be open on three sides. Clear glass may be installed between the porch columns. The porch is not required to be covered. The Porch is allowed to encroach into the front and side street setbacks in compliance with Subsection X of the zone. Ramps are required to be integrated along the side of the building to connect with the Projecting Porch. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 265 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) C. Porch Engaged Frontage Type Standards: Porch Engaged Description A portion of the main façade of the building is set back from the front or side street design site line to create an area for a covered structure that projects from the façade that is set back. The Porch may project into the front setback. The resulting setback may be defined by a fence or hedge to spatially maintain the edge of the street. The Porch may be one or two stories and has two adjacent sides that are engaged to the building, while the other two sides are open. Size: Width, Clear 8’ min. A Depth, Clear 8’ min. B Height, Clear 8’ min. C Stories Two stories max. Finish Level above sidewalk 12” min.* D 3’ wide min. E Encroachment area of a building façade: Depth 6’ max. F Width 1/3 min. of overall building facade G Miscellaneous: Up to 20% of the building façade and porch(es) may project into the front setback line for the zone. Porch shall be open on two sides. Clear glass may be installed between the porch columns. The Porch is allowed to encroach into the front and side street setbacks in compliance with Subsection X of the zone. Ramps are required to be integrated along the side of the building to connect with the Engaged Porch. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 266 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) D. Dooryard Frontage Type Standards: Dooryard Description The main façade of the building is set back from the front or side street design site line, which is defined by a low wall or hedge, creating a small private area between the sidewalk and the façade. Each Dooryard is separated from adjacent Dooryards. The Dooryard may be raised or at grade. Size: Depth, Clear 6’ min. A Length 15’ min. B Distance between glazing 4’ max. C Depth of recessed entries 3’ max. D Pedestrian access 3’ wide min. E Finish level above Sidewalk 12” max.* F Height of Dooryard Fence/Wall above Finish Level 36” max. G Encroachment area of a building façade: Depth 6’ max. F Width 1/3 min. of overall building facade G * Shared entries may be set at grade per local and federal accessibility standards. Miscellaneous: Each Dooryard shall provide access to only one ground floor entry. The Dooryard is allowed to encroach into the front and side street setbacks in compliance with Subsection X of the zone. Ramps are required to be integrated along the side of the building to connect with the Dooryard. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 267 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) E. Common Entry Frontage Type Standards: Common Entry Description The main façade of the building is near or set back from the front or side street design site line, with a covered entry within the main façade, providing a transition between the sidewalk and the interior. The entryway leads to a lobby or foyer that provides interior access to units. Size: Depth, Clear 6’ min. A Height to Canopy/Ceiling, Clear 2.5 x Clear Width Max. B Finish level above Sidewalk or connected pedestrian walkway 0” to 30” Max. C Miscellaneous: Entry doors shall be covered and/or recessed to provide shelter from the elements. Gates are not allowed. Entry doors shall face the street. Canopy, where provided, shall be at least as wide as the opening. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 268 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) F. Stoop Frontage Type Standards: Stoop Description The main façade of the building is near the front or side street design site line with steps to an elevated entry. The Stoop is elevated above the sidewalk to provide privacy along the sidewalk-facing rooms. Stairs or ramps from the Stoop may lead directly to the sidewalk or may be parallel to the sidewalk. Size: Width, Clear 4’ min. A Depth, Clear 3’ min. B Height, Clear 8’ min. C Stories One story max. Finish Level above sidewalk 12” min. D Distance between façade and Design Site Line 6’ min. E Miscellaneous: Stairs may be perpendicular or parallel to the building façade. Entry doors shall be covered or recessed to provide shelter from the elements. All doors shall face the street. The Stoop is allowed to encroach into the front and side street setbacks in compliance with Subsection X of the zone. Ramps are required to be integrated along the side of the building to connect with the Stoop. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 269 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.060 Site development standards – Accessory dwelling units. A. General. Accessory dwelling units must meet all of the standards of this chapter except as provided in this section. B. Number of Units. A detached single-family dwelling unit may have two accessory dwelling units in one of the following configurations: one attached and one detached accessory dwelling units, two attached accessory dwelling units, or two detached accessory dwelling units. This provision does not apply to other housing types, including but not limited to townhouses, duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, or cottage housing. C. Table of ADU Development Standards. Overlay Maximum ADU Gross Floor Area (Sq. Ft.)_ Minimum DADU Rear Setback1,2 Maximum DADU Height Minimum Parking Spaces LDR - L 1,200 25' 24’ 0/14 LDR - M 1,200 20'3 24’ 0/14 LDR - S 1,000 10'3 24’ 0/14 1 No rear setbacks are required for detached accessory dwelling units from the rear lot line if that lot line abuts a public alley, regardless of detached accessory dwelling unit size; provided, that separation from overhead electrical facilities and vehicular sight distance requirements can be met. 2 Standard street and side setbacks per ECDC 16.20.030 apply. 3 The normally required rear setback may be reduced to a minimum of five feet for a detached accessory dwelling unit 15 feet in height or less. 4 The first accessory dwelling unit on a lot does not require an additional parking space. A second accessory dwelling unit on a lot requires one additional off-street parking space. D. Types of Building. A manufactured or modular dwelling unit may be used as an accessory dwelling unit. Detached accessory dwelling units are allowed to be created in existing legally 10.2.c Packet Pg. 270 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) permitted buildings, including detached garages. Legal nonconforming buildings converted for use as an accessory dwelling unit must meet the requirements of ECDC 17.40.020(D). E. Driveways. Access to the principal unit and any residential units shall comply with city codes and policies as established by ECDC Title 18. F. Utilities. 1. Utility Access. Occupants of accessory dwelling units and the primary unit must have unrestricted access to utility controls for systems (including water, electricity, and gas) in each respective unit or in a common area. 2. Water. Only one domestic water service and meter is allowed per parcel to serve the principal unit and each accessory dwelling unit. Private submetering on the property is allowed, but the city is not involved with installing or reading the submeter. 3. Sewer. Only one sewer lateral is allowed per parcel to serve the principal unit and each accessory dwelling unit. Separate connections to the main trunk line will not be permitted. 4. Septic System. Refer to Chapter 18.20 ECDC. 5. Storm. Refer to Chapter 18.30 ECDC. 6. Other Utilities. All new or extended utilities must be undergrounded in accordance with ECDC 18.05.010. 7. Mailboxes. Additional mailboxes may be added for each permitted unit as approved by the U.S. Postal Service. G. Health and Safety. Accessory dwelling units must comply with all the applicable requirements of the current building codes adopted by ECDC Title 19 and must comply in all respects with the provisions of the Edmonds Community Development Code. Accessory dwelling units shall be required to have separate ingress/egress from the principal dwelling unit. H. Previously Approved Accessory Dwelling Units. ADUs that were previously approved by the city of Edmonds may continue and are not subject to the standards of this section. If expansion or modification to an approved unit is proposed, the ADU must come into full compliance with the requirements of this section. [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 271 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.20.065 Site development standards – Accessory buildings and structures. A. General. Accessory buildings and structures shall meet all of the standards of ECDC 16.20.030 except as specifically provided in this section. B. Height. Height shall be limited to 15 feet, except for amateur radio transmitting antennas and their supporting structures. Garages or other accessory buildings attached by a breezeway, hallway, or other similar connection to the main building which results in a separation exceeding 10 feet in length may not exceed the 15-foot height limit. The separation shall be determined by the minimum distance between the outside walls of the main building and accessory building, exclusive of the connecting structure. C. Rear Setbacks. The normally required rear setback may be reduced to a minimum of five feet for accessory buildings covering less than 600 square feet of the site. D. Satellite Television Antenna. A satellite television antenna which measures greater than one meter or 1.1 yards in diameter shall comply with the following regulations: 1. General. Satellite television antennas must be installed and maintained in compliance with the Uniform Building and Electrical Codes as the same exist or are hereafter amended. A building permit shall be required in order to install any such device. 2. Setbacks. In all zones subject to the provisions contained herein, a satellite television antenna shall be located only in the rear yard of any lot. In the event that no usable satellite signal can be obtained in the rear lot location or in the event that no rear lot exists as in the case of a corner lot, satellite television antennas shall then be located in the side yard. In the event that a usable satellite signal cannot be obtained in either the rear or side yard, then a roof-mounted location may be approved by the staff; provided, however, that any roof-mounted satellite antenna shall be in a color calculated to blend in with existing roof materials and, in the case of a parabolic, spherical or dish antenna, shall not exceed nine feet in diameter unless otherwise provided for by this section. In no event shall any roof- mounted satellite television antenna exceed the maximum height limitations established by this section. 3. Aesthetic. Satellite television antennas shall be finished in a nonreflective color and surface which shall blend into their surroundings. In the case of a parabolic, spherical or 10.2.c Packet Pg. 272 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) dish antenna, said antenna shall be of a mesh construction. No commercial advertising of any kind shall be displayed on the satellite television antenna. 4. Size and Height. Maximum size for a ground-mounted parabolic, spherical or dish antenna shall be 12 feet in diameter. No ground-mounted antenna shall be greater than 15 feet in height unless otherwise approved for waiver as herein provided. The height of roof- mounted satellite television antennas shall not exceed the lesser of the height of the antenna when mounted on a standard base provided by the manufacturer or installer for ordinary operation of the antenna or the height limitation provided by the zoning code. 5. Number. Only one satellite television antenna shall be permitted on any residential lot or parcel of land. In no case shall a satellite television antenna be permitted to be placed on wheels or attached to a portable device for the purpose of relocating the entire antenna on the property in order to circumvent the intentions of this section. E. Amateur Radio Antennas. 1. The following applications for the following approvals shall be processed as a Type II development project permit application (see Chapter 20.01 ECDC): a. Requests to utilize an amateur radio antenna dish which measures greater than one meter or 1.1 yards in diameter; b. Requests to utilize an antenna which: i. Would be greater than 12 feet in height above the principal building on a site. The height of the antenna shall be determined by reference to the highest point of the roof of the principal building, exclusive of the chimney or other roof-mounted equipment. The request to locate a 12-foot antenna on a building is limited to buildings whose height conforms to the highest limit of the zone in which the building is located. ii. Would exceed the height limit of the zone when mounted on the ground or on any accessory structure (see subsection (E)(2)(d) of this section). 2. The application shall comply with the following regulations: a. Definition. “Amateur radio antenna” means an antenna, or any combination of a mast or tower plus an attached or mounted antenna, which transmits noncommercial 10.2.c Packet Pg. 273 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) communication signals and is utilized by an operator licensed by the Federal Communications Commission. Guy wires for amateur radio antennas are considered part of the structure for the purpose of meeting development standards. b. General. Amateur radio antennas must be installed and maintained in compliance with the Uniform Building and Electrical Codes, as the same exist or are hereafter amended. A building permit shall be required to install an amateur radio antenna. c. Location. Amateur radio antennas may be ground- or roof-mounted, however, these devices shall: i. Be located and constructed in such a manner as to reasonably ensure that, in its fully extended position, it will not fall in or onto adjoining properties; ii. Not be located within any required setback area; and iii. Be retracted in inclement weather posing a hazard to the antenna. d. Height. The height of a ground-mounted tower or roof-top antenna may not exceed the greater of the height limit applicable to the zone or 65 feet when extended by a telescoping or crank-up mechanism unless an applicant obtains a waiver (see subsection (F) of this section). i. Only telescoping towers may exceed the height limits established by subsection (E)(1)(b) of this section. Such towers shall comply with the height limit within the applicable zone and may only exceed the height limit of the applicable zone and/or 65-foot height limit when extended and operating and if a waiver has been granted. ii. An antenna located on a nonconforming building or structure which exceeds the height limit of the zone in which it is located shall be limited to height limit of the zone plus 12 feet. e. Aesthetic. To the extent technically feasible and in compliance with safety regulations, specific paint colors may be required to allow the tower to blend better with its setting. F. Technological Impracticality – Request for Waiver. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 274 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 1. The owner, licensee or adjacent property owner may apply for a waiver if: a. Strict application of the provisions of this zoning code would make it impossible for the owner of a satellite television antenna to receive a usable satellite signal; b. Strict application of the provisions of this zoning code would make it impossible for the holder of any amateur radio license to enjoy the full benefits of an FCC license or FCC protected right; or c. An adjacent property owner or holder of an FCC license or right believes that alternatives exist which are less burdensome to adjacent property owners. 2. The request for waiver shall be reviewed by the hearing examiner as a Type III-A decision and may be granted upon a finding that one of the following sets of criteria have been met: a. Technological Impracticality. i. Actual compliance with the existing provisions of the city’s zoning ordinance would prevent the satellite television antenna from receiving a usable satellite signal or prevent an individual from exercising the rights granted to him or her by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) by license, law or FCC regulation; or ii. The alternatives proposed by the property owner or licensee constitute the minimum necessary to permit acquisition of a usable satellite signal by a satellite television antenna or to exercise the rights granted pursuant to a valid FCC license, law or FCC regulation. b. Less Burdensome Alternatives. The hearing examiner is also authorized to consider the application of adjacent property owners for a waiver consistent with the provisions of subsection (F)(1)(c) of this section without the requirement of a finding that a usable satellite signal cannot be acquired when the applicant or adjacent property owner(s) establish that the alternatives proposed by the applicant are less burdensome to the adjacent property owners than the requirements which would otherwise be imposed under this section. For example, adjacent property owners may request alternative or additional screening or the relocation of the antenna on the licensee’s property. In the interactive process described in subsection e of this section, the hearing examiner shall 10.2.c Packet Pg. 275 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) attempt to balance the impact of the tower on the views of adjacent properties, as well as the impacts of alternative screening and relocation in order to equitably distribute any negative impacts among the neighbors while imposing reasonable conditions on the antenna, its location and screening that do not impair the rights granted by the FCC to the licensee. c. The process shall be an interactive one in which the hearing examiner works with the licensee to craft conditions which place the minimum possible burden on adjacent property owners while permitting the owner of the satellite antenna or holder of an amateur radio license to fully exercise the rights which he or she has been granted by federal law. For example, the number of antennas and size of the array shall be no greater than that necessary to enjoy full use of the FCC license. Conditions may include but are not limited to requirements for screening and landscaping, review of the color, reflectivity and mass of the proposed satellite television antenna or amateur radio facilities, and other reasonable restrictions. Any restriction shall be consistent with the intent of the city council that a waiver to the antenna owner be granted only when necessary to permit the satellite television antenna to acquire usable satellite signal or to allow the licensee to exercise the rights granted by Federal Communications Commission license after consideration of aesthetic harmony of the community. The process employed should involve the interaction of the licensee or owner and the neighborhood. Certain issues have been preempted by federal law and shall not be considered by the hearing examiner. Such issues include, but are not limited to, the impacts of electromagnetic radiation, the potential interference of the amateur radio facility with electronic devices in the neighborhood and any other matter preempted by federal law or regulation. Impact on view and on the values of neighboring properties may be considered in imposing reasonable conditions but shall not be a basis for denial of a permit to construct the antenna. d. The application fee and notification for consideration of the waiver by an owner of a satellite television antenna shall be the same as that provided for processing a variance. No fee shall be charged to the holder of a valid FCC amateur radio license. e. In the event that an applicant for waiver is also obligated to undergo architectural design review, the architectural design board shall defer any issues relating to the antenna and/or other amateur radio equipment to the hearing examiner. The hearing examiner may, at his or her discretion, request the architectural design board review and comment 10.2.c Packet Pg. 276 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) regarding required screening and landscaping and its integration into sight and landscaping plans. No additional fee shall be required of the applicant upon such referral. f. The provisions of subsections (D), (E) and (F) of this section shall be interpreted in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Communications Commission including but not limited to PRB-1. In the event of ambiguity or conflict with any of the apparent provisions of this section, the provisions of federal regulations shall control. [Ord. 4360 § 3 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 3736 §§ 8, 9, 2009; Ord. 3728 § 3, 2009; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005. Formerly 16.20.050]. 16.20.060 Infrastructure standards. A. Transportation. Regulations for driveways, frontage improvements, alley improvements, and other transportation, public works, and engineering standards shall not be more restrictive for middle housing than for detached single-family residences, except as addressed by this ordinance. B. Lot Access/Road Standards. 1. Private driveway access shall be permitted for middle housing development with any number of units when a fire apparatus access road is within 150 feet of all structures on the lot and all portions of the exterior walls of the first story of the buildings, as measured by an approved route around the exterior of the buildings. 2. When a fire apparatus road is not within 150 feet of all structures on the lot, subsection (B)(1) does not apply and one of the following conditions must be met: a. The building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system meeting International Fire Code requirements. b. No more than two units are accessed via the same private driveway. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 277 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) c. Fire apparatus access roads cannot be installed because of location on property, topography, waterways, nonnegotiable grades or other similar conditions, and an approved alternative means of fire protection is provided. 2. Private driveways shall not be required to be wider than 12 feet and shall not be required to have unobstructed vertical clearance more than 13 feet six inches except when it is determined to be in violation of the International Fire Code or other fire, life, and safety standards, such as sight distance requirements. 3. Private driveway access, separate from access to an existing home, shall be permitted unless it is determined to be in violation of the International Fire Code or other fire, life, safety standards, such as site distance requirements. 4. This subsection is not intended to limit the applicability of the adopted International Fire Code, except as otherwise presented in this subsection. 16.20.080 Severability. If any section, subsection, clause, sentence, or phrase of this ordinance should be held invalid or unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. 16.20.090 Authority to make necessary corrections. The City Clerk and the codifiers of this Ordinance are authorized to make necessary corrections to this Ordinance including, but not limited to, the correction of scrivener’s clerical errors, references, ordinance numbering, section/subsection numbers, and any references thereto. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 278 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Title 21 DEFINITIONS Chapters: 21.00 Definitions – General 21.05 “A” Terms 21.10 “B” Terms 21.15 “C” Terms 21.20 “D” Terms 21.25 “E” Terms 21.30 “F” Terms 21.35 “G” Terms 21.40 “H” Terms 21.45 “I” Terms 21.47 “J” Terms 21.50 “K” Terms 21.55 “L” Terms 21.60 “M” Terms 21.65 “N” Terms 21.75 “O” Terms 21.80 “P” Terms 21.85 “R” Terms 21.90 “S” Terms 21.100 “T” Terms 21.105 “U” Terms 21.110 “V” Terms 21.115 “W” Terms 21.125 “Z” Terms 10.2.c Packet Pg. 279 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 21.00 DEFINITIONS – GENERAL Sections: 21.00.000 General. 21.00.000 General. A. Normal Meanings. For the purpose of the community development code, all words used in the code shall have their normal and customary meanings, unless specifically defined otherwise in this code. B. Rules. 1. Words used in the present tense include the future. 2. The plural includes the singular, and vice versa. 3. The words “shall” and “may not” and “no – may” are mandatory. 4. The word “may” indicates that discretion is allowed. 5. The word “used” includes “designed, intended or arranged” to be used. 6. The masculine gender includes the feminine and vice versa. 7. Distances shall be measured horizontally unless otherwise specified. 8. The word “building” includes a portion of a building or lot. C. Adopted Codes. Where a code or codes have been adopted by reference or incorporation which may contain a definition or definitions conflicting with those set forth in this chapter, for the purpose of that particular referenced or incorporated code, and only that code, the definition therein shall prevail. D. Cross References. Sections which make only cross-reference to another term are not intended to be synonymous with the other term, but are only intended to serve as a finding aid to the other term unless specifically stated to mean the same. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 280 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 21.05 “A” TERMS Sections: 21.05.005 Repealed. 21.05.010 Accessory buildings. 21.05.015 Accessory dwelling unit. 21.05.020 Accessory use. 21.05.021 Administrative design review. 21.05.022 Repealed. 21.05.023 Adult definitions. 21.05.025 Alley. 21.05.030 Animal hospital. 21.05.035 Repealed. 21.05.040 Alteration(s). 21.05.050 Repealed. 21.05.055 Repealed. 21.05.060 Auto wrecking. 21.05.005 Accessory antenna device. Repealed by Ord. 3961. 21.05.010 Accessory buildings. Accessory building means one which is subordinate to the main building, and is incidental to the use of the main building on the same lot. Any building attached by a breezeway, hallway, or other similar connection and otherwise separated by more than 10 feet from the main building shall be considered to be an accessory building. [Ord. 3728 § 1, 2009]. 21.05.015 Accessory dwelling unit. An accessory dwelling unit (ADU) is a subordinate dwelling unit added to, created within, or detached from a principal dwelling unit, providing independent living facilities that include 10.2.c Packet Pg. 281 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation. Accessory dwelling unit does not include recreational vehicles or mobile homes. [Ord. 4360 § 9 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 3294 § 2, 2000]. 21.05.020 Accessory use. Accessory use means a use incidental and subordinate to the use of the main building on the same lot. 21.05.021 Administrative design review. A development permit process whereby an application is reviewed, approved, or denied by the planning and development director or their designee based solely on objective design and development standards without a public hearing, unless such review is otherwise required by state or federal law, or the structure is a designated landmark or historic district established under a local preservation ordinance. A city may utilize public meetings, hearings, or voluntary review boards to consider, recommend, or approve requests for variances from locally established design review standards. 21.05.022 Adult entertainment center. Repealed by Ord. 3117. 21.05.023 Adult definitions. A. Adult Arcade. An adult arcade is a commercial establishment containing individual viewing areas or booths, where, for any form of consideration, including a membership fee, one or more still or motion picture projectors, slide projectors, or other similar image producing machines are used to show films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other visual representations that are distinguished or characterized by a predominant emphasis on matters depicting, describing, or simulating any specified sexual activities or any specified anatomical areas. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 282 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) B. Adult Cabaret. An adult cabaret is a nightclub, bar, restaurant, tavern or other similar commercial establishment, whether or not alcoholic beverages are served, that regularly features adult entertainment. C. Adult Entertainment. Adult entertainment means: 1. Any exhibition, performance or dance conducted in a sexually oriented business where such exhibition, performance or dance is distinguished or characterized by a predominant emphasis on depicting, describing, or simulating any specified sexual activities or any specified sexual anatomical areas; or 2. Any exhibition, performance or dance intended to sexually stimulate any patron and conducted in a sexually oriented business where such exhibition, performance or dance is performed for, arranged with, or engaged in with fewer than all patrons in the sexually oriented business at that time, with separate consideration paid, either directly or indirectly, for such performance, exhibition or dance. For purposes of example and not limitation, such exhibitions, performances or dances are commonly referred to as table dancing, couch dancing, taxi dancing, lap dancing, private dancing or straddle dancing. D. Adult Motel. An adult motel is a hotel, motel, or similar commercial establishment which: 1. Offers sleeping accommodations to the public for any form of consideration and provides patrons with closed-circuit television transmissions, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or visual representations that are distinguished or characterized by a predominant emphasis on matters depicting, describing, or simulating any specified sexual activities or any specified anatomical areas, and that has a sign visible from a public right- of-way that advertises the availability of this type of sexually oriented materials; or 2. Offers a sleeping room for rent for a rental fee period of time that is less than 10 hours; or 3. Allows a tenant or occupant of a sleeping room to sub-rent the room for a period of time that is less than 10 hours. E. Adult Motion Picture Theater. An adult motion picture theater is a commercial establishment where, for any form of consideration, motion pictures, films, video cassettes, slides, or other similar visual representations are regularly shown that are distinguished or 10.2.c Packet Pg. 283 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) characterized by a predominant emphasis on matters depicting, describing, or simulating any specified sexual activities or any specified anatomical areas. F. Adult Retail Store. An adult retail store is a commercial establishment such as a bookstore, video store, or novelty shop which as one of its principal business purposes offers for sale or rent, for any form of consideration, any one or more of the following: 1. Books, magazines, periodicals or other printed materials, or photographs, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other visual representations that are distinguished or characterized by a predominant emphasis on matters depicting, describing, or simulating any specified sexual activities or any specified sexual anatomical areas; or 2. Instruments, devices, or paraphernalia that are designed for use in connection with any specified sexual activities. [Ord. 3117 § 7, 1996]. 21.05.025 Alley. An alley is a publicly dedicated right-of-way which provides a secondary means of access; the definition of street shall include an alley; provided, however, that an alley shall not be considered a street for the purposes of calculating the setback and front yard requirements. No lot fronting on a street and an alley shall be considered either a corner lot or a lot having two street frontages. [Ord. 2502, 1985]. 21.05.030 Animal hospital. An animal hospital means a building for the medical or surgical treatment of animals or pets, including dog, cat, and veterinary hospitals including the boarding of hospitalized animals but not excluding the boarding of animals not treated medically or surgically. (See also, Domestic Animal.) 10.2.c Packet Pg. 284 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.05.035 Antenna. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.05.040 Alteration(s). Alteration(s) mean a change or rearrangement of the structural parts of existing facilities or an enlargement by extending the sides or increasing the height or depth or the moving from one location to another. In buildings for business, commercial, industrial or similar uses, the installation or rearrangement of partitions affecting more than one-third of a single floor area shall be considered an alteration. 21.05.050 Attached sign. Repealed by Ord. 3313. 21.05.055 Attached wireless communication facility. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.05.060 Auto wrecking. (Means the same as Car wrecking.) Chapter 21.10 “B” TERMS Sections: 21.10.005 Bar. 21.10.008 Bed and breakfast. 21.10.010 Bike (or bicycle) lane. 21.10.020 Bike-pedestrian path. 21.10.030 Boarding house. 21.10.040 Building. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 285 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.10.050 Building area. 21.10.060 Building envelope. 21.10.070 Building line. 21.10.005 Bar. Bar means a building where alcoholic beverages are served to the public, and which holds a class H license from the Washington State Liquor Control Board. [Ord. 3117 § 6, 1996]. 21.10.008 Bed and breakfast. A “bed and breakfast” is a type of transient accommodation located in a detached single-family residence. A bed and breakfast is not a hotel, motel or boarding house. Guests staying at a bed and breakfast are not subject to the requirements of the definition of “family” in ECDC 21.30.010. [Ord. 3900 § 5, 2012]. 21.10.010 Bike (or bicycle) lane. This is a route designated by striping or curbs on an improved street right-of-way. 21.10.020 Bike-pedestrian path. Improved path adjacent to a roadway or on a separate right-of-way which can be utilized by bicycles or pedestrians. When adjacent to roadways, it will have a rolled curb. 21.10.030 Boarding house. Boarding house means a dwelling unit in which not more than four roomers, lodgers, or boarders are housed or fed. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 286 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.10.040 Building. Building means any structure having a roof, excluding all forms of vehicles even though immobilized. (See also, Accessory Building and Completely Enclosed Building.) 21.10.050 Building area. Building area means the portion of a lot within which a structure may be built, bounded by the required setbacks. 21.10.060 Building envelope. Building envelope means the three-dimensional space in which a building or structure may be built as delineated by setbacks and building height restrictions. 21.10.070 Building line. Building line means the line of that face or corner or part of a building nearest the property line, excluding a maximum of 30 inches of the eaves. Chapter 21.15 “C” TERMS Sections: 21.15.010 Car (or auto or automobile) wrecking. 21.15.012 Carport. 21.15.015 Church. 21.15.020 City. 21.15.030 City council (or council). 21.15.032 Closed record appeal. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 287 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.15.035 Repealed. 21.15.040 Commercial parking lot. 21.15.050 Commercial garage. 21.15.060 Commercial kennel. 21.15.070 Commercial use. 21.15.071 Community facilities. 21.15.073 Community park. 21.15.075 Commuter parking lots. 21.15.080 Completely enclosed building. 21.15.090 Conditional use. 21.15.092 Convenience store. 21.15.095 Congregate care facility. 21.15.100 Corner lot. 21.15.105 Cottage housing. 21.15.108 Courtyard apartments. 21.15.110 Coverage.21.15.010 Car (or auto or automobile) wrecking. Car wrecking means the collecting, dismantling, storage, salvaging, or sale of parts of machinery or vehicles not in running condition. 21.15.012 Carport. Carport means a legally permitted structure, covered by a roof, for the sheltering of a motor vehicle. [Ord. 4016 § 3, 2016]. 21.15.015 Church. Church means any community facility used or dedicated for the legitimate exercise of recognized federal and state constitutional rights for religious free worship. A neighborhood church is a church of 22,000 square feet or less of gross floor area. A community church is a church of greater than 22,000 square feet of gross floor area. Determination of gross floor area shall be consistent with state building code calculations. [Ord. 3353 § 13, 2001]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 288 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.15.020 City. City means the city of Edmonds in the state of Washington. 21.15.030 City council (or council). City council (or council) means the city council of the city of Edmonds. 21.15.032 Closed record appeal. Closed record appeal for purposes of the ECDC means an administrative appeal on the record to a decisionmaking body, including the city council, following an open record hearing on a project permit application when the appeal is on the record with no or limited new evidence or information allowed to be submitted and only appeal argument allowed. [Ord. 3112 § 35, 1996]. 21.15.035 Co-location. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.15.040 Commercial parking lot. Commercial parking lot means a site where parking spaces are rented or leased to persons other than those who live or work on the same site. (See also, Off-Street Parking and Private Parking.) 21.15.050 Commercial garage. Commercial garage means a building used for storage, repair, or servicing of motor vehicles as a commercial use. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 289 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.15.060 Commercial kennel. Commercial kennel means a building in which four or more domestic animals at least four months of age are kept commercially for board or breeding. [Ord. 2759 § 2, 1990]. 21.15.070 Commercial use. Commercial use means an activity with goods, merchandise, or services for sale or rent. 21.15.071 Community facilities. A. Community facilities mean any use, structure, building, or development that: 1. Is primarily used or dedicated for use by members of the general public for educational, religious, informational, recreational, artistic, or social purposes; or 2. Serves members of the general public by providing for utility, transportation, police, fire, and parking services; or 3. Is primarily used or dedicated for use by local, state, regional, or federal governments for the purpose of providing governmental services. B. Community facilities consist of churches, local public facilities, parks, and regional public facilities. C. Community facilities do not include animal hospitals, boarding houses, congregate care facilities, day care facilities, fraternities, foster homes, halfway houses, home occupations, hospitals, rooming houses, retirement homes, sororities, or similar medical, hospice, or care uses. [Ord. 3353 § 14, 2001]. 21.15.073 Community park. Community park means a public recreation facility primarily designed and located to provide active and structured recreation opportunities for young people and adults in the immediate 10.2.c Packet Pg. 290 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) community. The service area is at least a one- to two-mile radius. In general, community park facilities are designed for organized activities and sports, although individual and family activities are also encouraged. Community parks may provide indoor facilities to meet a wider range of recreation interests. Community parks serve a larger area than neighborhood parks and offer more facilities such as parking, restrooms, covered play areas, etc. Community parks usually exceed 20 acres in size and often have sport fields, water bodies, gardens, nature trails or similar facilities as the central focus of the park. [Ord. 3353 § 15, 2001]. 21.15.075 Commuter parking lots. Commuter parking lot means a parking lot or portion of a parking lot composed of new or existing parking spaces that are designated for use by persons who travel to or from Edmonds as part of a commute that includes a form of transportation other than single occupant vehicle, such as nonmotorized transportation for distances of more than a quarter of a mile, carpooling or transit. In determining the number of parking spaces in a commuter parking lot, all parking spaces within a lot as defined by ECDC 21.55.010 shall be construed as part of the same commuter parking lot as well as any spaces within 300 feet of each other. [Ord. 3090 § 6, 1996]. 21.15.080 Completely enclosed building. Completely enclosed building means one designed and constructed with all exterior walls of the structure solid from the ground to the roof line, and containing no openings except for windows and doors which are designed to be closed. 21.15.090 Conditional use. Conditional use means a use allowed in one or more zones as defined by the zoning code but which, because of characteristics peculiar to such use, because of size, hours of operation, technical processes or equipment, or because of the exact location with reference to surroundings and existing improvements or demands upon public facilities, requires a special 10.2.c Packet Pg. 291 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) permit in order to provide a particular degree of control to make such uses consistent with and compatible with other existing or permissible uses in the same zone or zones. Multiple uses or any combination of uses, any of which require a conditional use permit, shall be allowed on a single lot only upon the grant of a conditional use permit. [Ord. 2660 § 7, 1988]. 21.15.092 Convenience store. A convenience store shall mean a small retail commercial establishment which sells and/or rents a limited selection and variety of perishable and nonperishable food items and grocery related items, video cassettes and sundries which by their nature are geared toward rapid customer turnover. [Ord. 2660 § 6, 1988]. 21.15.095 Congregate care facility. A congregate care facility shall be given the same definition as a retirement home. [Ord. 2818 § 4, 1991]. 21.15.100 Corner lot. Corner lot means a lot which has frontage on two or more streets where the streets meet. 21.15.105 Cottage housing. Residential units on a lot with a common open space that either: (a) Is owned in common; or (b) has units owned as condominium units with property owned in common and a minimum of 20 percent of the lot size as open space. 21.15.108 Courtyard apartments. Attached dwelling units arranged on two or three sides of a yard or court. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 292 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.15.110 Coverage. Coverage means the total ground coverage of all buildings or structures on a site measured from the outside of external walls or supporting members or from a point two and one-half feet in from the outside edge of a cantilevered roof, whichever covers the greatest area. Chapter 21.20 “D” TERMS Sections: 21.20.010 Day care facility. 21.20.020 Dedication. 21.20.025 Development regulations. 21.20.030 Domestic animal. 21.20.035 Dock. 21.20.040 Drive-in business. 21.20.045 Duplex. 21.20.050 Dwelling unit. 21.20.010 Day care facility. The following definitions shall apply to the various day care facilities allowed in the different zone districts: A. Family Day Care Home: A residence used for the care of children under the age of 12 located in the family dwelling of the person or persons under whose direct care the child or children are placed, accommodating 12 or fewer children, such numbers to include those members of the resident family who are under the age of 12 years old and are cared for within the day care facility. This definition shall apply regardless of whether the care is provided for compensation. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 293 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) B. Day Care Center: A building or portion thereof used for the care of children under the age of 12 located in a facility which accommodates 13 or more children regardless of whether such services are provided for compensation. C. Adult Care: The definitions of family day care home and day care center shall also include facilities designed for the care of disabled persons, and persons over the age of 65 years during normal working hours (“adult care”). The expansion of the definition is intended to permit neighborhood oriented facilities which provide services to the disabled and elderly while their adult children or other family care givers are at work. This definition shall be applied in a way which permits day care facilities for adult care to operate under the same terms and conditions as day care facilities for children. This definition shall not include facilities such as halfway houses, treatment centers, counseling centers, or other businesses which offer medical services, treatment or counseling to the disabled; these business uses shall be located only in the appropriate commercial zones. [Ord. 4333 § 30 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 3453 § 4, 2003; Ord. 2458 § 4, 1984]. 21.20.020 Dedication. Dedication means the gift of land by an owner for any public use. 21.20.025 Development regulation. The controls placed on development or land use activities by a county or city, including, but not limited to, zoning ordinances, critical areas ordinances, shoreline master programs, official controls, planned unit development ordinances, subdivision ordinances, and binding site plan ordinances together with any amendments thereto. A development regulation does not include a decision to approve a project permit application, as defined in RCW 36.70B.020, even though the decision may be expressed in a resolution or ordinance of the legislative body of the county or city. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 294 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.20.030 Domestic animal. Domestic animal means one normally kept incidental to a single-family dwelling. Included are dogs and cats; excluded are wild or exotic animals, horses and cows, chickens, goats, or other similar animals. 21.20.035 Dock. Dock means a structure designed to float upon the water, and which is attached to shoreline and is used for moorage or other water- related activity such as swimming or diving. [Ord. 2605 § 3, 1987]. 21.20.040 Drive-in business. A drive-in business means a business or portion of a business where a consumer is permitted or encouraged either by the design of physical facilities or by the provisions of services and/or packaging procedures, to carry on business while seated in a motor vehicle. In some instances, such as self-service gasoline stations, customers may need to get out of their vehicle in order to obtain the product or service. This definition shall include but not be limited to service stations, car washes, and drive-in restaurants or banks. [Ord. 2660 § 5, 1988]. 21.20.045 Duplex. A residential building containing exactly two attached dwelling units located on a single lot. Units may be arranged side-by-side or stacked vertically and may share common structural elements such as walls, floors, or ceilings. Each unit must have an independent exterior entrance. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 295 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.20.050 Dwelling unit. Dwelling unit means a residential living unit that provides complete independent living facilities for one or more persons, which includes permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation. Dwelling unit does not include recreation vehicles or mobile homes. (See also, Multiple Dwelling Units.) [Ord. 4360 § 9 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4260 § 3 (Exh. A), 2022]. Chapter 21.25 “E” TERMS Sections: 21.25.010 Easement. 21.25.020 Equipment shelter or cabinet. 21.25.100 Expressive dance. 21.25.010 Easement. Land which has specific air, surface, or subsurface rights conveyed for use by an entity other than the owner of the subject property or to benefit some property other than the subject property. [Ord. 2924 § 1, 1993]. 21.25.020 Equipment shelter or cabinet. Equipment shelter or cabinet is a room, cabinet or building used to house equipment for utility or service providers (see Title 22, Plates 1 – 4). [Ord. 3099 § 6, 1996]. 21.25.100 Expressive dance. Expressive dance means any dance which, when considered in the context of the entire performance, constitutes an expression of art, theme, story or ideas, but excluding any dance 10.2.c Packet Pg. 296 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) such as, but not limited to, common barroom-type topless dancing which, when considered in the context of the entire performance, is presented primarily as a means of displaying nudity as a sales device or for other commercial exploitation without substantial expression of theme, story or ideas, and the conduct appeals to the prurient interest, depicts sexual conduct in a patently offensive way and lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value. [Ord. 3117 § 8, 1996]. Chapter 21.30 “F” TERMS Sections: 21.30.010 Family. 21.30.014 Farmers’ market. 21.30.020 Fence. 21.30.030 Flag lot. 21.30.032 Flat. 21.30.035 Float, recreational. 21.30.040 Floor area. 21.30.050 Formal subdivision. 21.30.060 Foster home. 21.30.065 Fourplex 21.30.070 Fraternity. 21.30.080 Repealed. 21.30.010 Family. A. Family means individuals related or unrelated by genetics, adoption, or marriage living in a dwelling unit. B. The term “family” shall include: 1. State licensed adult family homes required to be recognized as residential use pursuant to Chapter 70.128 RCW; 10.2.c Packet Pg. 297 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2. State licensed foster family homes and group care facilities as defined in RCW 74.15.180, subject to the exclusion of subsection (C) of this section; 3. Group homes for the disabled required to be accommodated as residential uses pursuant to the Fair Housing Act amendments as the same exists or is hereafter amended. C. The term “family” shall exclude individuals residing in halfway houses, crisis residential centers as defined in RCW 74.15.020(1)(c), group homes licensed for juvenile offenders, or other facilities, whether or not licensed by the state, where individuals are incarcerated or otherwise required to reside pursuant to court order under the supervision of paid staff and personnel. D. Nothing herein shall be interpreted to limit normal hosting activities associated with residential use. [Ord. 4360 § 9 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4260 § 4 (Exh. A), 2022; Ord. 3571 § 1, 2005; Ord. 3184 § 1, 1998]. 21.30.014 Farmers’ market. Expired. 21.30.020 Fence. Fence means any construction of wood, metal, masonry or other nonliving material which provides a visual and/or physical obstruction to an observer at ground level. This definition shall exclude any portion of a retaining wall which is below finished grade and which is contiguous with the fence. Any portion of a base or foundation for the fence which does not serve a necessary and bona fide purpose of retaining earth shall not be considered a retaining wall but rather a part of the fence. [Ord. 3491 § 1, 2004; Ord. 2772 § 2, 1990]. 21.30.030 Flag lot. Flag lot means a lot which has a frontage of less than one-half of the minimum lot width on the principal street or principal access easement. Flag lots are also known as pipestem lots or panhandle lots. (See also, Lot.) 10.2.c Packet Pg. 298 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.30.032 Flat. “Flat(s)” means multiple family dwelling unit(s) that are horizontally separated – i.e., stacked above and/or below each other. [Ord. 4070 § 2 (Exh. 1), 2017]. 21.30.035 Float, recreational. A recreational float is an offshore platform used for water-dependent activities such as swimming and diving. [Ord. 2605 § 4, 1987]. 21.30.040 Floor area. Floor area means the sum of the gross horizontal areas of the floors of a building or buildings, measured from the exterior faces of exterior walls and from the centerline of division walls. Floor area shall include: basement space, elevator shafts and stairwell at each floor, mechanical equipment rooms or attic spaces with headroom of seven feet six inches or more, penthouse floors, interior balconies and mezzanines, and enclosed porches. Floor area shall not include: accessory water tanks and cooling towers, mechanical equipment or attic spaces with headroom of less than seven feet six inches, exterior steps or stairs, terraces, breezeways, and open spaces. 21.30.050 Formal subdivision. (See ECDC 20.75.030.) 21.30.060 Foster home. Foster home means a social service facility licensed by the state as a full-time foster family and described as an agency which regularly provides on a 24-hour basis to one or more individuals, but not more than six individuals. [Ord. 2818 § 3, 1991]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 299 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.30.065 Fourplex. A residential building containing exactly four attached dwelling units located on a single lot. Units may be arranged side-by-side, stacked vertically, or configured through a combination of these arrangements, sharing common structural elements such as walls, floors, or ceilings. 21.30.070 Fraternity. Fraternity means a building occupied by and maintained exclusively for students affiliated with an academic or professional college or university, or other recognized institution of higher learning and regulated in some part by that institution. 21.30.080 Freestanding sign. Repealed by Ord. 3313. Chapter 21.35 “G” TERMS Sections: 21.35.010 Garage. 21.35.013 Gross floor area. 21.35.017 Ground floor. 21.35.020 Repealed. 21.35.030 Repealed. 21.35.040 Repealed. 21.35.010 Garage. (See also, Commercial Garage.) 10.2.c Packet Pg. 300 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.35.013 Gross floor area. An interior habitable area of an accessory dwelling unit, including basements and attics but not including unconditioned space, such as a garage or nonhabitable accessory structures. [Ord. 4360 § 9 (Exh. A), 2024]. 21.35.017 Ground floor. The ground floor of a structure is that floor which is closest in elevation to the finished grade along the width of the side of the structure that is principally oriented to the street which provides primary access to the subject property. A structure consisting of a building with multiple entrances divided into individual offices and related uses shall have only one ground floor. In the event that the use of the building shifts traffic from one entrance to another or there is uncertainty in determining which entrance provides “primary access,” the primary entrance as established by the historic use of the structure shall control unless the transfer of the “primary access” from one street orientation to another is brought about in conjunction with the building or its use being brought into full compliance with all current code requirements. [Ord. 2958 § 4, 1993]. 21.35.020 Group sign. Repealed by Ord. 3313. 21.35.030 Guest house. Repealed by Ord. 4360. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 301 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.35.040 Guyed tower. Repealed by Ord. 3845. Chapter 21.40 “H” TERMS Sections: 21.40.005 Halfway house. 21.40.006 Hallway. 21.40.010 Hearing examiner. 21.40.020 Repealed. 21.40.030 Height. 21.40.040 Home occupation. 21.40.050 Horse. 21.40.055 Hospitals. 21.40.060 Hotel. 21.40.005 Halfway house. A halfway house shall include state licensed group care homes for juvenile delinquents, halfway houses providing residence in lieu of institutional sentencing, halfway houses providing residence to those needing correctional institutionalization, and detoxification centers licensed by the state where alcohol and drug abusers can be placed in lieu of incarceration for detoxification and treatment from the effects of alcohol and drugs. [Ord. 2820 § 6, 1991]. 21.40.006 Hallway. Hallway, as used in ECDC 16.20.060, 21.05.010, and 21.40.030(C), means a wholly enclosed building whose primary purpose is the connection of one building or portion thereof to another. A building or portion thereof which connects one building to another and whose width is 60 percent or less of its length shall be presumed to be a hallway. [Ord. 3728 § 4, 2009]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 302 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.40.010 Hearing examiner. Hearing examiner means the person employed by the city of Edmonds to hold hearings and make recommendations or decisions on various land use applications. 21.40.020 Hedge. Repealed by Ord. 3491. 21.40.030 Height. A. Height means the average vertical distance from the average level of the undisturbed soil of the site covered by a structure to the highest point of the structure. (See subsection (D) of this section for exceptions to this rule.) B. “Average level” shall be determined by averaging elevations of the downward projections of the four corners of the smallest rectangle which will enclose all of the building, excluding a maximum of 30 inches of eaves. If a corner falls off the site, its elevation shall be the average elevation of the two points projected downward where the two sides of the rectangle cross the property line. (See subsection (D) of this section for exceptions to this rule.) C. Accessory buildings that are attached to the main building by a breezeway, hallway, or other similar connection so that the accessory building is separated by 10 feet or less from the main building shall be considered to be part of the main building for purposes of determining the average level. For the purposes of this section, in order for an accessory building to be considered to be attached to and a part of the main building, the connecting structure must have a roof and be constructed of similar materials to both the main building and the accessory building so that it appears to be a unified and consistently designed building. D. Height Exceptions. 1. For all properties located within the Coastal High Hazard Areas and Coastal A Flood Zones, height is measured from the elevation that is two feet above base flood elevation as identified from the applicable FEMA flood hazard map; 10.2.c Packet Pg. 303 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2. Church steeples; 3. Elevator penthouses, not to exceed 72 square feet in horizontal section, or three feet in height, for that portion above the height limit; 4. Chimneys, not to exceed nine square feet in horizontal section or more than three feet in height, for that portion above the height limit. In RM districts, chimneys shall be clustered. No multiple-flue chimney shall exceed 39 square feet in horizontal section. The first chimney shall not exceed nine square feet in horizontal section, and other chimneys shall not exceed six square feet in horizontal section; 5. Vent pipes not to exceed 18 inches in height above the height limit; 6. Standpipes not to exceed 30 inches in height above the height limit; 7. Solar energy installations not to exceed 36 inches in height above the height limit. Such an installation may be approved as a Type II staff decision if it is designed and located in such a way as to provide reasonable solar access while limiting visual impacts on surrounding properties; and 8. Replacement of existing rooftop HVAC equipment which exceeds the existing height limit, so long as the replacement equipment does not exceed the height of the existing equipment by more than 12 inches. The replacement equipment must have earned the Energy Star label. [Ord. 4026 § 3, 2016; Ord. 3866 § 1, 2011; Ord. 3728 § 2, 2009; Ord. 3654 § 1, 2007; Ord. 3569 § 2, 2005]. 21.40.040 Home occupation. Home occupation means an economic enterprise operated within a dwelling unit or buildings accessory to a dwelling unit, incidental and secondary to the residential use of the dwelling unit, including the use of a dwelling unit as a business address in the phone directory or as a post office mailing address. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 304 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.40.050 Horse. Horse means any equine animal four months of age or older. 21.40.055 Hospitals. Hospitals are public or private health facilities providing care for persons suffering from acute illness, injuries or other conditions requiring medical, surgical, psychiatric, or obstetrical services. Residence is normally short, and the facilities are characterized by high public access requirements, and the need for emergency access. Included in this definition are general or emergency hospitals, maternity and psychiatric hospitals and alcoholism and drug detoxification services. [Ord. 2818 § 5, 1991]. 21.40.060 Hotel. Hotel means a facility offering transient lodging accommodations on a daily or weekly basis to the general public and which may provide additional services, such as restaurants, meeting rooms, and recreation facilities. (See also, Motel.) [Ord. 4213 § 2 (Att. A), 2021]. Chapter 21.45 “I” TERMS Sections: 21.45.010 Interior lot. 21.45.020 Irregular lot. 21.45.010 Interior lot. Interior lot means a lot fronting on only one street. (See also, Lot.) 10.2.c Packet Pg. 305 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.45.020 Irregular lot. Irregular lot means one which is shaped so that application of setback requirements is difficult. Examples include a lot with a shape which is not close to rectangular, or a lot with no readily identifiable rear lot line, or a flag lot. (See also, Lot.) Chapter 21.47 “J” TERMS (Reserved) Chapter 21.50 “K” TERMS Sections: 21.50.010 Kennel. 21.50.020 Kitchen. 21.50.010 Kennel. (See, Commercial Kennel.) 21.50.020 Kitchen. Kitchen means any room used for cooking or preparation of food. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 306 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 21.55 “L” TERMS Sections: 21.55.005 Repealed. 21.55.007 Local public facilities. 21.55.010 Lot. 21.55.015 Lot of record. 21.55.020 Lot area. 21.55.030 Lot depth. 21.55.040 Lot line. 21.55.050 Lot width. 21.55.060 Landslide hazard area and earth subsidence. 21.55.070 Low impact development (LID). 21.55.005 Lattice tower. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.55.007 Local public facilities. Local public facilities mean any community facilities operated by a unit of local, state or federal government (or by a third party on behalf of a unit of local, state or federal government) primarily sited, designed, constructed, and operated for the purpose of providing public health, safety and welfare services to the immediate area or neighborhood in which the facilities are sited. Local public facilities include, but are not limited to: police stations, fire stations, branch libraries, bus-stop shelters, electrical substations, water pump stations, community clubhouses, parks and recreation special use areas, branch administrative offices of a governmental entity, and associated storage and maintenance buildings and yards. [Ord. 3723 § 1, 2009; Ord. 3353 § 16, 2001]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 307 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.55.010 Lot. Lot means a fractional part of divided lands having fixed boundaries, being of sufficient area and dimension to meet minimum zoning requirements for width and area. The term shall include tracts or parcels. For purposes of this code, adjoining lots under common ownership, which were created without subdivision or short subdivision approval from applicable city or county governments, shall be considered as one lot and subject to the regulations contained herein. The terms of this section shall apply regardless of whether the individual adjoining lots meet current zoning requirements. (See also, Corner Lot, Flag Lot, Interior Lot, Irregular Lot, and Parent Lot.) [Ord. 3982 § 1, 2014]. 21.55.015 Lot of record. Lot of record means a single tract of land meeting any one of the criteria listed below. A. Platted lots: 1. Any lot whose boundaries were establish in a recorded plat or short plat. 2. Any lot whose boundaries were establish in an unrecorded short plat approved by the city of Edmonds between July 3, 1956, and March 19, 1974 (not all short plats were required to be recorded). 3. Any combination of two or more lots shoring a side lot line as depicted in the following recorded plats: a. City of Edmonds. b. Brackett’s First Addition. c. Gephart’s First Addition. d. Kellogg’s Plat of Edmonds. e. Albert B. Lord’s Grandview Addition. 4. Any lot established by Snohomish County prior to the property’s being annexed into the city of Edmonds and: 10.2.c Packet Pg. 308 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) a. Whose boundaries were established by transfer of ownership before September 12, 1972, and the lot met all zoning and subdivision requirements in effect at the time of its creation. b. Whose boundaries were established between August 19, 1969, and September 12, 1972, by county approved short plat but not recorded with the county auditor’s office. c. Whose boundaries were established on or after September 12, 1972, by county approved and recorded short plat. d. Whose boundaries were established by county approved and recorded formal plat. B. Unplatted lots: 1. Lots created by deed prior to July 3, 1956. 2. Lots created through court order, will and testament, or other process listed as exempt from platting requirements by RCW 58.17.035, 58.17.040 or through an exemption from platting regulations provided by law at the time of creation of the parcel. 3. Lots that have been recognized through a previous lot determination review as legal lots. [Ord. 3982 § 2, 2014]. 21.55.020 Lot area. Lot area means the total horizontal area within the boundary lines of a lot. Lot area shall normally exclude any street rights-of-way and access easements. If additional right-of-way has been required in accordance with the provisions of ECDC 18.80.010, note 4, as the same exists or is hereafter amended, lot area shall be calculated to include the additional right-of-way required over and above the standard established by that section. [Ord. 2713, 1989]. 21.55.030 Lot depth. Lot depth means the depth of the lot measured on a line approximately perpendicular to the fronting street and midway between the sidelines of the lot. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 309 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.55.040 Lot line. Lot line means any line enclosing the lot area. (See also, Rear Lot Line, Side Lot Line, and Street Lot Line.) 21.55.050 Lot width. Lot width identifies the minimum diameter of a lot width circle that must fit within a lot. This circle establishes that at least some portion of a lot must be at least as wide as the minimum lot width. The lot width circle shall not include Type 1 streams, Type 2 streams, Class 1 wetlands, and/or Class 2 wetlands. Examples showing the application of lot width circles are illustrated below. [Ord. 3346 § 1, 2001]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 310 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.55.060 Landslide hazard area and earth subsidence. Those areas identified in the Roger Lowe Associates, Inc. report as on file with the city clerk and the accompanying landslide hazard map as having a greater than zero percent probability of landslide or subsidence hazard. [Ord. 2445 § 2, 1984]. 21.55.070 Low impact development (LID). A stormwater management and land development strategy applied at the parcel and subdivision scale that emphasizes conservation and the use of on-site natural features. See Chapter 18.30 ECDC, Stormwater Management, for additional LID-related terms, including “impervious surface,” “bioretention,” “pervious surface” and “on-site stormwater management BMP.” [Ord. 4085 § 21 (Exh. A), 2017]. Chapter 21.60 “M” TERMS Sections: 21.60.002 Repealed. 21.60.004 Repealed. 21.60.005 Major transit stop 21.60.006 Repealed. 21.60.008 Middle housing. 21.60.010 Mobile home. 21.60.020 Mobile home park. 21.60.030 Moorage. 21.60.040 Motel. 21.60.045 Repealed. 21.60.046 Repealed. 21.60.050 Multiple dwelling. 21.60.060 Multiple dwelling units. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 311 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.60.002 Macro facility. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.60.004 Micro facility. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.60.006 Mini facility. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.60.005 Major transit stop. (a) A stop on a high-capacity transportation system funded or expanded under the provisions of chapter 81.104 RCW; (b) Commuter rail stops; (c) Stops on rail or fixed guideway systems; or (d) Stops on bus rapid transit routes, including those stops that are under construction. 21.60.008 Middle housing. Buildings that are compatible in scale, form, and character with single-family houses and contain two or more attached, stacked, or clustered homes including duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, townhouses, stacked flats, courtyard apartments, and cottage housing. 21.60.010 Mobile home. Mobile home means a building over 32 feet in length, assembled and transported to a site ready for occupancy, and which is not placed on a permanent foundation and does not meet the provision of the building code for houses. (See also, Trailer.) 21.60.020 Mobile home park. Mobile home park means land where two or more mobile homes are stored or used. (See also, Trailer Park.) 10.2.c Packet Pg. 312 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.60.030 Moorage. Moorage means a place to tie up or anchor a boat. 21.60.040 Motel. Motel means a building containing units which are used as individual sleeping units having their own private toilet facilities and sometimes their own kitchen facilities, designed primarily for the accommodation of transient automobile travelers. Accommodations for trailers are not included. This term includes tourist court, motor lodge, auto court, cabin court, motor hotel, motor inn and similar names. (See also, Hotel.) 21.60.045 Monopole I. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.60.046 Monopole II. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.60.050 Multiple dwelling. Multiple dwelling means a building or a group of buildings on the same site containing five or more separate dwelling units. (See also, Dwelling Unit.) 21.60.060 Multiple dwelling units. A multiple dwelling unit is a dwelling unit located in a multiple dwelling or within a mixed use development such as a multiple dwelling unit located in a commercial structure as a secondary use under the authority of ECDC 16.50.010(B)(3). [Ord. 2958 § 3, 1993]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 313 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 21.65 “N” TERMS Sections: 21.65.010 Natural open space areas. 21.65.020 Neighborhood park. 21.65.010 Natural open space areas. Natural open space areas mean public recreation areas consisting of open space land left in its natural state and used primarily as a buffer or separation from other urban uses. Depending upon the conditions of the site, the site may or may not be available for public access. In the Puget Sound area, natural open space generally contains heavily forested areas with dense underbrush. In many cases, environmentally sensitive areas are considered as natural open space areas and may include wetlands, wildlife habitat, stream and creek corridors, steep hillsides, forested areas or unique or endangered plant species. [Ord. 3353 § 17, 2001]. 21.65.020 Neighborhood park. Neighborhood park means public recreation facilities consisting of a combination playground and park designed primarily for nonsupervised, nonorganized recreation activities. In addition to their recreation value, they also provide a source of open space and aesthetic quality in the neighborhood. Neighborhood parks are generally small in size (three to 10 acres) and serve an area of approximately one-half-mile radius. Neighborhood parks are located within walking and bicycling distance of most users and are frequently located adjacent to or upon school property. Neighborhood parks sometimes provide space for organized community events. The facilities generally located in a neighborhood park include: children’s playground, picnic facilities, trails, open space and nature areas, tennis courts, outdoor basketball court, and multi- use open field for soccer, youth league baseball, etc. [Ord. 3353 § 17, 2001]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 314 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 21.75 “O” TERMS Sections: 21.75.010 Office. 21.75.020 Off-street parking. 21.75.030 Open space. 21.75.080 Other sexually oriented business. 21.75.120 Outdoor dining area. 21.75.010 Office. Office means a building or separately defined space within a building used for a business which does not include on-premises sales of goods or commodities. 21.75.020 Off-street parking. Off-street parking means motor vehicle parking facilities within the lot area of a private lot or public lot established for that purpose. (See also, Private Parking and Commercial Parking Lot.) 21.75.030 Open space. Open space means any part of a lot unobstructed from the ground upward. 21.75.080 Other sexually oriented business. An other sexually oriented business is any commercial establishment not defined herein where adult entertainment or sexually oriented materials is regularly conducted, displayed, or available in any form, for any type of consideration; provided, however, that a public library and a school, university, or similar educational or scientific facility shall not be considered a sexually 10.2.c Packet Pg. 315 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) oriented business. In addition, a commercial establishment that offers access to telecommunications networks as a principal business purpose shall not be considered a sexually oriented business unless the access is provided for the primary purpose of displaying or presenting materials or visual images that are distinguished or characterized by a predominant emphasis on matters depicting, describing, or simulating any specified sexual activities or any specified sexual anatomical areas. [Ord. 3117 § 9, 1996]. 21.75.120 Outdoor dining area. An outdoor dining area is a portion of a property utilized by a licensed food or beverage establishment for the seating of customers for their consumption of food or beverages served by the establishment. An outdoor dining area is not located within a completely enclosed building, but is instead located outside the building, such as on an outdoor patio or deck. The area may be open to the elements or may be covered by a roof or awning or partially enclosed. A portion of a dining area within an enclosed building that is temporarily opened to the outdoors (such as by opening windows, doors, or walls) is not considered to be an outdoor dining area. An outdoor dining area must be located on property outside of the city right-of- way. [Ord. 3871 § 2, 2012]. Chapter 21.80 “P” TERMS Sections: 21.80.005 Parent Lot. 21.80.010 Parks and recreation special use areas. 21.80.010 Permitted use. 21.80.020 Permit coordinator. 21.80.030 Person. 21.80.040 Pedestrian-bike path. 21.80.050 Petroleum products storage and distributing. 21.80.055 Pier. 21.80.060 Planning advisory board. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 316 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.80.065 Planning official. 21.80.070 Primary use. 21.80.075 Principal dwelling unit. 21.80.080 Private. 21.80.090 Private parking. 21.80.095 Project permit or project permit application. 21.80.100 Repealed. 21.80.103 Public market. 21.80.105 Public meeting. 21.80.005 Parent Lot. The original lot, parcel, or tract of land, as recorded with the County Assessor’s office, prior to subdivision or other division methods such as unit lot subdivisions or condominium plats, from which new unit lots or individually owned units are created. A parent lot must meet all applicable zoning requirements, including minimum lot size, dimensional standards, and density allowances for the underlying zoning district. 21.80.010 Parks and recreation special use areas. Parks and recreation special use areas mean public facilities used for specialized recreational, educational, or community purposes. Special use areas include miscellaneous publicly owned facilities that do not generally meet the classification criteria for neighborhood, community, regional, or waterfront park areas. Special use areas often include various types of indoor facilities. Examples of special use areas in Edmonds include the Meadowdale Clubhouse, Historical Museum, and Frances Anderson Center. Parks and recreation special use areas are a type of local public facilities. [Ord. 3353 § 18, 2001]. 21.80.010 Permitted use. Permitted use means a use not requiring a conditional use permit. (See also, Use.) 10.2.c Packet Pg. 317 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.80.020 Permit coordinator. Permit coordinator means the planning and development director or other person designated by the mayor. [Ord. 4314 § 94 (Exh. A), 2023]. 21.80.030 Person. Person means any person, firm, business, corporation, partnership, or other association or organization, marital community, municipal corporation, special district or governmental agency, and includes the plural such as persons, firms, etc. 21.80.040 Pedestrian-bike path. (See Bike-Pedestrian Path.) 21.80.050 Petroleum products storage and distributing. Petroleum products storage and distribution means the receipt of petroleum products, generally by pipeline or marine vessels and the storage and loading of petroleum products for distribution to petroleum bulk plants and to customers and automotive service stations; and all related operations, including but not limited to, the operation and maintenance of trucks and equipment, the handling of products, merchandise and materials, the provision of customer services related to the petroleum distribution business, and the compounding, blending, packaging and shipping of lube oils and greases. 21.80.055 Pier. A pier is a fixed structure which abuts the shoreline and is used for moorage or other water- related activities such as swimming and diving. [Ord. 2605 § 5, 1987]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 318 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.80.060 Planning advisory board. Planning advisory board means the planning advisory board of the city of Edmonds, established in Chapter 10.40 ECC. 21.80.065 Planning official. The manager of the planning division or his/her designee. [Ord. 2925 § 1, 1993]. 21.80.070 Primary use. Primary use means the principal use of a property. (See also, Use.) 21.80.075 Principal dwelling unit. Principal dwelling unit means a primary housing unit located on the same lot as an accessory dwelling unit. [Ord. 4360 § 9 (Exh. A), 2024]. 21.80.080 Private. Private means for the noncommercial use of the occupant and guests of the occupant. 21.80.090 Private parking. Private parking means parking facilities for the noncommercial use of the occupant and guests of the occupant, including garages and carports. (See also, Off-Street Parking and Commercial Parking Lots.) 10.2.c Packet Pg. 319 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.80.095 Project permit or project permit application. Project permit or project permit application for purposes of the ECDC means any land use or environmental permit or license required by the ECDC for a project action, including but not limited to building permits, subdivisions, binding site plans, planned unit developments, conditional uses, shoreline substantial development permits, site plan review, permits or approvals required by critical areas ordinances, site-specific rezones authorized by a comprehensive plan or sub-area plan, but excluding the adoption or amendment of a comprehensive plan, subarea plan, or development regulations except as otherwise specifically included in this subsection. [Ord. 3112 § 36, 1996]. 21.80.100 Projecting sign. Repealed by Ord. 3313. 21.80.103 Public market. Public market shall mean an indoor and/or outdoor retail market open to the public consisting of two or more independent vendors, with each vendor operating independently from other vendors and subleasing booths, stalls or tables for the purpose of selling farm-grown or home- grown produce, food, flowers, plants or other similar perishable goods, and/or new wares, used goods or merchandise. [Ord. 3932 § 2, 2013]. 21.80.105 Public meeting. Public meeting for purposes of the ECDC means an informal meeting, hearing, workshop, or other public gathering of people to obtain comments from the public or other agencies on a proposed project permit prior to the decisionmaking body’s decision. A public meeting may include, but is not limited to, an architectural design board meeting or a scoping meeting on a draft environmental impact statement. A public meeting does not include an open record 10.2.c Packet Pg. 320 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) hearing. The proceedings at a public meeting may be recorded and a report or recommendation may be included in the city’s project permit file. [Ord. 3112 § 37, 1996]. Chapter 21.85 “R” TERMS Sections: 21.85.010 Rear lot line. 21.85.015 Rainwater collection tank. 21.85.020 Rear setback. 21.85.030 Recreation facilities. 21.85.031 Regional park. 21.85.033 Regional public facilities. 21.85.035 Related equipment. 21.85.040 Restaurant. 21.85.050 Retirement home. 21.85.060 Riding academy. 21.85.070 Roof. 21.85.080 Rooming house. 21.85.010 Rear lot line. Rear lot line means a line or lines which are opposite and most distant from the street lot line. (See also, Lot Line.) 21.85.015 Rainwater collection tank. Expired. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 321 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.85.020 Rear setback. Rear setback means the minimum distance required by this code for a building or structure to be set back from the rear lot line. [Ord. 3602 § 3, 2006]. 21.85.030 Recreation facilities. Recreation facilities means uses such as boat or yacht clubs, swimming pools, athletic clubs, golf, and country clubs, tennis courts, and so forth. 21.85.031 Regional park. Regional park means a public recreation facility designed and located to serve an entire region. Regional parks are usually large in size and often include areas of natural quality suitable for outdoor recreation activities such as golfing, picnicking, boating, fishing, swimming, camping and hiking. [Ord. 3353 § 19, 2001]. 21.85.033 Regional public facilities. Regional public facilities mean any community facilities primarily sited, designed, constructed, and operated for the purpose of providing services or recreation to the general public on a regional or national basis. Regional public facilities include, but are not limited to: airports, concert halls, museums, zoos, aquariums, universities, colleges, trade schools, cemeteries, central or primary government offices, sewage treatment facilities, solid waste facilities, commuter parking lots, regional transit centers, and stadiums. Facilities associated with and sited with schools are not intended to be regulated as separate regional public facilities. [Ord. 3353 § 20, 2001]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 322 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.85.035 Related equipment. Related equipment is all equipment ancillary to the transmission and reception of voice and data via radio frequencies. Such equipment may include, but is not limited to, cable, conduit and connectors. [Ord. 3099 § 14, 1996]. 21.85.040 Restaurant. Restaurant means a building where food is sold to the public for on-premises consumption or to go. It may include alcoholic beverage service only if under a class C, D, or H state liquor license. 21.85.050 Retirement home. Retirement home means a place of residence for several families or individuals in apartment- like quarters, which may feature services such as limited nursing facilities, minimum maintenance living accommodations, and recreation programs and facilities. 21.85.060 Riding academy. Riding academy means an establishment where horses are kept for riding, driving, or stabling for compensation or as an accessory use in the operation of a club, association, ranch or similar establishment. 21.85.070 Roof. Roof means the top covering of a building or structure. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 323 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.85.080 Rooming house. Rooming house means a boarding house. Chapter 21.90 “S” TERMS Sections: 21.90.006 Satellite television antenna. 21.90.008 School. 21.90.009 Repealed. 21.90.010 Secondary use. 21.90.011 Service club. 21.90.012 Service station, automobiles. 21.90.014 Service station, self. 21.90.020 Setback. 21.90.024 Sexually oriented business. 21.90.025 Sexually oriented materials. 21.90.030 Short subdivision. 21.90.040 Side lot line. 21.90.050 Side setback. 21.90.060 Sidewalk or trail. 21.90.070 Repealed. 21.90.080 Single-family dwelling (unit). 21.90.085 Single-family zones. 21.90.090 Site. 21.90.095 Small animal hospital. 21.90.100 Sorority. 21.90.101 Specified anatomical areas. 21.90.102 Specified sexual activities. 21.90.105 Stacked flat. 21.90.110 Story. 21.90.120 Street. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 324 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.90.130 Street lot line. 21.90.140 Street setback. 21.90.150 Structure. 21.90.160 Structural alterations. 21.90.170 Subdivision. 21.90.006 Satellite television antenna. A satellite television antenna is an apparatus capable of receiving communications from a transmitter or a transmitter relay located in planetary orbit. [Ord. 2526 § 1, 1985. Formerly 21.90.008]. 21.90.008 School. School means public facilities consisting of grounds and facilities primarily used or dedicated for the academic education of students from preschool through the twelfth grade and licensed or accredited pursuant to RCW Title 28A. “Primary schools” are schools used or dedicated for the education of students from preschool through the eighth grade. “High schools” are schools used or dedicated for the academic education of students from ninth grade through the twelfth grade. Schools are considered to include all school buildings, structures, ballfields, stadiums, and other grounds or facilities that are primarily dedicated for educational uses, or to the support of educational uses. [Ord. 3353 § 21, 2001]. 21.90.009 Seasonal farmers’ market. Repealed by Ord. 3921. 21.90.010 Secondary use. Secondary use means a use of a site which is secondary and subordinate to the primary use of the site, and may exist only when a primary use is existing on the same lot. The floor area devoted to all secondary uses shall be less than that devoted to the primary use. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 325 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.90.011 Service club. A service club is a bona fide charitable, nondiscriminatory fraternal, or service organization, incorporated as a not-for-profit organization under the laws of the state of Washington, recognized as a tax exempt organization by the Internal Revenue Service, and performing community service within the city of Edmonds. [Ord. 2710, 1989]. 21.90.012 Service station, automobiles. An automobile station means a business that provides for any or all of the following: A. The sale of gasoline, diesel or other fuels used for the propulsion of motor vehicles, when such products are delivered directly into the fuel tanks of automobiles. Battery exchange stations that enable electric vehicles to swap batteries as defined in ECDC 17.115.020 are also considered an automobile service station. B. The servicing of motor vehicles and operations incidental thereto, incidental to the retail sale of fuels, petroleum products and automotive accessories; automobile washing by hand; waxing and polishing of automobiles; auto detailing; tire changing and repairing (excluding recapping); battery service whether charging or replacement, excluding repair and rebuilding; radiator cleaning and flushing, excluding steam cleaning and repair; and installation of automotive accessories. C. The following services if performed entirely within a building: lubrication of motor vehicles; brake service limited to servicing and replacement of brake cylinders, aligns and brake shoes; wheel balancing; inspection, testing, adjustment, and replacement or servicing of carburetors, coils, condensers, distributor caps, fan belts, filters, generators, points, rotors, spark plugs, voltage regulators, water and fuel pumps, water hoses and wiring, mufflers and tail pipes, and pollution control devices and equipment. [Ord. 4251 § 2 (Exh. A), 2022; Ord. 2660 § 3, 1988]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 326 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.90.014 Service station, self. For the purposes of this code a “self-service station” means an automobile service station at which one or more of the fuel dispensing pumps is designated for operation by the retail gasoline consumer. [Ord. 2660 § 4, 1988]. 21.90.020 Setback. Setback means the minimum distance that buildings/structures or uses must be set back from a lot line, excluding up to 30 inches of eaves. (See also, Rear Setback, Side Setback, and Street Setback.) 21.90.024 Sexually oriented business. A sexually oriented business is a commercial establishment defined as an adult arcade, adult cabaret, adult motel, adult motion picture theater, adult retail store, or other sexually oriented business. [Ord. 3117 § 7, 1996]. 21.90.025 Sexually oriented materials. Any books, magazines, periodicals, or other printed materials, or any photographs, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other visual representations that are distinguished or characterized by a predominant emphasis on matters depicting, describing, or simulating any specified sexual activities or any specified sexual anatomical areas. [Ord. 3117 § 10, 1996]. 21.90.030 Short subdivision. (See ECDC 20.75.030.) 10.2.c Packet Pg. 327 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.90.040 Side lot line. Side lot line means any lot line that is not a street or rear lot line. (See also, Lot Line.) 21.90.050 Side setback. Side setback is the minimum distance required by this code for a building or structure to be set back from a side lot line. [Ord. 3602 § 1, 2006]. 21.90.060 Sidewalk or trail. Sidewalk or trail for purposes of ECDC Title 15 means pedestrian facilities which are not desirable routes for bicycles because of curbs, obstacles, uneven surfaces, and pedestrian traffic, etc. They are primarily for pedestrian use. 21.90.070 Sign. Repealed by Ord. 3313. 21.90.080 Single-family dwelling (unit). Single-family dwelling (and single-family dwelling unit) means a building configured as described herein and occupied or intended to be occupied by one household, limited to one per lot. A single-family dwelling shall be limited to one mailbox, electric meter, gas meter, and water meter. It will also have common access to and common use of all living, kitchen, and eating areas within the dwelling unit. [Ord. 4360 § 9 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4260 § 5 (Exh. A), 2022]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 328 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.90.085 Single-family zones. Those zones where single-family detached residences are the predominant land use. 21.90.090 Site. Site, when used in describing an approval or permit process in this code, means the property which is the subject of the approval or permit application. 21.90.095 Small animal hospital. A small animal hospital means a veterinary facility which treats small domestic house pets such as dogs, cats, birds, fish and/or other small exotic animals under 100 pounds. This definition shall not include veterinary facilities which board or breed domestic animals or which treat, board or otherwise house or care for horses, sheep, cattle, pigs or other species of animals which typically weigh over 100 pounds per mature individual. [Ord. 2759 § 3, 1990]. 21.90.100 Sorority. Sorority means the same type of use as a fraternity, particularly for females. 21.90.101 Specified anatomical areas. Specified anatomical areas means and includes any of the following: A. The human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if completely and opaquely covered; or B. Less than completely and opaquely covered human genitals, pubic region, anus, buttocks, or female breast below the top of the areola. [Ord. 3117 § 12, 1996]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 329 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.90.102 Specified sexual activities. Specified sexual activities means and includes any of the following: A. The caressing, fondling or other erotic touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus, or female breasts; or B. Sex acts, normal or perverted, actual or simulated, including intercourse, oral copulation, or sodomy; or C. Masturbation, actual or simulated; or D. Excretory functions as part of, or in connection with, any of the sexual activities specified in this definition. [Ord. 3117 § 14, 1996]. 21.90.110 Story. Story means that part of a building lying between two floors or between the floor and ceiling of the highest usable level in the building. 21.90.115 Stacked Flat. Dwelling units in a residential building of no more than three stories on a residential zoned lot in which each floor may be separately rented or owned. 21.90.120 Street. Street means the public or private right-of-way or access easement which provides vehicle access to five or more lots. [Ord. 3364 § 1, 2001]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 330 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.90.130 Street lot line. Street lot line means the line or lines along the edge of a street or access right-of-way or easement. Where the official street map shows a proposed right-of-way, the edge of the proposed right-of-way shall be used as the street lot line. If additional right-of-way has been required as provided in ECDC 18.80.010, note 4, and such requirement unreasonably restricts the building footprint established by setback requirements, the city staff may calculate required setbacks for issuance of a building permit by alternatively measuring the setback from the standard street lot line, and not from the new street lot line as increased by a requirement levied under the authority of ECDC 18.80.010, note 4. [Ord. 2713, 1989]. 21.90.140 Street setback. Street setback means the minimum distance required by this code for a building or structure to be set back from the street lot line. [Ord. 3602 § 2, 2006]. 21.90.150 Structure. Structure means a combination of materials constructed and erected permanently on the ground or attached to something having a permanent location on the ground. Not included are residential fences less than six feet in height, retaining walls, rockeries, and similar improvements of a minor character less than three feet in height. 21.90.160 Structural alterations. (See Alterations.) 21.90.170 Subdivision. (See ECDC 20.75.030.) 10.2.c Packet Pg. 331 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 21.100 “T” TERMS Sections: 21.100.010 Tavern. 21.100.020 Temporary building or structure. 21.100.030 Through lot. 21.100.040 Townhouse. 21.100.050 Trails. 21.100.060 Trailer. 21.100.070 Trailer park. 21.100.075 Transient accommodation. 21.100.080 Repealed. 21.100.090 Transit center. 21.100.090 Triplex. 21.100.010 Tavern. Tavern means a building where beer and/or wine is served to the public, which holds a class A or B license from the Washington State Liquor Control Board. 21.100.020 Temporary building or structure. Temporary building or structure means a building or structure not having or requiring permanent attachment to the ground or involving structures which have no required permanent attachment to the ground. 21.100.030 Through lot. Through lot means a lot fronting on two streets that is not a corner lot. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 332 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.100.040 Townhouses. Buildings that contain three to six attached single-family dwelling units that extend from foundation to roof and that have a yard or public way on not less than two sides. 21.100.050 Trails. (See Sidewalks.) 21.100.060 Trailer. Trailer means a vehicle designed for short-term living, small enough to be towed by a standard automobile. (See also, Mobile Home.) 21.100.070 Trailer park. Trailer park means land used for the temporary parking of two or more trailers. (See also, Mobile Home Park.) 21.100.075 Transient accommodation. Transient accommodation shall mean any hotel, motel, condominium, resort or other facility regardless of size which offers rental of one or more lodging units on a daily or weekly basis. It shall not include rooms let on month-to-month leases or longer tenancies. [Ord. 3900 § 6, 2012]. 10.2.c Packet Pg. 333 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 21.100.080 Transmission tower. Repealed by Ord. 3845. 21.100.090 Transit center. A transit center is a dedicated transit facility located outside of the public right-of-way where several transit routes converge. A transit center is designed to accommodate several buses at once to permit users easy transfer between transit routes. A transit center may provide transit passenger shelters and waiting areas, but does not include spaces for transit passengers’ automobile parking. [Ord. 3353 § 22, 2001]. 21.100.100 Triplex. A residential building containing exactly three attached dwelling units located on a single lot. Units may be arranged side-by-side, stacked vertically, or configured through a combination of these arrangements, sharing common structural elements such as walls, floors, or ceilings. Each unit must have an independent exterior entrance or be accessed through a shared common entry. Chapter 21.105 “U” TERMS Sections: 21.105.010 Undisturbed soil. 21.105.115 Usable satellite signal. 21.105.020 Use. 21.105.030 Used car lot (or sales). 21.105.040 Unit density. 21.105.010 Undisturbed soil. Undisturbed soil means the condition of the site at the time a building permit application is made to the city, before any site work occurs. However, where the site has been altered by 10.2.c Packet Pg. 334 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) grading, cutting, or filling or similar activities before the application for a building permit, the building official shall make the determination from then available data of the mean elevation of the undisturbed soil. If the undisturbed soil elevation is not readily determined due to demolition of an existing structure, the contours may be reconstructed by the building official to coincide with adjoining topography to determine the undisturbed soil elevations. If the proposed structure occurs where no setbacks are required, the elevation of the surface (sidewalk, alley, or soil) of the property line at or nearest the intersection of the sides of the building height rectangle will be considered undisturbed soil. Where the building official deems it necessary, he shall have the right to require establishment of a datum point from which all height measurements shall be made. 21.105.050 Unit Density. The total number of dwelling units permitted on a lot, including primary dwelling units and all accessory dwelling units (ADUs), regardless of lot size. 21.105.115 Usable satellite signal. A usable satellite signal is a satellite signal which when acquired by the use of a properly installed, maintained, and operated satellite television antenna of a high quality readily available on the public market and when viewed on a conventional television set is at least equal in picture quality to that received from local commercial television stations or by way of cable television. [Ord. 2526 § 2, 1985]. 21.105.020 Use. Use means the purpose land or building or structures now serve or for which they are occupied, maintained, arranged, designed, or intended. (See also, Accessory Use, Conditional Use, Commercial Use, Permitted Use, Primary Use, Private Use, and Secondary Use.) 10.2.c Packet Pg. 335 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 3 - D r a f t M i d d l e H o u s i n g C o d e _ C l e a n V e r s i o n ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 76 TH AV EW 220TH ST SW MAINST ED M ONDS W AY 212THST SW PINEST 100THAVEW 9TH AVEN 80TH AVEW 8THAVE S 96THAVE W DAYTONST 98THAVE W9THAVE S 244THST SW/LAKE BALLINGERWAY DALEY ST MAPLE ST WALNUT ST 238THSTSW T A L B O T R O A D 224THSTSW 240THST SW ALDERST 7THAVEN 7THAVE S PUGET DRIVE OLYMPIC AVE FIR ST 12TH AVEN 95THPLW 3RDAVEN B O W D OI N W A Y 93RDPL W 232ND ST SW 2NDAVEN 72NDAVEW 71STAVE 158THPL S W 75THPLW 73RD PLW 161STPLSW 160THPLSW 66THPLSW 161STSTSW 162NDPLSW 162NDST SW 70T H P L S W 72NDAVEW 163RDPLSW 164THSTSW 66THAVEW 163RDPLSW 162ND 163RDPLSW 165THPL SW MAGNOLIALN CEDAR ST WALNUT ST ALDERST 75THAVEW 90THAVEW 242ND ST SW A AVE S N.205THST 92ND AVEW 104THAVE W 6TH AVEN 234TH ST SW 10THAVE N CASPERSST C AVE S MAPLEWOOD DR NWTRACTIONR/W CEDARST 184THSTSW SUNSETAVEN 106TH AVE W ELMST 4THAVEN 210THSTSW MEADOWDALEROAD 206TH ST SW 231STSTSW 222NDSTSW 81STPLW 81STAVE W 97THPL W SPRAGUEST FIR D A L E A V E 165THPLSW 76TH AVEW MEADOWDALERD 67THAVEW 66THAVEW 65THAVEW MEADOWDALEBEACHRD 74THPLW BURLINGTONNORTHENRAILROAD BER T O LARD 171ST ST SW 75THPLW 76THAVE W 1 69THPLW 73RDPLW 68THAVEW OLYMPICVIEW DR MEADOWDALEBE A CH RD OLYMPICVIEWDR 175THPL BRA E MARDR SIERRADR 80THAVE W 83RDAVEW 196TH ST SW MAPLE ST 72ND PL W 233rdStSW 9TH AVES FREDERICK PL 179THSTSW SIERRA DR AD MIRAL WAY 78THAVE W 77TH PLW MAPLELANE 15 T H ST S W 86THAVEW 82NDAVE W 97TH AVEW HOLLY LANE SPRUCE ST 102 ND P L W 237THPL SW CHERRYST 217TH STSW 199THST SW HIG H ST 175THSTSW JAMESST 95THAVEW ELMPL 83RDAVE W 174THSTSW B U R LIN G T O N N O RT H EN R AIL R O A D TALBOT RD TALBO T R D 76TH AVEW 69THAVEW S O UNDVIE W D R SO U NDVIE WLN 180THSTSW 74TH A VE W 73RD AV E W 17 9 TH ST SW HOME V IEW DR RIDG E WAY OLYMPICVIEWDR O L Y M PI C VIEW DR OLYMPICVIE W D R OLYMPIC VIEWDR TALBOTRD VISTADELMARDR 91STPLW 184THSTSW 76THAVEW OLYMPICVIEWDR EOLYMPICVIEWDR 76TH AVEW 186THSTSW 188THSTSW 84 THAVEW 81 STAVE W 85THPLW 92ND AVEW HIGHST OLYMPICVIEW DR 94THAVE W 188THSTSW SOUNDVIEW PL 86TH AVEW 88TH AVE W 91STAVEW OLYMPIC VIE W DR DRIFTWOODLANE HIN DLEYLANE WILL O WIC K LN 91STAVEW RAILROAD AVE 202NDPLSW 10THPLN MADRONALANE 5THAVEN 107THPL W 201STSTSW 106THPLW CAROLWAY 172ND ST SW HINDLEYLANE 83RDPLW 101STAVE W 240TH PLSW 104THPLW HEMLOCKWAY PIONEERWAY 84 THAVE W HOWELLWAY 169THPL F IRDALEAVE ROBBERSROOST/235TH PLSW SUNSETAVES 1 7 0 T H PL S W ELMWAY P A R A DIS E LA N E GLENST ANDOVER ST 89THPL W 10THAVE S SOU NDVIEW DR 241ST PL SW BURLINGTONNORTHERNRAILROAD 191STPLSW 88THAVE W 89THAVEW 192ND ST SW 84TH AVEW 192NDSTSW DELL W O O D DR 191STST SW 76TH AVEW 7 6 T H AVE W 196THSTSW 80TH AVEW VIEWLAND WAY 8TH AVEN INTERSTATE5 188TH PL SW 68 TH AV E W 88THPL W HEMLOCKST 80THPLW 6THPL S 74THPL W 85TH AVEW C YRUS PL 231 S T PL S W 238 T H PL S W 82NDPLW ALOHAST WHARFST 2NDAVE S PINEST 8TH PLS 11TH PLN SIERRAPL HOLLYDR 213THPLSW 94THPLW 92NDPLW 88TH AVEW 75TH PL W 99THPL W 87THAVEW 190THPLSW LAURELST 14TH ST SW 93RD AVEW 207THPLSW 205TH PLSW 69THAVEW 194THSTSW 13THWAY 105THPLW SEAVISTAPL 94THPL PUGETDRIVE PUGETDR I V E 88TH AVEW 198THSTSW 76THAVEW 200TH STSW 202NDSTSW 201STSTSW 200THSTSW 80THAVEW 84THAVEW BLAKEPL OCEANAVE 216THPL SW 164THPLSW 214THPL SW PUGETLANE 78TH PLW 229THPL SW BIRCH ST 98TH PL W CORONADOPL 208TH PLSW NOTTINGHAMLANE SHELL VALLEY ROAD 198TH ST SW DRIFTWOODPL MAPLEWAY 187THPL SW LUND'SGULCHROAD 215THSTSW 173RDST SW EU CLID AVE 191STPLSW 73RD PLW 79THPL W 79THAVE W 85THPLW 102NDAVEW SEALA W N DR 207THSTSW 69THPLW 186THPLSW 209THPL SW 243RDPLSW 89THAVEW SOMERSETLANE 96THPL W 176TH PLSW 177THSTSW CAROLWAY VISTAPL OLYMPIC AVE 8THAVEN BROOKMEREDR BROOKMEREDR CARYROAD HANNAPARK 2NDAVEN 2NDAVEN 3RDAVEN CAROLWAY 3RDAVEN BELLST MAINST 6THAVE N DAYTON ST FORSYTHLANE DALEYPL HOMELANDD R 195THST SW 84THPLW MELODYLANE 242NDPL SW MOUNTAINLANE BROOKMEREDR 87THPLW 168T H P L S W SOUND VIEWPL HILLCRESTPL SATERLANE 229TH ST SW PUGETWAY 179THPL SW CASCADEDR WATERST 90THPLW 157THPLSW 12THPLN GRANDVIEW ST 218THPLW 201STPLSW NORTHSTREAMLANE 198THPLSW PARKROAD EMERALDHILLSDR 204THPLSW W DAYTONST 3RDAVES 4THAVES EDMONDS WY/SR 104 6TH AVES 5TH AVES 7THAVEN WALNUT ST 5TH AVES 7THAVES HEMLOCKWAY SEAMONTLN ERBEN DR 3RDAVE S PINEST ELMWAY B AVE S BELLST 10THAVE N 101STPLW SHELLPL FIR PL 228TH PLSW 7 7THAVEW RAILROAD ST 7THPLS VISTAWAY 157THSTSW 199T H PL 227THPL SW 85TH AVEW SKYLINEDR GILTNERLANE POPLARWAY 14THWAY 89THPL 221STPLSW 235thSTSW 224THPLSW BOATLAUNCH VIEWLANDWAY DURBINST 215THPLSW 182NDPLSW 240THST 158THST WOODLAKEDR DRIFTWOODLN 6TH PL 220THPLSW VIEWPL HIGHLANDDR ALANADALEPL 10THPLS EXCELSIORPL ALOHA WAY 10THPLN DALEYST 9TH AVEN 12THPLN 12 TH AVEN HIG H L AND DR SKYLINEDR MAINST 85 T HPLW 88TH AVEW MAPLEWOODDR MAIN ST PARKRD M A IN S T SHELLVALLEY W Y 83 R D A V E W 82NDAVE W 211THPL 80TH AVE W 82NDAVEW 81ST AVEW 80TH AVEW 80TH AVEW 76TH AVEW 77TH AVEW 208TH STSW 72NDAV E W HWY99 68THAVEW 212TH STSW HWY99 N W T R ACTION R/W 216THSTSW 233RDPLSW SIERRA ST SEALAWNPL SPRUCEPL 76THPLW BIRCH PL 80THWY FOREST DELLDR 233RDSTSW SUNSE T WAY CASCADELANE 209TH S T SW LINDSAYPL LAURELWAY 196THPLSW 15TH WAY S W 10 5 THAV EW 203RDPLSW 184THPL SW 210THPLSW LAURELLANE ALOHAPL VIEWMOORPL 217THPLSW 206THPL 205THST LIT TLE 180THPL 87TH PL 76THPLW 70THPL W 91STAVE W 219TH STSW 203RDSTSW 68THAVEW 70THAVEW HWY99 220TH ST SW 226THSTSW 2 27TH PL LAK EVIEWDRIVE 74THAVEW 72NDAVEW 229THSTSW 230THSTSW 229THPLSW 75THAVEW 74THAVEW 236TH S T SW M C A L EE R WAY 237TH STSW 74TH AVE W 74THAVEW BEESONPL 240THPLSW 225THST 86THPLW 187THSTSW 8 6TH PL W 80THPLW 9 0TH P L W 8THAVEN 74 TH PL W 70 T HAVE W 215THSTSW 78THAVEW 226THPL 242NDPLSW 8THPLS 73RD AVEW 89THAVE W 76THAVE W 80THLN 238TH ST SW HWY99 76 T HAVE W HWY99 81STPLW HWY99 80TH AVEW 226THSTSW 225THPLSW 76THAVEW 224THSTSW 223RDSTSW 82ND PLW 218TH ST SW 80THAVEW 76THAVE W 239THSTSW 237THPLSW GLEN ST 7T H P L S EDMONDS ST 101STAVEW 164TH PL SW 71STPLW E L MPL 7 4 T H PL W 204THSTSW 88THPLW 181STPL 70THAVE W 231STSTSW 191ST ST SW 242NDPL 72NDAVEW 95TH AVEW 77THPLW 203RDST SW 78THAVEW 93RDPL W 234THPL 181STPLSW 80THP L 241STSTSW SUMMITLN 86THPLW 87THPLW 88THAVEW 88THPLW 220TH ST SW 84THAVE W 88TH AVEW 90T H AVE W 85THAVE224THSTSW 87THPLW 87THAVEW 224THSTSW 86TH AVEW 228TH STSW 88THAVEW 90THAVEW 2 3 2 N D S T S W 231ST PLSW E D M O N D S W A Y 84TH AVE W 240THSTSW 89THPLW 89THPLW 90THAVEW 87THPLW 2NDAVES 189THPL 78TH PL W 78THPL W 181STPL SW 202NDPLSW 73RDAV EW 85THPL W 81STPLW EDMONDSST 87TH AVEW 182NDST T77 H AVE W 79THAVEW 84THAVEW 236THSTSW 237THPLSW 189THPL SW 219THSTSW 9 0 TH P L W 78THPLW 238THSTSW 80THPLW 242NDPLSW 12TH PLN 182NDPL SW 244THSTSW/205THST NW 2 4 2NDPLSW 242N DST 92N AD VEW 242NDSTSW 9 7TH PLW 92NDAVEW 81 ST AVEW 7THAVES 90TH AVEW 66THPLW 84THAVEW 211THPL 72NDPLW 8THAVES 81STAVE 226THPLS W 78 T HPL W 230THSTSW 79THPLW 86THPL W 221STPL CASCADEDR 236THSTSW 234TH ST SW94THPLW 99THPLW 235THPL 236THPL 97THPL W 231STPLSW 94THAVEW 98TH AVE W 96TH AVE W 95TH PL W 228THSTSW 227THPLSW 226THPLSW 99THAVEW 99THPLW 93RD PL W 92ND AVEW 98THAVEW 220THSTSW 96THAVE W 93RDAVE 92ND AVEW 216TH ST SW 77T H PL W 207THPLSW BELLST 193RDPLSW 194THPLSW 197THST 82NDPLW 202NDPL SW 190THSTSW 99THPL W 192NDSTSW 85TH AVEW 241STPL SW 243RDPLSW 6THAVES ALDERST 238TH ST SW 218THSTSW 84THPLW 78THAVEW 96THPLW 93RDPLW BURLINGTON NORTHERN RAILROAD 219THSTSW 68THAVEW PINE ST 92ND AVEW 92ND PLW 95THPLW BOWDOINWAY 96THAVEW E D MONDSWAY ELM W AY 8THAVE S E D M O N D S W A Y 14THWAY 14THWAY 106THPL W E D M O N D S W AY 100TH AVEW 231ST STSW JO HN CT 232NDSTSW ROBINHOODDR HUMBERLN WEST GREYSTONELN 170 T H P L S W 94THPLW 95THPLW 97TH PLW 209THST SW 68THAVEW 190THSTSW 236THSTSW 77THPLW 189THPLSW 240TH PLSW 77THAVE 223RDSTSW 83RDPLW 213TH ST SW 72NDAVEW 242NDPLSW 80TH AVEW 228THST SW 160THSTSW FRIAR T U C K LN R O BIN HOOD DR 237TH PLSW 101STPLW 10 1 STAVE W 100THAVEW 102NDPL W 100THAVEW 244TH STSW 1 01 STAVEW 104TH AVE W 244THST SW/205TH STNW EASTGREYSTONELN TOTEM POLE LNEAGEL LN / 242ND ST SW BERRY LN/243RD PL TIMBE R LN 11 4 TH AV E W IVY RD/240TH ST SW 239TH PL SW WESTWOODWAYLN 239TH PL SW 78THAVE W 71STAVEW 84THPLW 85THPLW 204THSTSW ALOHAST 192ND PLS W 78THPLW BROOKMEREDR 7 5 T H P L W 106THPLW 78TH AVEW 83RD AVEW 74THAVEW 78THAV EW 82ND PLW SPRUCE ST 79THAVEW 92NDAVEW 2NDAVES 238TH ST SW 236TH PL SW 111TH PL W 110TH PL W 113TH PL W115 TH PL W 112TH PL W 236TH PL SW WOODHAVEN PL 110TH PL SWWOODWAY PARK RD TIMBER LN BURLINGTON NORTHERN RAILROAD 116TH AVE W B LRU I TGN NO ON TR EH NR AR IL OR AD WACHUSETT ROAD WACHUSETT ROAD WOODWAY PARK RD WOODWAY PARK RD NORTH DEE R DR S O U TH D E E R D R 1 T80 HA VEW OD GWOO DPL SOUTH D O G W O OD L N NORTHD EERD R DOGWOOD NL D O G W O O D L N ALGONQUINRD WOODWAYPARKRD KUSHAN RD NORTH DOGWOOD LN N O RTH DOGWOODLN M A K A H R D WHITCOMPL WOODWAYPARKRD 3RDAVES 73RDPLW 191STST 181STPLSW 99THAVE W 236THPLSW 185THPL SW 225T H PLSW ELM WAY 78THPL W 222ND STSW 194THST SW 79 THPLW 85 THPLW 217THSTSW 180THSTSW ADMIRAL W AY SEA VI S TA PL ELM ST BELLA COOLA RD CHINOOKPL/ 117TH PLW NOOTKARD MAKAHRD MAKAH RD POINTEDWARDSPL 216THSTSW 3RDAVES 4TH AVE S 7TH AVES 6TH AVES 6TH AVES 9THAVE S 8TH AVES 2NDAVE S 3RD AVES 4TH AVES 82NDPL W 230TH ST SW PIONEERWY 235TH STSW 69TH PLW 107TH PLW 78THPLW 81STAVEW 232ND PLSW 77TH PL W 229THSTSW 82NDAVE W 185THSTSW 193RD PLSW 88THAVEW 86THPL W 240THSTSW BIRCHST 183 RD PL SW 97THAVE W 207THPL 86THAVEW 94THAVEW 236TH ST SW 185THPLSW 80THPLW QUAIL LN 164THPLSW 164THPLSW 64THAVEW 63RDAVEW 63RDAVEW 66THAVEW 168THSTSW 68TH AVEW 225THPL 156THST SW 82NDAVE W 93RD AVEW 87THAVEW 242NDSTSW 67THAVE W 77 T HPLW 206TH STSW 230THSTSW 74THAVE W 91S T A V E W 2 27THPLSW 90THPLW 80TH PLW 75T H PL W 244THSTSW/205THST NW 226THPLSW PINEST 208TH STSW 170TH PL SW 171ST PL SW 172ND PL SW172ND PL SW MEADOWDALEDR 173RD ST SW 172ND ST SW M E ADO WDALEDR 165THPLS W OLYMPICVIEWDR 169TH PLW 170THPLW 175THSTSW 173RD PL SW 88TH AVEW 86TH AVEW 204THSTSW 86THPLW 182NDPL 236THPL 89THPLW 76THPLW EDMONDS ST 1 9 8 T HSTSW VISTAWAY 186TH ST SW 217TH ST SW 95THPL W 233RDPL 101ST PLW 87THAVE W 173RDSTSW 70 TH AV E W 71ST AV E W 185TH ST SW 185TH PL SW 187TH PL SW 186TH 188THSTSW 79TH P L W 226THSTSW 79TH AVEW 240THPL 202NDSTSW 83RDPL 74THPLW 72NDAVEW 14THWAY 215TH ST SW 175TH S T SW 77THAVE 182NDPL SW 98TH PLW 86THAVEW 106 THPLW 241STST 214THPL SW 90T HA EV W 80THAVEW 82ND AVEW 2 2 1 S T S T S W 174THSTSW 215THSTSW 83RDPL 225THPLSW 69 T H PL W 68 T H PL W 70TH AV E W 75 T H AVE W 1 91 STSTSW 74 TH AV E W 192ND PL SW 192ND PL SW 69TH PL W 70TH AVE W 71 ST PL W 72 ND PL W 73 RD AV E W 107THPLW 78THPL W 82 N DPLW 228THST SW 71STPLW 168THSTSW 173RD ST SW 174TH ST SW 176TH ST SW 66TH PL W 175TH PL 232NDSTSW 82NDPLW 214THPLSW 222ND STSW 176THSTSW 242NDPLSW 243RD PLSW 235THPL OLYMPIC VIEWDR 74THAVEW 204THPLSW 70THPLW SPRAGUE ST 83RD AVEW 229THPLSW 80TH PLW FIRPL M A P L EW O O D L N 172ND P LSW 13THWAY T46 H AVE W 65 TH PL W 65 TH AV E W 66 T H PL W 67TH PL W 64 TH AV E W 65TH AV E W 62 ND PL W 177TH PL SW 178TH PL SW178TH PL SW 180TH ST SW 225THPLSW 83RD AVEW 83RDAVEW 192NDPL SW OLYMPICVIEWDR 89THA VE W 79THAVEW 178THPLSW PUGET WAY 81STPLW 172ND STSW 215THSTSW 10 5THPL W 91STAVEW 85THPLW 89THPL 77THAVEW VISTAPL 7THPLS 86THPLW 188TH ST SW 185TH PL SW PENNY LN 64TH AV E W 66 TH AV E W 67 TH AV E W 189TH PL SW 190TH ST SW 191ST PL SW 171ST STSW 184THST SW 95THPL W 86THPL W 194THPL 85 THPL W 185THSTSW 218TH ST SW 198THPLSW 82NDAVE W 229THPL 224TH STSW 240THPL SW 81STPL W 227TH STS W 81ST PLW 4TH AVES 180THSTSW 90TH AVEW 81STAVE W VIEWLAND WAY 94THAVE W 187THPLSW 8THAVEN 228TH STSW 65 TH PL W 64 TH AV E W 62 ND PL W 186TH STSW 66TH PL 185T185TH ST SW 183RD PL SW 182ND 181ST 183RD PL SW 182ND PL SW 183RD ST SW 182ND ST SW 63RD CT 62 ND PL W 67TH AV E W 181ST ST SW181ST ST SW 63 RD PL 67THAVE FIRE RD 69TH PL W 71ST AVE W 192ND ST SW 191ST PL SW 191ST ST SW 72 ND AV E W 92NDAVEW 86THAVEW 86THPLW 215TH PLSW 97TH AVEW 200TH STSW 78THAV EW 226THPLSW 8TH AVE N PUGETDR 205THPLSW 82ND AVEW 164THSTSW 226THST SW 77TH PLW 202ND ST SW 96TH AVEW 239T H P L S W 160THSTSW 82 N D AVEW 229THSTSW 68 TH AV E W 68 TH AV E WBLUE RIDG E DR 193RD PL SW 194TH PL SW 194TH PL SW 1 9 3RDPLSW 73 R D P L 194TH ST SW 72 ND PL 190TH ST SW 191ST ST SW 192ND PL SW 66TH PL W 102ND PL W 77THAVEW 216THSTSW 84THAVE W 72NDAVEW EDMONDS WAY/SR 104 12THAVEN 182ND STSW 187THPLSW 72NDAVE W 101ST AVE W 81STAVEW 194THSTSW 86THAVEW 187TH ST SW 86THPLW 81STAVE W 221ST PLSW 216TH STSW 224THSTSW 73RDPL W 83RDAVE W 74THPL 63RD PL W PARKWY DALEWY 189TH PL SW 189TH PL SW 67TH AVE W 193RD ST SW 193RD ST SW 194TH ST SW 195TH PL SW 196TH ST SW 66 HT A VEW 196TH ST SW 197TH ST SW HEIN Z PL 69 T H PL W 71ST PL W 73RD AVE W 189TH ST SW 68TH AV E W 75 TH AV E 201ST PL 74 T H PL W 75 TH PL W 73RD AV E W 204THSTSW 203RDPLSW GLENST HWY99 204THSTSW 63 RDPLW 63RDAVEW 60THAV 208THSTSW 210THSTSW 212THSTSW 66 THAV EW 67 T HAV EW N W TRAC TIO N R/W 214THSTSW 213THPLSW 215THSTSW 67THAVEW 66THAVEW 61STPLW 216THSTSW 218THSTSW 219THSTSW 66THAVEW 64THAVEW 220THSTSW 68THPLW 68THAVEW 222NDSTSW 224THSTSW 224THSTSW 220THPL 221STPL221STPLSW 223RDPL 223RDPLSW 67THPLW 68THAVEW 66THAVEW 65THAVEW 64THAVEW 67THPLW 66THPL W 226THSTSW 225THPL 225THPLSW 225THPLSW 226THSTSW 227THPLSW 67THPLW 63RDPLW 62NDAVEW 62NDAVE W 227TH STSW 68THAVEW 67THPLW 66THPL 65THPL 64THPLW 228THSTSW 229THPL 230THSTSW 68THAVEW 230THSTSW 231STSTSW 63RD AVE W 63 RD PL 66THAVEW 67THPLW 66THAVEW 67THPLW 232NDSTSW 232NDPLSW 233PL 234TH PL 233RDST SW 234THSTSW 234THST 64THAVEW 63RDAV E W 63RD AVE W 66THAVEW 234THPL 234TH PL 235THPL 65THPLW67THAVEW 234TH ST S W235THSTSW 231STSTSW 92NDAVEW 91STAVEW N W T R A C TIO N R/W 78THPLW 236THSTSW 8THAVEN AL BIO N W AY 85thAveW 4TH AVE S 5THAVE S 6TH AVE S A AVE S 7THAVE S B AVE S C AVE S E D M O NDSWAY 178THPLSW 6 9 T H PLW 96TH PL W BURLINGTON N O RT H E R N R AIL R O A D Lake Ballinger MAPLE ST ALDER ST BC-EW BC BN RM-1.5 RM-2.4 P u get So und ² Low-Density Residential Zoning Illustrative Map Legend NCH LDR - Large LDR - Medium LDR- Small (To be adopted with NCH code updates) DRAFT 10.2.d Packet Pg. 336 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 4 - D r a f t L D R Z o n i n g M a p ( M i d d l e H o u s i n g D e v e l o p m e n t C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 Design Review Code Update: Draft Review (PLN2024-0009) Staff Lead: Brad Shipley Department: Planning Division Preparer: Brad Shipley Background/History In 2023, the Washington State Legislature adopted HB 1293 to streamline local design review processes and reduce permitting delays. The bill requires cities to ensure design review standards are clear, objective, and focused only on the exterior design of buildings. These standards must include at least one measurable criterion, must not restrict height, bulk, or density below zoning allowances, and must be reviewed through a consolidated project review process with no more than one public meeting. While jurisdictions are not required to adopt expedited procedures, HB 1293 encourages streamlined approvals for projects that meet all development standards or provide affordable housing. Cities must bring their local codes into compliance by July 1, 2025, six months after adoption of their updated Comprehensive Plan. The Planning Board reviewed the draft updates at five meetings between February and April 2025, with input from staff and an architect member of the Architectural Design Board (ADB). The Planning Board delivered their recommendation to Council on May 5, 2025, based on review of the revised chapters, ADB meeting minutes, and background materials summarizing existing standards and proposed changes (Attachment 1). The redline/strikeout draft code is included as Attachment 2. Council opened a public hearing on this topic on May 13 (and continued it to May 27). The comments received addressed the process used to prepare the code update but did not address the content of the proposed code language recommended by the Planning Board in Attachment 2. Staff Recommendation No action is required. This meeting is an opportunity for City Council to provide feedback and direction to staff on the draft code in preparation for potential adoption on June 10. Narrative The City of Edmonds is updating its design review code to comply with HB 1293, address long-standing concerns with subjectivity, and improve permitting efficiency. The current design standards are scattered across multiple sections of the development code, which increases review times, causes confusion for applicants, and often results in redundant requirements. Additionally, the existing process relies on a two-phase review and includes outdated, discretionary standards that no longer align with new legal requirements. Key Code Changes: 10.3 Packet Pg. 337 · Process Reform: All design review applications will be evaluated administratively using clear and objective standards. Departures from these standards may be reviewed by the ADB through a single public meeting, consistent with HB 1293 and Council’s prior direction to remove Boards from quasi-judicial roles. · Code Reorganization: · Chapter 20.10: Expanded to include both procedures and general design standards. · Chapters 20.11 and 20.12: Repealed; content integrated into Chapter 20.10 and relevant zoning districts. · Chapter 20.01 and various zoning chapters in Title 16: Updated for consistency. · Design standards from Chapters 22.43, 22.100, and 22.110 moved to zoning districts (e.g., BD Zone) or reserved for future NCH standards. · Urban Design goals and policies from 2020 Comprehensive Plan were reviewed for redundancy and incorporated into the appropriate section of development code. These changes lay the foundation for a more predictable, efficient, and legally compliant design review process. The Planning Board recommends adoption of the updated Design Review Code as part of Phase II of the City’s 2025 Development Code Update. Further refinement of zoning district-specific standards may continue into Phase III through 2026 with direction from City Council. Attachments: Attachment 1: Planning Board Recommendation Design Review Attachment 2: Design Review Code redline/strikeout 10.3 Packet Pg. 338 April 21, 2025 Memo To: Mayor Rosen and Edmonds City Council Members From: Edmonds Planning Board Members (PB) Subject: DESIGN REVIEW CODE UPDATE RECOMMENDATION DRAFT Purpose: This memo outlines the Planning Board’s recommendation for updating the City’s Design Review Code to comply with HB 1293 (2023). The legislation requires cities to adopt a more streamlined, objective design review process by June 30, 2025. 1. Planning Board reviewed and considered several key documents including: • HB 1293 (Design Review Process); • preliminary and updated drafts of Chapter 20.10 ECDC - Design Review, Chapter 20.01 ECDC - Types of Development Project Permit Applications, Chapter 16.43 ECDC - BD - Downtown Business, and other minor text ECDC amendments proposed for consistency; • 2024 Architectural Design Board (ADB) meeting minutes; • City of Edmonds Planning Staff presentation “2025 Development Code Update, Design Review: Key Issues” (Feb 12, 2025 and March 12, 2025); and • Design Review Code Update Table (Summary of existing design review processes, standards and Guidance, Feb 12, 2025). 2. To complete this review during a compressed timeline, PB received assistance reviewing DRAFT Design Review code from Todd Stine, an architect, and member of the ADB. This assistance was coordinated by Planning Manager, Mike Clugston. 3. Summary of Design Review code changes: Chapter 20.10 – Now includes consolidated design review procedures and general design standards. Chapter 20.11 – Repealed; content merged into Chapter 20.10. Chapter 20.12 – Repealed; district-based processes removed and standards moved to relevant zoning districts. 10.3.a Packet Pg. 339 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 : P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n D e s i g n R e v i e w ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapters 22.43, 22.100, 22.110 – Design standards relocated to new NCH or existing BD zoning districts. Chapters 20.01, 20.13, 20.60, etc. – Updated for internal consistency with Chapter 20.10 For a side-by-side comparison of how design review provisions have been reorganized, see Attachment A: Summary Table: Existing vs. Updated Design Review Chapters attached to this memo. 4. The updated code meets the key requirements of HB 1293, including: • Design review standards must be clear and objective, addressing only the exterior design of projects. • Standards must include at least one measurable guideline, criterion, or standard allowing applicants to clearly assess project compliance. • Design guidelines must not restrict project density, height, bulk or scale below what zoning regulations permit. • Design review processes must be integrated with consolidated project reviews, limited to one public meeting. Recommendation: Based on our review, the Planning Board finds that the proposed updates to Chapter 20.10 and related chapters align with HB 1293 requirements and support a more efficient, predictable design review process. We recommend adoption of the updated Design Review Code. 10.3.a Packet Pg. 340 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 : P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n D e s i g n R e v i e w ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Attachment A: Summary Table: Existing vs. Updated Design Review Chapters Existing Chapter/Section Updated Chapter/Section Notes 20.01 – Types of Development Project Permits 20.01.003 Modified tables so all design reviews are handled administratively with applicant proposed departures from design standards going to ADB for a single-phase public hearing. 20.10 – Design Review 20.10 Remains as 20.10 with: 1) updated design processes (now administrative with ADB reviewing any proposed departures), and 2) included new general design standards for zoning districts that lack design standards. 20.11 – General Design Review 20.10.050 Process repealed. Updated design standards and merged into a single Design Review chapter 20.12 – District- Based Design Review Repealed. Process repealed. Design standards are now in 16.43 – BD Zone and 16.60 – CG Zone. 22.43 – BD Design Standards 16.43.035 Moved to BD zone. 22.100 – Firdale Village Site Design Standards Repealed. Will be updated with NCH design standards. 22.110 – Westgate Mixed- Use Design Standards Repealed. Will be updated with NCH design standards. Title 16 – various zoning districts Minor text amendments to reference new consolidated design review chapter 20.10 ECDC. 10.3.a Packet Pg. 341 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 1 : P l a n n i n g B o a r d R e c o m m e n d a t i o n D e s i g n R e v i e w ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Title 20 REVIEW CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES Chapters: 20.00 Changes to the Comprehensive Plan 20.01 Types of Development Project Permits 20.02 Development Project Permit Applications 20.03 Public Notice Requirements 20.04 Consistency with Development Regulations and SEPA 20.04A Expired 20.05 Conditional Use Permits 20.06 Public Hearings and Appeals 20.07 Repealed 20.08 Development Agreements 20.10 Design Review 20.11 General Design Review 20.12 District-Based Design Review 20.13 Landscaping Requirements 20.15A Environmental Review (SEPA) 20.15B Repealed 20.16 Essential Public Facilities 20.18 Group Homes 20.19 Home Day Care 20.20 Home Occupations 20.21 Repealed 20.23 Bed and Breakfasts 20.25 Housing for the Low Income Elderly 20.30 Joint Use of Parking 20.35 Planned Residential Development (PRD) 20.40 Rezones 20.45 Edmonds Register of Historic Places 20.50 Wireless Communication Facilities 20.55 Repealed 10.3.b Packet Pg. 342 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 20.60 Sign Code 20.65 Street Map Changes 20.70 Street Vacations 20.75 Subdivisions 20.80 Text and Map Changes 20.85 Variances 20.90 Repealed 20.91 Repealed 20.95 Repealed 20.100 Miscellaneous Review 20.105 Repealed 20.110 Civil Violation – Enforcement Procedure 10.3.b Packet Pg. 343 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 20.01 TYPES OF DEVELOPMENT PROJECT PERMITS Sections: 20.01.000 Purpose and general provisions. 20.01.001 Types of actions. 20.01.002 Determination of proper procedure type. 20.01.003 Permit type and decision framework. 20.01.006 Legislative enactments not restricted. 20.01.007 Exempt projects. 20.01.000 Purpose and general provisions. A. The purpose of this chapter is to establish standard procedures, decision criteria, public notification, and timing for development project permit application decisions made by the city of Edmonds. These procedures are intended to: 1. Promote timely and informed public participation; 2. Eliminate redundancy in the application, permit review, and appeals processes; 3. Process permits equitably and expediently; 4. Balance the needs of permit applicants with neighbors; 5. Ensure that decisions are made consistently and predictably; and 6. Result in development that furthers city goals as set forth in the comprehensive plan. These procedures provide for an integrated and consolidated land use permit process. The procedures integrate the environmental review process with land use procedures, decisions, and consolidated appeal processes. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 344 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) B. The provisions of this title supersede all other procedural requirements that may exist in other sections of the city code. When interpreting and applying the standards of this title, its provisions shall be the minimum requirements. Where conflicts occur within provisions of this title and/or between this title and other city code provisions and regulations, the more restrictive provisions shall apply. Where conflict between the text of this title and the zoning map ensue, the text of this title shall prevail. C. Unless otherwise specified, all references to days shall be calendar days. Whenever the last day of a deadline falls on a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday designated by RCW 1.16.050 or by a city ordinance, or any day when City Hall or the city’s planning and development department is closed to the public by formal executive or legislative action, the deadline shall run until the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday or closed day. [Ord. 4371 § 1 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4299 § 37 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4154 § 1 (Att. A), 2019; Ord. 3817 § 1, 2010]. 20.01.001 Types of actions. There are five main types of actions (or permits) that are reviewed under the provisions of this chapter. The types of actions are based on who makes the decision, the amount of discretion exercised by the decision making body, the level of impact associated with the decision, the amount and type of public input sought, and the type of appeal opportunity. A. Administrative Decisions. Type I and II decisions are administrative decisions made by the planning and development director or his/her designee (hereinafter the “director”). Type I permits are ministerial decisions and are based on compliance with specific, nondiscretionary and/or technical standards that are clearly enumerated. Type II permits are administrative decisions where the director makes a decision based on standards and clearly identified criteria, but where public notice is required. Unless otherwise provided, appeals of Type II decisions shall be initiated as set forth in ECDC 20.06.030. B. Quasi-Judicial Decisions. Type III, Type IV and appeal of Type II decisions are quasi-judicial decisions that involve the use of discretionary judgment in the review of each specific application. Quasi-judicial decisions are made by the hearing examiner, the architectural design board, and/or the city council. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 345 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) C. Legislative Decisions. Type V actions are legislative decisions made by the city council under its authority to establish policies and regulations regarding future private and public developments, and management of public lands. 1. Planning Board. The planning board shall hold a public hearing and make recommendations to the city council on Type V actions, except that the city council may hold a public hearing itself on area-wide rezones to implement city policies, or amendments to zoning code text, development regulations or the zoning map. The public hearing shall be held in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 20.0620.06 ECDC, RCW 36.70A.035 and all other applicable law. 2. City Council. The city council may consider the planning board’s recommendation in a public hearing held in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 20.0620.06 ECDC and RCW 36.70A.035 and all other applicable law. If the city council desires to hold a public hearing on area-wide rezones to implement city policies, or amendments to zoning code text, development regulations or the zoning map, it may do so without forwarding the proposed decision to the planning board for a hearing. 3. Public Notice. Notice of the public hearing or public meeting shall be provided to the public as set forth in Chapter 20.03 ECDC. 4. Implementation. City council Type V decision shall be by ordinance or resolution and shall become effective on the effective date of the ordinance or resolution. [Ord. 4371 § 1 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4299 § 38 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4154 § 1 (Att. A), 2019; Ord. 3817 § 1, 2010]. 20.01.002 Determination of proper procedure type. A. Determination by Director. The director shall determine the proper procedure for all project applications. Questions concerning the appropriate procedure shall be resolved in favor of the higher numbered procedure. B. Optional Consolidated Permit Processing. An application that involves two or more procedures may be processed collectively under the highest numbered procedure required for any part of the application or may be processed individually under each of the application procedures identified in ECDC 20.01.003. The applicant may determine whether the application will be processed collectively or individually. If the applications are processed individually, the 10.3.b Packet Pg. 346 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) highest numbered type procedure shall be undertaken first, followed by the other procedures in sequence from the highest numbered to the lowest. When Type III-A and Type III-B permits are consolidated under this subsection, the project shall proceed under the Type III-A permit process. When two or more permits are consolidated under this subsection, the permit timelines for decisions on individual permits in ECDC 20.01.003(B) do not apply. C. Decisionmaker(s). Applications processed in accordance with subsection (B) of this section which have the same procedure number, but are assigned to different hearing bodies, shall be heard collectively by the highest decisionmaker; the city council being the highest body, followed by the hearing examiner, architectural design board or planning board, as applicable, and then the director. Joint public hearings with other agencies shall be processed according to ECDC 20.06.010.20.06.010. Concurrent public hearings held with the architectural design board and any other decisionmaker shall proceed with both decisionmakers present. [Ord. 4371 § 1 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4154 § 1 (Att. A), 2019; Ord. 3817 § 1, 2010; Ord. 3736 § 4 (Exh. A), 2009]. 20.01.003 Permit type and decision framework. A. Permit Types. TYPE I TYPE II-A TYPE II-B TYPE III-A TYPE III-B TYPE IV TYPE V Zoning compliance letter Contingent critical area review Essential public facilities Site specific rezone Lot line adjustment Formal interpretation of the text of the ECDC by the director Shoreline substantial development permit, where public hearing not required per ECDC Technological impracticality waiver for amateur radio antennas Development agreements Zoning text amendment; area-wide zoning map amendments 10.3.b Packet Pg. 347 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) TYPE I TYPE II-A TYPE II-B TYPE III-A TYPE III-B TYPE IV TYPE V 24.80.100 Critical area determinations SEPA determinations Critical area variance Comprehensive plan amendments Shoreline exemptions Preliminary short plat Contingent critical area review if public hearing requested Conditional use permits (where public hearing by hearing examiner is required) Annexations Minor amendments to planned residential development Land clearing/grading Shoreline substantial development permit, where public hearing is required per ECDC 24.80.100 Variances Development regulations Minor preliminary plat amendment Revisions to shoreline management permits Shoreline conditional use StaffAdministrative Administrative Shoreline 10.3.b Packet Pg. 348 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) TYPE I TYPE II-A TYPE II-B TYPE III-A TYPE III-B TYPE IV TYPE V design review, including signs variances variance Final short plat Land use permit extension requests Design review (where public hearing by architectural design board is required) Sales office/model (ECDC 17.70.005) Preliminary formal plat Final formal plats Innocent purchaser determination Preliminary planned residential development Final planned residential development Staff design review pursuant to ECDC 20.12.010(B)(2) B. Decision Table. PROCEDURE FOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECT PERMIT APPLICATIONS (TYPE I – IV) LEGISLATIVE TYPE I TYPE II-A TYPE II-B TYPE III-A TYPE III-B TYPE IV TYPE V Recommendation N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Planning board Planning board 10.3.b Packet Pg. 349 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) PROCEDURE FOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECT PERMIT APPLICATIONS (TYPE I – IV) LEGISLATIVE TYPE I TYPE II-A TYPE II-B TYPE III-A TYPE III-B TYPE IV TYPE V by: Final decision by: Director Director Director Hearing examiner/ADB Hearing examiner City council City council Notice of application: No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Open record public hearing or open record appeal of a final decision: No Only if appealed, open record hearing before hearing examiner (1) If director decision is appealed, open record hearing before hearing examiner (2) If converted to Type III-A process Yes, before hearing examiner or boardADB to render final decision Yes, before hearing examiner or board to render final decision Yes, before planning board which makes recommendation to council Yes, before planning board which makes recommendation to council or council could hold its own hearing Closed record review: No No No No Yes, before the Yes, before the council 10.3.b Packet Pg. 350 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) PROCEDURE FOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECT PERMIT APPLICATIONS (TYPE I – IV) LEGISLATIVE TYPE I TYPE II-A TYPE II-B TYPE III-A TYPE III-B TYPE IV TYPE V council Permit review timelines (per ECDC 20.0220.02): 65 days 100 days 100 days 170 days 170 days 170 days Not applicable Judicial appeal: Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes C. Any reference to “Type II” in the Edmonds Community Development Code without expressly being modified as “Type II-B” shall be construed to mean Type II-A for the purposes of this section unless the context clearly suggests otherwise. [Ord. 4371 § 1 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4360 § 7 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4302 § 2 (Att. A), 2023; Ord. 4299 § 39 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4154 § 1 (Att. A), 2019; Ord. 4072 § 7 (Att. G), 2017; Ord. 4026 § 4, 2016; Ord. 3982 § 4, 2014; Ord. 3817 § 1, 2010; Ord. 3806 § 2, 2010; Ord. 3736 § 4 (Exh. A), 2009]. 20.01.006 Legislative enactments not restricted. Nothing in this chapter or the permit processing procedures shall limit the authority of the city council to make changes to the city’s comprehensive plan or the city’s development regulations as part of the annual revision process. [Ord. 4371 § 1 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4154 § 1 (Att. A), 2019; Ord. 3817 § 1, 2010; Ord. 3736 § 4 (Exh. A), 2009]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 351 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 20.01.007 Exempt projects. A. The following projects are specifically excluded from the procedures set forth in this chapter: historic register designations, building permits, street vacations, street use permits, encroachment permits, and other public works permits issued under ECDC Title 18. B. Pursuant to RCW 36.70B.140(2), lot line or boundary adjustments, building and/or other construction permits, or similar administrative approvals categorically exempt from environmental review under SEPA (Chapter 43.21C RCW and the city’s SEPA/environmental policy ordinance, Chapter 20.15A20.15A ECDC), or permits/approvals for which environmental review has been completed in connection with other project permits, are excluded from the requirements of RCW 36.70B.060 and 36.70B.110 through 36.70B.130, which includes the following procedures: 1. Notice of application (ECDC 20.03.00220.03.002) unless an open record hearing is allowed on the permit decision; 2. Except as provided in RCW 36.70B.140, optional consolidated permit review processing (ECDC 20.01.002(B)); 3. Joint public hearings (ECDC 20.06.01020.06.010); 4. Single report stating all of the decisions and recommendations made as of the date of the report that do not require an open public record hearing (ECDC 20.06.050(C)); and 5. Notice of decision (ECDC 20.02.00720.02.007). [Ord. 4371 § 1 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4154 § 1 (Att. A), 2019; Ord. 3817 § 1, 2010; Ord. 3736 § 4 (Exh. A), 2009]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 352 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) The Edmonds Community Development Code is current through Ordinance 4375, passed December 10, 2024. Disclaimer: The city clerk’s office has the official version of the Edmonds Community Development Code. Users should contact the city clerk’s office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited above. City Website: www.edmondswa.gov Hosted by General Code. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 353 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 20.10 DESIGN REVIEW Sections: 20.10.000 Purposes. 20.10.010 Types of design review. 20.10.020 Scope. 20.10.030 Approval required. 20.10.040 Optional pre-application. 20.10.045 Augmented architectural design review applications. 20.10.050 General Design Review. 20.10.000 Purposes. In addition to the general purposes of the comprehensive plan and the zoning ordinance, this chapter is included in the community development code for the following purposes: A. To encourage the realization and conservation of a desirable and aesthetic environment in the city of Edmonds; B. To encourage and promote development which features amenities and excellence in the form of variations of siting, types of structures and adaptation to and conservation of topography and other natural features; C. To encourage creative approaches to the use of land and related physical developments; D. To encourage the enhancement and preservation of land or building of unique or outstanding scenic or historical significance; E. To minimize incompatible and unsightly surroundings and visual blight which prevent orderly community development and reduce community property values. [Ord. 3636 § 1, 2007]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 354 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 20.10.010 Types of design review. A. There are two types of design review: (1) generaladministrative design review subject to the provisions of the design standards found within the applicable zoning district or Chapter 20.1120.11 ECDC in accordance with subsection (B) of this section, and (2) district-basedArchitectural Design Board (ADB) design review subject to the provisions of Chapter 20.12 ECDC. District-basedfor development projects that request a departure from one or more of the design standards required under the administrative design review is applicable when an area or district has adopted design guidelines or design standards that apply specifically within that area or district.process. B. General design review criteria found in subsection 20.10.050 ECDC of this chapter applies to areas or properties that do not have specifically adopted design guidelines or standards. Projects may undergo either found within the applicable zoning district-based design review or general design review, but not both. B. District-based design review applies to the following areas or districts: 1. The downtown Edmonds business districts (BD zones) located within the downtown/waterfront activity center as shown on the city of Edmonds comprehensive plan map. 2. The general commercial (CG) zone located within the medical/Highway 99 activity center or the Highway 99 corridor as shown on the city of Edmonds comprehensive plan map. C. General design review applies to all areas of the city not specifically designated for district-based design review under subsection (B) of this section. D. The exemptions established pursuant to subsection (B) of this section shall apply to all types and phases of design review under this chapter and Chapters 20.11 and 20.12 ECDC. [Ord. 4299 § 46 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 3636 § 1, 2007]. 20.10.020 Scope. A. Design review is intended to apply to all development, except for those developments specifically exempted from review under subsection (B) of this section. “Development” includes 10.3.b Packet Pg. 355 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) any improvement to real property open to exterior view, including but not limited to buildings, structures, fixtures, landscaping, site screening, signs, parking lots, lighting, pedestrian facilities, street furniture, use of open areas (including parks, junk yards, riding academies, kennels and recreational facilities), mobile home and trailer parks, whether all or any are publicly or privately sponsored. B. Exempt Development. The following types of development are exempt from design review: 1. 1. Parks developed under a master plan approved by the Edmonds city council. 2. Permitted primary and secondary uses in RS – single-family residential districts. 3. Detached single-family homes or duplexes in RM – multiple residential districts. 2. 4. Accessory structures that are not visible from the street. 3. Additions or modifications to structures or sites on the Edmonds register of historic places which require a certificate of appropriateness from the Edmonds historic preservation commission. 4. 5. Fences that do not require a separate development permit. 5. 6. Signs that meet all of the standards contained in Chapter 20.6020.60 ECDC. 75. Underground utilities. [Ord. 3636 § 1, 2007]. 20.10.030 Approval required. A. Development. Unless exempted under ECDC 20.10.020(B), no city permit or approval shall be issued for, and no person shall start, any development, or substantially change any development, until the development has received design review approval. B. Bond. The city may require that a bond be posted under Chapter 17.10 ECDC to ensure the satisfactory installation of site improvements. [Ord. 3636 § 1, 2007]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 356 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 20.10.040 Optional pre-application. The applicant may submit plans required under ECDC 20.02.00220.02.002 as part of the complete application in preliminary or sketch form, so that the comments and advice of the architectural design board may be incorporated into the final plans submitted for application. [Ord. 3736 § 38, 2009; Ord. 3636 § 1, 2007]. 20.10.045 Augmented architectural design review applications. At the option of the applicantapplicant’s discretion, an augmented ADBdesign review application to vest rightsmay be submitted under the provisions of ECDC 19.00.025 may be submittedin order to vest development rights under the rules and regulations in effect at the time the application is deemed complete. Such applications may not be submitted in conjunction with the concept review provided for by ECDC 20.10.040. The application shall be processed in all respects as a regular application for review, but vesting rights shall be determined under the provisions of ECDC 19.00.025. The architectural design boardStaff shall not be required to, and shall not, consider the application of vesting rights or the interpretation of ECDC 19.00.025 and any appeal with respect thereto shall be taken only as provided in that section. [Ord. 3636 § 1, 2007]. 20.10.050 General design review. IntentChapter 20.11 GENERAL DESIGN REVIEW Sections: 20.11.010 Review procedure – General design review. 20.11.020 Findings. 20.11.030 Criteria. 20.11.040 Appeals. 20.11.050 Lapse of approval. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 357 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) A. 20.11.010 Review procedure This section establishes regulations that enhance the scale and design of buildings, aiming to improve the overall physical quality of structures that contribute to the city’s character. These regulations emphasize the importance of maintaining a strong connection between buildings and the public street. B. Applicability. 1. All new developments and all additions to existing development shall comply with the standards of this section, except: a. Buildings located in zoning districts with adopted design standards. C. Review procedure – General design review. 1. A. Review. The architectural design board (ADB) shall review all proposed developments that require a threshold determination under the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA). All other developmentsdevelopment projects may be approved by staff as a Type I decision. per Section 20.01.003 ECDC. However, any proposed development requesting a departure from one or more design standards outlined in this chapter or the applicable zoning district must be reviewed by the Architectural Design Board (ADB). When design review is required by the ADB, proposed development shall be processed as a Type III-A decision. The role of the ADB shall be dependent upon the nature of the application as follows: 1. The ADB shall conduct a public hearing for the following types of applications: a. Applications that are not consolidated as set forth in ECDC 20.01.002(B). b. Applications that are consolidated as set forth in ECDC 20.01.002(B) but in which the ADB serves as the sole decision-making authority. c. Applications that are consolidated as set forth in ECDC 20.01.002(B) but in which all decision-making authority is exercised both by staff, pursuant to this chapter and 10.3.b Packet Pg. 358 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) under Chapter 20.13 ECDC, and by the ADB. The ADB shall act in the place of the staff for these types of applications. a. 2. The ADB shall review proposed developments at public meetings without a public hearing and make recommendations to the hearing examiner to 20.10.010(A)(2) shall approve, conditionally approve, or deny proposals for developments that, although consolidated as set forth in ECDC 20.01.002(B), are not subject to a public hearing by the ADB under subsection (A)(1) of this section. The hearing examiner shall subsequently hold a public hearing on the proposal. No more than one public hearing is allowed. 3. The ADB under subsection (A)(1) of this section and the hearing examiner under subsection (A)(2) of this section shall approve, conditionally approve, or deny the proposal. The ADB or hearing examiner may continue its public hearing on the proposal to allow changes to the proposal, or to obtain information needed to properly review the proposal. See ECC 3.13.090 regarding exemptions from review required by this chapter. 4. Notwithstanding any contrary requirement, for a development in which the city is the applicant, the action of the ADB under subsection (A)(1) of this section and the hearing examiner under subsection (A)(2) of this section shall be a recommendation to the city council. B. Notice. Public notice by mail, posting or newspaper publication shall only be required for applications that are subject to environmental review under Chapter 43.21C RCW, in which case notice of the hearing shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 20.03 ECDC. [Ord. 4154 § 14 (Att. D), 2019; Ord. 3736 § 39, 2009; Ord. 3636 § 2, 2007]. D. 20.11.020 Findings. The boarddecision-maker shall make the following findings before approving the proposed development: A. Criteria and Comprehensive Plan. The proposal is consistent with the criteria listed in ECDC 20.11.030 in accordance with the techniques and objectives contained in the urban design chapter of the community culture and urban design element of the comprehensive plan. The city has the obligation to provide specific direction and guidance to applicants. The urban 10.3.b Packet Pg. 359 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) design chapter has been adopted to fulfill the city’s obligations under Washington State case law. The urban design chapter shall be used to determine if an application meets the general criteria set forth in this chapter. In the event of ambiguity or conflict, the specific provisions of the urban design chapter shall control. 1. B. Zoning Ordinance. The proposal meets the bulk and use requirements of the zoning ordinance, or a variance or modification has been approved under the terms of this code for any duration. The finding of the staff that a proposal meets the bulk and use requirements of the zoning ordinance shall be given substantial deference and may be overcome only by clear and convincing evidence. Criteria. The proposal is consistent with the criteria listed in this section or design standards found in the applicable zoning district. [Ord. 3636 § 2, 2007]. E. 20.11.030 Criteria. 1. A. Building DesignStandards. No one architectural style is required. The building shall be designed to comply with the purposes of this chapter and to avoid conflict with the existing and planned character of the nearby area. All elements of building design shall form an integrated development, harmonious in scale, line and mass. The following are included as elements of building design: 1. All exterior building components, including windows, doors, eaves, and parapets; 2. Colors, which should avoid excessive brilliance or brightness except where that would enhance the character of the area; a. Building design: i. All primary building frontages must be oriented toward the primary street and clearly distinguished through the use of architectural features, awnings or canopies, and lighting. This requirement may be waived by the director or their designee for buildings that are oriented toward a shared open space. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 360 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) ii. Transparency Standards. Buildings shall provide windows and doors along all facades facing primary and secondary streets to meet the ground floor transparency requirements of the applicable zoning district. Ground floor transparency shall be a minimum of 65 percent for commercial uses and 50 percent for residential uses, measured as a percentage of the ground floor wall area within the designated transparency zone. iii. The transparency zone is defined as the horizontal area of the building façade located between two feet and ten feet above the adjacent finished grade. For buildings with a ground floor height of less than ten feet, the transparency zone shall extend from two feet above grade to the top of the ground floor wall or top of the window head, whichever is lower. iv. Blank Wall Prohibition. Building designs that result in blank wall conditions—defined as any uninterrupted façade length exceeding 15 feet without windows, doors, or other articulation—facing a primary or secondary street are prohibited. v. Windows and doors located on a ground floor front or corner facade must use clear, transparent glass. b. Architectural standards. All primary buildings must comply with the following architectural standards to ensure variation and visual interest in the built environment: i. Facade Materials: At least 66% of the surface area of each front or corner facade must be constructed using durable, high-quality materials appropriate for the Puget Sound climate, such as brick, natural stone, cedar or fir lap siding, fiber-cement siding (lap, shingle, or panel), architectural metals designed for moisture resistance and tempered or laminated glass. Other high-quality materials like synthetic stone or brick veneers, precast concrete panels resembling stone or brick may be approved by the Director or his/her designee if they demonstrate adequate weather resistance and visual compatibility. Commented [BS1]: Recently enacted state legislation prohibits local requirements for use of specific building materials. As long as the proposed materials comply with applicable building codes, cities must allow them. The draft language currently remains in the code because it was included in the version recommended by the Planning Board. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 361 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) ii. Vertical Articulation: Vertical articulation is required to visually break the massing of the front and corner facades into building segments no wider than 32 feet. Vertical articulation may be achieved through architectural features such as bays, columns, pilasters, mullions, a regular pattern of windows, changes in the building plane, or recessed entries. For buildings on corner lots, the material and articulation of the primary facade must extend a minimum of one segment along the secondary street. iii. Horizontal Articulation: Horizontal articulation (e.g., base treatments, belt courses, cornice lines, entablatures, friezes, awnings or canopies, changes in materials or window patterns, recessed entries, or other architectural treatments) is required to distinguish the ground floor or podium from upper stories. iv. Prohibited Use of Color for Articulation: Variation in color alone shall not be used to satisfy the required articulation standards. v. Main Entrance Requirements: The main entrance must be oriented to the adjacent public realm and be emphasized on the building facade. This requirement may be satisfied through architectural features such as entranceway roofs or recesses, chamfered corners, sidelight or transom windows, additional moldings with expression lines, or a bay of unique width. c. Building Components: Building components are smaller features attached to the primary building mass that provide architectural articulation and/or additional usable space. The following sections define typical building components and specify applicable regulations: i. Architectural Features: Includes elements such as sills, belt courses, eaves, cornices, roof overhangs, chimneys, and other ornamental features attached to or laterally supported by a building. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 362 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) a. Architectural features may project up to 3 feet into any minimum required setback. ii. Awning or Canopy: a. An awning or canopy may project a maximum of 8 feet into a required front setback. b. With approval from the Public Works Director or his/her designee, an awning or canopy may extend into a right-of-way, provided it maintains a minimum clearance of 24 inches from the curb. c. Awnings must be securely attached to and supported by the building. Canopies may also be supported by posts. d. The bottom edge of an awning or canopy must provide a minimum clearance of 8 feet over a sidewalk or walkway and 15 feet over a driveway. e. Awnings must be constructed from durable, weather-resistant materials such as cloth, canvas, canvas-like fabrics, acrylic, nylon, or metal. Vinyl is not permitted. f. Internally or backlit awnings are prohibited. g. Awnings or canopies used as signage must comply with the requirements of Chapter 20.60 ECDC. iii. Balcony: a. Balconies must be a minimum of 5 feet deep and 6 feet wide, except for false or Juliet balconies that are less than 16 inches deep. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 363 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) b. Balconies may project up to 5 feet into a required front, side, or rear setback. c. With approval from the Board of Public Works, balconies may extend into a right-of-way. iv. Bay Window: A projection that extends outward from a building to increase light, enhance views, and articulate the facade. a. A bay window less than 10 feet wide may encroach up to 3 feet into any required setback. v. Building Frontage: Building frontage types are located at the main entrance and provide a transition between the building and the public realm. a. Building frontage types shall be applied to all primary buildings. b. Frontage types for each building type can be found in Table 20.10-1. c. Table 20.10-1 vi. Garages: A fully enclosed structure, either attached to or detached from the primary building, used for the storage of vehicles. a. Garages must comply with all minimum required building setbacks but may encroach into a required rear setback up to 5 feet. b. If the garage door of an attached garage faces a primary or secondary street, the garage must be set back at least 5 feet behind the front or corner building facade. c. When the garage doors face a street or access easement, the garage must be set back at least 18 feet from the right-of-way to provide Commented [BS2]: Due to time constraints, the Planning Board did not have an opportunity to fully review building frontage types. Staff recommends streamlining these requirements for now, with the intention of conducting a more thorough evaluation and incorporating refined standards during Phase III. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 364 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) adequate space for vehicle parking without obstructing the sidewalk or any public way. d. When the garage doors face an alley, the garage must be located at the minimum required rear setback or be set back at least 18 feet from the right-of-way to ensure adequate space for vehicle parking without blocking any public way. e. The total capacity of all garages, carports, or a combination thereof, whether attached or detached, shall not exceed space for four vehicles if visible from the street. vii. 3. Mechanical equipment or other utility hardware on the roof, grounds or buildings shouldshall be screened from view from the street level;. 4. Long, massive, unbroken or monotonous buildings shall be avoided in order to comply with the purposes of this chapter and the design objectives of the comprehensive plan. This criterion is meant to describe the entire building. All elements of the design of a building including the massing, building forms, architectural details and finish materials contribute to whether or not a building is found to be long, massive, unbroken or monotonous. a. In multifamily (RM) or commercial zones, selections from among the following or similar features are appropriate for dealing with this criterion: i. Windows with architectural fenestration; ii. Multiple rooflines or forms; iii. Architecturally detailed entries; iv. Appropriate landscaping; v. The use of multiple materials; 5. All signs should conform to the general design theme of the development. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 365 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) d. B. Site Treatment. The existing character of the site and the nearby area should be the starting point for the design of the building and all site treatment. The following are elements of site treatment: i. 1. Grading, vegetation removal and other changes to the site shall be minimized to protect natural resources, limit disturbance of native soils, and encourage low impact development. ii. 2. Landscape treatment shall be provided to enhance the building design and other site improvements.in accordance with Chapter 20.13 ECDC. 3. Landscape treatment shall be provided to buffer the development from surrounding property where conflict may result, such as parking facilities near yard spaces, streets or residential units, and different building heights, design or color. iii. 4. Landscaping that could be damaged by pedestrians or vehicles shouldshall be protected by curbing or similar devices. iv. 5. Service yards, and other areas where trash or litter may accumulate, shall be screened with planting or fences or walls which are compatible with natural materials. v. 6. Vents, air conditioners, and other utility elements are prohibited on front or corner facades unless they are enclosed, camouflaged, screened, obscured, or otherwise concealed from street view. vi. All screening should be effective in the winter as well as the summer. vii. 7. Materials such as wood, brick, stone and gravel (as opposed to asphalt or concrete) may be substituted for planting in areas unsuitable for plant growth. viii. 8. Exterior lighting shall be the minimum necessary for safety and security. Excessive brightness shall be avoided. All lighting shall be low-rise and, 10.3.b Packet Pg. 366 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) directed downward onto the site. Lighting standards and patterns shall be compatible with the overall design theme, and shielded from adjacent parcels. C. Other Criteria. 1. Community facilities and public or quasi-public improvements should not conflict with the existing and planned character of the nearby area. ix. 2. Street furniture (including but not limited to benches, light standards, utility poles, newspaper stands, bus shelters, planters, traffic signs and signals, guardrails, rockeries, walls, mail boxes, fire hydrants and garbage cans) should be compatible with the existing and planned character of the nearby area. Pedestrian-scale lighting shall be provided along paths and walkways and be no greater than 14 feet in height. F. Permit validity. Design review approval is valid for one year from the date of decision issuance. A one-time, one-year extension is available upon request. The extension request must be received and approved prior to the expiration of the original decision for the extension to be granted. If a building permit application is required to construct a project that received design approval, the design approval is valid for the duration of the building permit application. However, if the building permit application expires prior to issuance, the associated design review expires with the building permit application. The Edmonds Community Development Code is current through Ordinance 4371, passed November 4, 2024. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 367 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Disclaimer: The city clerk’s office has the official version of the Edmonds Community Development Code. Users should contact the city clerk’s office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited above. City Website: www.edmondswa.gov Hosted by General Code. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 368 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) [Ord. 4085 § 9 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 3636 § 2, 2007]. 20.11.040 Appeals. All design review decisions of the hearing examiner or the ADB are appealable to superior court in accordance with Chapter 36.70C RCW. [Ord. 4154 § 16 (Att. D), 2019; Ord. 3736 § 40, 2009; Ord. 3636 § 2, 2007]. 20.11.050 Lapse of approval. A. Time Limit. Unless the owner submits a fully completed building permit application necessary to bring about the approved alterations, or, if no building permit application is required, substantially commences the use allowed within 18 months from the date of approval, ADB or hearing examiner approval shall expire and be null and void, unless the owner files a fully completed application for an extension of time prior to the expiration date. For the purposes of this section the date of approval shall be the date on which the ADB’s or hearing examiner’s minutes or other method of conveying the final written decision of the ADB or hearing examiner as adopted are mailed to the applicant. In the event of appeal, the date of approval shall be the date on which a final decision is entered by the city council or court of competent jurisdiction. B. Time Extension. 1. Application. The applicant may apply for a one-time extension of up to one year by submitting a letter, prior to the date that approval lapses, to the planning division along with any other supplemental documentation which the planning manager may require, which demonstrates that he/she is making substantial progress relative to the conditions adopted by the ADB or hearing examiner and that circumstances are beyond his/her control preventing timely compliance. In the event of an appeal, the one-year extension shall commence from the date a final decision is entered in favor of such extension. 2. Fee. The applicant shall include with the letter of request such fee as is established by ordinance. No application shall be complete unless accompanied by the required fee. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 369 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 3. Review of Extension Application. An application for an extension shall be reviewed by the planning official as a Type I decision (Staff decision – No notice required). [Ord. 3736 § 41, 2009; Ord. 3636 § 2, 2007]. Chapter 20.12 DISTRICT-BASED DESIGN REVIEW Sections: 20.12.005 Outline of process and statement of intent. 20.12.010 Applicability. 20.12.020 Design review by the architectural design board. 20.12.030 Design review by city staff. 20.12.070 Design guidelines, criteria and checklist. 20.12.080 Repealed. 20.12.090 Lapse of approval. 20.12.005 Outline of process and statement of intent. The architectural design board (ADB) process has been developed in order to provide for public and design professional input prior to the expense incurred by a developer in preparation of detailed design. In combination, Chapter 20.10 ECDC and this chapter are intended to permit public and ADB input at an early point in the process while providing greater assurance to a developer that his general project design has been approved before the final significant expense of detailed project design is incurred. In general, the process is as follows: A. Public Hearing (Phase 1). The applicant shall submit a preliminary conceptual design to the city. Staff shall schedule the first phase of the ADB hearing within 30 days of staff’s determination that the application is complete. Upon receipt, staff shall provide full notice of a public hearing, noting that the public hearing shall be conducted in two phases. The entire single public hearing on the conceptual design shall be on the record. At the initial phase, the applicant shall present facts which describe in detail the tract of land to be developed noting all significant characteristics. The ADB shall make factual findings regarding the particular 10.3.b Packet Pg. 370 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) characteristics of the property and shall prioritize the design guideline checklist based upon these facts, the provisions of the city’s design guideline elements of the comprehensive plan and the Edmonds Community Development Code. Following establishment of the design guideline checklist, the public hearing shall be continued to a date certain requested by the applicant, not to exceed 120 days from the meeting date. The 170-day city review period required by RCW 36.70B.080 commences with the application for Phase 1 of the public hearing. The 170-day time period is suspended, however, while the applicant further develops their application for Phase 2 of the public hearing. This suspension is based upon the finding of the city council, pursuant to RCW 36.70B.080, that additional time is required to process this project type. The city has no control over the length of time needed or taken by an applicant to complete its application. B. Continued Public Hearing (Public Hearing, Phase 2). The purpose of the continuance is to permit the applicant to design or redesign his initial conceptual design to address the input of the public and the ADB by complying with the prioritized design guideline checklist criteria. When the applicant has completed his design or redesign, he shall submit that design for final review. The matter shall be set for the next available regular ADB meeting date. If the applicant fails to submit his or her design within 180 days, the staff shall report the matter to the ADB who shall note that the applicant has failed to comply with the requirements of the code and find that the original design checklist criteria approval is void. The applicant may reapply at any time. Such reapplication shall establish a new 170-day review period and establish a new vesting date. C. After completing the hearing process, the final detailed design shall be presented to the city in conjunction with the applicable building permit application. The city staff’s decision on the building permit shall be a ministerial act applying the specific conditions or requirements set forth in the ADB’s approval, but only those requirements. A staff decision on the building permit shall be final and appealable only as provided in the Land Use Petition Act. No other internal appeal of the staff’s ministerial decisions on the building permit is allowed. [Ord. 4371 § 4 (Exh. A), 2024; Ord. 4302 § 4 (Att. A), 2023; Ord. 3636 § 3, 2007]. A. 20.12.010 Applicability. A. Downtown Business (BD) Zones. The architectural design board (ADB) shall review all proposed developments in the downtown business (BD) zones that require a threshold 10.3.b Packet Pg. 371 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) determination under the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) using the process set forth in ECDC 20.12.020. All other developments in the downtown business zones may be approved by staff as a Type I decision using the process set forth in ECDC 20.12.030. When design review is required by the ADB under ECDC 20.12.020, the application shall be processed as a Type III-A decision. B. General Commercial (CG) Zone. In the general commercial zone, the applicable design review process depends on the site and project-specific situation: 1. Design review by the architectural design board is required for any project that includes buildings exceeding 75 feet in height as identified in ECDC 16.60.020. 2. If the project site is adjacent to or across the street from the RS zone and an application contains a building greater than 35 feet in height, staff reviews the project and issues a Type II-A decision. Specific mailed notice requirements are provided in ECDC 20.03.002(D)(2). 3. Staff completes all other project design reviews as a Type I decision. 4. Preapplication Neighborhood Meeting. For proposals subject to a Type II-A or Type III-A review process, the applicant shall host a public preapplication neighborhood meeting to discuss and receive public comment on the conceptual proposal. The applicant shall provide notice of this meeting to all property owners and residents (including tenants of individual units within multifamily residential buildings) within 500 feet of the subject site by depositing written notice in the U.S. mail postage paid at least 14 calendar days in advance of the meeting to all persons and entities shown as having an ownership interest in the land records of Snohomish County. An affidavit of mailing shall be provided to the city by the applicant attaching its mailing list. While this meeting will allow immediate public response to the proposal in its conceptual form, comments submitted during this meeting are not binding to the applicant or staff. However, staff may make general recommendations to the applicant as part of the formal application based on the input from this meeting to the extent that said comments are consistent with the adopted provisions of the Edmonds Community Development Code and the comprehensive plan. As a courtesy, the applicant shall provide summary minutes of the meeting to all of those in attendance within two weeks of the date of the meeting . [Ord. 4302 § 4 (Att. A), 2023; Ord. 4154 § 15 (Att. D), 2019; Ord. 3736 § 42, 2009; Ord. 3636 § 3, 2007]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 372 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 20.12.020 Design review by the architectural design board. A. Public Hearing – Phase 1. Phase 1 of the public hearing shall be scheduled with the architectural design board (ADB) as a public meeting. Notice of the meeting shall be provided according to the requirements of ECDC 20.03.003. This notice may be combined with the formal notice of application required under ECDC 20.03.002, as appropriate. 1. The purpose of Phase 1 of the public hearing is for the ADB to identify the relative importance of design criteria that will apply to the project proposal during the subsequent design review. The basic criteria to be evaluated are listed on the design guidelines checklist contained within the design guidelines and this chapter. The ADB shall utilize the urban design guidelines and standards contained in the relevant city zoning classification(s), any relevant district-specific design objectives contained in the comprehensive plan, and the relevant portions of this chapter and Chapter 20.13 ECDC, to identify the relative importance of design criteria; no new, additional criteria shall be incorporated, whether proposed in light of the specific characteristics of a particular tract of land or on an ad hoc basis. 2. Prior to scheduling Phase 1 of the public hearing, the applicant shall submit information necessary to identify the scope and context of the proposed development, including any site plans, diagrams, and/or elevations sufficient to summarize the character of the project, its site, and neighboring property information. At a minimum, an applicant shall submit the following information for consideration during Phase 1 of the public hearing: a. Vicinity plan showing all significant physical structures and environmentally critical areas within a 200-foot radius of the site including, but not limited to, surrounding building outlines, streets, driveways, sidewalks, bus stops, and land use. Aerial photographs may be used to develop this information. b. Conceptual site plan(s) showing topography (minimum two-foot intervals), general location of building(s), areas devoted to parking, streets and access, existing open space and vegetation. All concepts being considered for the property should be submitted to assist the ADB in defining all pertinent issues applicable to the site. c. Three-dimensional sketches, photo simulations, or elevations that depict the volume of the proposed structure in relation to the surrounding buildings and improvements. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 373 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 3. During Phase 1 of the public hearing, the applicant shall be afforded an opportunity to present information on the proposed project. The public shall also be invited to address which design guidelines checklist criteria from ECDC 20.12.070 they feel are pertinent to the project. The Phase 1 meeting shall be considered to be a public hearing and information presented or discussed during the meeting shall be recorded as part of the hearing record. 4. Prior to the close of Phase 1 of the public hearing, the ADB shall identify the specific design guidelines checklist criteria – and their relative importance – that will be applied to the project during the project’s subsequent design review. In submitting an application for design review approval under this chapter, the applicant shall be responsible for identifying how the proposed project meets the specific criteria identified by the ADB during Phase 1 of the public hearing. 5. Following establishment of the design guidelines checklist, the public hearing shall be continued to a date certain, not exceeding 120 days from the date of Phase 1 of the public hearing. The continuance is intended to provide the applicant with sufficient time to prepare the material required for Phase 2 of the public hearing, including any design or redesign needed to address the input of the public and ADB during Phase 1 of the public hearing by complying with the prioritized checklist. 6. Because Phase 1 of the public hearing is only the first part of a two-part public hearing, there can be no appeal of the design decision until Phase 2 of the public hearing has been completed and a final decision rendered. B. Continued Public Hearing – Phase 2. 1. An applicant for Phase 2 design review shall submit information sufficient to evaluate how the project meets the criteria identified by the ADB during Phase 1 of the public hearing described in subsection (A) of this section. At a minimum, an applicant shall submit the following information for consideration during Phase 2 of the public hearing: a. Conceptual site plan showing topography (minimum two-foot intervals), general layout of building, parking, streets and access, and proposed open space. b. Conceptual landscape plan, showing locations of planting areas identifying landscape types, including general plant species and characteristics. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 374 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) c. Conceptual utility plan, showing access to and areas reserved for water, sewer, storm, electrical power, and fire connections and/or hydrants. d. Conceptual building elevations for all building faces illustrating building massing and openings, materials and colors, and roof forms. A three-dimensional model may be substituted for the building elevation(s). e. If more than one development concept is being considered for the property, the submissions should be developed to clearly identify the development options being considered. f. An annotated checklist demonstrating how the project complies with the specific criteria identified by the ADB. g. Optional: generalized building floor plans may be provided. 2. Staff shall prepare a report summarizing the project and providing any comments or recommendations regarding the annotated checklist provided by the applicant under subsection (B)(1)(f) of this section, as appropriate. The report shall be mailed to the applicant and ADB at least one week prior to the public hearing. 3. Phase 2 of the public hearing shall be conducted by the ADB as a continuation of the Phase 1 public hearing. Notice of the meeting shall be provided according to the requirements of Chapter 20.03 ECDC. During Phase 2 of the public hearing, the ADB shall review the application and identify any conditions that the proposal must meet prior to the issuance of any permit or approval by the city. When conducting this review, the ADB shall enter the following findings prior to issuing its decision on the proposal: a. Zoning Ordinance. The proposal meets the bulk and use requirements of the zoning ordinance, or a variance or modification has been approved under the terms of this code for any duration. The finding of the staff that a proposal meets the bulk and use requirements of the zoning ordinance shall be given substantial deference and may be overcome by clear and convincing evidence. b. Design Objectives. The proposal meets the relevant district-specific design objectives contained in the comprehensive plan. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 375 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) c. Design Criteria. The proposal satisfies the specific checklist criteria identified by the ADB during Phase 1 of the public hearing under subsection (A) of this section. When conducting its review, the ADB shall not add or impose conditions based on new, additional criteria proposed in light of the specific characteristics of a particular tract of land or on an ad hoc basis. 4. Project Consolidation. Projects may be consolidated in accordance with RCW 36.70B.110 and the terms of the Edmonds Community Development Code. C. Effect of the Decision of the ADB. The decision of the ADB described in subsection (B) of this section shall be used by staff to determine if a project complies with the requirements of these chapters during staff review of any subsequent applications for permits or approvals. The staff’s determination shall be purely ministerial in nature and no discretion is granted to deviate from the requirements imposed by the ADB and the Edmonds Community Development Code. The staff process shall be akin to and administered in conjunction with building permit approval, as applicable. Written notice shall be provided to any party of record (as developed in Phases 1 and 2 of the public hearing) who formally requests notice as to: 1. Receipt of plans in a building permit application or application for property development as defined in ECDC 20.10.020; and 2. Approval, conditioned approval or denial by staff of the building permit or development approval. [Ord. 4314 § 77 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4302 § 4 (Att. A), 2023; Ord. 3817 § 10, 2010; Ord. 3736 §§ 43, 44, 2009; Ord. 3636 § 3, 2007]. 20.12.030 Design review by city staff. A. Optional Preapplication Meeting. At the option of the applicant, a preapplication meeting may be scheduled with city staff. The purpose of the meeting is to provide preliminary staff comments on a proposed development to assist the applicant in preparing an application for development approval. Submission requirements and rules of procedure for this optional preapplication meeting shall be adopted by city staff consistent with the purposes of this chapter. B. Application and Staff Decision. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 376 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 1. An applicant for design review shall submit information sufficient to evaluate how the project meets the criteria applicable to the project. Staff shall develop a checklist of submission requirements and review criteria necessary to support this intent. When design review is intended to accompany and be part of an application for another permit or approval, such as a building permit, the submission requirements and design review may be completed as part of the associated permit process. 2. In reviewing an application for design review, staff shall review the project checklist and evaluate whether the project has addressed each of the applicable design criteria. Staff shall enter the following findings prior to issuing a decision on the proposal: a. Zoning Ordinance. That the proposal meets the bulk and use requirements of the zoning ordinance, including the guidelines and standards contained in the relevant zoning classification(s). b. Design Guidelines. That the proposal meets the relevant district-specific design objectives contained in the comprehensive plan. When conducting its review, city staff shall not add or impose conditions based on new, additional criteria proposed in light of the specific characteristics of a particular tract of land or on an ad hoc basis. [Ord. 4302 § 4 (Att. A), 2023; Ord. 3636 § 3, 2007]. 20.12.070 Design guidelines, criteria and checklist. A. In conducting its review, the ADB shall use the design guidelines and design review checklist as contemporaneously adopted in the design guidelines. B. Additional Criteria. Design review shall reference the specific criteria adopted for each area or district. 1. Criteria to be used in design review for the downtown Edmonds business districts (BD zones) located within the downtown/waterfront activity center as shown on the city of Edmonds comprehensive plan map include the following: a. Design objectives for the downtown waterfront activity center contained in the Edmonds comprehensive plan. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 377 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) b. (Reserved). 2. Criteria to be used in design review for the general commercial (CG) zone located within the medical/Highway 99 activity center or the Highway 99 corridor as shown on the city of Edmonds comprehensive plan map include the following: a. Design standards contained in Chapter 16.60 ECDC for the general commercial zone. b. Policies contained in the specific section of the comprehensive plan addressing the medical/Highway 99 activity center and Highway 99 corridor. [Ord. 4302 § 4 (Att. A), 2023; Ord. 4299 § 47 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 3636 § 3, 2007]. 20.12.080 Appeals. Repealed by Ord. 4302. 20.12.090 Lapse of approval. A. Time Limit. Unless the owner submits a fully completed building permit application necessary to bring about the approved alterations, or, if no building permit application is required, substantially commences the use allowed within 18 months from the date of approval, ADB or hearing examiner approval shall expire and be null and void, unless the owner files a fully completed application for an extension of time prior to the expiration date. For the purposes of this section, the date of approval shall be the date on which the ADB’s or hearing examiner’s minutes or other method of conveying the final written decision of the ADB or hearing examiner as adopted are mailed to the applicant. In the event of appeal, the date of approval shall be the date on which a final decision is entered by the city council or court of competent jurisdiction. B. Time Extension. 1. Application. The applicant may apply for a one-time extension of up to one year by submitting a letter, prior to the date that approval lapses, to the planning division along with any other supplemental documentation which the planning manager may require, which demonstrates that he/she is making substantial progress relative to the conditions adopted by the ADB or hearing examiner and that circumstances are beyond his/her 10.3.b Packet Pg. 378 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) control preventing timely compliance. In the event of an appeal, the one-year extension shall commence from the date a final decision is entered in favor of such extension. 2. Fee. The applicant shall include with the letter of request such fee as is established by ordinance. No application shall be complete unless accompanied by the required fee. 3. Review of Extension Application. An application for an extension shall be reviewed by the planning official as a Type I decision (Staff decision – No notice required). [Ord. 4302 § 4 (Att. A), 2023; Ord. 3736 § 46, 2009; Ord. 3636 § 3, 2007]. Chapter 20.13 LANDSCAPING REQUIREMENTS Sections: 20.13.000 Scope. 20.13.010 Landscape plan requirements. 20.13.015 Plant schedule. 20.13.020 General design standards. 20.13.025 General planting standards. 20.13.030 Landscape types. 20.13.040 Landscape bonds. 20.13.050 Urban design chapter adopted. 20.13.000 Scope. The landscape requirements found in this chapter are intended for use by city staff, the architectural design board (ADB) and the hearing examiner in reviewing projects, as set forth in ECDC 20.11.010. The ADB and hearing examiner shall be allowed to interpret and modify the requirements contained herein; provided such modification is consistent with the purposes found in ECDC 20.10.000.20.10.010. [Ord. 3636 § 4, 2007]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 379 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 20.13.010 Landscape plan requirements. The applicant has the option of submitting a preliminary landscape plan to the architectural design board prior to final approval. The preliminary landscape plan need not include the detail required for final approval, although areas of proposed landscaping should be shown. Final project approval cannot be given until the final landscape plan is submitted and approved. The following items shall be shown on any final landscape plan submitted to the ADB for review: A. Name and address or location of the project; B. All plant material identified by botanical and common name – genus, species and variety (see ECDC 20.13.015); C. Location of all trees and shrubs to be planted; D. Three setsA digital file of landscape plans drawn to a scale of 1" = 30' or larger (e.g., 1" = 20', 1" = 10', etc.). PlanPlans should include a bar scale for reference. See “Checklist for Architectural Design Review” items (on architectural design board brochure) for required number of other plans; E. Scale of the drawing, a north arrow and date of the plan; F. All property lines, as well as abutting streets and alleys; G. Locations, sizes and species of existing trees (six inches in caliper or more) and shrubs. Trees and shrubs to be removed must be noted. Natural areas should be designated as such; H. Any proposed or existing physical elements (such as stormwater facilities, fencing, walls, building, curbing, and signs) that may affect the overall landscape; I. Parking layout, including circulation, driveway location, parking stalls and curbing (see ECDC 20.13.020(D)); J. Grading shown by contour lines (minimum five-foot intervals), spot elevations, sections or other means; K. Location of irrigation system (see ECDC 20.13.020(E)). [Ord. 4085 § 10 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 3636 § 4, 2007]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 380 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 20.13.015 Plant schedule. A. The plant schedule shall indicate for all plants the scientific and common names, quantities, sizes and spacing. Quantities are not required on a preliminary landscape plan. A preliminary plan may also indicate shrubs as masses rather than showing the individual plants. The final plan must show individual shrubs and quantities. B. Minimum sizes at installation are as follows: • one-and-three-quarters-inch caliper street trees; one-and-one-half-inch caliper other deciduous trees; • eight feet minimum height – vine maples and other multistemmed trees; • six feet minimum height – evergreen trees; • eighteen inches minimum height for medium and tall shrubs: – small shrub = less than three and one-half feet tall at maturity; – medium shrub = three and one-half feet to six feet tall at maturity; – large shrub = more than six feet tall at maturity. C. Maximum size: species approved within a landscape plan shall have a growth pattern in scale with the development and be consistent with the preservation of significant views and height limit for the zoning district. D. Maximum spacing: • large shrubs = six feet on center; • medium shrubs = four and one-half feet on center; • small shrubs = three feet on center. E. Groundcover is required in all planting bed areas as follows: • one-gallon pots 30 inches on center; • four-inch pots 24 inches on center; 10.3.b Packet Pg. 381 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) • two-and-one-quarter-inch pots 15 inches on center; • rooted cuttings 12 inches on center. All groundcover shall be living plant material approved by the ADB.decision-maker. [Ord. 3636 § 4, 2007]. 20.13.020 General design standards. A. Preference shall be given to an informal arrangement of plants installed in a variety of treatments that will enhance building designs and attractively screen parked vehicles and unsightly areas, soften visual impact of structures and enhance views and vistas. B. A formal arrangement may be acceptable if it has enough variety in layout and plants. Avoid continuous, long, unbroken, straight rows of a single plant where possible. C. Existing vegetation that contributes to the attractiveness of the site should be retained. Existing significant trees and shrubbery (six-inch caliper or more) must be shown on the proposed landscape plan and saved and incorporated into the landscape plan, if they are reasonably attractive and of good quality. D. Curbs shall be provided as needed to contain landscaping in planter areas. E. Automatic irrigation is required for all ADB-approved landscaped areas for projects which have more than four dwelling units, 4,000 square feet of building area or more than 20 parking spaces. F. All planting areas should be at least four feet wide between curbs. G. When selecting tree species, consideration should be given to pedestrian and vehicular use, as well as impacts to surrounding utilities. H. All plants shall be compatible with the character and climate of the Pacific Northwest. Shrubs and/or groundcover are required to provide 75 percent ground coverage within three years. I. Repealed by Ord. 4085. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 382 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) J. Landscaping must be provided in adjacent rights-of-way between property line and curb or street edge and shown on the landscape plan. K. Street trees must be planted according to the city’s street tree plan. Contact the planning division for details. L. Street trees should be installed within four feet of either side of the property line. M. Landscaping should be tall enough to soften any dumpster enclosures located in planting areas. N. Trees and very large shrubs should be planted at least five feet from any water/sewer lines. Landscape plantings shall reflect consideration of plantings in relation to utility lines. O. Utility boxes should be screened with landscaping without blocking access. P. Species approved within a landscape plan shall have a growth pattern in scale with the development and be consistent with the preservation of significant views and height limit for the zoning district. Q. Stormwater LID best management practice integration into overall landscape design is strongly encouraged, where feasible. R. Consideration of a variation to the maximum planter size will be given when the planter area is also functioning as a bioretention or rain garden facility. See requirements in Chapter 18.30 ECDC. S. Landscaping used as part of a low impact development stormwater facility may be counted towards meeting the requirements of this chapter. [Ord. 4085 §§ 11 – 14 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 3636 § 4, 2007]. 20.13.025 General planting standards. A. Blank Building Walls. 1. Blank building walls should be softened by landscaping. 2. Landscaping should include trees and shrubs – mostly evergreen. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 383 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 3. Trees should be planted an average of 20 feet on center either formally or in clusters. B. Foundation Planting. 1. Trees and shrubs should soften the building elevation and soften the transition between the pavement and the building. 2. Plantings may be in informal or formal arrangements (see ECDC 20.13.020(A) and (B)). 3. Landscaping should be planted in all areas except service areas. 4. Planting areas should be at least four feet wide. [Ord. 3636 § 4, 2007]. 20.13.030 Landscape types. A. Type I Landscaping. Type I landscaping is intended to provide a very dense sight barrier to significantly separate uses and land use districts. 1. Two rows of evergreen trees, a minimum of 10 feet in height and planted at intervals of no greater than 20 feet on center. The trees must be backed by a sight-obscuring fence a minimum of five feet high or the required width of the planting area must be increased by 10 feet; and 2. Shrubs a minimum of three and one-half feet in height planted in an area at least five feet in width, and other plant materials, planted so that the ground will be covered within three years; 3. Alternatively, the trees and shrubs may be planted on an earthen berm at least 15 feet in width and an average of five feet high along its midline. B. Type II Landscaping. Type II landscaping is intended to create a visual separation between similar uses. 1. Evergreen and deciduous trees, with no more than 30 percent being deciduous, a minimum of six feet in height, and planted at intervals no greater than 20 feet on center; and 10.3.b Packet Pg. 384 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2. Shrubs, a minimum of three and one-half feet in height and other plant materials, planted so that the ground will be covered within three years. C. Type III Landscaping. Type III landscaping is intended to provide visual separation of uses from streets, and visual separation of compatible uses so as to soften the appearance of streets, parking areas and building elevations. 1. Evergreen and deciduous trees, with no more than 50 percent being deciduous, a minimum of six feet in height, and planted at intervals no greater than 30 feet on center; and 2. If planted to buffer a building elevation, shrubs, a minimum of three and one-half feet in height, and living ground cover planted so that the ground will be covered within three years; or 3. If planted to buffer a parking area, access, or site development other than a building, any of the following alternatives may be used unless otherwise noted: a. Shrubs, a minimum of three and one-half feet in height, and living ground cover must be planted so that the ground will be covered within three years. b. Earth-mounding, an average of three and one-half feet in height, planted with shrubs or living ground cover so that the ground will be covered within three years. This alternative may not be used in a downtown or waterfront area. c. A combination of earth mounding, opaque fences and shrubs to produce a visual barrier at least three and one-half feet in height. D. Type IV Landscaping. Type IV landscaping is intended to provide visual relief where clear sight is desired to see signage or into adjacent space for safety concerns. 1. Trees shall be deciduous and planted 25 feet on center and the trunk shall be free of branches below six feet in height. 2. Plant materials which will cover the ground within three years, and which will not exceed three and one-half feet in height. E. Type V Landscaping. Type V landscaping is intended to provide visual relief and shade in parking areas. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 385 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 1. Required Amount. a. If the parking area contains no more than 50 parking spaces, at least 17.5 square feet of landscape development must be provided as described in subsection (E)(2) of this section for each parking stall proposed. b. If the parking area contains more than 99 parking spaces, at least 35 square feet of landscape development must be provided as described in subsection (E)(2) of this section for each parking stall proposed. c. If the parking area contains more than 50 but less than 100 parking spaces, the director – or his designee – shall determine the required amount of landscaping by interpolating between 17.5 and 35 square feet for each parking stall proposed. The area must be landscaped as described in subsection (E)(2) of this section. 2. Design. a. Each area of landscaping must contain at least 150 square feet of area and must be at least four feet in any direction exclusive of vehicle overhang. The area must contain at least one tree a minimum of six feet in height and with a minimum size of one and one-half inches in caliper if deciduous. The remaining ground area must be landscaped with plant materials, decorative mulch or unit pavers. b. A landscaped area must be placed at the interior ends of each parking row in a multiple-lane parking area. This area must be at least four feet wide and must extend the length of the adjacent parking stall. c. Up to 100 percent of the trees proposed for the parking area may be deciduous. d. Repealed by Ord. 4085. e. The minimum area per planter is 64 square feet. f. The maximum area per planter is 1,500 square feet for parking lots greater than 12,000 square feet. Planters shall be spread throughout the parking lot. g. Shade trees are required at the rate of a minimum of one per planter and/or one per 150 square feet of planter. [Ord. 4085 § 15 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 3636 § 4, 2007]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 386 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 20.13.040 Landscape bonds. A. An itemized cost estimate, covering landscaping and irrigation, must be submitted for use in determining the landscape bond amount. The city will use this estimate to set the amount of the landscape performance bond. B. A performance bond will be required for release of the building permit. This bond will be used to cover installation of required landscaping, fences or screening for service areas. C. Landscaping must be installed prior to issuance of certificate of occupancy (for multiple-family and single-tenant commercial buildings) or a certificate of completion (for multiple-tenant commercial buildings). D. Once the landscaping has been installed, a 15 percent maintenance bond is required for release of the performance bond. Any plants that die within two years of installation must be replaced before the maintenance bond can be released. Upon inspection and approval, the maintenance bond may be released after two years. [Ord. 3636 § 4, 2007]. 20.13.050 Urban design chapter adopted. In aid of the design review criteria established pursuant to Chapters 20.10 ECDC, et seq., the urban design chapter is hereby adopted in that form shown on Exhibit A attached to the ordinance codified in this chapter. Such exhibit is incorporated by this reference as fully as if herein set forth. These criteria shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of ECDC 20.12.070(A). The city clerk and planning department shall maintain copies for the public and shall make the standards available online. [Ord. 3636 § 5, 2007]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 387 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) The Edmonds Community Development Code is current through Ordinance 4375, passed December 10, 2024. Disclaimer: The city clerk’s office has the official version of the Edmonds Community Development Code. Users should contact the city clerk’s office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited above. City Website: www.edmondswa.gov Hosted by General Code. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 388 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 20.60 SIGN CODE Sections: 20.60.000 Purpose. 20.60.005 Definitions. 20.60.010 Permit required. 20.60.015 Design review procedures. 20.60.015 Design review procedures. 20.60.020 General regulations for permanent signs. 20.60.025 Total maximum permanent sign area. 20.60.030 Wall signs – Maximum area and height. 20.60.035 Window signs – Maximum area. 20.60.040 Projecting signs – Maximum area and height restrictions. 20.60.045 Freestanding signs – Regulations. 20.60.050 Wall graphic and identification structures. 20.60.055 Pedestrian signs. 20.60.060 Campaign signs. 20.60.065 Real estate signs. 20.60.070 Construction signs. 20.60.075 Governmental signs. 20.60.080 Temporary signs. 20.60.090 Prohibited signs. 20.60.095 Exempt signs. 20.60.100 Administration. 20.60.000 Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to enact regulatory measures to implement those goals and policies stated in the Edmonds Comprehensive Policy Plan and to achieve the following objectives: 10.3.b Packet Pg. 389 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) A. Protect the public right-of-way from obstructions which would impair the public’s use of their right-of-way. B. Minimize the hazard to the public represented by distractions to drivers from moving, blinking, or other similar forms of signage or visual clutter. C. Provide for distinct signage for each distinct property. D. Encourage the use of graphics/symbols to reduce the visual clutter associated with overly large letters or extensive use of lettering. E. Minimize potential for view blockage and visual clutter along public rights-of-way. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.005 Definitions. For the purposes of the enforcement of this chapter, the following definitions shall apply: “Attached sign” is any sign attached or affixed to a building. Attached signs include wall signs, projecting signs, and window signs. “Boxed cabinet sign” is a permanent sign that is mounted on the face of a building that is roughly rectangular in shape and provides for internal illumination and changing the message of the sign by replacing a single transparent or translucent material such as a Plexiglass/Lexan face. This definition is meant to distinguish between a cabinet sign that is essentially a rectangular box and one that follows the outlines of the letters of the sign, or an “outline cabinet sign.” “Building ID/historic sign” is a permanent sign that identifies or names a building and assists in creating landmarks in the city. Examples include dates, “1890”; names, “Beeson Building”; or addresses. “Campaign sign” is a temporary sign displaying a message relating to a candidate, political party, or issue that is registered or certified for an upcoming election. “Commercial sign” is a sign displayed for the purpose of identifying a commercial use, or advertising a service, product, business or venture that is offered for trade or sale. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 390 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) “Community event banner” is a noncommercial sign composed of cloth, fabric, canvas or similarly flexible material that promotes a temporary community event endorsed, operated or sponsored wholly or in part by a local public entity the jurisdiction of which includes the city of Edmonds. “Community events” are nonprofit, governmental or charitable festivals, contests, programs, fairs, carnivals or recreational contests conducted within the city. “Construction sign” is a permanent or temporary sign displayed on premises where any physical excavation, construction, demolition, rehabilitation, structural alteration or related work is currently occurring, pursuant to a valid building permit. “Directional symbols” are small in size (two square feet or less) and intended to provide on-site directions to specific locations or areas (such as parking areas, drive-through facilities, ATMs and entries and/or exits), hours of operation, parking limitations, warnings of hazards, prohibition of activities (such as “no parking”), historical markers and similar public information. Directional symbols are not considered to be signage as regulated in this chapter. “Fixed sign” is any sign attached or affixed to the ground or any structure in such a manner so as to provide for continuous display for an extended or indeterminable period of time. Fixed signs include, but are not limited to, freestanding signs and wall signs. “Freestanding sign” is any sign that is not attached or affixed to a building. Freestanding signs can be further described as “monument signs” or “pole signs.” “Governmental sign” is a sign owned, operated or sponsored by a governmental entity, and which promotes the public health, safety or welfare. Governmental signs include, but are not limited to, traffic signs, directional and informational signs, publicly sponsored warning or hazard signs, and community event banners displayed by a governmental entity on public property. “Group sign” is a sign or signs on one sign structure serving two or more businesses sharing a parking facility. “Halo sign” is a sign where the light source is concealed behind an opaque face and the rays of illumination are projected outward around the edges of the sign or directed against the surface behind the sign forming a silhouette or halo effect. Halo signs are not considered to be internally illuminated signs for the purposes of this chapter. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 391 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) “Identification structure” is a structure intended to attract the attention of the public to a site, without the use of words or symbols identifying the businesses. Examples include fountains, sculptures, awnings, and totem poles. “Internally illuminated signs” include any sign where light shines through a transparent or semi-transparent sign face to illuminate the sign’s message. Exposed neon is considered to be a form of internal illumination. “Marquee” or “canopy” is a permanent roofed structure attached and supported by the building. “Marquee sign” is any sign attached to or made a part of a building marquee. A marquee sign is a form of projecting sign. “Monument signs” are freestanding signs that have integrated the structural component of the sign into the design of the sign and sign base. “Noncommercial sign” is a sign that is intended to display a religious, charitable, cultural, governmental, informational, political, educational, or artistic message, that is not primarily associated with a good, product, or service offered for sale or trade. Noncommercial signs include signs advertising incidental and temporary commercial activities conducted by churches and nonprofit businesses, clubs, groups, associations or organizations. “Off-premises sign” is any sign that advertises or relates to a good, product, service, event, or meeting, that is offered, sold, traded, provided, or conducted at some location or premises 10.3.b Packet Pg. 392 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) other than that upon which the sign is posted or displayed. Off-premises signs include all signs posted or displayed in the public right-of-way. “On-premises sign” is any sign that advertises or relates to a good, product, service, event, or meeting that is lawfully permitted to be offered, sold, traded, provided, or conducted at the location or premises upon which the sign is posted or displayed. On-premises signs also include signs not related to any particular location or premises, such as signs displaying religious, charitable, cultural, governmental, informational, political, educational, or artistic messages that are intentionally displayed by the owner of the property or premises upon which the sign is displayed. “Outline cabinet sign” is a permanent sign that is mounted on the face of a building that roughly follows the shape of the text or symbology of the sign and provides for internal illumination. This definition is meant to distinguish between a cabinet sign that follows the outlines of the letters of the sign and one that is essentially a rectangular box or a “boxed cabinet sign.” An “outlined cabinet sign” will be treated more like an “individual letter sign” where the area of the sign is calculated based on the actual outlined shape of the sign. “Permanent sign” is a fixed or portable sign intended for continuous or intermittent display for periods exceeding 60 days in any calendar year. “Pole signs” are freestanding signs where the structural support for the sign is one or more exposed pole(s). Pole signs may include community event banners where the banner is supported by at least two poles that are permanently attached to the ground (“pole-mounted community event banners”). However, pole signs with two poles that are not more than six feet in height are considered to be monument signs. “Portable sign” is any sign that is readily capable of being moved or removed, whether attached or affixed to the ground, or any structure that is typically intended for temporary display. Portable signs include, but are not limited to: 1. Signs designed and constructed with a chassis or support with or without wheels; 2. Pedestrian signs, including signs such as A-frame (sandwich board), stanchion, easel, or post-style signs intended as freestanding signs in pedestrian environments; 10.3.b Packet Pg. 393 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Left: Stanchion sign 3. Wooden, metal, or plastic “stake” or “yard” signs; 4. Posters or banners affixed to windows, railings, overhangs, trees, hedges, or other structures or vegetation, except for pole-mounted community event banners; 5. Signs mounted upon vehicles parked and visible from the public right-of-way, except signs identifying the related business when the vehicle is being used in the normal day-to-day operation of the business, and except for signs advertising for sale the vehicle upon which the sign is mounted; 6. Searchlights; 7. Inflatables. “Premises” is the actual physical area of the lot upon which a sign is posted or displayed. “Projecting sign” is any sign attached or affixed to a building or wall in such a manner that its leading edge extends more than 12 inches beyond the surface of such building or wall. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 394 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) “Reader board sign” is a sign that is designed to allow for a change in the message, either by adding or removing plastic letters, or by means of electronics and lights. Reader boards do not include signs which have a changeable message where the sign does not change more than once per day and where the changeable features are integrated with the background and overall design of the sign, including the sign’s typefaces, colors and symbology. Individual letters or numbers placed on a solid-colored background is considered to be a reader board. Two signs at left: Acceptable changeable message sign; Two signs at right: A reader board. “Real estate sign” is a sign displaying a message relating to the sale or rent of real property. “Sign” is any structure, device or fixture that is visible from a public place, that incorporates graphics, symbols, or written copy for the purposes of conveying a particular message to public observers, including wall graphics or identification structures. “Sign area” is the area of a sign on which copy is to be placed, as set forth in ECDC 20.60.020(A). 10.3.b Packet Pg. 395 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) “Temporary sign” is a sign intended for short-term display, not to exceed 60 calendar days in any calendar year. Window signs meeting the requirements of ECDC 20.60.035 are not regulated as temporary signs. “Wall graphic” is a wall sign, including murals, in which color and form, and primarily without the use of words, are a part of the overall design on the building(s) where the wall graphic is proposed. A wall graphic may be painted or applied (not to exceed one-half inch in thickness) to a building as a part of its overall color and design, but may not be internally lighted. Internally lighted assemblies, including those which project from the wall of the structure, or which are located on any accessory structure on the site, shall be considered wall signs and comply with the requirements of this chapter. “Wall sign” is a sign that is attached or affixed to a wall and that is parallel to and not projecting more than 12 inches at any angle from such wall. Wall signs include signs that are painted directly upon a wall. “Window sign” is a sign that is attached or affixed to a window, or a sign displayed within 24 inches of the inside of a window in such a manner as to be visible from any public place. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3800 § 1, 2010; Ord. 3631 § 1, 2007; Ord. 3628 § 8, 2007; Ord. 3561 § 1, 2005; Ord. 3514 § 1, 2004; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.010 Permit required. A. Except as provided in this chapter, no permanent sign may be constructed, installed, posted, displayed or modified without first obtaining a sign permit approving the proposed sign’s size, design, location, and display as provided for in this chapter. B. Design approval is not required for the posting of permanent signs in residential zones; provided, that the restrictions and standards of this chapter are met. If additional signage is requested for conditional or nonconforming uses in residential zones, the property owner shall apply for design review. Design review is not required for any sign which does not require a building permit. C. A sign modification shall include, but is not limited to, relocations, modifications to size, design, height or color scheme, or the replacement of 25 percent or more of the structural material in the sign area. Normal and ordinary maintenance and repair, and changes to the 10.3.b Packet Pg. 396 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) graphics, symbols, or copy of a sign, without affecting the size, structural design, height, or color scheme, shall not constitute modifications for purposes of this section. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3514 § 2, 2004; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20. 60.015 Design review procedures. A. Staff Approval. Except as referred to the architectural design board pursuant to subsection (A)(1) of this section, and except as provided in subsection (B) of this section, the planning manager, or designee, shall review all applications for design review under refer design review applications to the architectural design board for the types of signs listed below, where the this chapter, and shall approve, conditionally approve or deny the application in accordance with the policies of ECDC 20.10.00020.10.000 and the standards and requirements of this chapter; provided, that for murals and artwork the planning manager or designee shall review the application in accordance with the criteria set forth in subsection (C) of this section. The decision of the planning manager on any sign permit application shall be final except that signs reviewed by the architectural design board are appealable to the hearing examiner. 1. The planning manager or designee may refer design review applications to the architectural design board for the types of signs listed below, where the planning manager determines that the proposed sign has the potential for significant adverse impacts on community aesthetics or traffic safety: a. Any sign application for an identification structure as defined by this chapter; b. Any sign application for a wall graphic as defined by this chapter; c. Any proposed sign that the planning manager determines to be obtrusive, garish or otherwise not consistent with the architectural features of the surrounding neighborhood. B. Review by Architectural Design Board. The architectural design board shall review those signs listed in subsection (B)(1) of this section and any sign permit referred by the planning manager pursuant to subsection (A)(1) of this section. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 397 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 1. The ADB shall review any sign permit application that requests a modification to any of the standards prescribed by this chapter. The ADB shall only approve modification requests that arise from one of the following two situations: a. The request is for signage on a site that has a unique configuration, such as frontage on more than two streets, or has an unusual geometric shape or topography; b. The request is for signage on a building that has unique architectural elements or features or details that substantially restrict the placement or size of signage relative to other buildings in the vicinity. 2. The ADB may approve the requested modification only if it meets the following criteria: a. The design of the proposed signage must be compatible in its use of materials, colors, design and proportions with development throughout the site and with similar signage in the vicinity; b. In no event shall the modification result in signage which exceeds the maximum normally allowed by more than 50 percent. C. Staff Review of Murals and Artwork. When a proposed wall graphic is proposed as a mural or artwork, the planning manager or designee shall review and approve, conditionally approve, or deny the application in accordance with the following criteria. While a separate sign permit is required for each wall graphic, the staff may make a single design review decision on wall graphics that consist of related murals or artwork. Related murals or artwork may include multiple proposals for sites within reasonable proximity to each other that are related by theme, style, materials used, and/or context. The decision of the staff on any design review application containing a mural or art as a wall graphic may be appealed to the hearing examiner pursuant to the procedure established in Chapter 20.06 ECDC. 1. Art, like other exercises of First Amendment rights, may be limited by reasonable time, place, and manner restrictions. In this case, these criteria will be utilized to enhance the aesthetics of the city and to ensure quality and maintenance standards are observed. No recommendation shall be based upon the content or message expressed by an artist or in a work of art. Applicants are encouraged to coordinate their artwork with the design or architectural elements of the building and the historic and pedestrian-oriented character of the downtown area. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 398 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2. Specific submission requirements for design review include, but are not limited to: a. Site sketch showing locations of artwork; b. Minimum one-fourth-inch scale color drawings of the art concept or art component; c. Material/color samples; d. Written Proposal. A written proposal in eight-and-one-half-inch-by-11-inch format to include a description and summary of a final design proposal for the artwork; detailed maintenance requirements; a schedule for development, fabrication, and completion; artist’s resume; and evidence of assumption of liability by applicant or designee; and e. When required pursuant to ECDC 20.45.05020.45.050, a certificate of appropriateness shall be obtained from the historic preservation commission for murals on designated historic structures or within a designated historic district. 3. Review Criteria. Review criteria for the design review include: a. Quality of the materials used to create the artwork. Materials should be resistant to fading; no fluorescent paints; b. Durability and permanence, including ability to withstand age, vandalism, and weathering. Consideration should be given to anti-graffiti coating; and c. Compatibility of the artwork with architectural elements, other elements of the street, and adjacent structures. Compatibility shall be determined by relationships of the elements of form, proportion, scale, color, materials, surface treatment, and size and style of lettering. Lettering shall be minimized, but may be considered for inclusion when necessary to the artistic content. D. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (A), (B), and (C) of this section, sign permit applications shall not be referred to or reviewed by the architectural design board if the proposed sign constitutes a modification to an existing sign and involves no significant alteration or modification to the size, height, design, lighting or color of the existing sign. Sign permit applications for such sign modifications shall be processed and subject to review in the same manner as provided for staff review in subsection (A) of this section. [Ord. 4154 § 22 (Att. D), 10.3.b Packet Pg. 399 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2019; Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3800 § 1, 2010; Ord. 3736 § 60, 2009; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.020 General regulations for permanent signs. A. Sign Area. The area of a sign shall be calculated as follows: 1. The area of a sign is maximum actual area of a sign that is visible from any single point of observation from any public vantage point. The sign area is normally the smallest rectangle that encloses the entire copy area of the sign. 2. Individual letters, numbers or symbols applied directly to a wall or structure and used to form the sign shall be calculated individually. 3. Supporting structures which are part of a sign display shall be included in the calculation of the sign area, except that the supporting structure of a monument sign or pole sign shall not be included when calculating the sign area. Left: Sign area = X * Y Right: Applied individual letters are calculated separately. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 400 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Monument sign: The base is not included in the calculation of sign area (dashed rectangle). B. When located on a wall or mansard roof, no sign may extend above the highest point of the wall or mansard roof when the mansard roof is on a one-story building. Other than a mansard roof on a one-story building, a sign may not be attached above the eave or drip line on a pitched roof. C. Except for pole-mounted community event banners, no sign or any part of a sign may be designed or constructed to be moving by any means and shall not contain items such as banners, ribbons, streamers and spinners. Signs with type that is movable to change the message (reader boards) are allowed, subject to the specific requirements detailed elsewhere in this chapter. D. Signs that extend into or over a public right-of-way shall comply with Chapter 18.70 ECDC. E. Exposed braces and angle irons are prohibited unless they are part of a decorative design that is integral to the design of the sign. Guywires are prohibited unless there are no other practical means of supporting the sign. F. No sign shall have blinking, flashing, fluttering or moving lights or other illuminating device which has a changing light density or color; provided, however, temperature and/or time signs that conform in all other respects to this chapter are allowed. Electronic reader boards may have messages that change; however, moving messages are not allowed. Messages that change at intervals less than 20 seconds will be considered blinking or flashing and not allowed. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 401 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) G. No light source which exceeds 20 watts shall be directly exposed to any public street or adjacent property. H. No illumination source of fluorescent light shall exceed 425 milliamps or be spaced closer than eight inches on center. I. No commercial sign shall be illuminated after 11:00 p.m. unless the commercial enterprise is open for business and then may remain on only as long as the enterprise is open. J. No window signs above the first floor shall be illuminated. K. Sign height shall be determined as follows: 1. For attached signs, sign height is the vertical distance from the highest point on the sign to the average finished grade. 2. For freestanding signs, sign height is the vertical distance from the highest point of the sign area or its support to the average elevation of the finished grade at the base of the supports. L. Portable signs may not be used as permanent signage; only fixed signs are permitted. M. The following matrix summarizes the types of signs permitted in each neighborhood/district within the city: Sign Type Downtown1 SR-992 Westgate/SR-1043 Neighborhood Commercial (BN, BP and FVMU Zones) Business Uses in RM Zones Wall-Mounted P P P P P Monument C P P C C Pole N P N N N Projecting P P P P P 10.3.b Packet Pg. 402 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Sign Type Downtown1 SR-992 Westgate/SR-1043 Neighborhood Commercial (BN, BP and FVMU Zones) Business Uses in RM Zones Internal Illumination C P P C N Reader Boards C C C C C Individual Letters P P P P P Boxed Cabinet N P C C N Building ID P P P P P Pedestrian P N N N N Wall Graphics C C C C C 1 Downtown includes all properties within the downtown activity center defined in the comprehensive plan. 2 SR-99 includes all properties within the medical/Highway 99 activity center and the Highway 99 corridor defined in the comprehensive plan. 3 Westgate/SR-104 includes all properties within the Westgate corridor, the Edmonds Way corridor, and within the Westgate community commercial area, as defined in the comprehensive plan. Note: In the above table, P = Permitted; N = Not permitted; C = Conditionally permitted if consistent with the standards itemized in subsection (N) of this section. N. The following standards clarify how some signs identified as “conditionally permitted” must be installed to be permitted in the city of Edmonds: 1. Monument signs over six feet in height must be reviewed to ensure that the materials, colors, design and proportions proposed are consistent with those used throughout the site. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 403 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2. Internally illuminated signs in the downtown area and neighborhood commercial areas may only light the letters or logos/symbols. The background of a sign face may not be illuminated. 3. Internally illuminated signs in the downtown area and the neighborhood commercial areas must be mounted on the wall of the building. They may not be mounted on or under an attached awning. 4. Internally illuminated signs that use exposed neon may only be located in the interior of buildings in the downtown area and the neighborhood commercial areas. 5. Internally illuminated signs in the downtown area shall not be permitted to be higher than 14 feet in height. 6. Reader board messages are limited to alphanumeric messages only. 7. Reader boards are only permitted for public uses or places of public assembly. Public uses and places of assembly include, but are not limited to, schools and churches as well as local and regional public facilities. 8. The background color of a boxed cabinet sign face must be coordinated with and complement the colors used on the building. 9. The background color of a boxed cabinet sign face must be opaque and not allow any internal illumination to shine through. [Ord. 4314 § 81 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3631 § 2, 2007; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.025 Total maximum permanent sign area. A. Business and Commercial Zone Districts (BN, BP, BC, BD, WMU, CW and CG). 1. The maximum total permanent sign area for allowed or permitted uses in the BN, BC, BD and CW zones shall be one square foot of sign area for each lineal foot of wall containing the main public entrance to the primary building or structure located upon a separate legal lot. Within the downtown activity center defined in the comprehensive plan, six square feet of sign area is added to the maximum permanent sign area available for each ground floor storefront. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 404 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2. The maximum total permanent sign area for allowed or permitted uses in the CG zone shall be one square foot of sign area for each lineal foot of building frontage along a public street and/or along a side of the building containing the primary public entrance to a maximum of 200 square feet. The allowable sign area shall be computed separately for each qualifying building frontage, and only the sign area derived from that frontage may be oriented along that frontage. Sign areas for wall-mounted signs may not be accumulated to yield a total allowable sign area greater than that permitted upon such frontage, except that businesses choosing not to erect a freestanding sign may use up to 50 percent of their allowable freestanding sign area for additional attached sign area. Use of the additional area shall be subject to the review of the architectural design board. 3. The maximum total permanent sign area may be divided between wall, projecting, and freestanding signs, in accordance with regulations and maximum sign area and height for each type of sign, as provided in ECDC 20.60.030 through 20.60.050. Projecting signs (including blade signs) of four square feet or less and window signs meeting the requirements of ECDC 20.60.035 do not count against the total permanent sign area permitted. 4. The maximum number of permitted permanent signs is three per site, or three per physically enclosed business space on commercial sites with multiple business tenants. A site with more than one street frontage is allowed a maximum of five signs. Projecting (including blade) signs of four square feet or less and window signs meeting the requirements of ECDC 20.60.035 do not count against the total number of permitted permanent signs. Multi-tenant sites are allowed one additional group sign per street frontage identifying the individual subtenants at the site. The total sign area of all signs permitted on site must also comply with the maximum total permanent sign area specified in this chapter. 5. Where permitted, pedestrian signs do count against the permanent sign area and the number of signs permitted. B. Residential Zone Districts (RS, RM). 1. The maximum allowable signage area for individual residential lots shall be four square feet per street frontage, except as provided in subsection (B)(2) of this section. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 405 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2. The maximum allowable signage area for formal residential subdivisions, planned residential developments (PRD), or multifamily structures containing at least 10 dwelling units shall be 10 square feet per main street entrance into the subdivision or PRD. Only one sign may be provided at each main entrance. 3. The maximum total permanent sign area may be divided between wall and freestanding signs, in accordance with regulations and maximum sign area and height for each type of sign, as provided in ECDC 20.60.030 through 20.60.050. Window signs meeting the requirements of ECDC 20.60.035 do not count against the total permanent sign area permitted. 4. Signage in excess of that provided in subsections (B)(1) and (2) of this section for lawful nonconforming or conditional nonresidential uses in residential zones may be approved through the issuance of a sign permit pursuant to ECDC 20.60.010, subject to the maximum area and height limitations established for signs in the BN zone. 5. The maximum number of permitted permanent signs is one, except that multifamily sites with more than one vehicular entrance may have one permanent sign per entrance. The total sign area of all signs (excluding incidental signs) permitted on site must also comply with the maximum total permanent sign area specified in this chapter. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3805 § 1, 2010; Ord. 3628 § 9, 2007; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.030 Wall signs – Maximum area and height. A. The maximum area of any wall sign shall be as follows: Zone Maximum Area of Sign RS, RM 4 square feet BN, BP, BC, BD, CW, CG, WMU, FVMU 1 square foot per lineal foot of attached wall B. The maximum height of any attached sign shall be as follows: 10.3.b Packet Pg. 406 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Zone Maximum Height of Sign RS, RM 6 feet BN, BP, BC, BD, CW, CG, WMU, FVMU 14 feet or the height of the face of the building on which the sign is located, consistent with ECDC 20.60.020(B) [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3628 § 10, 2007; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.035 Window signs – Maximum area. The maximum area of any window sign shall be as follows: Zone Maximum Area of Sign RS, RM 4 square feet BN, BP, BC, BD, CW, CG, WMU, FVMU 1 square foot per each lineal foot of window frontage [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3628 § 11, 2007; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.040 Projecting signs – Maximum area and height restrictions. A. The maximum area of any projecting sign shall be as follows: 10.3.b Packet Pg. 407 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Zone Maximum Area of Sign RS, RM Not permitted BN, BP, BC, BD, CW, WMU, FVMU 16 square feet CG 32 square feet B. The maximum height of any projecting sign shall be as follows: Zone Maximum Height of Sign RS, RM Not permitted BN, BP, BC, BD, CW, CG, WMU, FVMU Height of the wall to which the sign is attached C. The sign area of a marquee sign may not exceed two feet in vertical dimension. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3628 § 12, 2007; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.045 Freestanding signs – Regulations. A. Regulation. Permanent freestanding signs are discouraged. Freestanding signs shall be approved only where the applicant demonstrates by substantial evidence that there are no reasonable and feasible alternative signage methods to provide for adequate identification and/or advertisement. B. Maximum Area. The maximum area of a freestanding sign shall be as follows: 10.3.b Packet Pg. 408 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Zone Maximum Area of Sign RS, RM 10 square feet (subdivision, PRD, multifamily) 4 square feet (individual residence sign) BN, BP 24 square feet (single) 48 square feet (group) BC, BD, WMU, FVMU 32 square feet (single) 48 square feet (group) CW 32 square feet (single) 48 square feet (group) CG Sign area shall be governed by subsection (C) of this section C. Allowable Sign Area for Freestanding Signs – CG Zone. The total allowable sign area for freestanding signs on general commercial sites shall be 56 square feet or one-half square foot of sign area for each lineal foot of street frontage, whichever is greater, up to a maximum of 160 square feet of freestanding sign area. Freestanding signs count against the overall allowable permanent sign area. Multiple business or tenant sites shall further be allowed an additional 24 square feet of freestanding sign area for each commercial tenant or occupant in excess of one up to a maximum sign area of 160 square feet. Corner lots choosing to accumulate sign area under the provisions of subsection (E) of this section shall be limited to 160 square feet. D. Maximum Height. The maximum sign height of freestanding signs shall be as follows: 10.3.b Packet Pg. 409 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Zone Maximum Height of Sign RS, RM 6 feet BN, BP, BC, BD, CG, CW, WMU, FVMU 14 feet E. Location. Freestanding signs shall be located as close as possible to the center of the street frontage on which they are located. Except for pole-mounted community event banners, freestanding signs may not be located on public property. Sites on a corner of two public streets may have one sign on the corner instead of a sign for each frontage. Monument signs not more than six feet in height may be located in a zoning setback, but not less than five feet from a property line. F. Number. In all zones, each lot or building site shall be permitted no more than one freestanding sign, except in the business and commercial zones where a lot or site has frontage on two arterial streets, in which case there may be permitted one sign per street frontage subject to the restrictions on area contained within this chapter. G. Landscaping. 1. Each freestanding sign shall have a landscaped area twice the size of the sign area at the base of the sign. The landscaping and sign base shall be protected from vehicles by substantial curbing. 2. The applicant shall provide a landscape performance bond in the amount of 125 percent of the estimated costs of the landscaping, or $1,000, whichever is more. The bond shall be processed in accordance with Chapter 17.10 ECDC. [Ord. 4078 § 2 (Exh. 2), 2017; Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3631 § 3, 2007; Ord. 3628 § 13, 2007; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 410 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 20.60.050 Wall graphic and identification structures. There are no area restrictions on wall graphics or identification structures. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.055 Pedestrian signs. Pedestrian signs are only permitted on private property and in the adjacent right-of-way in the BC, BD, CW, and CG zones located within the downtown waterfront activity center, as defined in the comprehensive plan. Pedestrian signs are only permitted if they meet the following requirements: A. Pedestrian signs may be permitted to be located either (1) between the business storefront and the public right-of-way, or (2) on the sidewalk in front of the business storefront if the pedestrian sign meets the following standards: 1. Only one pedestrian sign is permitted per ground floor storefront; 2. Businesses may make arrangements to rotate their pedestrian signs provided they meet the one-sign-per-storefront standard; 3. The sign shall be located within 10 feet of the building entry and must be placed within two feet of the building. The planning and development director may approve an alternative location under the following circumstances: a. An alternative location in front of the building or on the property occupied by the business is less intrusive to pedestrian movement or accessibility; or b. The building containing the business is set back from the property line and a location on the property can be provided such that the sign does not encroach onto a public sidewalk; 4. A business located on a corner property shall have no more than one pedestrian sign, regardless of the number of streets the business fronts on; 5. If located on or near a sidewalk, building entry or pedestrian way, the sign shall be located to provide a clear zone consistent with ECDC 18.70.030(C); 10.3.b Packet Pg. 411 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 6. Pedestrian signs cannot be left outside during hours that the business is closed to the public; 7. Pedestrian signs are limited to: a. Six square feet in area, two and one-half feet in width, and three and one-half feet in height for A-frame or sandwich board signs; and b. Six square feet in area, two and one-half feet in width, and four and one-half feet in height for stanchion, easel or other types of pedestrian signs. [Ord. 4299 § 51 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016]. 20.60.060 Campaign signs. A. On-premises campaign signs are permitted as a form of temporary signage in all zones, subject to the maximum sign size limitations set forth in ECDC 20.60.080. B. Off-premises campaign signs are permitted as a form of temporary signage in the public right-of-way; provided, that the following requirements are met: 1. All campaign signs shall be posted in accordance with the regulations set forth in ECDC 20.60.080(B). 2. All off-premises campaign signs shall be removed within 10 days after the primary, general, or special election to which they pertain. 3. Off-premises campaign signs shall be posted and displayed no earlier than upon declaration of candidacy in accordance with Chapter 29.15 RCW, or other formal registration or certification of the candidate, party, initiative, referendum or other ballot issue for an upcoming election, or 60 days prior to the election, whichever time period is greater. C. There is no maximum number of off-premises campaign signs that may be posted. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 412 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 20.60.065 Real estate signs. A. On-premises real estate signs are permitted as a form of temporary signage in residential and commercial zones, subject to the maximum signage area and sign number limitations set forth in ECDC 20.60.080. B. Off-premises real estate signs are permitted as a form of temporary signage, subject to the following requirements: 1. Two and only two types of off-premises real estate signs shall be permitted: a. An off-premises real estate directional sign is a sign displaying a directional arrow and either a company or logo, or an indication that the property is for sale by its owner, and installed for the purpose of directing the public to the property. b. An off-premises open house sign is a form of temporary off-premises sign indicating the property is currently open for viewing. 2. All off-premises real estate signs shall be posted in accordance with the regulations set forth in ECDC 20.60.080(B). 3. The maximum number of off-premises real estate signs allowed per property shall only be the number reasonably necessary to direct people to the premises. An agent or owner shall be permitted no more than one off-premises real estate directional sign per intersection and five in total. No more than one off-premises open house sign shall be displayed per intersection and no more than five in total. a. Each off-premises real estate directional sign shall bear a legible tag located on the sign or supporting post indicating the date of posting and the address of the property to which it pertains. b. Off-premises real estate open house signs shall only be posted during daylight hours when the real estate agent or owner is in attendance at the property for sale or rent, and shall be removed immediately upon the termination of an “open house” or other similar property display event. 4. No off-premises real estate signs shall be fastened to any traffic control device, public structure, fence, rock, tree or shrub. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 413 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) C. All on-premises and all off-premises real estate directional signs shall be removed within seven days after the closing of the sale or lease of real property to which the sign pertains. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.070 Construction signs. Construction signs shall, irrespective of their duration, conform to the general regulations for permanent signs specified under ECDC 20.60.020. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the maximum area of a construction sign in any zone shall be 32 square feet. No sign permit is required for the posting of construction signs; provided, that all construction signs shall be removed from the premises within 10 days of the cessation of the excavation, construction, demolition, rehabilitation, structural alteration or related work on site. Zone Maximum Area of Signage (per Street Frontage) RS 16 square feet, or 32 square feet if one sign is displayed for a project consisting of building permits issued for four lots or more. Only one sign may be displayed per project. All other zones 32 square feet The preceding square footages shall be in addition to any other temporary signage permitted by ECDC 20.60.080. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3514 § 3, 2004]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 414 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 20.60.075 Governmental signs. Governmental signs, while exempt from the processes and development regulations required by this chapter, shall be erected and maintained subject to rules and procedures established by the planning and development director. In all cases, the city retains the right to remove any governmental sign at its sole discretion. [Ord. 4299 § 52 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017]. 20.60.080 Temporary signs. A. On-Premises Temporary Signs. On-premises temporary signs are permitted in residential and commercial zones, in addition to any allowed or permitted permanent signage, subject to the following restrictions and standards: 1. Residential Zones (RS, RM). a. Only portable, freestanding or attached signs may be used as temporary signage. b. Commercial on-premises temporary signage is not permitted, except for real estate signs as defined by ECDC 20.60.065. c. Maximum number is one attached or freestanding sign. 2. Commercial Zones (BN, BP, BC, BD, WMU, FVMU, CW, CG). a. Only attached signs may be used for temporary signage. Attached signs may be affixed to any existing building or sign structure that is permitted as a permanent structure on the property. New temporary structures whose sole purpose is to display the temporary sign are not otherwise permitted. b. Maximum duration of display is 60 days in any calendar year for the cumulative posting of all temporary commercial signage upon each commercial location or premises. c. Maximum number of temporary signs is one freestanding sign per property street frontage, and one attached sign per building. 3. The total maximum area of on-premises temporary signage shall be as follows: 10.3.b Packet Pg. 415 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Zone Maximum Area of Temporary Sign RS, RM 6 square feet BN, BP, BC, BD, CW, WMU, FVMU 20 square feet CG 30 square feet 4. The total maximum area for each allowed on-premises temporary sign shall be as follows: Zone Maximum Area of Temporary Sign RS, RM 6 square feet (freestanding and attached) BN, BP, BC, BD, CW, WMU, FVMU 20 square feet (attached) CG 30 square feet (attached) 5. The maximum height of any allowed on-premises temporary sign shall be as follows: Zone Maximum Height of Sign 10.3.b Packet Pg. 416 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Zone Maximum Height of Sign RS, RM 6 feet (freestanding and attached) BN, BP, BC, BD, CW, CG, WMU, FVMU 14 feet (attached) 6. In no case shall temporary signage be posted, located, or displayed in violation of the regulations for permanent signs set forth in ECDC 20.60.020 through 20.60.050. B. Off-Premises Temporary Signage. Off-premises temporary signs are allowed in residential and commercial zones, in accordance with the restrictions and standards set forth below: 1. Commercial off-premises temporary signage is prohibited, except for real estate signs as permitted by ECDC 20.60.065; provided, that such off-premises real estate signs shall be posted, displayed, and removed as provided for in that section, in addition to the provisions of subsections (B)(5) through (9) of this section. 2. Noncommercial off-premises signs are permitted in the public right-of-way; provided, that the posting and display of off-premises signs in the public right-of-way shall require a street use permit where required pursuant to Chapter 18.70 ECDC. 3. Maximum duration of display for all temporary off-premises signs is a cumulative of 60 days in any calendar year, except as otherwise provided in ECDC 20.60.060 for campaign signs. Display may be continuous or intermittent, except as otherwise provided in this section. 4. Except for campaign signs as provided in ECDC 20.60.060, all off-premises noncommercial signs relating to a specific meeting, event, or occurrence shall be removed within 48 hours following the conclusion of the meeting, event, or occurrence to which they relate. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 417 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 5. Only portable freestanding signs may be used as temporary off-premises signage; provided, that the following types of portable freestanding signs are prohibited from use as an off-premises sign: a. Signs with a vehicular chassis or support with or without wheels; b. Posters and banners; c. Signs mounted upon vehicles; d. Searchlights; e. Inflatables. 6. Maximum number of allowed off-premises signs to be displayed simultaneously shall be one sign per sign poster except as provided in ECDC 20.60.060 for campaign signs and in ECDC 20.60.065 for real estate signs. 7. Maximum allowable sign area for all temporary off-premises freestanding signs is six square feet. 8. Maximum allowable sign height for all permitted off-premises signs is three feet. 9. All off-premises temporary signage shall be posted and displayed in accordance with the following restrictions: a. Off-premises signs may not be placed in any portion of the public right-of-way typically used by motor vehicles in a lawful manner. b. Off-premises signs shall be placed so as not to impede pedestrian, bicycle, or handicapped travel or access. c. Off-premises signs shall not be posted in a manner or location which impairs traffic safety by unreasonably blocking line of sight at intersections. d. Off-premises signs shall be constructed of suitable material and design to adequately withstand the reasonably expected normal or average weather conditions during the intended display period of the sign. e. Off-premises signs shall be regularly inspected to ensure that they have not been damaged or destroyed by natural forces or vandalism. Damaged and destroyed signs 10.3.b Packet Pg. 418 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) shall be immediately removed or repaired so as to avoid threats to public health and safety or the accumulation of unclaimed refuse upon the public rights-of-way. f. Off-premises signs shall not be posted upon public property other than the public right-of-way, and shall further not be posted within or upon planter boxes and flower beds within the publicly maintained landscaped portions of the public right-of-way. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3628 § 14, 2007; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.090 Prohibited signs. A. General. All signs not expressly permitted by this chapter are prohibited. B. Hazards. Signs which the director of public works determines to be a hazard to vehicle or water traffic because they resemble or obscure a traffic control device, or because they obscure visibility needed for safe traffic passage, are prohibited. These signs shall be removed if they already exist. C. Confiscation of Prohibited Signs in Public Rights-of-Way. All signs which are located within a public right-of-way and that have been improperly posted or displayed are hereby declared to be a public nuisance and shall be subject to immediate removal and confiscation. D. Any signs confiscated by the city shall be held for 10 working days after which such signs may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of. The owner of any confiscated signs may recover the same upon payment of a $25.00 fee to cover the cost of confiscation and storage. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.095 Exempt signs. The following types of signs are exempted from regulations of this chapter, except that the dimensional and placement standards shall apply unless variance is required by other provisions of local, state or federal law: A. Signs required by provision of local, state, or federal law. B. Official public notices required by provision of local, state, or federal law. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 419 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) C. Signs not visible from a public location. D. Seasonal and holiday displays not incorporating the use of written copy or graphics to convey a message. E. Gravestones. [Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. 20.60.100 Administration. A. General. The planning and development director is responsible for administering and enforcing the provisions of this chapter. He or she shall adopt application requirements for sign permits. Fees shall be as stated in ECDC 15.00.020. B. Installation Permits. Many signs require installation permits under Chapter 19.45 ECDC and may require plan checking fees as well. C. Notice of Violation. Whenever the planning director becomes aware of a violation of the provisions of this chapter, the planning director shall cause a notice to be sent to the alleged violator informing him or her of the violation, the applicable code section, and a time within which to remedy the violation. The notice shall also advise of the penalties for continued violation of the code as specified in this chapter. If the violation has not been corrected within the time limit specified, the planning director shall refer the matter to the city attorney’s office for institution of appropriate legal action. D. Penalty. Any person violating any provision of this code shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of $25.00 for each day of continued violation. [Ord. 4314 § 82 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4064 § 1 (Att. A), 2017; Ord. 4039 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3461 § 2, 2003]. The Edmonds Community Development Code is current through Ordinance 4375, passed December 10, 2024. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 420 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Disclaimer: The city clerk’s office has the official version of the Edmonds Community Development Code. Users should contact the city clerk’s office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited above. City Website: www.edmondswa.gov Hosted by General Code. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 421 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 16.43 BD – DOWNTOWN BUSINESS Sections: 16.43.000 Purposes. 16.43.010 Subdistricts. 16.43.020 Uses. 16.43.030 Site development standards. 16.43.035 Design standards – BD zones. 16.43.040 Operating restrictions. 16.43.000 Purposes. The BD zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. Promote downtown Edmonds as a setting for retail, office, entertainment and associated businesses supported by nearby residents and the larger Edmonds community, and as a destination for visitors from throughout the region. B. Define the downtown commercial and retail core along streets having the strongest pedestrian links and pedestrian-oriented design elements, while protecting downtown’s identity. C. Identify supporting arts and mixed-use residential and office areas which support and complement downtown retail use areas. Provide for a strong central retail core at downtown’s focal center while providing for a mixture of supporting commercial and residential uses in the area surrounding this retail core area. D. Focus development between the commercial and retail core and the Edmonds Center for the Arts on small-scale retail, service, and multifamily residential uses. [Ord. 3918 § 1 (Att. 1), 2013; Ord. 3700 § 1, 2008]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 422 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.43.010 Subdistricts. The “downtown business” zone is subdivided into five distinct subdistricts, each intended to implement specific aspects of the comprehensive plan that pertain to the Downtown Waterfront Activity Center. Each subdistrict contains its own unique mix of uses and zoning regulations, as described in this chapter. The five subdistricts are: BD1 – Downtown Retail Core; BD2 – Downtown Mixed Commercial; BD3 – Downtown Convenience Commercial; BD4 – Downtown Mixed Residential; BD5 – Downtown Arts Corridor. [Ord. 3918 § 1 (Att. 1), 2013; Ord. 3700 § 1, 2008]. 16.43.020 Uses. A. Table 16.43-1. Permitted Uses BD1 BD1 GFSF(1) BD2 BD3 BD4 BD5 Commercial Uses Retail stores or sales A A A A A A Offices A X A A A A Legal/law firms A X A A A A Financial A X A A A A Advising A X A A A A 10.3.b Packet Pg. 423 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Permitted Uses BD1 BD1 GFSF(1) BD2 BD3 BD4 BD5 Mortgage A X A A A A Banks (without tellers) A X A A A A Accounting A X A A A A Counseling A X A A A A Architecture A X A A A A Engineering A X A A A A Advertising A X A A A A Insurance A X A A A A Fitness related business (yoga/pilates/gym/fitness club) A X A A A A Service uses A A(2) A A A A Retail sales requiring intensive outdoor display or storage areas, such as trailer sales, used car lots (except as part of a new car sales and service dealer), and heavy equipment storage, sales or services X X X X X X Enclosed fabrication or assembly areas associated with and on the same property as an art studio, art gallery, restaurant, microbreweries/distilleries or food service establishment that also provides an on-site retail A A A A A A 10.3.b Packet Pg. 424 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Permitted Uses BD1 BD1 GFSF(1) BD2 BD3 BD4 BD5 outlet open to the public Automobile sales and service X X A A X X Dry cleaning and laundry plants which use only nonflammable and nonexplosive cleaning agents C X A A A X Printing, publishing and binding establishments C X A A A C Public markets licensed pursuant to provisions in Chapter 4.90 ECC1 A A A A A A Outdoor dining meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.75 ECDC B B B B B B Residential Single-family dwelling A X A A A A Multiple dwelling unit(s) – see ECDC 16.43.030(B) for further location standards A X A A A A Other Uses Bus stop shelters A A A A A A Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020 A A A A A A Primary and high schools, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R) A X A A A A 10.3.b Packet Pg. 425 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Permitted Uses BD1 BD1 GFSF(1) BD2 BD3 BD4 BD5 Local public facilities, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050 C C C C A C Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070 A A A A A A Off-street parking and loading areas to serve a permitted use B X B B B B Commuter parking lots in conjunction with a facility otherwise permitted in this zone B X B B B X Commercial parking lots C X C C C X Wholesale uses X X X C X X Hotels and motels A A A A A A Amusement establishments C C C C C C Auction businesses, excluding vehicle or livestock auctions C X C C C C Drive-in/through businesses (businesses with drive through facilities) X X C A C X Laboratories X X C C C X Fabrication of light industrial products not otherwise listed as a permitted use X X X C X X 10.3.b Packet Pg. 426 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Permitted Uses BD1 BD1 GFSF(1) BD2 BD3 BD4 BD5 Day care centers C X C C A C Hospitals, health clinics, convalescent homes, rest homes, sanitariums X X C C A X Medical uses, e.g., A X A A A A Physicians A X A A A A Dental A X A A A A Optometrist (without retail) A X A A A A Physical therapy (without retail) A X A A A A Counseling A X A A A A Other similar medical services A X A A A A Museums and art galleries of primarily local concern that do not meet the criteria for regional public facilities as defined in ECDC 21.85.033 A A A A A A Zoos and aquariums of primarily local concern that do not meet the criteria for regional public facilities as defined in ECDC 21.85.033 C X C C C A Counseling centers and residential treatment facilities for current alcoholics and drug abusers X X C C A X Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC C C C C C C 10.3.b Packet Pg. 427 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Permitted Uses BD1 BD1 GFSF(1) BD2 BD3 BD4 BD5 17.100.070 Outdoor storage, incidental to a permitted use D X D D D D Aircraft landings as regulated by Chapter 4.80 ECC X X D D D D A = Permitted primary use B = Permitted secondary use C = Primary uses requiring a conditional use permit D = Secondary uses requiring a conditional use permit X = Not permitted NOTES: 1 BD1 Zone GFSF = Ground Floor Designated Street Frontage (first 45 feet measured from public rights-of-way/sidewalk or parks/plazas) as defined under Edmonds Community Development Code Map 16.43-1: Designated Street Front for BD Zones. Buildings set back 15 feet or more from the sidewalk shall not be subject to the BD1 Zone GFSF requirements. 2 Services – by appointment uses not providing open door retail/dining/entertainment functions as a primary component of the business are not allowed within BD1 GFSF (first 45 feet). Open door businesses, e.g., real estate offices, banks (with tellers and no drive-throughs), nail and hair salons are allowed. For conditional uses listed in Table 16.43-1, the use may be permitted if the proposal meets the criteria for conditional uses found in Chapter 20.05 ECDC, and all of the following criteria are met: 1. Access and Parking. Pedestrian access shall be provided from the sidewalk. Vehicular access shall only be provided consistent with ECDC 18.80.060. When a curb cut is necessary, it shall be landscaped to be compatible with the pedestrian streetscape and shall be located and designed to be as unobtrusive as possible. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 428 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 2. Design and Landscaping. The project shall be designed so that it is oriented to the street and contributes to the pedestrian streetscape environment. Fences more than four feet in height along street lot lines shall only be permitted if they are at least 50 percent open, such as a lattice pattern. Blank walls shall be discouraged, and when unavoidable due to the nature of the use shall be decorated by a combination of at least two of the following: a. Architectural features or details; b. Artwork; c. Landscaping. B. Exception to the BD1 GSFS. The owner of a building in the BD1 zone may apply for an exception from the restrictions on offices and medical uses within the designated street front for leasable space meeting all of the following criteria: 1. The space is less than 500 square feet; 2. The space does not contain direct access to the street or sidewalk; 3. The previous use was a nonconforming use (e.g., not retail); and 4. The space has been vacant for a period of more than six months. [Ord. 4333 § 8 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4314 § 43 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4282 § 3 (Exh. B), 2022; Ord. 3955 § 1 (Att. A), 2014; Ord. 3932 § 6, 2013; Ord. 3918 § 1 (Att. 1), 2013; Ord. 3700 § 1, 2008]. 16.43.030 Site development standards. A. Table 16.43-2. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 429 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Sub District Minimum Lot Area Minimum Lot Width Minimum Street Setback Minimum Side Setback1 Minimum Rear Setback1 Maximum Height2 Minimum Height of Ground Floor within the Designated Street Front4 BD15 0 0 0 0 0 30' 15' BD25 0 0 0 0 0 30' 12' BD35 0 0 0 0 0 30' 12' BD43,5 0 0 0 0 0 30' 12' BD55 0 0 0 0 0 25' 12' 1 The setback for buildings and structures located at or above grade (exempting buildings and structures entirely below the surface of the ground) shall be 15 feet from the lot line adjacent to residentially (R) zoned property. 2 Specific provisions regarding building heights are contained in ECDC 16.43.030(C). 3 Within the BD4 zone, site development standards listed in Table 16.43-2 apply when a building contains a ground floor consisting of commercial space to a depth of at least 45 feet measured from the street front of the building. If a proposed building does not meet this ground floor commercial space requirement (e.g., an entirely residential building is proposed), then the building setbacks listed for the RM-1.5 zone shall apply. See ECDC 16.43.030(B)(8) for further details. 4 “Minimum height of ground floor within the designated street-front” means the vertical distance from top to top of the successive finished floor surfaces for that portion of the ground floor located within the designated street front (see ECDC 16.43.030(B)); and, if the ground floor is the only floor above street grade, from the top of the floor finish to the top of the ceiling joists or, where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the roof rafters. “Floor finish” is the exposed floor surface, including coverings applied over a finished floor, and includes, but is not limited to, wood, vinyl flooring, wall-to-wall carpet, and concrete, as illustrated in Figure 16.43-1. Figure Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells Deleted Cells 10.3.b Packet Pg. 430 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.43-1 shows an example of a ground floor height of 15 feet; note that the “finished” ceiling height is only approximately 11 feet in this example. 5 Site development standards for single-family dwellings are the same as those specified for the RS-6 zone. Map 16.43-1: Designated Street Front for BD Zones 10.3.b Packet Pg. 431 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Figure 16.43-1: Ground Floor Height Measurement 10.3.b Packet Pg. 432 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) B. Ground Floor. This section describes requirements for development of the ground floor of buildings in the BD zones. 1. For all BD zones, the ground floor is considered to be that floor of a building which is closest in elevation to the finished grade along the width of the side of the structure that is principally oriented to the designated street front of the building (this is normally the adjacent sidewalk). For the purposes of this section, the ground “floor” is considered to be the sum of the floor planes which, in combination, run the full extent of the building and are closest in elevation to one another. For the purposes of this chapter, the definition of “ground floor” contained in ECDC 21.35.017 does not apply. 2. Designated Street Front. Map 16.43-1 shows the streets that define the designated street front for all properties lying within the BD zones. The designated street front is defined as the 45 feet measured perpendicular to the street front of the building lot fronting on each of the mapped streets. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 433 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 3. Minimum Height of the Ground Floor within the Designated Street Front. The minimum height of the ground floor specified in Table 16.43-2 only applies to the height of the ground floor located within the designated street front established in subsection (B)(2) of this section. 4. Access to Commercial Uses within the Designated Street Front. When a commercial use is located on the ground floor within a designated street front as defined in subsection (B)(2) of this section, the elevation of the ground floor and associated entry shall be within seven inches of the grade level of the adjoining sidewalk. “Grade” shall be as measured at the entry location. Portions of the ground floor outside the designated street front of the building need not comply with the access requirements specified in this section. 5. When the designated street front of a building is on a slope which does not allow both the elevation of the entry and ground floor within the designated street front to be entirely within seven inches of the grade level of the sidewalk, as specified in subsection (B)(4) of this section, the portion of the ground floor of the building located within the designated street front maymust be designed so that either: a. The entry is located within seven inches of the grade of the adjacent sidewalk, and the commercial portion of the ground floor located within the designated street front is within seven inches of the grade level of the entry; or b. The building may beis broken up into multiple frontages, so that each entry/ground floor combination is within seven inches of the grade of the sidewalk. c. For corner lots, a primary entry shall be established for the purposes of determining where the ground floor entry rules detailed in this section shall apply. The first choice for the primary entry shall be either 5th Avenue or Main Street. In the case of the BD5 zone, the primary entry shall always be on 4th Avenue. 6. Within the BD1 zone, development on the ground floor shall consist of only commercial uses, except that parking may be located on the ground floor so long as it is not located within the designated street front. 7. Within the BD2 and BD3 zones, development on the ground floor shall consist of only commercial uses within the designated street front. Any permitted use may be located on the ground floor outside of the designated street front. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 434 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 8. Within the BD4 zone, there are two options for developing the ground floor of a building. One option is to develop the ground floor with commercial space, meeting the same requirements detailed for the BD2 and BD3 zones in subsection (B)(7) of this section. As a second option, if more residential space is provided so that the ground floor does not meet the commercial use requirements described in subsection (B)(7) of this section, then the building setbacks listed for the RM-1.5 zone shall apply. In the case where RM-1.5 setbacks are required, the required street setback shall be landscaped and no fence or wall in the setback shall be over four feet in height above sidewalk grade unless it is at least 50 percent open, such as in a lattice pattern. 9. Within the BD5 zone, one option is to develop the ground floor with commercial space, meeting the same requirements detailed for the BD2 zone in subsection (B)(7) of this section. When development of the ground floor does not conform to these requirements, then development within the BD5 zone shall meet the following requirements: a. The building shall be oriented to 4th Avenue. “Orientation to 4th Avenue” shall mean that: i. At least one building entry shall face 4th Avenue. ii. If the building is located adjacent to the public right-of-way, architectural details and/or applied art shall be incorporated into the building design to add interest at the pedestrian (i.e., ground floor) level. iii. If the building is set back from the street, landscaping and/or artwork shall be located between the building and the street front. b. Live/work uses are encouraged within the BD5 zone, and potential live/work space is required for new residential buildings if no other commercial use is provided on-site. i. If multiple residential uses are located on the ground floor, the building shall incorporate live/work space into the ground floor design in such a way as to enable building occupants to use portion(s) of their space for a commercial or art/fabrication use. “Live/work space” means a structure or portion of a structure that combines a commercial or manufacturing activity that is allowed in the zone with a residential living space for the owner of the commercial or manufacturing business, or the owner’s employee, and that person’s household. The live/work 10.3.b Packet Pg. 435 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) space shall be designed so that a commercial or fabrication or home occupation use can be established within the space. Figure 16.43-2: BD5 Development Building at right (foreground) shows landscaping located between building and street. Building at left (background) shows commercial space integrated with residential uses, and the entry oriented to the street. 10. Exceptions and Clarifications. The regulations for the ground floor contained in subsections (B)(1) through (9) of this section apply with the following exceptions or clarifications: a. That in all areas the provision of pedestrian access to permitted residential uses is allowed as a permitted secondary use. b. The restrictions on the location of residential uses shall not apply when a single-family use is the only permitted primary use located on the property. c. Existing buildings may be added onto or remodeled without adjusting the existing height of the ground floor to meet the specified minimum height, so long as the addition or remodel does not increase the building footprint or its frontage along a street by more than 25 percent. Permitted uses may occupy an existing space regardless of whether that space meets the ground floor requirements for height. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 436 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) d. Parking is not considered to be a commercial use for the purposes of satisfying the ground floor commercial use requirement within the designated street front (e.g., when the first 45 feet of a building are within a designated street front in the BD1 zone, parking mayshall not be located within that 45 feet). e. For properties within the BD2 or BD3 zone which have less than 90 feet of depth measured from the street front, parking may be located in the rearmost 45 feet of the property, even if a portion of the parking extends into the first 45 feet of the building. In no case shall the depth of commercial space as measured from the street front of the building be less than 30 feet. f. Within the BD2, BD3 and BD4 zones, if the first 45 feet of the building as measured perpendicular to the street consist only of commercial uses and permitted secondary uses, then permitted multiple-family residential unit(s) may be located behind the commercial uses. g. Recodified as ECDC 22.43.050(B)(4).16.43.035(2)(d). h. Within the BD1 zone, each commercial space located on the ground floor within the designated street front shall be directly accessible by an entry from the sidewalk. C. Building Height Regulations. 1. The basic height limit for each BD zone is described in Table 16.43-2 (see definition of “height” detailed in ECDC 21.40.030). 2. Within the BD5 zone, the maximum height may be increased to 30 feet if the building meets one of the following conditions. In addition, if the building is located within 15 feet of the public right-of-way, architectural details and/or applied art shall be incorporated into the building design, and the ground floor shall be distinguished from the upper portions of the building through the use of differences in materials, windows, and/or architectural forms. a. a. All portions of the building above 25 feet consist of a pitched roof such that the pitch of all portions of the roof is at least six-by-12 and the roof includes architectural features, such as dormers or gables of a steeper pitch, that break up the roof line into distinct segments. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 437 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) b. b. If the building does not make use of a pitched roof system as described in subsection (C)(2)(a) of this section, a building step-back shall be provided within 15 feet of any street front. Within the 15-foot step-back, the maximum building height is the lesser of 25 feet above grade at the property line (normally the back of the sidewalk) or 30 feet above the “average level” as defined in ECDC 21.40.030. For corner lots, a 15-foot step-back is required along both street fronts. If a building located on a corner lot has insufficient lot width (i.e., less than 40 feet of lot width) to enable it to provide the required step-back on both street fronts, then the step-back may be waived facing the secondary street. 3. Height Exceptions. In addition to the height exceptions listed in ECDC 21.40.030, the following architectural features are allowed to extend above the height limits specified in this chapter: a. A single decorative architectural element, such as a turret, tower, or clock tower, may extend a maximum of five feet above the specified height limit if it is designed as an integral architectural feature of the roof and/or facade of the building. The decorative architectural element shall not cover more than five percent of the roof area of the building. b. Roof or deck railings may extend a maximum of 42 inches above the specified height limit within any building step-back required under subsection (C)(2)(b) of this section; provided, that the railing is constructed so that it has the appearance of being transparent. An example meeting this condition would be a railing that is comprised of glass panels. D. Off-Street Parking and Access Requirements. The parking regulations included here apply specifically within the BD zone. Whenever there are conflicts between the requirements of this chapter and the provisions contained in Chapter 17.50 ECDC, Off-Street Parking Regulations, the provisions of this chapter shall apply. 1. Within the BD1 zone, no new curb cuts are permitted along 5th Avenue or Main Street. 2. No parking is required for any commercial floor area of permitted uses located within the BD1, BD2, BD4, and BD5 zones. E. Open Space Requirements. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 438 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 1. For buildings on lots larger than 12,000 square feet or having an overall building width of more than 120 feet (as measured parallel to the street lot line), at least five percent of the lot area shall be devoted to open space. Open space shall not be required for additions to existing buildings that do not increase the building footprint by more than 10 percent. Open space shall be provided adjacent to the street front (street lot line). Such open space maymust be provided as any combination of: a. Outdoor dining or seating areas (including outdoor seating or waiting areas for restaurants or food service establishments); b. Public plaza or sidewalk that is accessible to the public; c. Landscaping which includes a seating area that is accessible to the public. 2. Required open space shall be open to the air and not located under a building story. 3. In overall dimension, the width of required open space shall not be less than 75 percent of the depth of the open space, measured relative to the street (i.e., width is measured parallel to the street lot line, while depth is measured perpendicular to the street lot line). 10.3.b Packet Pg. 439 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) F. Historic Buildings. The exceptions contained in this section apply only to buildings listed on the Edmonds register of historic buildings. 1. If a certificate of appropriateness is issued by the Edmonds historic preservation commission under the provisions of Chapter 20.45 ECDC for the proposed project, the staff may modify or waive any of the requirements listed below that would otherwise apply to the expansion, remodeling, or restoration of the building. The decision of staff shall be processed as a Type II development project permit application (see Chapter 20.01 ECDC). a. Building step-backs required under subsection (C)(2)(b) of this section. b. Open space required under subsection (E) of this section. 2. No off-street parking is required for any permitted uses located within a building listed on the Edmonds register of historic buildings. Note that additional parking exceptions 10.3.b Packet Pg. 440 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) involving building expansion, remodeling or restoration may also apply, as detailed in ECDC 17.50.070(C). 3. Within the BD5 zone, if a building listed on the Edmonds register of historic buildings is retained on-site, no off-street parking is required for any additional buildings or uses located on the same property. To obtain this benefit, an easement in a form acceptable to the city shall be recorded with Snohomish County protecting the exterior of the historic building and ensuring that the historic building is maintained in its historic form and appearance so long as the additional building(s) obtaining the parking benefit exist on the property. The easement shall continue even if the property is subsequently subdivided or any interest in the property is sold. G. Density. There is no maximum density for permitted multiple dwelling units. H. Screening. The required setback from R-zoned property shall be landscaped with trees and ground cover and permanently maintained by the owner of the BD lot. A six-foot minimum height fence, wall or solid hedge shall be provided at some point in the setback, except for that portion of the BD zone that is in residential use. I. Signs, Parking and Design Review. See Chapters 17.50, 20.10, and 20.60 ECDC. Sign standards shall be the same as those that apply within the BC zone. J. Satellite Television Antennas. In accordance with the limitations established by the Federal Communications Commission, satellite television antennas greater than two meters in diameter shall be reviewed in accordance with the provisions of ECDC 16.20.060. [Ord. 4282 § 2 (Exh. A), 2022; Ord. 4140 § 1, 2019; Ord. 3918 § 1 (Att. 1), 2013; Ord. 3865 § 1, 2011; Ord. 3736 § 10, 2009; Ord. 3700 § 1, 2008]. 16.43.035 Design standards – BD zones. A. Applicability. DesignThe design standards for in this chapter apply to all development within the BDBD1, BD2, BD3, and BD4 downtown zones are contained in Chapter 22.43 ECDC., except for multifamily buildings in the BD4 zone. [Ord. 3918 § 12 (Att. 12), 2013; Ord. 3700 § 13697 § 2, 2008]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 441 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) B. Massing and articulation. 1. Intent. To reduce the massiveness and bulk of large box-like buildings, and articulate the building form to a pedestrian scale. 2. Standards. a. Buildings shall convey a visually distinct base and top. A “base” can be emphasized by a different masonry pattern, more architectural detail, visible plinth above which the wall rises, storefront, canopies, or a combination. The top edge is highlighted by a prominent cornice, projecting parapet or other architectural element that creates a shadow line. Buildings must convey a distinct base and top. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 442 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) The base can be emphasized by different material(s). b. Building facades shall respect and echo historic patterns. Where a single building exceeds the historic building width pattern, use a change in design features (such as a combination of materials, windows or decorative details) to suggest the traditional building widths. [Ord. 3918 § 2 (Att. 2), 2013; Ord. 3697 § 2, 2008]. C. Orientation to street. 1. Intent. To reinforce pedestrian activity and orientation and enhance the liveliness of the street through building design. 2. Standards. a. Building frontages shall be primarily oriented to the adjacent street, rather than to a parking lot or alley. b. Entrances to buildings in the BD1, BD2 and BD4 zones shall be visible from the street and accessible from the adjacent sidewalk. c. Entrances shall be given a visually distinct architectural expression by one or more of the following elements: i. Higher bay(s); ii. Recessed entry (recessed at least three feet); 10.3.b Packet Pg. 443 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) iii. Forecourt and entrance plaza. Buildings shall be oriented to the street. Entrances shall be given visually distinct expression. [Ord. 3918 § 2 (Att. 2), 2013; Ord. 3697 § 2, 2008]. D. Ground level details. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 444 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 1. Intent. To reinforce the character of the streetscape by encouraging the greatest amount of visual interest along the ground level of buildings facing pedestrian streets. 2. Standards. a. Ground-floor, street-facing facades of commercial and mixed-use buildings shall incorporate at least five of the following elements: i. Lighting or hanging baskets supported by ornamental brackets; ii. Medallions; iii. Belt courses; iv. Plinths for columns; v. Bulkhead for storefront window; vi. Projecting sills; vii. Tile work; viii. Transom or clerestory windows; ix. Planter box; x. jAn element not listed here, as approved, that meets the intent. b. Ground floor commercial space is intended to be accessible and at grade with the sidewalk, as provided for in ECDC 16.43.030. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 445 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Ground floor details encourage visual interest along the ground level of buildings facing pedestrian streets. [Ord. 3918 § 2 (Att. 2), 2013; Ord. 3697 § 2, 2008]. E. Awnings/canopies and signage 1. Intent. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 446 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) a. To integrate signage and weather protection with building design to enhance business visibility and the public streetscape. b. To provide clear signage to identify each business or property, and to improve way-finding for visitors. c. To protect the streetscape from becoming cluttered, and to minimize distraction from overuse of advertisement elements. 2. Standards. a. Weather protection is required along pedestrian street fronts. Structural canopies are preferred. If a canopy is not provided, then an awning shall be provided which is attached to the building using a metal or other framework. b. Awnings and canopies shall be open-sided to enhance visibility of business signage. Front valances are allowed. Signage is allowed on valances, but not on valance returns. c. Marquee, box, or convex awning or canopy shapes are not allowed. d. Retractable awnings are encouraged. e. Awnings or canopies shall be located within the building elements that frame storefronts, and shall not conceal important architectural details. Awnings or canopies shall be hung just below a clerestory or transom window, if it exists. f. Awnings or canopies on a multiple-storefront building shall be consistent in character, scale and position, but need not be identical. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 447 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Open-sided nonstructural awning with front valance. Open-sided structural canopy. g. Nonstructural awnings shall be constructed using canvas or fire-resistant acrylic materials. Shiny, high-gloss materials are not appropriate; therefore, vinyl or plastic awning materials are not allowed. h. Signage shall be designed to integrate with the building and street front. Combinations of sign types are encouraged, which result in a coordinated design while minimizing the size of individual signs. i. Blade or projecting signs which include decorative frames, brackets or other design elements are preferred. Projecting signs (including blade signs) of four square feet or less are allowed and are not counted when calculating the amount of signage allowed for a business in Chapter 20.60 ECDC. This type of detail can be used to satisfy one of the required elements under ECDC 16.43.030(B). j. Use graphics or symbols to reduce the need to have large expanses of lettering. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 448 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) k. Instead of broadly lighting the face of the sign, signage shall be indirectly lit, or backlit to only display lettering and symbols or graphic design. l. Signage shall be given special consideration when it is consistent with or contributes to the historic character of sites on the National Register, the Edmonds Register of Historic Places, or on a city council-approved historic survey. m. Signage shall include decorative frames, brackets or other design elements. An historic sign may be used to meet this standard. Retractable and open-sided awnings allow signage to be visible. Examples of projecting signs using decorative frames and design elements. Awning or canopy shapes: 10.3.b Packet Pg. 449 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) [Ord. 3918 § 2 (Att. 2), 2013; Ord. 3697 § 2, 2008]. F. Transparency at street level. 1. Intent. To provide visual connection between activities inside and outside the building. 2. Standards. a. The ground level facades of buildings that face a designated street front shall have transparent windows covering a minimum of 75 percent of the building facade that lies between an average of two feet and 10 feet above grade. b. To qualify as transparent, windows shall not be mirrored or darkly tinted glass, or prohibit visibility between the street and interior. c. Where transparency is not required, the facade shall comply with the standards under ECDC 16.43.060. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 450 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Ground level facades of buildings must have transparent windows between two to 10 feet above grade. Windows shall provide a visual connection between activities inside and outside the building, and therefore must not be mirrored or use darkly tinted glass. d. Within the BD1 zone, ground floor windows parallel to street lot lines shall be transparent and unobstructed by curtains, blinds, or other window coverings intended to obscure the interior from public view from the sidewalk.* [Ord. 3918 § 2 (Att. 2), 2013; Ord. 3697 § 2, 2008]. * Code reviser’s note: Subsection (2)(d) of this section was formerly codified as ECDC 16.43.030(B)(10)(g). G. Treatment of blank walls. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 451 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 1. Intent. To ensure that buildings do not display blank, unattractive walls to the abutting street. 2. Standards. a. Walls or portions of walls on abutting streets or visible from residential areas where windows are not provided shall have architectural treatment (see standards under ECDC 16.43.050). At least five of the following elements shall be incorporated into any ground floor, street-facing facade: i. Masonry (except for flat, nondecorative concrete block); ii. Concrete or masonry plinth at the base of the wall; iii. Belt courses of a different texture and color; iv. Projecting cornice; v. Decorative tile work; vi. Medallions; vii. Opaque or translucent glass; viii. Artwork or wall graphics; ix. Lighting fixtures; x. Green walls; xi. An architectural element not listed above, as approved, that meets the intent. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 452 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) b. Buildings shall not display blank, unattractive walls to the abutting street. [Ord. 3918 § 2 (Att. 2), 2013; Ord. 3697 § 2, 2008]. H. Building HVAC equipment 1. Intent. To ensure that HVAC equipment, elevators, and other building utility features are designed to be a part of the overall building design and do not detract from the streetscape. 2. Standards. a. Rooftop HVAC equipment, elevators and other rooftop features shall be designed to fit in with the materials and colors of the overall building design. These features shall be located away from the building edges to avoid their 10.3.b Packet Pg. 453 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) being seen from the street below. If these features can be seen from the adjoining street, building design shall use screening, decoration, plantings (e.g., rooftop gardens), or other techniques to integrate these features with the design of the building. b. When HVAC equipment is placed at ground level, it shall be integrated into building design and/or use screening techniques to avoid both visual and noise impacts on adjoining properties. Rooftop equipment must be screened from view. [Ord. 3918 § 2 (Att. 2), 2013; Ord. 3697 § 2, 2008]. I. Additional design standards for stand-alone multiple dwelling buildings in the BD2 zone. 1. Intent. To ensure that buildings entirely comprised of multiple dwelling units are compatible with the downtown area. 2. Materials. Building facades must be clad with preferred building materials which include natural stone, wood, architectural metal, brick and glass. Alternative materials may be allowed by the director or architectural design board if they contribute to a cohesive design theme for the building. 3. Private Amenity Space. An exterior area equivalent to at least 10 percent of the project’s gross lot area must be provided as private amenity space for residents of the development. This standard can be met through a combination of balconies 10.3.b Packet Pg. 454 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) (cantilevered, recessed or semirecessed), decks, patios or yards for individual dwelling units or the site as a whole. a. Not all dwelling units are required to have private amenity space. When it is provided, it must be immediately accessible from the dwelling unit and be a minimum of 40 square feet. b. If the space is at ground level facing a street, no fence shall be over three feet in height. c. Balconies may encroach into a required setback adjacent to R-zoned property up to a maximum of six feet. Patios and decks may encroach into a required setback adjacent to R-zoned property up to a maximum of 10 feet. 4. Roof Treatment and Modulation. In order to provide the appearance of a well-modulated roof, three types of roof modulation are required and can include differing heights, projections, slopes, materials, step downs, step setbacks, or a similar expression. 5. Street-Side Amenity Space or Pedestrian Area. An exterior area equivalent to at least five percent of the project’s gross lot area must be provided as street-side amenity space or pedestrian area. This space must be arranged along the street front between the building and the sidewalk and must be open to the sky, unless otherwise excepted. The space must be pedestrian-oriented and shall include the following elements: a. Landscaping; b. Seating area; c. A similar feature as approved by the director or architectural design board; d. Areas allocated to private amenity space cannot be used toward the street-side amenity space or pedestrian area requirement. [Ord. 4276 § 1 (Exh. A), 2022]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 455 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.43.040 Operating restrictions. A. Enclosed Building. All uses shall be carried on entirely within a completely enclosed building, except: 1. Public uses such as utilities and parks; 2. Off-street parking and loading areas, and commercial parking lots; 3. Drive-in businesses; 4. Plant nurseries; 5. Public markets; provided, that when located next to a single-family residential zone, the market shall be entirely within a completely enclosed building; 6. Limited outdoor display of merchandise meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.65 ECDC; 7. Bistro and outdoor dining meeting the criteria of ECDC 17.70.040; 8. Outdoor dining meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.75 ECDC; 9. Motorized and nonmotorized mobile vending units meeting the criteria of Chapter 4.12 ECC. B. Nuisances. All uses shall comply with Chapter 17.60 ECDC, Property Performance Standards. C. Interim Use Status – Public Markets. 1. Unless a public market is identified on a business license as a year-round market within the city of Edmonds, a premises licensed as a public market shall be considered a temporary use. As a temporary use, the city council finds that any signs or structures used in accordance with the market do not require design review. When a location is utilized for a business use in addition to a public market, the public market use shall not decrease the required available parking for the other business use below the standards established by Chapter 17.50 ECDC. [Ord. 3932 § 7, 2013; Ord. 3918 § 1 (Att. 1), 2013; Ord. 3902 § 1, 2012; Ord. 3700 § 1, 2008]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 456 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) The Edmonds Community Development Code is current through Ordinance 4379, passed January 14, 2025. Disclaimer: The city clerk’s office has the official version of the Edmonds Community Development Code. Users should contact the city clerk’s office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited above. City Website: www.edmondswa.gov Hosted by General Code. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 457 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 16.50 BC – COMMUNITY BUSINESS Sections: 16.50.000 BC and BC – Edmonds Way. 16.50.005 Purposes. 16.50.010 Uses. 16.50.020 Site development standards. 16.50.030 Operating restrictions. 16.50.040 Green building incentives. 16.50.000 BC and BC – Edmonds Way. This chapter establishes two distinct zoning categories, BC and BC – Edmonds Way. [Ord. 3943 § 1 (Exh. 1), 2013; Ord. 3627 § 2, 2007]. 16.50.005 Purposes. The BC and BC – Edmonds Way zones have the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. To reserve areas for those retail stores, offices, service establishments and amusement establishments which offer goods and services to the entire community; B. To ensure compact, convenient development patterns by allowing uses that are operated chiefly within buildings; C. To allow for mixed-use development which includes multiple dwelling unit(s) that support business uses; D. To implement the policies of Edmonds’ comprehensive plan for the Edmonds Way Corridor; 10.3.b Packet Pg. 458 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) E. To meet the goals of the Growth Management Act and the city of Edmonds’ comprehensive plan for housing diversity and economic vitality. [Ord. 3943 § 1 (Exh. 1), 2013; Ord. 3627 § 2, 2007; Ord. 3147 § 1, 1997. Formerly 16.50.000]. 16.50.010 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. 1. Single-family dwellings, as regulated in RS-6 zone; 2. Retail stores, restaurants, offices and service uses, excluding intense uses, such as trailer sales, used car lots (except as part of a new car sales and service dealer), and heavy equipment sales and services; 3. New automobile sales and service; 4. Dry cleaning and laundry plants which use only nonflammable and nonexplosive cleaning agents; 5. Printing, publishing and binding establishments; 6. Bus stop shelters; 7. Community-oriented open air markets conducted as an outdoor operation and licensed pursuant to provisions in the Edmonds City Code; 8. Multiple Dwelling Unit(s). This use may not be located on the ground floor of a structure, except as provided in ECDC 16.50.020(B); 9. Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020; 10. Primary and high schools subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); 11. Local public facilities subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; 12. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 459 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) B. Permitted Secondary Uses. 1. Limited assembly, repair or fabrication of goods incidental to a permitted or conditional use; 2. Off-street parking and loading areas to serve a permitted or conditional use; 3. Commuter parking lots in conjunction with a facility meeting the criteria listed under subsections (C)(11) through (14) of this section, except that the facility may also be located along a designated transit route in addition to an arterial or collector street; 4. Outdoor dining meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.75 ECDC. C. Primary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Commercial parking lots; 2. Wholesale uses; 3. Hotels and motels; 4. Amusement establishments; 5. Auction businesses, excluding vehicle or livestock auctions; 6. Drive-in businesses; 7. Laboratories; 8. Fabrication of light industrial products; 9. Convenience stores; 10. Day care centers and preschools; 11. Hospitals, convalescent homes, rest homes, and sanitariums; 12. Museums, art galleries, zoos, and aquariums of primarily local concern that do not meet the criteria for regional public facilities as defined in ECDC 21.85.033; 13. Counseling centers and residential treatment facilities for current alcoholics and drug abusers; 10.3.b Packet Pg. 460 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 14. Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. D. Secondary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Outdoor storage, incidental to a permitted or conditional use; 2. Aircraft landings as regulated by Chapter 4.80 ECC. [Ord. 4333 § 10 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4314 § 45 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 3943 § 1 (Exh. 1), 2013; Ord. 3932 § 4, 2013; Ord. 3627 § 2, 2007; Ord. 3353 § 4, 2001; Ord. 3269 § 2*, 1999; Ord. 3147 § 1, 1997]. * Code reviser’s note: Ord. 3269 expired August 13, 2000. For provisions on the outdoor display of merchandise, see Chapter 17.65 ECDC. 16.50.020 Site development standards. A. Table. Minimum Lot Area Minimum Lot Width Minimum Street Setback Minimum Side Setback Minimum Rear Setback Maximum Height Maximum Floor Area BC None None None None1 None1 25'2 3 sq. ft. per sq. ft. of lot area BC – Edmonds Way None None 10' None1 None1 25'3 3 sq. ft. per sq. ft. of lot area 1 The setback for buildings and structures located at or above grade (exempting buildings and structures entirely below the surface of the ground) shall be 15 feet from the lot line adjacent to residentially (R) zoned property. The required setback shall be completely landscaped with Type I landscaping permanently maintained by the owner of the BC-zoned lot. 2 Roof only may extend five feet above the stated height limit if all portions of the roof above the stated height are modulated in design and are designed as a hip, gable, arch, shed or other similar roof form (see illustrations). Vertical parapet walls or flat roofs with a pitch of less than three-in-12 are not allowed to protrude above the 25-foot height limit unless they are part of an approved modulated design. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 461 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 3 The stated height limit may be increased to 40 feet; provided, that: (a) The street setback of any proposed building shall be increased to 15 feet in depth. Type III landscaping shall be located within this setback; (b) Where the proposed development abuts a single-family residential (RS) zoned property, in addition to complying with subsection (a) of this footnote, the proposed development shall modulate the design of any building facades facing the single-family residentially (RS) zoned property; (c) At least three of the following techniques shall be incorporated into the building and/or site’s design: (1) Achievement of least LEED gold certification or comparable green building certification; (2) Inclusion of housing units affordable to persons at low/moderate income as determined by Snohomish County Tomorrow. The number of affordable units must be at least 15 percent of the gross number of units proposed; (3) Public amenities within an area comprising at least 25 percent of the length of any required street setback such as outdoor seating, plazas, walkways or other usable open space. The remainder of the setback area will be landscaped with Type III landscaping; 10.3.b Packet Pg. 462 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) (4) Low impact development (LID) techniques are employed. LID best management practices include, but are not limited to: bioretention/rain gardens, permeable pavements, roof downspout controls, dispersion, soil quality and depth, minimal excavation foundations, vegetated roofs, and water re-use. (d) Seventy-five percent of a building facade facing a public right-of-way shall be clad with preferred building materials which include natural stone, wood, architectural metal, brick and glass. Concrete, laminates, veneers, fiber cement products and the like may be permitted if they replicate the appearance of the listed preferred materials. At least 55 percent of building facade materials must be salvaged, recycled content, bio-based or indigenous. B. Ground Floor. Development on the ground floor shall consist of only commercial uses to a minimum depth of 30 feet as measured from the street front of the building, with the following exceptions or clarifications: 1. That in all areas the provision of pedestrian access to permitted residential uses is allowed. 2. This provision shall not apply when a single-family use is the primary use on the property. 3. In the BC – Edmonds Way zone, where the street frontage of the total site proposed for development exceeds 150 feet in length, this requirement shall apply to only 60 percent of the ground floor street frontage of any proposed building. The remaining 40 percent may include any other uses permitted in the BC – Edmonds Way zone, including, but not limited to, off-street parking or live/work space. C. See Parking (Chapter 17.50 ECDC), Design Review (Chapter 20.10 ECDC) and Sign Code (Chapter 20.60 ECDC) for additional standards. The following design standards shall also apply to buildings within the BC-EW zone. 1. Massing and Articulation. 1. a. DIntent. To reduce the massiveness and bulk of large box-like buildings, and articulate the building form to a pedestrian scale. a. b. Standards. Buildings shall convey a visually distinct base and top. A “base” can be emphasized by a different masonry pattern, more architectural detail, visible plinth above which the wall rises, storefront, canopies, or a combination. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 463 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) The top edge is highlighted by a prominent cornice, projecting parapet or other architectural element that creates a shadow line. 2. Ground Level Details. a. Intent. To reinforce the character of the streetscape by encouraging the greatest amount of visual interest along the ground level of buildings facing Edmonds Way. a. b. Standards. Ground-floor, street-facing facades of commercial and mixed-use buildings shall incorporate at least five of the following elements: i. i. Lighting or hanging baskets supported by ornamental brackets; i. ii. Medallions; i. iii. Belt courses; i. iv. Plinths for columns; i. v. Bulkhead for storefront window; i. vi. Projecting sills; i. vii. Tile work; i. viii. Transom or clerestory windows; i. ix. Planter box; x. An element not listed here that meets the intent, as approved by the Architectural Design Board. 3. Treating Blank Walls. a. Intent. To ensure that buildings do not display blank, unattractive walls. b. Standards. Walls or portions of walls on abutting streets or visible from residential areas where windows are not provided shall have architectural treatment. At least five of the following elements shall be incorporated into such walls: i. i. Masonry (except for flat, nondecorative concrete block); 10.3.b Packet Pg. 464 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) i. ii. Concrete or masonry plinth at the base of the wall; i. iii. Belt courses of a different texture and color; iv. Projecting cornice; i. v. Decorative tile work; i. vi. Medallions; i. vii. Opaque or translucent glass; i. viii. Artwork or wall graphics; i. ix. Lighting fixtures; i. x. Green walls; i. xi. An architectural element not listed above, as approved, that meets the intent. D. Density. There is no maximum density for permitted multiple dwelling units. E. Satellite Television Antennas. Satellite television antennas shall be regulated as set forth in ECDC 16.20.060. [Ord. 3943 § 1 (Exh. 1), 2013; Ord. 3627 § 2, 2007; Ord. 3539 § 1, 2005; Ord. 3518 § 1, 2004; Ord. 3492 § 1, 2004; Ord. 3256 § 1, 1999; Ord. 3232 § 1, 1998; Ord. 3147 § 1, 1997]. 16.50.030 Operating restrictions. A. Enclosed Building. All uses shall be carried on entirely within a completely enclosed building, except: 1. Public utilities and parks; 2. Off-street parking and loading areas, and commercial parking lots; 3. Drive-in businesses; 4. Plant nurseries; 10.3.b Packet Pg. 465 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 5. Seasonal farmers’ markets; 6. Limited outdoor display of merchandise meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.65 ECDC. B. Nuisances. All uses shall comply with Chapter 17.60 ECDC, Property Performance Standards. [Ord. 3943 § 1 (Exh. 1), 2013; Ord. 3932 § 5, 2013; Ord. 3902 § 3, 2012; Ord. 3627 § 2, 2007; Ord. 3320 § 3, 2000; Ord. 3147 § 1, 1997]. 16.50.040 Green building incentives. A. General. New buildings, as well as additions and remodels to existing permitted buildings, may earn reduced site development standards by receiving U.S. Green Building Council® Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design™ (LEED) Gold, Master Builders Association of King and Snohomish Counties Built Green® 4-Star certification, or better. The appropriate LEED rating system depends on the project. Each building receives incentives independently for their individual certification. B. Eligibility. Development of new single-family residences are ineligible for these incentives. Remodeled existing single-family residences can earn the incentives for the RS zone instead (see ECDC 16.20.060). See Chapter 17.100 ECDC for incentives for community facilities. C. Height. Certified development is allowed an additional five feet above the stated height limit of ECDC 16.50.020(A) in addition to the standard pitched roof height bonus of ECDC 16.50.020(A). D. Parking. Development certified LEED Gold, Built Green® 4-Star, or better must provide at least one parking space per 500 square feet of commercial floor area and/or one parking space per dwelling unit instead of the parking required by Chapter 17.50 ECDC. Electric vehicle parking standards of Chapter 17.115 ECDC remain calculated off standard parking requirements. E. Enforcement. Development granted these incentives but then unable to achieve the requirements is subject to the enforcement measures of ECDC 19.00.050. F. Permit Review. Green buildings are eligible to receive expedited plan review, as established by ECDC 19.00.050. [Ord. 4375 § 3, 2024]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 466 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) The Edmonds Community Development Code is current through Ordinance 4379, passed January 14, 2025. Disclaimer: The city clerk’s office has the official version of the Edmonds Community Development Code. Users should contact the city clerk’s office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited above. City Website: www.edmondswa.gov Hosted by General Code. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 467 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) Chapter 16.77 OR – OFFICE-RESIDENTIAL Sections: 16.77.000 Purposes. 16.77.010 Uses. 16.77.020 Site development standards. 16.77.000 Purposes. A. The office-residential (OR) zone is intended to be applied to areas designated in the comprehensive plan for “planned residential-office” development on the west side of Sunset Avenue south of Bell Street. B. This area is appropriate for development which provides for a mix of small-scale office and residential uses which provide a transition between the more intensive commercial uses along Main Street and the residential uses along Sunset Avenue. Because the area of this designation is located adjacent to commercial development to the south, the railroad to the west, and is near both multiple-family and single-family residential development, this area should act as a transition between these uses. C. To restrict commercial and multiple residential uses in scale and intensity so as to reduce noise, parking and traffic impacts on the adjacent residential neighborhood. D. The height and setback limits established for this zone have been adopted after full consideration of the topographical constraints of sites within the zone. Variances are not available under current city code provisions in order to make more profitable use of a property. In adopting these provisions, the city council has specifically provided for, and made allowances for, the site constraints and topographical features inherent in development of the designated OR sites. Therefore, no other height variance would typically be available absent a special showing of constraints unanticipated on the date of adoption of the ordinance codified in this chapter. [Ord. 3619 § 1, 2006]. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 468 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 16.77.010 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. Any combination of the following uses is permitted: 1. Single-family dwellings. 2. Office uses. 3. Multiple dwelling unit(s). 4. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. B. Permitted Secondary Uses. 1. Off-street parking and loading areas to serve a permitted or conditional use. 2. All permitted secondary uses allowed in the RS – Single Family Residential zone, as listed in ECDC 16.20.010(B). C. Primary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Local public facilities subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050. [Ord. 3619 § 1, 2006]. 16.77.020 Site development standards. A. Table. Subdistrict Minimum Lot Area Minimum Street Setback1 Minimum Side Setback Minimum Rear Setback Maximum Height Maximum Coverage OR None 15' 5' None 25' No maximum 1 The minimum street setback of 15 feet applies to a building which is no wider than 110 feet. For any part of a building that exceeds 110 feet in width, an additional setback of 15 feet shall apply so that no more than 110 feet of building width is closer than 30 feet to the street lot line. For the purposes of this section, “building 10.3.b Packet Pg. 469 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) width” shall be the total horizontal dimension of that portion of the building facing the street measured parallel to the street. B. Parking Requirements. See Chapter 17.50 ECDC for specific parking requirements for allowed uses. No parking spaces may be located within the street or side setbacks. C. Signs, Landscaping and Design Review. See Chapters 20.10, 20.12 and 20.60 ECDC for regulations on design review and signage. Signage shall be regulated as in an RM zone. Signage for office uses shall be regulated as in a BN zone, except that no freestanding signs shall be permitted. D. Satellite Television Antennas. Satellite television antennas shall be regulated as set forth in ECDC 16.20.060. E. Setback Encroachments. Eaves and chimneys may project into a required setback not more than 30 inches. Uncovered and unenclosed porches, steps, patios, and decks may project into a required setback not more than one-third of the required setback, or four feet, whichever is less; provided, that they are no more than 30 inches above the ground level at any point. [Ord. 3619 § 1, 2006]. The Edmonds Community Development Code is current through Ordinance 43794375, passed January 14, 2025December 10, 2024. Disclaimer: The city clerk’s office has the official version of the Edmonds Community Development Code. Users should contact the city clerk’s office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited above. City Website: www.edmondswa.gov Hosted by General Code. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 470 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) 19.00.030 Architectural design review – Optional vesting. In addition to the vesting rights created by RCW 19.27.095 and ECDC 19.00.015, an applicant for development as defined in ECDC 20.10.010 review may, at the applicant’s option, file a fully complete augmented architectural design review application (hereinafter “augmented design review application”) and vest rights including applicable building permit, development and impact fees under the provisions of the ECDC and the State Building Code as adopted and amended by the city of Edmonds, and this title as then in effect, to, but only to, the extent that the application provides full and detailed information necessary to confirm the particular regulation to be vested. The burden is on the applicant to provide such detail. A. A fully complete, augmented application for architectural design review shall consist of a complete application for architectural design review, executed by each and every property owner of record of the development site or their duly authorized agent(s), accompanied by the following: 1. All fees required by ordinance, including impact mitigation fees, to be deposited at the time such State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) requirements become final. 2. A site plan showing the current zoning of the development site, the footprint of all proposed structures, the total square footage and use of each floor, all setbacks required by either the zoning code or state building codes, proposed parking configurations, and exits. 3. Elevation drawings showing the original grade of the site, any proposed alterations to grade, the proposed height of the structure and the number of stories. 4. A letter executed by all owners of record or their duly authorized agent(s) detailing the proposed use in sufficient detail to determine whether the proposed use complies with the zoning code then in effect and with the building code then in effect to determine type of construction and occupancy classifications of the IBC and IFC as those codes are then in effect. 5. A building permit application, as described in IBC Section 105.3 as the same exists or is hereafter amended, and all building permit and plan review fees as established and set forth in Chapter 19.70 ECDC; provided, that the plans required by IBC Section 107, as the 10.3.b Packet Pg. 471 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) same exists or is hereafter amended, and other engineering documents, plans or drawings required by ECDC Title 18 may be submitted within 90 days of final approval, or final approval on appeal. B. Upon filing of the augmented design review application, the applicant shall be deemed fully vested as if a fully complete building permit application had been filed; provided: 1. The burden shall be upon the applicant to supply all material required by the provisions of this section and as necessary to meet the requirements of Chapter 20.10 ECDC. The applicant may supplement the original application in the event an application is deemed incomplete by the planning and development director or designee. Vesting shall occur only when the application is deemed complete by the planning and development director. Failure to supplement an incomplete application within 90 days of final design review approval shall result in forfeiture of all fees paid and no vesting right shall attach. 2. The application shall expire along with all rights vested six months following the date of application if final architectural design approval is not received. a. The planning and development director or designee may issue an extension for an additional period, not exceeding 180 days, upon written request by the applicant(s) or their agent(s). Such request for extension shall be filed prior to the expiration of the original application time period. An extension shall be granted if the design review application has not yet been considered or an appeal thereof is pending. b. The time period shall run concurrently with the periods established by ECDC 19.00.025 as the same exists or is hereafter amended. No application shall be extended more than once. In the event of application expiration, the applicant shall resubmit all required information and pay a new plan review fee. 3. The applicant shall comply with all provisions of state law and regulation and this code regarding SEPA review. Review periods or delays occasioned by SEPA shall stay the time periods set by this chapter. 4. Following final design review approval, the applicant shall file the plans and information required by IBC Section 107. It is anticipated that minor adjustments and changes are usually required to the plans submitted as a result of the plan review and administrative 10.3.b Packet Pg. 472 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) process. The following changes shall not be considered “minor” and shall forfeit vesting rights, and shall require the filing of a new application: a. Any substantial change not required by the terms of design review approval. b. Any increase in height or total square footage or any change which would change the occupancy classification for the purposes of the State Building Code. 5. Any decision of the city staff regarding the application stated in this section and its interpretation shall be considered a Type I decision appealable only to the superior court of Snohomish County by the Land Use Petition Act. C. The rights vested by ECDC 19.00.025(I) (Section 105.3.3 of IBC as amended) and this section refer only to zoning and building code rights protected by RCW 19.27.095. D. These sections shall not be interpreted to create vesting rights not protected by RCW 19.27.095 and shall not be interpreted as a further limitation on the administrative obligations and legislative powers of the city. By way of illustration and not limitation, this chapter does not limit: 1. The city council’s authority to create local improvement districts. 2. The city council’s authority to legislate life safety requirements that are not required to recognize existing vested rights. 3. Environmental and shorelines review and mitigation procedures. [Ord. 4350 § 1 (Att. A), 2024; Ord. 4299 § 33 (Exh. A), 2023; Ord. 4212 § 1 (Att. A), 2021; Ord. 4029 § 1 (Att. A), 2016; Ord. 3926 § 1 (Exh. A), 2013; Ord. 3796 § 1, 2010]. The Edmonds Community Development Code is current through Ordinance 4375, passed December 10, 2024. Disclaimer: The city clerk’s office has the official version of the Edmonds Community Development Code. Users should contact the city clerk’s office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited above. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 473 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) City Website: www.edmondswa.gov Hosted by General Code. Disclaimer: The city clerk’s office has the official version of the Edmonds Community Development Code. Users should contact the city clerk’s office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited above. City Website: www.edmondswa.gov Hosted by General Code. 10.3.b Packet Pg. 474 At t a c h m e n t : A t t a c h m e n t 2 : D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e r e d l i n e / s t r i k e o u t [ R e v i s i o n 1 ] ( D e s i g n R e v i e w C o d e U p d a t e : D r a f t R e v i e w ) City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 Draft Resolution Expressing Operational Budget Impacts for 2026 Staff Lead: Council President Tibbott Department: City Council Preparer: Beckie Peterson Background/History Council's adopted 2025-2026 biennial budget included the assumption of an additional $6,000,000 of regular property tax revenue in 2026. During the May 9 Budget Retreat, administration and staff presented to Council operational impacts if this $6,000,000 was not collected, either by a legislative decision not to seek a levy lid lift, or a ballot measure for a levy lid lift not approved by voters. This was further discussed by Council during the May 13 council meeting, and during the May 20 Committee of the Whole. The excel spreadsheet from the May 20 committee meeting is attached. Recommendation Review and discuss draft resolution; consider a motion to adopt this resolution. Narrative City Council seeks to be as transparent as possible about the City's likely future financial needs and capability to deliver services. This resolution would clearly recognize and detail the impact of a $6,000,000 budget reduction to city operations. Attachments: Draft Resolution if no or failed levy 20250603 Scenario 3 What if No or Failed LLL 05.20.25 Council COTW 10.4 Packet Pg. 475 RESOLUTION NO. XXXX A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF EDMONDS, WASHINGTON, EXPRESSING THE CITY COUNCIL'S UNDERSTANDING OF OPERATIONAL BUDGET IMPACTS FOR 2026 IF GENERAL PROPERTY TAX IS $6,000,000 LESS THAN BUDGETED. WHEREAS, Ordinance 4377 was passed on December 17, 2024 adopting the budget for the City of Edmonds for the 2025-2026 biennium; and WHEREAS, the Council is currently contemplating the optimal amount of revenue required for the City to deliver services for 2026 and subsequent years; and WHEREAS, the adopted budget includes an assumption of an additional $6,000,000 of regular property tax revenue in 2026; and WHEREAS, Council holds the authority to levy taxes, and any tax increase by more than 1% requires a simple majority of voters to “lift” the total levy amount; and WHEREAS, Council could potentially decide not to place a levy lid lift proposition on a future ballot, or a levy lid lift proposition of any determined amount could potentially be not approved by voters; either scenario would result in $6,000,000 less general property tax revenue than budgeted for 2026; and WHEREAS, the administration and staff presented the tangible operational impacts of this $6,000,000 budget reduction during the May 9, 2025 Budget Retreat, and Council further discussed these during the May 13, 2025 council meeting and the May 20, 2025 Committee of the Whole; and WHEREAS, the City Council seeks to be as transparent as possible with the City's residents about the City's likely future financial needs and ability to provide services; NOW THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF EDMONDS, WASHINGTON, HEREBY RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. The Edmonds City Council recognizes the dramatic operational impact to a $6,000,000 reduction of the City budget if less regular tax revenue is collected than is budgeted for 2026. Section 2. The Edmonds City Council acknowledges impacts that would be immediately implemented in 2026 are detailed in Attachment 1 and include: 10.4.a Packet Pg. 476 At t a c h m e n t : D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n i f n o o r f a i l e d l e v y 2 0 2 5 0 6 0 3 ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) a. Elimination of Human Services; all programs, services and staff b. Elimination of Cultural Service Program; all services and staff c. Elimination of Edmonds Stream Team funding d. Reduction of Police Services by over $3,600,000; Patrol staffing will be reduced to minimal contract levels, elimination of problem solving and proactive crime prevention units including animal control, traffic unit, special operations, Community engagement and Domestic Violence coordinator. e. Reduction of Parks Budget by over $1,870,000; Park and facility closures, closed restrooms, litter pickup ceased in parks and downtown public spaces, elimination of downtown flower baskets and corner park plantings, Holiday tree decorating, downtown white tree lights and lighting ceremony discontinued, lack of vegetation management and irrigation throughout city. Elimination of special events support and permitting for Summer Market, Edmonds Arts Festival, 4th of July Parade/Race, etc. f. Reduction of Community Services and Economic Development department by 74%; elimination of economic development and tourism programs, public information/communications, intergovernmental lobbying, limited city-wide project engagement and community events. g. Elimination of Executive Assistant to City Council. h. Deeper reductions of Facility building maintenance, Public Works, Finance, HR and IT city-wide services, and street maintenance programs for driver and pedestrian safety. RESOLVED this ____ day of March 2025. CITY OF EDMONDS ______________________________ MAYOR, MIKE ROSEN ATTEST: CITY CLERK, SCOTT PASSEY FILED WITH THE CITY CLERK: PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL: RESOLUTION NO. 10.4.a Packet Pg. 477 At t a c h m e n t : D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n i f n o o r f a i l e d l e v y 2 0 2 5 0 6 0 3 ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) Attachment 1 Impacts of No or Failed LLL SCENARIO #3 NO OR FAILED LEVY LID LIFT CURRENT ELIMINATIONS Misc Legal services $5,708 -$5,708 Description: Eliminates small reserve for specialty legal support Impact: Increased cost from existing legal services for services outside of their expertise. Human Services $176,397 -$176,397 Description: Eliminates Human Services Division - all programs and staffing (1FTE). Impact: There has been a significant rise in cost-burdened households in The City of Edmonds; those at risk of becoming homeless are often senior citizens struggling to secure necessities such as food and medication, single parents and domestic violence victims. The Human Services staff discretely assist our neighbors in navigating the complex social services system by helping to connect them to healthcare, shelter, food, medicine, employment services, childcare and more. This program’s one staff member, who is an expert in navigating the systems, would no longer be able to connect 400+ residents to critical services each year. Further, coordination of cold weather, warm weather, and overnight shelters, coordination of Narcan distributions, and community court participant resource navigation would be eliminated. Finally, the urgent needs program which supplies first responders and employees in the field with need-based care kits and essential contact information would also be eliminated. Cultural Services $228,465 -$228,465 Description: Elimination The Cultural Services Program – all services and staffing. Impact: Edmonds has long established itself as an arts destination. Cultural Services is the staff lead and liaison to the Edmonds Arts Commission (now in its 50th year). The program manages our public art collection, conceives, bids, and installs public art projects funded by grants, donations, or the 1% for Art fund. The program manages our long-term cultural and arts planning processes. The program is a critical element of support for our economic development efforts due to our high concentration of arts, artists, and creative industry businesses. The program is also responsible for running a revenue positive writer’s conference, which is now in its 40th year. The elimination of funding for this program has several key impacts: • City’s public art will not be maintained • Art collection at risk of deterioration, damage, loss, theft • Creative district program grants cannot be received or managed • Creative District (or just collaborative) cross-promotional marketing efforts cannot be staffed, organized, funded, and executed • Lodging Tax supporting arts will need to find a new staff liaison/coordinator • No clear advocate for the creative economy internally, or at the state level 10.4.a Packet Pg. 478 At t a c h m e n t : D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n i f n o o r f a i l e d l e v y 2 0 2 5 0 6 0 3 ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) • 1% for Art has no lead, or credible leadership • The city’s myriad art organizations will have no POC for which to coordinate unique public art processes within the city. Signage is a small example of this…we would have no process to allow cultural/artistic signage in the city. Misc memberships $75,000 -$75,000 Some if not all of this will need to be put back in as it includes memberships to Association of Washington Cities (AWC) Pensions and other Benefits $12,007 -$12,007 Description: LEOFF Transfers to the RFA Impact: N/A Premium Benefits $6,600 -$6,600 Description: LEOFF Transfers to the RFA Impact: N/A Reimbursement Benefits $5,000 -$5,000 Description: LEOFF Transfers to the RFA Impact: N/A Pensions and other Benefits $89,267 -$89,267 Description: LEOFF Transfers to the RFA Impact: N/A Misc. $30,000 -$30,000 Some if not all of this will need to be put back in as it includes items like Amazon Prime, an AWC Insurance program to help reduce industrial insurance costs Professional Services $2,500 -$2,500 Description: Eliminate this resource for professional services Impact: Removes ability to access short term expertise to respond to unanticipated needs. Ambulance Fees $75,000 -$75,000 Description: Transfers to the RFA Impact: N/A Edmonds Stream Team $5,000 -$5,000 Description: Elimination of partnership funding for the Edmonds Woodway High School Student Saving Salmon program. 10.4.a Packet Pg. 479 At t a c h m e n t : D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n i f n o o r f a i l e d l e v y 2 0 2 5 0 6 0 3 ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) Impact: Loss of program funding will impact the High School’s ability to implement their environmental education program. Intergovernmental Services $20,500 -$20,500 Some if not all of this will need to be put back in as it includes items such as ILAs with WRIA8 Housing authority 10.4.a Packet Pg. 480 At t a c h m e n t : D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n i f n o o r f a i l e d l e v y 2 0 2 5 0 6 0 3 ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) REDUCTIONS Police $19,836,852 -$3,620,157 Description: Elimination of all ancillary services and proactive units and reduce patrol to contract minimum: Animal control, Traffic Unit, Special ops (PSET), Community Engagement, and DV Victim Coordination will be cut. Training will be reduced to one FTE, No BLEA staff, reduce commanders to 2. Patrol will be staffed at contract minimum +2 per squad; Detective staff will be reduced by one FTE. Impact: 911 calls will be prioritized. All non-priority services (animal complaints, parking, proactive homeless work, non-crime issues, property crime calls) will be handled as time and resources allow. Only the most severe cases will be assigned to detectives for follow-up. Staff from eliminated units and detectives will be re-assigned to patrol creating “bump’ scenarios and reduction in rank for some supervisors. Anticipate layoff of approximately 7 commissioned staff and 3 civilian staff. Any extended leave or mandatory training will require overtime to fill the void(s) up to mandatory levels. Likely to expect staff to leave for other departments. OT costs will be extremely high. Parks $5,425,709 -$1,871,635 Description: A 33% budget cut, following a nearly 25% cut for 2025, would force a significant reduction of programs and services, specifically reducing up to 11 employees. Impact: This will decrease or eliminate recreation programs and an additional reduction in parks maintenance services, deferred maintenance and capital projects related to city-wide parks system likely resulting in the closure of some parks, parks and recreation amenities and buildings. • Park restrooms – cancellation of temporary (17) and closure of permanent park restrooms (6), drinking fountains turned off. • Closure of City Park Spray Pad and Yost Pool. • Delayed vandalism responses (damage, graffiti, biohazard waste, etc) • Removal of garbage receptacles downtown and parks. • No litter pick up in parks and downtown public spaces. • Significant lack of vegetation management - mowing, edging, weeding, trees, shrubs and perennial trimming, in the parks, rights-of-way, streets, Interurban trail, SR104 medians and ferry lanes, etc; lawns, grass areas, landscape beds will be overgrown and invasive plant species unmanaged. • Park vegetation failure due to lack of irrigation. • Interurban trail maintenance discontinued. • No special event support (park preparation, public restrooms, litter and garbage services, etc.) • Closure of park amenities and equipment as they become damaged due to lack of repairs or replacements (playgrounds, picnic shelters, boardwalks, tables/benches, fishing pier, etc.) • Downtown white tree lights eliminated. 10.4.a Packet Pg. 481 At t a c h m e n t : D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n i f n o o r f a i l e d l e v y 2 0 2 5 0 6 0 3 ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) • Holiday Tree decorating and lighting ceremony eliminated. • Downtown flower baskets and corner park planting eliminated. Recreation/Administration • Closure of Frances Anderson Center for recreation programming and solely used for leased tenants at market rate. • No hourly rental of France Anderson Center rooms. • Elimination of use Frances Anderson Center for events such the Edmonds Arts Festival, SpringFest, Write on the Sound, BirdFest, etc. • Elimination of all recreation programs (summer and day camps, adult sports leagues) • Elimination of free sponsored events. • Eliminated athletic field rentals (SnoKing, youth and adult sports groups would lose formal programming etc) • Elimination of contractual agreements, logistical support, additional maintenance services and/or special event permitting for community events such as Farmers Market, Edmonds Arts Festival, Springfest/Art Festival, 4th of July Parade/Race, Taste Edmonds, Car Show and Oktoberfest and many other smaller special events. It could result in the discontinuation of these events. • Elimination of existing community partnerships for organizations such as Sound Salmon Solutions, Edmonds Stewards, Boys & Girls Club, Waterfront Center, Wade James Theater, ARTspot Edmonds, Underwater Dive Park, SnoKing Youth Sports Club, etc. This may result in the elimination of programs, activities, and city provided services such as funding, building and facility maintenance, scheduling of fields, etc. • Elimination of memorial bench, picnic tables and tree adoption program. • Elimination of Community Volunteer program. • Elimination of the ability to apply for and implement capital grants for park acquisition, renovations and improvements. • Cemetery legal transactions and sales of services, plots, niches and related items will become responsibility of the Cemetery Sexton in additional to all landscape maintenance, burials and sales. Facilities* $2,861,323 -$320,000 Description: Reduction of service to building maintenance and janitorial. Two additional staff would be cut in addition to the two we have already cut. This would be one additional Building Maintenance Operator (BMO) and another Custodian taking staffing levels from 11 to 7. Impact: This will result in less frequent professional cleaning of our buildings and more burdens passed on to building occupants. Taking their time away from the duties they were hired to do. This will logically lead to buildings that are less clean, more complaints from both building occupants (employees and renters) as well as visitors and the public. Loss of the BMO means less maintenance on plumbing, electrical, roofing, painting, and slower responses to emergencies like power 10.4.a Packet Pg. 482 At t a c h m e n t : D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n i f n o o r f a i l e d l e v y 2 0 2 5 0 6 0 3 ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) outages, spills, and safety-related issues. More reactive maintenance and less preventive maintenance will be the norm. Public Works Administration* $953,986 -$160,000 Description: Reduction of administrative services for department operations. Loss of one of the two people managing Public Works Administrative functions. Impact: Reception, timecards, payroll entry, phone responses, work order entries required to respond to all the phone calls and e-mails we receive would be significantly delayed. Public Works manages more payable processing than any other department in the city. This will result in delayed work and an increased burden on the Finance Dept. to do the payables we process now, which is also reduced under this scenario. Finance* $1,940,707 -$160,000 Description: Reduction of administrative services for city-wide operations. Eliminate one position impacting city hall reception, business license processing, and event processing. Impact: Would need to rely on self-service for meetings, other staff would need to absorb business licensing and event request processing slowing down response times and other existing work that is already being impacted. City Hall closure to public one or two days a week. Mayor - Executive Assistant - IT - PRR $498,821 -$48,821 Description: Unanticipated consultant work Impact: Inability to secure specialized help, such as the use of Mike Bailey for the Blue Ribbon Panel. Council* $469,644 -$160,000 Description: Eliminate one position - legislative executive assistant. Impact: Would require councilmembers and/or volunteers for administrative support and communications, legislative research, meeting coordination and meeting preparation. This reduction in staff impacts the Council’s ability to gather and communicate information, make timely decisions, and manage their legislative agenda throughout the year. Community Services and Economic Development $942,943 -$692,943 Description: This reduces funding for the Department by 74%, eliminating essentially all programs and services, and reducing staff to one member with minor funding to support a department’s functions. Impact: The department would effectively cease to function. Specific impacts are: 1. Economic development 10.4.a Packet Pg. 483 At t a c h m e n t : D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n i f n o o r f a i l e d l e v y 2 0 2 5 0 6 0 3 ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) • Any remaining staff will be responsible for legally mandated reporting, such as Lodging Tax and MFTE and ensuring some minor continuity is created in the event a future funding source materializes. • No ability or funding to run a destination marketing program resulting in lower visitation, lower sales tax revenue, loss of marketing network connections and collaborations. Existing efforts would need to be mothballed. Unclear on who would manage intellectual property • Lodging Tax may need to find a new department to manage grants, contracts, process, and state reporting. In any case, there will be a lack of ability to manage and strategically direct the remaining program. There will be zero continuity during vacation or staff turnover. • No liaison with state and county economic development entities, resulting in lost business attraction opportunities • No clear staff liaison with the Business Improvement District. When staff liaison is identified, they will not have time, or the knowledge, to be a collaborator • No ability to write for tourism grants, administer marketing efforts, or coordinate effectively with regional marketing partners • No clear ability to aid developers in attracting local businesses, or to aid the city in business anti-displacement efforts such as connecting businesses to bridge funding. • No clear and credible liaison to the Edmonds Chamber of Commerce. No clear and credible ability to partner with them on business attraction and retention efforts 2. Communications/PIO • No funding for PIO position • Departments will have to manage their own media contacts, social media, and response to media inquiries, resulting in a fragmented and immature communications program with the community • Local media will have no central POC for fielding questions and receiving fully-staffed answers • No ability to centralize city communications, messaging, and important public information • Limited ability to streamline communications in the event of a natural or other disaster • No credible ability to manage ongoing efforts to improve Title VI compliance across the city’s communications 3. Intergovernmental • No funding to run state lobbying efforts. Must rely on AWC or other functional lobbying organizations to inform staff • No centralized reporting or strategizing of lobbying efforts • Mayor’s office must be the central POC for state and federal delegates. This includes running down information, planning visits, coordinating with other governments or nonprofits on letters of support, talking points, etc • No central department which coordinates with intergovernmental agencies to get non-departmental answers. If a department doesn’t clearly own a 10.4.a Packet Pg. 484 At t a c h m e n t : D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n i f n o o r f a i l e d l e v y 2 0 2 5 0 6 0 3 ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) topic, it will likely slip through the cracks. e.g. who staffs letters of support for non-profit federal grants, or who is the central POC for the Port? • Coordination with staff and our legislative delegates before, during, and after session to answer questions, work on legislation, lobby for changes to draft legislation are all severely compromised. • No effective POC on Port matters, including economic development • No central point for community nonprofits to reach out to for collaboration, coordination, and support. 4. Special projects • This department runs cross-departmental special projects. These are projects which come up routinely, but with widely varying subject matters which do not fit neatly into any specific department. At all times, there is a major special project being accomplished by this department. Examples are: o The creation of the EPFD (ECA building) o Management of ARPA grants and programs o Community survey o Levy support and communications management o Legislative and staff coordination of the Edmonds Marsh effort • Efforts like Community Renewal and Tax Increment Financing will have no clear staff support to run public processes to create (or get to an informed no) 5. Community event management • Items like the Uptown Market, Winter and Holiday Markets, Write on the Sound, Lunar New Year would have to be discontinued • Items like the Community Fair would need to come from another department, although these types of activities will likely not be feasible 6. Board and Commission Support • No staff to manage supporting or liaison functions for the following: o Economic Development Commission o Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Accessibility Commission o Edmonds Chamber of Commerce o Edmonds Downtown Business Improvement District HR* $1,085,067 -$160,000 Description: This reduction of city-wide HR services is the elimination of one position in the HR Department. The HR staff function as “generalists” so while we all have focus areas, we work in all program areas. Impact: Reducing HR staff further would not only impair internal operations—it would directly impact the public-facing services of every City department. HR is the foundation that allows other departments to maintain adequate staffing, handle emergencies, and comply with the law. Specific cross-departmental impacts include: • Delayed Hiring: Slower recruitment and onboarding will leave critical public safety, utility, and community services departments understaffed. This can 10.4.a Packet Pg. 485 At t a c h m e n t : D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n i f n o o r f a i l e d l e v y 2 0 2 5 0 6 0 3 ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) delay police readiness, pubic works maintenance, planning and code enforcement, and community programming. • Increased Liability and Risk: Weakened oversight of safety programs, employee relations, and risk management raises the potential for workplace injuries, lawsuits, or costly compliance violations—drawing resources away from public services. • Payroll and Benefits Errors: Reduced capacity to support Finance increases the risk of payroll delays or benefit miscalculations, impacting employee morale and retention across all departments. • Slower Response to Leave and Workplace Issues: Delays in processing leave requests or workplace complaints could lead to longer absences and unresolved conflicts, further reducing departmental effectiveness. • Weakened Organizational Stability: Without strong HR support, other departments are left without expert guidance in handling performance issues, misconduct, or labor challenges, leading to increased management burdens and burnout. • Impact on Emergency Response and Continuity: In a crisis, departments depend on HR to respond quickly to staffing, injury, and policy issues. A reduced HR team cannot meet those demands. Transfer To Fund 111 $400,000 -$100,000 Description: Reduction of street maintenance program; one individual Impact: Public Works currently has only three (3) of the authorized six (6) positions filled due to previous cuts. This would reduce that by one (1) more. This puts street maintenance overall at 67% lower staffing than what has been normal for many years (even at fully-staffed levels, our annual deferred maintenance exceeded $1m/yr) This means less street painting, crosswalk marking, much slower responses to potholes, no alley maintenance at all, very little right-of-way vegetation control, a very slow winter weather response, etc. With only two people and 160 lane miles of ROW to maintain everything would be affected. 10.4.a Packet Pg. 486 At t a c h m e n t : D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n i f n o o r f a i l e d l e v y 2 0 2 5 0 6 0 3 ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) 2025 Budget 2026 Budget $59,044,690 $53,405,490 Police 19,085,126 19,836,852 37.1% Parks, Recreation Human Services $5,123,673 $5,425,709 10.2% Non-Departmental $14,545,560 $5,321,854 10.0% Planning and Development and Enforcement $3,706,635 $4,190,439 7.8% Engineering $3,699,370 $3,980,668 7.5% Facilities Maintenance $2,630,143 $2,861,323 5.4% Court $2,080,531 $2,199,438 4.1% Admin Services $1,848,897 $1,940,707 3.6% City Attorney $1,233,810 $1,326,346 2.5% HR $925,799 $1,085,067 2.0% Public works admin $902,903 $953,986 1.8% Community Svcs & Economic Development $846,354 $942,943 1.8% Mayor office $475,286 $498,821 0.9% Clerks $468,336 $495,262 0.9% Council $449,896 $469,644 0.9% Cultural Services $174,882 $228,465 0.4% Human Services $170,358 $176,397 0.3% Neighborhood City Hall $20,208 $0 0.0% SUB TOTAL $58,387,767 $51,933,921 Net Surplus/(Deficit) Fund Balance $656,923 $1,471,569 2.8% TOTAL $59,044,690 $53,405,490 100.0% Doesn't refect the $347K above the $1.5K $47,405,490 CURRENT 2026 REVISED SUB TOTALS Misc Legal services $5,708 $0 -$5,708 Human Services $176,397 $0 -$176,397 Cultural Services $228,465 $0 -$228,465 Misc memberships $75,000 $0 -$75,000 Pensions and other Benefits $12,007 $0 -$12,007 Premium Benefits $6,600 $0 -$6,600 Reimbursement Benefits $5,000 $0 -$5,000 Pensions and other Benefits $89,267 $0 -$89,267 Misc.$30,000 $0 -$30,000 Professional Services $2,500 $0 -$2,500 Ambulance Fees $75,000 $0 -$75,000 Edmonds Stream Team $5,000 $0 -$5,000 Intergovernmental Services $20,500 $0 -$20,500 Police $19,836,852 $16,216,695 -$3,620,157 Parks $5,425,709 $3,554,074 -$1,871,635 Facilities*$2,861,323 $2,541,323 -$320,000 Public Works Administration*$953,986 $793,986 -$160,000 Finance*$1,940,707 $1,780,707 -$160,000 Mayor - Executive Assistant - IT - PRR $498,821 $450,000 -$48,821 Council*$469,644 $309,644 -$160,000 Community Services and Economic Development $942,943 $250,000 -$692,943 HR*$1,085,067 $925,067 -$160,000 Transfer To Fund 111 $400,000 $300,000 -$100,000 Planning and Development $4,190,439 $4,190,439 $0 Engineering $3,980,668 $3,980,668 $0 Courts $2,199,438 $2,199,438 $0 Clerk $495,262 $495,262 $0 Net Surplus/(Deficit) Fund Balance $1,471,569 $1,471,569 $0 City Atty $956,041 $956,041 $0 Prosecuting Atty $364,597 $364,597 $0 State Auditor fees $40,000 $40,000 $0 Excise Tax $40,000 $40,000 $0 Voter Registration $70,000 $70,000 $0 Public Defender $525,000 $525,000 $0 Salaries $100,000 $100,000 $0 Liability and Property Insurance $1,411,138 $1,411,138 $0 Sno com New World $440,000 $440,000 $0 PS clean air $40,000 $40,000 $0 Alcoholism Intergovtl Svc $13,000 $13,000 $0 Intergovernmental Loan Principal $3,000,001 $3,000,001 $0 Intergovernmental Loan Interest $300,001 $300,001 $0 2021 Ltgo(A) Principal $155,000 $155,000 $0 Chase Ltgo Bond Principal $59,490 $59,490 $0 2021 Ltgo(A) Interest $106,350 $106,350 $0 Chase Ltgo Bond - Interest $1,000 $1,000 $0 Transfer To Fund 009 $275,000 $275,000 $0 Unemployment $25,000 $50,000 $25,000 $25,000 TOTAL $53,405,490 $47,405,490 -$8,000,000 -$8,000,000 CURRENT REVISED VARIANCE Must do and pay full amount $7,896,618 $7,896,618 $0 Could be reduced but kept full $12,337,376 $12,337,376 $0 Reduced $34,415,052 $27,121,496 -$7,293,556 Eliminated $731,444 $0 -$731,444 The $2,000,000 Directive -$2,000,000 $0 Increased $25,000 $50,000 $25,000 TOTAL $53,405,490 $47,405,490 -$8,000,000 *Staff reductions $ used for this purpose as $160K $0 2026 GENERAL FUND BUDGET SCENARIO #3 NO OR FAILED LEVY LID LIFT -$ 7 3 1 , 4 4 4 -$ 7 , 2 9 3 , 5 5 6 $0 10.4.b Packet Pg. 487 At t a c h m e n t : S c e n a r i o 3 W h a t i f N o o r F a i l e d L L L 0 5 . 2 0 . 2 5 C o u n c i l C O T W ( D r a f t R e s o l u t i o n E x p r e s s i n g O p e r a t i o n a l B u d g e t I m p a c t s f o r 2 0 2 6 ) City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: 06/3/2025 City Budget Scenario Discussion Staff Lead: Mayor Rosen Department: Mayor's Office Preparer: Beckie Peterson Background/History The 2025-2026 Biennial budget adopted by Council included certain key assumptions, noted on page 11 of the adopted budget. One of these assumptions concerns regular property tax revenues. Regular property tax revenue for 2026 was budgeted to increase by $6,144,000. This indicates that council anticipated raising the general fund levy by 1% as they are authorized to do each year without a vote (approximately $115,320) and that Council would ask voters for an additional levy lid lift of $6,000,000. During the May 9, 2025 Budget Retreat, Council and staff discussed several scenarios that Council will need to consider as they contemplate the budgetary needs and a potential levy lid lift for 2026 and beyond. Staff Recommendation No recommended action at this time; for discussion purposes only Narrative During the May 9, 2025 Budget Retreat three potential budget scenarios were introduced for Council discussion. 1. Scenario 1: The 2026 budget as adopted, which assumes a levy-lid-lift of $6,000,000. 2. Scenario 2: Consider establishing a 2026 budget that would fund levels of service that meet both our city’s operational and maintenance needs and the expectations of our community, which would require a levy-lid-lift consideration of an amount to be determined that is more than $6,000,000. 3. Scenario 3: A budget $6,000,000 less than what is in the adopted budget, and would be the resulting outcome if Council chooses not to pursue a levy lid lift at all, OR if the levy lid lift (of either Scenario 1 or Scenario 2) is not approved by voters. Tonight’s presentation and discussion will focus on Scenario 2. Mayor Rosen will review the methodology and process the administration and staff utilized to develop this recommendation. 10.5 Packet Pg. 488